The Silicon Jungle David H. Rothman 1400 downloads.pdf

479 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Silicon Jungle
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

*** This is a COPYRIGHTED Project Gutenberg eBook. Details
Below. ***

*** Please follow the copyright guidelines in this file. ***

Title: The Silicon Jungle

Author: David H. Rothman

Release date: March 14, 2017 [eBook #54360]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/54360

Credits: Produced by KD Weeks, Juliet Sutherland and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SILICON
JUNGLE ***

Page 4

Transcriber’s Note:
Foonotes have been resequenced to be unique within the
text. They have been collected at the end of the text, and are
linked for ease of reference.
Minor errors, attributable to the printer, have been corrected.
Please see the transcriber’s note at the end of this text for
details regarding the handling of any textual issues
encountered during its preparation.
The cover image has been created, based on title page
information, and is added to the public domain.

“David Rothman’s SILICON JUNGLE is an aphrodisiac for anyone
interested in the computer revolution. There is a real sense of self-
liberation for the reader, in whose mind the dawn lights up the
incredible, awful, wonderful reach of the little computer chip.”
William F. Buckley, Jr.

“Everything you’ve always wanted to know about computers but
were afraid to ask for fear of not getting a straight answer in plain
English. David Rothman is Indiana Jones, guiding us through the
hype, hardware, software, and confusing jargon of THE SILICON
JUNGLE.”
Bettina Gregory
ABC News Correspondent
and IBM PCXT owner

“David Rothman’s SILICON JUNGLE is an inspired, fast-paced,
often maniacal view of today’s microcomputer scene. While laced
with hard facts, Rothman’s anecdotal style makes the book fun
reading. The perfect book for the newcomer to the scene and the
old-timer lost in the jungle.”

Page 5

John C. Dvorak
Technology columnist,
The San Francisco Examiner
and InfoWorld

“THE SILICON JUNGLE has proved helpful in both my business
and personal use of computers. It is down-to-earth, easy to
understand, and has made me and my computers better friends.”
Ellen R. Gordon, President
Tootsie Roll Industries, Inc.

“THE SILICON JUNGLE is an insightful book that provides a
foundation for dealing with the complicated world of personal
computers.”
Chris Christiansen
Senior Analyst
The Yankee Group

“Of all the books about computers, THE SILICON JUNGLE is the
best I’ve seen.... Fun to read and Instructional as well. David
Rothman not only blazes a sure path through the jungle, but he has
told us almost everything there is to tell about the computer world at
this point—and told it very well.”
Jerald F. Terhorst
Ford Motor Executive

DAVID H. ROTHMAN

Page 6

The
SILICON
JUNGLE

BALLANTINE BOOKS · NEW YORK

Copyright © 1985 David H. Rothman
All rights reserved under International and Pan-American Copyright
Conventions. Published in the United States by Ballantine Books, a division
of Random House, Inc., New York, and simultaneously in Canada by
Random House of Canada Limited, Toronto.
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 85-90645
ISBN 0-345-32063-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
First Edition: July 1985

WITH LOVE

Page 7

TO
HARRY AND HORTENSE ROTHMAN

Special thanks to Michael Canyes, Mack Truslow,
David Fay Smith, Don Carrol, Robert B. Wyatt, Richard McCoy,
Frank Lavena, Pat Ehresmann, Ruth Aley and Berenice Hoffman

Page 8

Contents

1 • The Silicon Jungle 1

2 • The Kaypro Phenomenon: How Solana Beach
Took on Silicon Valley 14

3 • After the War 36

4 • WordStar: The Creators 45

5 • The Select Word Processor: Martin Dean
versus the Command-Driven Restaurants 65

6 • Three Software Stories: Motorcycles, Homes,
and the $200,000-a-Year Disk 73

7 • Graphics (or How a Mouse Helped Joe
Shelton’s Friends Stop Feeling Like Rats) 93

8 • People: The Who-How Solution 100

9 • The Hal Syndrome 128

10 • Jewels that Blip 163

11 • Wired to Work 200

Page 9

12 • How I Found “God” on MCI (and a Few Other
Odds and Ends About Electronic Mail) 228

13 • Net Gain$ 234

14 • As the Jungle Thickens (AKA the Great
Modeming) 249

Afterword 271

BACKUP • More Tips and Tales from the Jungle 279

BACKUP I • Twenty-Six Questions to Ask at (and About)
the Computer Store 281

BACKUP II • A Few Grouchy Words on Printers 294

BACKUP III • The Lucky 13: What to Look for in Choosing
Software 302

BACKUP IV • On the Evolution of Software (and a “Perfecter
and Perfecter” Program) 310

BACKUP V • “3-D” versus Mail-Order Software—and How
to Shop 319

BACKUP VI • “Easy” Data Bases: Another View (Mensa
Member Versus InfoStar) 323

BACKUP VII • Graphics Tips 331

BACKUP VIII • Consultant Contracts: Some Who-How
Questions 339

Page 10

BACKUP IX • Window Shopping 343

BACKUP X • Of Mice and Men—and Touch Pads, Touch
Screens, Etc. 346

BACKUP XI • The Micro Connection: Some Critical
Explanations 349

BACKUP XII • MODEM7: An Almost-Free and Fairly Easy
Way to Talk to Other Computers 354

BACKUP XIII • Why Not an Electronic Peace Corps? 366

INDEX • 375

The
SILICON
JUNGLE

Page 11

1 The Silicon Jungle

Americans are fighting each other not just in the marketplace but also in
the Silicon Jungle.
The jungle isn’t greenery. It isn’t land. It’s nothing more than the mineral
in tiny computer chips that switch electronic impulses.
But a jungle it is:

● Airline X accused Airline Y of electronically sabotaging X’s reservations
operation and contributing to a $733-million bankruptcy. The charges
may have been false. But their very existence dramatized the increasing
link between computer security and corporate survival.
● Car thieves have computerized to keep better track of hot auto parts.
That’s bad news not only for police but also for rival thieves with
antiquated record keeping. Meanwhile, a hooker ring, too, has automated.
And a gambling operation analyzed its profits daily through a big
computer hooked up to smaller ones in forty-three cities.[1]
● An editor confesses he snooped on the competition by figuring out the
computer password of Brand X newspaper (“it’s like playing Scrabble—a
matter of time and an interested mind”).
● Millions of more scrupulous Americans are increasingly relying on
micros to outwit their rivals.

Consider two deadline-ridden lawyers locked in combat over the same
case. Lawyer A might ferret out legal precedents through eye-straining
research at libraries, while B could cover the same territory in minutes
through the right taps on a new IBM personal computer.
Siliconized war is “in” between and among giants and gnats.
“One hundred years ago in Colorado, the Colt .44 was a great equalizer,”
a westerner once said; now he said his suitcase-sized micro was.
Today better machines sell for around $1,000. With trimmings they can:

Page 12

● Electronically zip messages to other computers and people across the
country.
● Be word processors, doubling some writers’ production.
● Prepare spreadsheets, which help businesses quickly calculate the future
costs of providing products or services.
● Keep records electronically.
● Help you whip up jazzy charts to whet your boss’s interest in your work
—in a nice way.

This book will tell you how to make the best use of portables and other
business computers wherever you are—large company, small, or on your
own. Big bureaucracy is here, also, complete with the Case of the Missing
Cafeteria (explained in Chapter 7).
Instead of hearing just about computers in the abstract, you’ll learn about
them in life. Arthur C. Clarke, the world-famous science-fiction novelist
who wrote 2001 and 2010, will tell how WordStar software made him “a
born-again writer.” And the FBI, top consultants, and a felon named
Captain Zap will warn against electronic crooks.
There’ll be computer tips, too, from obscure but savvy business people,
such as a New York real estate executive whose micro skills lead to his six-
figure income.
You’ll also hear from some stars of the industry, including WordStar’s
creators, and you’ll learn how their lives and philosophies tie in with the
products on sale at your local computer store.
We begin with the Ten (Micro) Commandments:
DON’T FALL FOR THE SOFT SELL—OR
HARD SELL.
THE COMPUTER BUSINESS IS A JUNGLE.
“This machine here is a Mercedes,” a Radio Shack man once told me.
“Apple’s the Ford. You want to buy a Mercedes or a Ford?”
How do you cut through the hype to buy a machine that is better than
your competitor’s?
You’ve got your own jungle to survive, and, by learning how computer
firms make and market their offerings, you’ll be a better shopper.
Especially beware of the computer hawker who says he’s a “technician”
with your interest in mind.

Page 13

BUT REMEMBER THAT GOOD GUYS
CAN FINISH FIRST.
The New York executive saved his blue-chip company a fortune and won
his $100,000-plus salary without firing anyone, groveling before his boss,
or cheapening a product or service.
By picking the right computer or program, you just might get a head start
on the office toady.
AVOID THE SNACK-FOOD PROGRAMS—THE
ONES EASY TO LEARN
BUT LESS SATISFYING TO USE.
With press agents and flashy boxes for disks, the software market is
going Hollywood.
It’s also, however, becoming more like the cupcake industry—geared not
to nourish but to please instantly.
Some marketeers are trying to displace good, solid business programs
with Twinkie-like products that sell well but don’t work well.
LEARN ABOUT COMPUTERS
AS THEY RELATE TO YOUR JOB.
Normally, you and your employees needn’t become true computer
experts.
In most cases you’ll lack the time or talent to write the programs you
need to be fully competitive. Very likely you can use off-the-shelf software
instead.
Also, you can find the right computer consultant and carefully oversee
his work; this book will help you avoid gobblers.
BE HUMANE—PROFITABLY.
Micros can be efficient and humane at the same time. Don’t confuse The
Silicon Jungle with Winning through Intimidation. Often, for instance, some
humanity can improve your efficiency by lowering the number of errors
your people may make. This book tells how to choose equipment that’s
easiest on your people’s eyes and backbones.
BONE UP ON COMPUTER CRIME—BUT
DON’T NEGLECT ROUTINE WAYS OF MAKING YOUR
ELECTRONIC RECORDS SAFE.

Page 14

You should worry about computer crime, while not neglecting garden-
variety problems of “data security,” like coffee spilled on floppy disks.
Pity a poor wedding-cake maker. The other day on the radio I heard that
he couldn’t fill his orders because a forgetful computer had wiped them
from its memory.
“WIRE IN” TO TELECOMMUTING
IF IT’S RIGHT FOR YOUR
COMPANY—AND PERHAPS SAVE
THOUSANDS IN OFFICE RENTS.
Working at home on a computer isn’t for everyone. Some jobs will
always require face-to-face contact.
Telecommuting, however, is a nifty new way to gain an edge on the
competition while ending some workers’ rush-hour woes. Say, you now
spend $4,000 annually on rented space for each employee. Allowing home
work may save you more than $8,000 per telecommuter, totaled up over
five years, if your tax rate is 35 percent.
REJOICE! MOST LIKELY
YOU’LL JUSTIFY YOUR
TRAVAIL.
Computerization is harder than your friendly computer store might lead
you to believe, but most likely you’ll justify your travail.
Someone once said he never knew of an author who gave up his
computer and returned to a pen. I’ll buy that.
THROUGH IT ALL,
KNOW WHAT THE OTHER GUY’S UP TO.
You’re better off if you know what the other guy—or woman—is up to.
This book is, frankly, for top executives and mid-level people, small
businessmen, and professionals. And if your employees read it? Well, so
much the better.
“You” here is many people.
Some of my most enterprising readers, by the way, won’t just be
interested in computers for themselves or their companies. They’ll also see
them as marketing opportunities involving the rest of the world.

Page 15

Take Mike Bell, a Xerox executive. We talked about munytels—neighbor
centers offering child care and other services for people “commuting” to the
office via computer. And Mike had an idea. Why not franchise the munytels
like McDonald’s hamburger stands? Maybe Xerox will start a Munytel
Division.
The “other guy” principle also applies to small businessmen selling to the
Xeroxes of this world. If you know how the data-processing people think in
a large corporation, you may be more understanding if you’re having
problems hooking up to a large customer’s computer.
Likewise, the “other guy” idea can help businessmen keep up with
competitors and appreciate their own employees’ computer-related fears.
In short, this book is for people who want to survive—and make money
—by listening.
Ranging over many topics, it may come across as a series of essays rather
than a normal guide. So be it. I’m not going to cheat you of helpful facts
that most readers won’t care about or that are far removed from the main
thrusts of the chapters. You may be desperate for this very material. And
items at the ends of the chapters will refer you to “Backup: More Tales and
Tips from the Jungle.” “Backup” follows my main book.

BREAK OUT OF THE USERS-GUIDE GHETTO.

You already have. The Silicon Jungle is for owners and prospective owners
of Radio Shacks, Apples, IBMs—all kinds of machines.
Do buy a guide for your model of computer or your pet software
program; this book isn’t a replacement.
It offers, however, more detachment than a guide touting the virtues of a
single machine. I’ll write about the computer I own—yes, I have my biases
—but it’ll be as an example, not as the final answer. Frankly, for graphics
work alone, my Kaypro II would not suffice. The screen isn’t good enough.
The Kaypro’s electronic brain just is not very visually inclined, and all in
all, I’d be far better off doing charts with an Apple Macintosh.
Many good paths wind through the Silicon Jungle.

■ ■ ■

There’s no doubt—the computer business is a jungle. While I was writing
this book, Osborne Computers filed for bankruptcy under Chapter XI. “I’m

Page 16

just devastated,” said Adam Osborne. The previous year, his firm had sold
110,000 portable computers listing at $1,795.
I, too, was sorry he’d failed. Osborne’s was the first company to produce
a bargain-priced business computer with good, free software thrown in. If
his company hadn’t revived itself under new management, the industry
would have offered buyers that much less choice.
Part of Osborne’s problem were his marketing blunders. Also, however,
an arch rival, Kaypro, had come out with a better machine. I bought one.
Chapters 2 and 3 tell how Kaypro has fought Osborne and other foes—
wars of interest to you, since you’ll win a better deal if you know about
micro-makers and the origins of their computers. While this chapter and the
next one focus on Kaypros, much in them would apply to other machines.
Most microcomputers don’t emerge from tile-floored laboratories;
instead, they come from companies that refine existing technology and
carve out niches in the marketplace. But what’s “refine”? High tech is
enough of a gamble for the more solid computer makers. Shakier ones can
be reckless, and often at customers’ expense. A newspaper perceptively
observed, “Computers are hyped before they’re ready, announced before
they’re shipped and sometimes outdated and outpriced before they reach
retailers’ shelves.”
I’ll try to help you find the machine that’s best for you—not necessarily
the one that computer hustlers envision on your desk. Beware:

● In Maryland, a sail maker ended up with a micro useless as anything but
an anchor.
● A midwestern company sued a major micro maker for $456,000 because
an $8,000 computer allegedly didn’t perform as advertised.
● A construction executive invested over $9,000 in a name-brand computer
but could do next to nothing with it, while a colleague was making out
fine with a little Zenith micro selling for around half the price.

“I’ve seen too many company presidents march through there hoping to
make a final decision in less than an hour,” said a sales manager at a
Michigan computer store. “In almost every case he’s ended up paying either
too much for the right equipment or too little for the wrong equipment.”[2]
Just as important as the hardware—the computers and other machines—
are the programs on those plastic disks. In fact, you should even think

Page 17

“software” before you do hardware, because your machine will be useless if
it doesn’t do the tasks you want it to. And the programs supply these
necessary instructions. More than thirty thousand programs for micros are
on the market; so The Silicon Jungle can’t say which one is exactly right for
you, but it can help you find out for yourself by showing how a software
classic comes into existence.[3]
I talked to Seymour Rubinstein and Rob Barnaby—the subjects of
Chapter 4, “WordStar: The Creators”—and learned that Barnaby and I had
some common work habits. Maybe that’s why I like WordStar so much. I
feel as if the people behind it used ESP to discover how I liked to move
words around on my spooky green screen.
Some complain that WordStar is too complex. I disagree. New versions
of WordStar and other programs, however, will become simpler to learn as
the machines themselves grow more powerful. The new WordStar 2000 is
an example.
Smart production-minded buyers meanwhile should avoid the “user-
friendly” software that’s easy to learn but hard to use. One example is the
Select, a clunky word processor discussed in Chapter 5 after WordStar. I
expressed my loathing with my wallet. Although Select came free with my
Kaypro, I junked it. Had I not spent my $250 on WordStar, I would have
taken much, much longer to write this book.[4]
In Chapter 6, “Three Software Stories,” businessmen tell how they
coexisted—or didn’t—with their software. One of them is the New York
real estate executive mentioned earlier. He saved his new employer
$200,000 a year by boning up on software and using micros rather than
expensive time and an outside company’s mainframe. A Maryland
construction executive did well, too. He thinks his software knowledge
helped him snare a new job as a company president with one-third interest
in the firm. Like the New Yorker, he successfully concentrated on micros as
they related to his job. Another man, an accountant good at his work but
uneasy around computers, offers some observations on the failings of
existing software and his difficulties finding the right program.
Graphics will be one of the hotter software topics over the next few
years, now that cheap computers can do more visual tricks. And in Chapter
7 and Backup VII, you’ll learn (1) the basics, (2) when charts are worth the
trouble, and (3) how to select the best programs in that category. Most
existing computer guides are overly technical about graphics, or they just

Page 18

about shun the subject. That’s too bad. Graphics can actually save your
company money; computerized charts can help you set priorities and keep
your projects on schedule. At times, too, there are other advantages. A little
Macintosh won’t replace your art department, but it might enable you to
whip up flashy graphs to impress your customers.
Even with the supposedly simple Mac-style machines, however, you may
still need a good consultant—one of the topics of Chapter 8, “People.”
He or she can help you select the right software, for instance, or teach
you how to use it. But you can’t always trust credentials, and here you’ll
read of a young company that wasted $40,000 on the wrong consultants and
their bungles. One man was so learned in computers that he had helped
design the systems on an aircraft carrier, yet he lacked the exact technical
expertise to help the company get its work done.
My old newspaper in the Midwest made another people-type mistake,
letting a computer expert befuddle staffers with technical jargon. A white-
haired editor suffered especially. Although he knew his town better than did
just about any other newsman and had been a fixture in the scruffy city
rooms since World War II, the paper exiled him from the copy desk after the
training program failed him. His health gave out amid the strain, and he
ended up on extended sick leave, done in partly by the course’s scary talk of
bits and bytes. You use a calculator without being—as one man put it
—“calculator literate.” Why must you be “computer literate”? Be so if
you’re an aspiring programmer or if you enjoy computers as a hobby. If,
however, you don’t, well, forget it. Instead, simply concentrate on (1)
finding the right experts for the grubby technical chores and (2) helping
yourself and your employees learn the programs of use on the job.
You can also treat people well by guarding against “The Hal Syndrome.”
I’ve named Chapter 9 after the uppity computer in 2001 and 2010.
The best weapons against Hal are good, common-sense ones, like
viewable screens and easy-to-use keyboards, which can cut down on
headaches and backaches. Forget about the white tiles and bright
fluorescents you see in traditional computer rooms. They can torture your
eyes. As for keyboards, you’ll learn the wisdom of using the detachable
kind, which makes it easier for you to be the right distance from both the
keyboard and the screen. Why not buy equipment that can adjust to both
your eyes and your back? Foreigners caught on to this issue much more
quickly than we did; some European firms even sawed the keyboards off

Page 19

American-made terminals. And now U.S. workers are demanding action.
“They affected my stomach quite a bit,” a former insurance company
worker says of the machines that caused her to quit her job. “Most days I
worked I would throw up in the ladies room.” Whether you use micros or
big computers, you’ll get more work out of people—and be able to hire
better ones—if the equipment is comfortable to use. Still another precaution
against Hal is good job design. See if you can rotate your employees’
computer work with other duties to reduce the stress of being at the
keyboard all day.
In the Hal Syndrome chapter, you won’t simply read academic wisdom.
Instead, you’ll hear about the true health and safety concerns of people
working the computer keyboards—eminently valid worries in many cases.
And you’ll read in an accompanying backup about another hot topic in
this era of contact between man and machine. It’s the mouse, the palm-
sized gadget that you push along your desktop to guide the cursor (the little
blinking line or other marker that shows where you’re typing on the
computer screen).
Some manufacturers love the mouse as a marketing gimmick. And it’s
indeed nice for graphics. If you’re a writer or secretary, however, and if you
lack three hands, you may be better off mouseless. Why? See Backup X,
“Of Mice and Men.”
I’ll also try some candor on another touchy topic—computer crime.
In Chapter 10, “Jewels that Blip,” you’ll learn how to protect your
company secrets inside your computer and how to prevent the machines
from suffering amnesia and destroying electronic records. Although
electronic Willie Suttons exist, your real worries are often mundane. This
book won’t keep you from spilling coffee on a floppy disk, but it will tell
how, using good software and good habits, you can help ward off both
crooks and accidents.
Much of Chapter 10 is about larger computers, and quite logically so.
Increasingly, your micros will be talking to mainframes, as the big
machines are called, and your facts are only as safe as the electronic
repositories where you store them.
Computer security will particularly matter in the era of telecommuting, a
subject covered in Chapter 11, “Wired to Work,” which will show you how
“electronic cottages” often can be both productive and humane.

Page 20

A California professor says by 1990 as many as 10 million U.S. workers
could be tapping away on keyboards at home. In Chapter 11, you’ll learn
how you may be able to “telecommute” within weeks or months if (1) your
boss and company are sympathetic and (2) your office politics permit you to
do so without harming your career. Why wait for official telecommuting
programs from corporate headquarters? Chapter 11 advocates nothing less
than a grass-roots telecommuting movement by corporate writers,
programmers, salespeople, and working mothers. Toting up the savings that
telecommuting can yield, more and more corporations will encourage
experiments. Many people—though not all—thrive on it.
“It seems foolish for me to get in a car to go to an office,” said a
Washington-area telecommuter, “if I can go to that office by phone.”
Without the wear and tear of rush-hour driving he became more productive.
You needn’t telecommute every day. The chapter, in fact, starts with the
example of the rush-hour hater who made it a point to keep up with the
office crowd in person on occasion.
Chapter 12, “How I Found ‘God’ on MCI (and a Few Other Odds and
Ends about Electronic Mail),” tells more about sending computer messages
over the phone lines. Some E-mail nets even link up with the old Telex
networks. During the writing of this book I corresponded via computer with
people ranging from William F. Buckley, Jr., to Captain Zap and the MCI
mail-Telex connection transmitted last-minute changes to my publisher.
In Chapter 13, “Net Gain$,” you’ll learn how different computers in your
own office can share the same programs and exchange information without
people constantly having to carry floppy disks from one desk to another. A
Michigan company may be enjoying as much as DLR $1,000 a year more
in effective work time from each staffer as a result of its internal computer
net.
Of course, with today’s imperfect technology, such hookups can be a real
struggle. But so often they’re worth it.
You could say the same, indeed, of micros in general—today and in the
future.
It seemed especially true when, for my last chapter, I tried to reach Arthur
Clarke’s micro in Sri Lanka. I wanted him to answer questions about
microcomputers in 2001—the year in which his Hal was killing humans.
Did our phone-computer connection succeed? Read Chapter 14, “As the
Jungle Thickens.”

Page 21

Struggles notwithstanding, computers often do pay for harried
professionals and business people. “This $5,000 machine has saved me
from hiring a $20,000-a-year assistant,” said a New York investment
adviser using an IBM PC to write reports and make financial calculations at
home. A young trader forsook the bedlam at the New York Cotton
Exchange for an electronic office in his apartment. Now he can go to work
in his bathrobe and delay his shower until lunchtime. “It’s more challenging
this way,” he said. “More contemplation, less raw instinct.”[5]
Another self-employed man, Jimmy Carter, composed his memoirs on a
word processor—perhaps inspired by the example of a former Carter
speech writer who wrote a well-reviewed book on national defense.
Then there’s Isaac Asimov, the legendary science-fiction novelist, who,
even with an ancient manual, could write faster than the old Teletype
machines could clatter along. But he didn’t always produce the neatest
copy. “How different now!” he exulted in an article. “Staring at a page of
type on a television screen, I eagerly look for typos so I can have the fun of
changing them.” You needn’t be a professional author, however, to benefit
from computerized writing. In Maryland, an architect-consultant, once
typewriter shy, is now churning out reports several hundred pages long on
his IBM PC.
“A boon to the small businessman” is how Hugh Hunt, a son of the late
oilman H. L. Hunt, described micros. “Now he can compete with the larger
corporations as far as obtaining data and processing it quickly.”
Hunt himself was using portable computers in his land-development
business. But he also noted their helpfulness in law:
“Computers are one of the ways that small attorneys can compete with
large corporations. By joining a computer bank, they can research briefs
and do word processing, just as the large companies can.”
Many Americans apparently shared his views. In 1985, they might buy
six million computers for business use, and within two more years, that
number might almost double.[6] While I was writing this book, the United
States was emerging from the worst economic ordeals since the Great
Depression; a few college graduates had been reduced to shopping-bag
ladies, but the microcomputer business was still growing, even if at a
reduced rate. You might wait three months or more for your Macintosh or
IBM. Some companies died, but others took their places; and even in times
of inflation most prices on micros were dropping; years would pass before

Page 22

scientists could no longer keep dramatically increasing the silicon chips’
powers. Forget about the physical smallness of the chips. It was as if the
entrepreneurs in Silicon Valley—in exploiting the scientists’ advances—
were opening up a vast electronic territory. “The only thing you worry
about with computers,” Hunt said, pleased, “is ‘Should I wait until
something better comes along?’”
“I’m sort of a computer groupie,” said Art Buchwald, the syndicated
humor columnist. He was caught up in the new pornography of the era:
those luscious, ad-packed micro magazines crammed with the vital statistics
of IBMs and Apples. “It used to be that when Playboy arrived at the house,
my wife would say, ‘Your Playboy’s here,’” Buchwald told an advertising
magazine. “Now she says, ‘Your InfoWorld’s here.’ I’m not sure which she
prefers. I have a feeling that Playboy, at least, she could discuss with me.”
It was like radio during the 1920s, this micro craze.
Time had proclaimed the computer “Machine of the Year” in 1982, and I
recalled a song that a friend of my parents, an old woman, had written years
ago. “Marconi, Marconi,” the lyrics went, “the world is at your feet.” How
long until the novelty of microcomputers seems just as quaint as that of
radio? The parallels could be there. Two San Francisco-area authors,
Andrew Fluegelman and Jeremy Joan Hewes, in Writing in the Computer
Age, urged readers to “become full-fledged computer citizens—as writers,
poets, artists, musicians, programmers, number-crunchers, networkers....”
The Fluegelman-Hewes book was useful and well done. But “computer
citizens”? The phrase grated. I was a user at the keyboard, a “citizen” in the
voting booth.
Still, I could understand why Fluegelman and Hewes called themselves
“computer evangelists.” I felt the same way. After having brought us Muzak
and junk food, technology for once was making life better.
I say this with reservations. Educators correctly warned of the computer
literacy gap between Harlem and Scarsdale—of the dearth of machines in
the slums and the bounty in some suburbs. Rich and poor clashed at school-
board meetings. In my own county, Fairfax County, Virginia, a well-off
PTA reportedly saved up for micros, then withheld purchases until it learned
whether the school board would spend tax money helping other schools
catch up. And what about unemployment as automation cost more jobs? Or
U.S. firms using computer-satellite hookups to pipe in the work of $3-an-
hour clerks? The People’s Republic of China was even preparing to sell

Page 23

programming skills to the rest of the world. A billion programmers, maybe?
So much for high tech as a refuge for the American jobless.
How could you make computerization a joy to all? That was one answer
you’d never find in a computer store.
You could, however, set up the right retraining program for valued
employees to see them through automation. You could fight the Hal
Syndrome. You could work to end boring tasks. In short, you could do your
best to make your computers benefit both your employees and your
company’s earnings.

Page 24

2 The Kaypro Phenomenon:
How Solana Beach Took on
Silicon Valley

As The Silicon Jungle was lighting up my Kaypro screen one September
day in 1983, several similar machines were whirring and clicking in the
Washington offices of Walter Mondale’s presidential campaign.
Kaypros kept track of donations and the $18-million budget. They helped
churn out news releases, speeches, and letters to voters in important primary
states. Just eighty people worked at headquarters seven months into the
campaign; Kaypros and other affordable micros were a major reason why
Mondale wouldn’t need legions of back-room staffers in Washington later
on. I didn’t know if Mondale would win or lose the primary, but whatever
happened, it wouldn’t be for want of computing power.
Forty-five miles away, near Baltimore, Kaypros at a Westinghouse plant
were receiving computer messages from defense installations abroad. Other
Kaypros sat on the desks of William F. Buckley, Jr., ex-Governor Jerry
Brown’s research director, and the president of Tootsie Rolls; and still
another, some months earlier, had helped study Barney Clark, the first man
with an artificial heart. A Kaypro in the Midwest was tracking something
else, the milk and manure output of cows.
All of us, Mondale’s people, the others, and I, had benefited from the
struggle between Adam Osborne and Andy Kay.
Osborne, a brash ex-columnist for computer magazines, had marketed the
first mass-produced portable computer. Andy Kay had soon followed with
the Kaypro.
Adam Osborne was a dark-haired, mustached man in his forties who
enjoyed toting his product within sight of photographers. His father, a
British missionary of unconventional stripe, had tried to convert Christians
to Hinduism. Nor did the younger Osborne himself blend into the crowd; he
founded his computer company in 1981 and was soon comparing himself to

Page 25

Henry Ford and the Osborne 1 to the Model T. “I give you,” he said, “ninety
percent of what most people need.”
His rival, Kay, was shorter, about five feet seven inches, but also slim;
like Osborne, he had studied chemical engineering and was a maverick and
newcomer in the personal-computer business. There, however, the
resemblances ended. Kay was soft-spoken, graying, an old electronics hand;
his friends depicted him as a quality-obsessed engineer and Osborne as a
flashy marketing man. They said Osborne had seemed technically incapable
of making a good portable with a nine-inch screen. Adam Osborne, in turn,
spoke of Kay’s computer as if he were a four-hundred-pound wrestler
forecasting an instant demise for a foe: “The Kaypro’s gonna die.”[7]
The computer magazines had portrayed Osborne as a lone maverick
taking on the Silicon Valley establishment with the portable that the rest of
the industry said couldn’t be built. But Kay claimed a similar idea had hit
him at the same time.
Andy Kay had seen his son-in-law struggling to carry an Apple and its
trimmings between home and office and decided that a market might exist
for a small machine for engineers, architects, and other professionals. Then,
Kay said, he had heard of the Osborne. Modifying their original plans
somewhat, his people at Non-Linear Systems had homed in on their rival’s
weaknesses, giving their own computer a better screen and a better
keyboard and the ability to store more data. Adam Osborne had struck back
with a jazzed-up version of his first machine. By 1983, many other
companies were in the fray, including Seequa Computer Corporation, a
Maryland manufacturer whose computer sold for less than $2,000 and ran
most IBM-style programs.
In mid-1983 an industry expert was saying Kay and Osborne might
together enjoy $200 million a year in micro sales at the retail level. That
was just a fraction of the $5-billion-a-year market for business micros, but
the two firms then seemed the largest makers of portables in the
$1,000-$2,000 range.[8] Their fight was pivotal. Lines were fuzzing between
economy business computers and the home machines; the winner of the
portable battle might go on to fight Apple and IBM, provided it survived the
onslaught of $1,000 computers that Japan was expected to unleash. By the
end of the decade, powerful portables with a quarter the bulk of the Kaypro
II might jam the shelves of the discount stores.

Page 26

Kay waged his marketing war from several hillside buildings in Solana
Beach, a small town near San Diego, hundreds of miles south of Osborne
and the rest of Silicon Valley. His was a family business. Kay’s personal
housekeeper served salads and fruit juice in the corporate lunch room, and
his eighty-six-year-old father, known around the plant as “Grandpa,”
repaired electronic equipment and ran a forklift. Andy Kay’s wife was
secretary of the company. One son, David, was the vice-president for
marketing and had helped develop the Kaypro; a second son worked in
personnel, and a third ran the print shop; and Andy Kay’s daughter and her
husband had designed the buildings—which were now the same light blue
as the “KAYPRO II” lettering on the computer. Altogether, some 450
people worked for Kay’s company by mid-1983. That was more than twice
the number a year earlier when the Kaypro II was just hitting the market
and Kay was counting on a mere $10 million in sales.
Bulldozers were growling away amid the expansion, and the company
newspaper said equipment-cluttered grounds resembled a scene from a bad
disaster movie.
No longer was Kay a semiobscure maker of voltmeters and oscilloscopes
and other test equipment. Sales, once $4 or $5 million annually, were
barreling along toward $100 million. Even his company name soon changed
—from Non-Linear Systems to Kaypro—in recognition of the success of
the division making his hot new computer.
Wall Street and Andy Kay were getting to know each other. That summer
four million shares of common stock hit the market at $10 each; and the
prospectus said Arthur B. Laffer, the “Laffer Curve” economist, would
serve on the board of directors. Kay still owned most of the company
personally. And now, with the new money, he could give IBM and Apple a
better fight. “After 30 years in business,” San Diego Magazine had said,
“he’s suddenly the new kid on the block, clutching under his arms a couple
of excellent bags of marbles.”[9]
Before the Kaypro, Kay hadn’t exactly been on the verge of starvation—
he owned an art-filled home overlooking the Pacific and gave to the local
symphony and other cultural causes—but now he’d reached the point where
his admirers were depicting him as a silicon-age Horatio Alger character.
That’s a little exaggerated. Kay, though poor in his New Jersey days, was
never an orphaned newsboy toughing it alone.

Page 27

“Grandpa” prodded Andy. Frank Kopischiansky—an Eastern European
immigrant and an ex-coal miner—worked in silk mills and wool factories
and as a chauffeur. Frank had come to the United States from what is now
Poland. Andy Kopischiansky would later become Andy Kay after his
original name baffled some colleagues at work and they kept calling him
“Kay” for short.
The Kopischiansky home lacked a bathtub. “But,” Andy recalled, “we
always had food, and I always had a nickel in my pocket.” Frank enjoyed
fixing broken-down cars and tinkering with electrical equipment, and Andy
himself built a shortwave radio when he was only twelve years old. Math
was another love. Andy even considered a career as an actuary after
Prudential Life told him he could eventually make $15,000 a year. “I
flipped out,” Andy said, “because it was a lot of money in 1935.” Frank
shrugged off the $15,000, however. “That’s not very much,” he said. The
words, incredibly, came from a man who seldom made more than $1,000 a
year during Andy’s youth and who sometimes earned just $15 a week.
Andy, growing up in Clifton, New Jersey, took it for granted he could
never afford college, but then the letters M.I.T. came up in a drafting class.
“What’s that?” Andy asked. “I’ve never heard of the place.”
Frank had lost most of his savings in a bank crash, but his wife somehow
scraped up enough money to help Andy reach M.I.T. on a partial
scholarship. Andy graduated in 1940 with a bachelors degree in chemical
engineering, mathematics, and premedicine and worked for the Bendix
Corporation and several other companies before founding Non-Linear
Systems in 1953. Kay reached California through a job, although for years
he’d been hoping to enjoy the warm climate there. He started his company
in Solana Beach rather than Silicon Valley because he was already working
in the area. Osborne himself would found his own firm while living in
Berkeley—he’d locate it in Hayward, a medium-sized city within twenty
miles of the Valley proper, the Palo Alto-San Jose area southeast of San
Francisco.
For Non-Linear Systems Kay developed the world’s first commercially
successful digital voltmeter. It was the result of some memories from World
War II, when unskilled workers were constantly damaging voltmeters and
having trouble reading them accurately. Kay’s new machine easily survived
the careless. The instrument displayed numbers and didn’t require workers
to make a reading off the thin needle of a conventional meter adjusted for

Page 28

the right voltage. “I don’t look at myself particularly as an inventor,” Kay
said. “I’m a solver of problems. There are inventors who have many, many
more ideas than I get.” Instead, he tried to refine ideas in “ways that make
sense from an industrial-engineering standpoint and a customer standpoint.”
Kay’s digital voltmeter was perfect for the military and for the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and their contractors;
unskilled people could help test thousands of voltages on American
missiles. “The silos are full of our instruments,” he said. But the NASA
cutbacks of the Nixon era hit Non-Linear Systems hard.
“The seven vice-presidents went,” recalled a trade publication, “as did
their white Cadillacs.” Frank Kopischiansky was willing to help see Non-
Linear Systems through bad times, loaning thousands of dollars of painfully
saved money. But that was hardly enough to sustain a corporation. What
about the future? How to avoid the boom-and-bust cycle of government
spending?
Kay decided to carve out a niche as a maker of rugged portable test gear
for private industry. He wanted to offer many of the same wrinkles found in
costly, bench-bound equipment, and one of those features was a
microprocessor in a voltmeter: a miniature electronic brain that would make
it easier to use. The idea came from an old friend, Bill McDonald, whom
Kay had met decades earlier at M.I.T. Their gym lockers were next to each
other’s there; both men had loved handball and hated team sports.
McDonald, a husky man of basketball-player height, had worked for Non-
Linear Systems in the early 1950s, then had returned East, where he had
acquired a computer background. Then, in the late 1970s, he’d rejoined
Non-Linear Systems, where his friend Kay hoped he would help develop a
computer. Correctly or not, Kay believed that “ninety percent of the
electronics business was computer and ten percent was test equipment, hi-
fi, stereo, and stuff like that.” Non-Linear Systems had offered other
companies’ minicomputers in systems it packaged for military contractors,
but still wasn’t making machines of its own. Maybe a small business
machine would be one way to enter computerdom.
“Two months after Bill came to work for me,” Kay recalled, “he showed
me some microprocessor-based computers for doing accounts payable-
receivable at the local computer dealer’s place.
“They were very reasonable, so I bought some and was very intrigued
with them. And I wondered: ‘Why not make this stuff? I could make a

Page 29

better disk drive. And look at this: this connector doesn’t work too well.’
And Bill said, ‘We could make them, all right, but I don’t know where
you’d sell them.’ This was in late 1979. I said okay and dropped the idea.”
Two years later, however, Kay watched his architect son-in-law, Michael
Batter, struggling with an Apple and knew the time was ripe for an easier-
to-tote portable.
Kay tried VisiCalc, the electronic spreadsheet, on the Apple and came
away thinking the machine was too complicated, beyond being a hassle to
move from home to office. So Kay told Bill McDonald, “Listen, we’re
selling instruments to engineers. Let’s make a computer that we can walk in
to an engineer and set on his desk and say, ‘Hey, look at this. You can use
it.’”
Still, Kay worried about the new technology. “It’s a fairly stylized
dance,” McDonald reassured him in spring 1981. “You buy the chips, and
there is black magic in getting them to work—but not in how they work.”
“Okay,” came the reply, “that’s it. We’ll get rid of the disadvantages of
the Apple and cram our computer into one box without cables all over the
place.” In ads the Apple looked incredibly compact. Actually, though,
serious computer users needed disk drives to store large amounts of
information for quick retrieval. They also needed a TV-like monitor to see
the letters and numbers they typed out on the computer. And Kay wisely
wanted everything squeezed into one box. If you bought his machine, you’d
get the whole works except perhaps for the printer, which spewed out your
calculations or typed up your letter. Also, it would cost you less than a full
Apple system. Kay could bring down the cost of a complete machine if he
planned on every computer being one.
All this was the logical culmination of Kay’s skill in shrinking gear for
the military and aerospace industry. For years he had been making printed
circuit boards and filling them with components. And he could order the
disk drives, keyboards, and other special computer-type parts from outside
suppliers.
The way Kay tells it, he had no idea—at first—that he was about to take
on Adam Osborne. “It was six months,” he said, “before we ever saw
Osborne’s literature. He introduced his computer in March 1981, but I
didn’t know anything about it.” Some would question that statement, of
course, given the novelty of the Osborne 1 and its creator’s flair for
publicity.

Page 30

Whatever happened—with Osborne in mind or not—Kay selected the
same basic technology and essentially similar parts.

Page 31

A Z80-Style Microprocessor

A microprocessor is simply the main brains that tie together the memory
devices, the keyboard, and other parts of the computer. You can also call it a
central processing unit (CPU).
Okay, but why a Z80 in the Kaypro?
That’s simply a style of chip from a company called Zilog. “You could
buy those all over the place,” Kay said. “We wanted something proven and
reliable.” The Z80 was the only kind of CPU that could run CP/M (Control
Program for Microcomputers)-style programs, then an industry standard.
The Z80, though, can’t handle programs as complicated as the newer
8088 chip that ended up in IBM PCs and countless clones. Here’s why.
A bit is a “1” or a “0.” Patterns of bits form bytes. And what’s a byte?
Nothing more than a letter or number. So how does this tie in with the early
Kaypro’s Z80 versus the IBM’s 8088?
Well, the Z80 processes information in words of only 8 bits at a time.
The 8088 in the IBM, however, gulps it down in 16-bit chunks and works
with larger memories—so that the IBM can run more complicated
programs, like the more elaborate electronic spreadsheets for forecasting
profit and loss. There’s another benefit, too. A 16-bitter doesn’t need to call
up programming information as often from the spinning floppy disks, which
are slower than the purely electronic memories.
The Kaypro II, however, won’t immediately become a has-bit—er, has-
been. “Converting the Kaypro to a 16-bit machine is no big deal,” Kay
observed. In fact, several months after he said it, his company announced a
computer called the Kaypro II Plus 88 with both the 8-bit Z80 and the 16-
bit 8088. It couldn’t run all IBM programs, especially those boasting
graphics or pictures as well as words and numbers. Here, as in many cases,
the term “IBM compatible” is grossly misleading. There are degrees of
compatibility, and even if a computer supposedly uses the same style of
floppy disks, you must test it with the program you want to run. (Many
computer aficionados test for general IBM compatibility by running a game
called Flight Simulator, or Lotus 1-2-3, a program combining a spreadsheet
with graphics and several other capabilities.)

Page 32

Some existing programs, by the way, are configured so that it doesn’t
matter much whether you’re running the 8- or 16-bit version.
That will change as special programs come out for the 16-bit machines
and as old ones, like WordStar, begin to take full advantage of 16-bit
capabilities. Already Apple and other companies are writing new software
for computers like the Macintosh, which, if not universally regarded as a
true 32-bit machine, contains chips faster than the IBM’s 8088.
For many small businesses, however, 8 bits may be powerful enough
even for number crunching as long as the right programs are available.
The wisdom in the micro business is that no machine is ever obsolete—
just so it does the job for you.

Page 33

64K Random-Access Memory (RAM)

RAM, once the power goes off, will throw out everything you’ve typed.
This temporary computer memory, this electronic scratchpad, is like a
bright student cramming for a quiz in a useless subject: he’s a quick learner
—and a quick forgetter. Don’t confuse RAM with ROM, or read-only
memory. ROMs keep remembering even after the power goes off. But you
can’t “write” new material on them; commonly, ROMs store programs used
over and over again.
What about the RAM, though? How to get around the forgetting? You
just transfer the information to floppy disks, which are slower but as stable
as a music cassette.
Different computers hold different amounts of information in their
RAMs. The Kaypro II holds 64K; K is normally a scientific abbreviation
for 1,000. So 64K stands for a memory capacity of about 64,000 letters or
numbers. No, I won’t mess with the technical explanation of why it isn’t
exactly 64,000.
Okay, but why 64K?
It’s a magic number to the computer. Sixty-four K bytes is the largest
memory with which the Z80 and other 8-bit microprocessors can easily
communicate without too much technical trickery.
Also, you need at least 64K to make good use of some popular software
like the WordStar word-processing program.
Moreover, the RAM must be roomy enough to handle electronic
spreadsheets. Most small businesses will find that the 64K Kaypro can
juggle around enough columns and rows on the sheets. But in some cases
you may still want a micro with 500K or even 1,000K or more of RAM. To
sum things up, that’s because:
1. Bigger RAMs can work with more and larger numbers—a handy
capability for a company with extremely complicated spreadsheets.
2. More RAM can accommodate programs more complicated for the
computer. Note the words “for the computer.” Some of the programs most
complicated for the computer may be the easiest for you to use.
Or they may be the most versatile. Lotus 1-2-3, a combination of a
spreadsheet, a graphics program, and several others, is far too complex

Page 34

for an 8-bit machine with 64K RAM. Many 16-bit programs require
192K or more just to load the program before you even put in your
reports or spreadsheets.
3. You may want the most sophisticated software to thwart computer
crooks. That could be particularly true in a large company where many
people can poke through a computer’s memory either in person or via
other machines connected by phone or other wires.
Never buy a computer without seeing for yourself that it and the software
will together serve your needs. Don’t take the sales rep’s word. Instead,
make him or his software specialist put the machine through its paces. Do
so even if you’re not buying software at the store. Of course, the sales rep
may not have access to the software, in which case you may want to visit
another store for a demo. And if no one can assure you, no ifs or buts, that
the computer-software combo works fine? Then you may want to hire a
consultant.

Page 35

Use of CP/M Software

CP/M is a kind of operating system. It tells a computer how to do
garden-variety jobs, like moving data from a memory unit to one that does
the machine’s electronic reasoning. CP/M isn’t the only operating system
that business microcomputers use. When I was writing this chapter,
however, it was one of the more common, with variation present on more
than half a million computers. A company called Digital Research marketed
CP/M, selling to manufacturers, which, in turn, didn’t have to create their
own operating systems. In the early 1980s, the big software hits almost
always came in CP/M formats.
“We wanted to use CP/M because 10,000 programs were available,” Kay
said. They were for computers with 8 bits, not 16—another reason he made
the original Kaypro an 8-bitter.
“If we’d used 16 bits,” Kay said with uncharacteristic profanity, “people
would have said, ‘Where the hell’s the programs?’ IBM could sell their
computers without programs, which is what they did essentially and let the
programs come later.”
In contracting software design to outsiders, “Big Blue,” as IBM is called,
was defying its own tradition. It hired Microsoft—a Washington State
software company headed by a brilliant young Harvard dropout—to create
a whole new operating system. Called MS-DOS, the system would become
an industry standard by 1984. And from the start, independent software
houses hustled to market MS-DOS-style programs usable on the hot new
machine for applications like word processing and spreadsheets.
The existing CP/M applications programs wouldn’t work on an
unmodified IBM Personal Computer unless the programmers converted
them to MS-DOS or another compatible operating system.

‘Two-Disk
They’re the gizmos into which you insert the floppy disks through slots
in the computer.
From the outside a disk looks square. It’s inside a container that helps
protect it from fingerprints and other threats to the plastic disk’s magnetic

Page 36

coating.
You can’t cover the delicate disk completely, though. Some of it must
touch the head of a disk drive. A head “writes” magnetic patterns on the
oxide coating of a disk; in other words, it stores information that you’ve
typed into your computer or the results of your calculations.
And to fetch the information? Then you simply type out commands
instructing the head to “read” from the disk to the RAM.
It’s much like a tape recorder storing your voice magnetically. But a disk
drive can read or write information much more rapidly than a tape-recorder-
style arrangement could. That’s because the disk spins so rapidly—
hundreds of revolutions per minute.
Why twin disk drives, however?
There are two reasons:

1. You can quickly make safety copies of valuable disks—something that’s
more of a hassle with single-drive computers like the bare-boned
Macintosh.
2. You can more easily work with long electronic documents.

With one drive I’m storing WordStar and a number of other goodies that
take up almost all the space on the floppy; there’d be hardly any room for
the information I’m typing out. All this is happening on my “A” drive.
The “B” drive is my data disk, devoted entirely to storage of my writing.
I can easily squeeze the equivalent of about fifty pages of double-spaced
typing with WordStar, which is one reason I bought a Kaypro instead of an
Osborne. Brand O’s earlier versions could store only half that amount of
material. Before buying a computer, you should always analyze your paper
records in terms of “K.” Each K stands for 1,024 characters; and that
includes letters, numbers, punctuation marks, and spaces in between. A
double-spaced page of typing might be 66 (the number of columns across
each line) × 28 (the number of lines), or 1,848 characters. Bingo! That’s
1.8K, plus a little slack for safety. Since Andy Kay allowed 191K of
working space on each floppy, I’d have enough room for a document some
hundred pages long, except that WordStar makes an electronic carbon copy
for additional security. So my actual working space is around 50 pages.
That’s easily enough for this chapter to fit on one of the Kaypro II’s

Page 37

floppies. And newer floppy disk drives can accommodate more than 2.5
million bytes.
Although the Osborne and Kaypro both used twin drives, there were also
major differences between the two—beyond the double-density feature that
allowed Kay to squeeze twice as much material on each floppy.
Osborne’s first computer, for example, came with only a five-inch
monitor. “Adequacy is sufficient,” he once said. “All else is irrelevant.” It
was a neat excuse for his early machine’s limited disk space and for the
five-inch, black-and-white screen, which could display only 52 columns
and which wasn’t as kind to the eyes as green.
The production-model Kaypro, on the other hand, boasted a nine-inch,
80-column green screen from the start.
And the Kaypro keyboard made the Osborne board seem flimsy. “I like
something I can feel when I’m pressing a letter down,” said Kim
DeFilippis, a dealer relations woman who was one of the touch-typists
chosen to try out different keyboards for the new machine. “The board
doesn’t feel like one on a computer. It feels like a typewriter.” And the keys,
unlike the Osborne’s, were in all the right places for people weaned on
Selectrics. Kay had used the same Tiffany-quality keyboard found on
computer terminals costing thousands of dollars more than his economy
machine.
Kay, moreover, had given his Kaypro a metal case unlike the plastic one
of the Osborne. Metal dispersed heat better, and that meant that the parts
might last longer than those in the early Osbornes. Brand O tended to
overheat floppy disks. Recalling that Non-Linear Systems made test
instruments, however, one reviewer gibed that the metal case betrayed the
Kaypro’s heritage. I didn’t care. The Kaypro reminded me of old Heathkits,
of smoky soldering irons, of crisp, cold evenings in my youth when I’d
listened through the static for the whistling dots and dashes from my fellow
hams. But many people shrugged off the Kaypro’s appearance as
unprofessional, and so I asked about the case. Kay said its contents dictated
the shape. “Unless we created air space and made it larger,” he said, “we
couldn’t have made the shape much different.” A hood shaded the Kaypro’s
cathode ray tube (CRT; the TV-like screen). And as it turned out, that
matched the comfortable slope of the keyboard that attached to the front of
the machine for carrying. I noticed only a few adornments added for
buyers’ eyes. One was the blue “KAYPRO II” lettering on the case and the

Page 38

stripes on it and the keyboard; another was the blue color of the keys on the
calculatorlike numbers pad. No, you couldn’t mistake the Kaypro for a
Gucci creation. And yet, as good, functional design, the Kaypro succeeded:
at least one other portable appeared in a sharp-edged metal box.
The location of my Kaypro’s two disk drives, to the right of the CRT, was
especially logical. Kay and his engineers wanted them well separated from
a high-voltage transformer on the left—an electrical component that was
part of the video circuitry and whose magnetic radiation could interfere
with the operation of the drives. Bill McDonald noted the Osborne disks
were on either side of the tube. Circuitry for a nine-inch tube produced
more electronic noise than that given off by a five-incher. And McDonald
speculated that this was one reason Osborne had to make do with the
smaller size.
Inside the Kaypro, atop the printed circuit boards, you saw integrated
circuits with leglike leads of the kind that one writer compared to
caterpillars. You found somewhat similar looking parts inside the Osborne.
But there was a difference. “Oh, my God,” said Michael Pond, owner of a
Washington-area Kaypro dealership, the Computer Shoppe, “once you take
the cover off the Osborne, everything sort of falls apart in your hand. It’s
held together by the wiring harness. It’s like a jellyfish.” That may have
been a bit off target. Chris Christiansen, however, a computer analyst with
the Yankee Group, a high-tech marketing research firm, compared the
Osborne to a Chinese puzzle and said an Osborne user “in the next office
gets very nervous when I come around with a screwdriver.” By contrast the
Kaypro looked eminently repairable. “When you take one part of the
machine off,” Pond said, “the rest of the machine doesn’t fall apart.” Andy
Kay’s people had divided up the circuitry into several modules that
repairmen could remove easily. His computer had far fewer chips than the
old Apple II. And with fewer chips, repair people more often could locate
glitches by replacing various parts until the machine was working again.
Fondly, Pond said the Kaypro II was “over-engineered,” like an early-model
Volvo.
“Well,” you’re wondering, “what about the Kaypro I?”
It never existed except as a prototype. Of course, the II didn’t hurt Kay’s
efforts to convince buyers that he had one up on Osborne.
The prototype’s screen was between the disk drives, interfering with
them, and another flaw became clear: the shortness of the cable between the

Page 39

keyboard and the main unit. Bill McDonald was worried. Suppose a
customer crushed a finger while wrestling with the little cable? Why not
hinge the keyboard to the twenty-pound console? And that’s how Non-
Linear Systems indeed built the prototype. But McDonald still fretted that
someone might undo the latches; and so, driven by fear of a lawsuit from a
klutzy Kaypro owner, the engineers redesigned the computer to
accommodate a coiled cord several feet long.
Altogether, Andy Kay’s people spent only a year and less than half a
million dollars developing the Kaypro II.
“After we’d been at it eight or nine months,” he said, “someone brought
in some literature from Osborne, who had just announced his portable
computer. I said, ‘Oh, oh, somebody beat me to the punch.’ But I saw he
had a different idea in mind—a smaller screen, plastic case, different
market.”[10] The words “different market” are more than a little off mark.
Andy Kay, like it or not, was in direct competition with Osborne. Kay
might sell his computers at independent stores rather than at the
ComputerLands and Sears stores where many of Osborne’s machines ended
up. But at meetings of Kaypro owners and “Ozzies,” I found the same
hodgepodge of small-business people and professionals.
Hearing of Osborne, Kay actually was grateful in a sense. “When he
started telling the world about how many orders he’s got, I said, ‘Well, if
he’s getting all these orders, I’ll start making more of them.’”
Kay used an electronic spreadsheet on his newly developed computer to
forecast its sales. The Kaypro II had better succeed, since the half million in
expenses didn’t include marketing costs and miscellaneous ones such as
manuals—another million altogether. Kay, however, said the high-interest
loans for the project “never really bothered me that much. I felt confident of
getting it done. In one sense I place very little value on money. My wife,
Mary, is quite different. She said, ‘You’ll lose your money.’ She was
secretary of the company. She had to sign mortgages on our home that we
had paid for, property we owned, the plant site. It was a heavy burden for
her. If you’re in an airplane or car, going up a winding road on a mountain,
the fellow who’s driving isn’t as nervous as if someone else is driving. I
was involved in getting it done. She was on the sidelines worrying about it.”
The Kaycomp—that was the original name before the Kays changed it
because it resembled another computer firm’s—first went public at a San
Francisco computer fair in March 1982. Just a routine item appeared in

Page 40

Byte, the phone-book-sized microcomputer magazine. I wondered why.
Maybe it was because Andy Kay’s technology wasn’t new, merely good
repackaging, and he wasn’t selling himself as God or Henry Ford. But
dealers at computer shows were raving. The Kaypro’s suggested retail price
was $1,795, the same as the Osborne’s, and Kay, too, threw in software: a
word processor, an electronic spreadsheet, and other programs that could
have cost more than $1,000 if purchased individually. Kay was smart.
Osborne had pioneered by including business software for “free” with an
economy-priced machine, and now Kay must follow with its own
“bundled” programs.
“Has Catch 22’s Milo Minderbinder, World War II’s greatest wheeler-
dealer, hired on as a software buyer at NLS?” San Diego marveled.
“You don’t think that took a lot of time to put together?” Kay said. “We
purchased some software outright and pay royalties for some.”[11]
By mid-1982, customers and dealers had placed several thousand
advanced orders. Kay’s production lines cranked up, though the pace was
slow at first as his people searched for bugs. They did not always stamp
them out. A disk drive on my Serial #3083, lasted only a year; my warranty
was for the industry’s usual ninety days. Moreover, despite visits to several
dealers, my computer still streaked lightly across the screen when I typed,
and finally I had to have the monitor replaced. But the view easily beat the
Osborne’s. And later, modifying the circuitry and positioning the disk drives
horizontally instead of vertically, Kay ended the streaks on new units. “In
an emergency I get all the senior engineers on the job,” he said. “We don’t
let problems go on like old man river.”
Andy Kay rewarded his top problem solvers with benefits like stock
options, and the stock offering prospectus from Prudential-Bache Securities
anticipated that in 1983 Kay himself would earn $187,000 in salary,
bonuses, and other remuneration.
Not everyone fared so well; Kay said his labor costs were half those of
competitors. “The wages on the line are so low,” quipped a disgruntled ex-
employee, “I’d call them south of the border.” Kaypro was typical of many
high-tech companies; the production workers were mainly women, many of
them foreign born, some of them incapable of speaking English, all of them
nonunion. Adam Osborne, too, tried to cut labor costs to the bone. And
Atari had laid off scores of Americans and farmed out jobs to cheaper labor

Page 41

abroad, reddening the faces of the politicians known as “Atari Democrats”
who believed that high tech could fight unemployment.
Regardless of the low wages, Kay’s own company at least appeared to be
the antithesis of a sweatshop. His hillside buildings didn’t look like normal
factories; they were long and narrow, well windowed, split into small rooms
without the racket of mechanized production lines. Kay described his
workers as “always moving, interacting constantly. If one piece is missing,
they work around that. If one person is slow because he happens to be new,
they work around him and help him out. It’s exactly the same approach we
used for stuffing printed circuit boards on the voltmeters. It uses the least
amount of capital equipment, and it’s the easiest on the assemblers, because
they aren’t just sitting or standing in one spot.”
Lacking a conventional assembly line, Kay said he needed few mid-level
managers; and even after Kay went public, he still hated to bring in MBAs.
Managers built empires. They feuded. They got in producers’ way. That was
how Kay felt, apparently—a legacy of the 1960s when Non-Linear Systems
had splurged thousands on those seven vice-presidents and their white
Cadillacs. But some practices from the go-go years lingered. One, said Kay,
was participative management, the philosophy that had led to the formation
of those small, friendly assembly teams. The atmosphere around the plant
was informal. “We have very few written policies on anything,” he said. No
dress code existed, save for an informal ban on attire like short shorts—a
policy bent to accommodate workers who labored in the hot Southern
California sun.
Also, Andy Kay’s company at times hired people with unusual
backgrounds. Clifford Odendhal, a musician-dancer-songwriter in his
thirties, had come by way of COJO Wind, David Kay’s alternative energy
firm. David asked Odendhal to help Non-Linear Systems catch up on back
correspondence, leading to a customer-service job there. Eventually,
Odendhal was helping with public relations. “This is the first job outside of
entertainment that I have ever cared about beyond my paycheck,” he said.
Andy said of David, “He’s less cautious about hiring people than I am. If
they don’t work out, he just lets them go.”
David, a six-foot-three-inch surfer with a degree in math and a hobby of
collecting dictionaries, had himself started with the company several years
before the birth of the Kaypro. Now he was vice-president for marketing,
and when an investment banker asked Andy if David was a vice-president

Page 42

because he was Andy’s son or because he was the best man for the job,
Andy replied: “Both.” He believed that David’s role in the development and
marketing of the Kaypro “was extremely important. In thirty years I’ve
never seen a man in marketing who measures up to one-tenth the dedication
and performance he’s shown.”
Andy’s son used what the Wall Street Journal described as
“idiosyncratic” marketing techniques. Dealers couldn’t sell Kaypros by
mail. They didn’t enjoy extended credit. The Kaypro Division, in fact, did
not even spend much at first on national advertising.
Examined closely, however, each policy seemed logical. Most customers
couldn’t just walk out the door of their computer dealer and wave an eternal
good-bye. Chances are that they’d be back for advice or repairs. So Kaypro
wanted local dealers not to face competition from cutthroat mail-order
houses that left the customer on his own.
Without a strong network of local stores, Kaypro might perish. Andy Kay
appreciated this. “If a fellow does mail order and the contract says he
can’t,” Kay said, “David cuts him off without a qualm. Maybe the dealer
says we need him or he won’t be able to support his family and kids. Well,
forget it. This is a business, but it’s also our livelihood, too.” Of course, not
all mail-order establishments in the computer trade were unethical: I knew
of some good ones. But from a manufacturer’s viewpoint the policy made
sense. The Kays at the time wanted to befriend the independent dealers,
who were less likely to flood the market with heavily discounted computers
than the chains were.
However sympathetic to the independents, Kaypro didn’t follow the lead
of some expansion-minded computer companies and grant extended credit
—a sensible policy in this volatile business. A California chain folded,
owing hundreds of thousands to Apple as well as customers. As to how he
originally picked up many dealers, Andy Kay said, “The orders just started
rolling in. Now we’re sort of clearing out dealers which are operating out of
backs of cars or whatever.”
Kay was also benefiting by selling through his own network rather than
being at the mercy of distributors—and supporting their profit margins.
By the summer of 1983, Kaypros were selling at some thousand
dealerships. Christiansen observed that Kaypro gave dealers “30 or 40
percent margins. So does Osborne. That’s how they get the dealers to carry
the damned things. You know, when you have fifty guys a week knocking

Page 43

on your door, you pick the one who’s going to put the most money in your
pocket, and Osborne and Kaypro both know how to play this game as well
as or better than anyone else. How do you think Kaypro went from nothing
in 1982 to 100,000 units in 1983?” Kay disputed this. He said that the
Kaypro’s quality sold the computers, that he hadn’t offered more than 25
percent dealer discounts, and never would; and his claim seemed creditable
enough when some stores dropped the Kaypro because the markup wasn’t
big enough. Whatever the facts, Kaypro in 1983 boasted sales offices in
some fifteen U.S. cities and one in the Netherlands. One-third of the
computer-store ads in the Washington Post business supplement of August
8, 1983, mentioned the Kaypro.
The limited national advertising was equally wise. Why not depend at
first on local ads telling where people could buy the product? And what was
the use of creating a demand for more computers than Kaypro could make?
Andy Kay had learned from Osborne’s example. Adam Osborne’s splashy
ads had helped create the market that the Kaypro was now enjoying.
Besides, Kay was benefiting from something better than advertising: the
articles of friendly writers. And why not? Writing was just another form of
word processing—a category for which most Kaypro owners had bought
their machines. Certainly the Selectric-style keyboard and 80-column
screen had impressed me. Peter McWilliams, the very same writer who had
led the cheering in the micro magazines for the Osborne, was a Kaypro
convert. “Put simply, as a personal computer, the Kaypro II is superior to
the Osborne 1 in almost every detail,” he wrote—“yet it retails for the same
$1,795. As David Letterman might say, ‘Unbelievable!’” James Fallows,
the Washington editor of the Atlantic Monthly, free-lancing for TV Guide,
called the Kaypro “the best value” for “complicated accounting” or “heavy-
duty word processing.” I was used to seeing hype in and out of computer
magazines for inferior products. The Kaypro, however, deserved the paeans.
Granted, I didn’t like Perfect Writer, a word processor included between
1982 and early 1984; and the sharpness of the monitor was no match for
some more expensive machines. The Kaypro wasn’t the best computer,
period. But at the time Fallows praised the Kaypro to the millions of TV
Guide readers, it may well have been the best dollar-for-dollar value.
Fallows himself didn’t own a Kaypro. He honestly reached his conclusion
unassisted by a special offer from Kaypro: 40 percent discounts for writers;
the company said—convincingly or not—that it didn’t attach any strings.

Page 44

As production increased, Kaypro finally did trot out national
advertisements. One, in Esquire, showed a young Kaypro user in an office
swept by a fierce wind, blowing coworkers’ papers away and tousling his
hair, while he was typing happily away with his chair and desk raised a foot
off the floor, “KAYPRO RISES TO THE OCCASION,” said the advertisement. I
didn’t really see the point. The technical specs were buried in small print at
the bottom of the page; why couldn’t the ad tell me in large print and simple
language what the Kaypro could do? A Kaypro staffer said the ad was to
build name recognition. Then the company might unleash a campaign
portraying its steel ugly duckling as the Volkswagen of small computers. It
seemed a sensible-enough idea. Then, again, it was another indication that
the computer business was becoming more like Detroit—selling not only
economy but the image of economy.
Finally, the new ads came out. In simple, helpful language they told
novices what to look for in a small business computer. And yet you could
hardly confuse the ads’ goals with Consumer Reports'. The ads for
beginners recommended consulting with an expert before choosing a
machine; at the same time ads in sophisticated magazines like Byte asked
computer pros to suggest the Kaypro to beginners. (“Once you tell people
about the complete business computer for $1,595,” said an ad appearing
after the Kays lowered the price $200, “they’ll probably stop bugging you
with a lot of questions.”)
The public relations campaign was just as slick. No one lied. But Hill &
Knowlton, the fast-track public relations agency, laced its Kaypro releases
with quotes skillfully reflecting the computer makers’ self-interest. In one,
David Kay said, “If it isn’t portable, it doesn’t pay to buy it.” That was
hyperbole, pure and simple.
The nine-inch screen, for instance, was a major improvement over the
Osborne, and it was entirely right for an economy portable from which
many buyers would eventually trade up, anyway; but writers and other
heavy-duty users might prefer a twelve-incher from the very start. For not
much more than the Kaypro at the time of the release, you could buy a
desktop computer called the Morrow Micro Decision with good software
and a twelve-inch screen. Milton Viorst, a Washington journalist, couldn’t
stomach the Kaypro monitor. He considered the Kaypro the kind of
machine you might tote back and forth between home and the beach but not
the best for heavy-duty viewing. He bought the Morrow, or two, actually:

Page 45

one for himself and one for his wife, Judith, a well-known poet and
magazine writer. However pro-Kaypro, I could see why. The Kaypro,
strictly speaking, wasn’t even portable; instead, it was transportable. Unless
you were a 300-pound tackle playing for the Pittsburgh Steelers, you
weren’t about to tote a sharp-edged, 26-pound computer and battery pack as
casually as you would an attaché case.
Other “feature information” from Hill & Knowlton in spring 1983
offered more tips for computer shoppers in a way cunningly designed to
steer them to the Kaypro without the customers’ quite knowing what was
going on.
“KAYPRO Division of Non-Linear Systems” appeared on the first page
in big blue letters above the text. But the seven-page “feature
information”—the part intended for publication—mentioned the computer
by name just once and in an inconspicuous location. It laid out the specs for
a good portable. Then, several hundred words after the Kaypro mention, it
triumphantly concluded, “For as little as $1,795, you can already buy the
only fully portable personal computer with a full-sized screen, one that
offers large enough memory capacity to handle business, entertainment and
educational programming and a service network that’s available anytime or
anyplace—just like the optimal portable personal computer itself.” I
recalled the canned releases from food companies that women’s pages ran
verbatim. How many newspapers and magazines would do the same with
“feature information” from Kaypro? David and his father had made a good
machine. And yet I wondered how many manufacturers of bad computers
might start using similar tactics. Joel Strasser, at the time the Hill &
Knowlton man handling Kaypro, later protested that he was engaging in
standard public relations practice, but his remarks simply dramatized how
the welfare of shoppers might clash with that of the manufacturers.
Disguised puffery was hardly in keeping with David Kay’s portrayal of
himself as a consumer advocate.
Around the time the Kays were calling in high-powered public relations
people, Adam Osborne himself went a step further. In January 1983 he
hired a professional manager to be Osborne Computer’s president, Robert
Jaunich II, formerly president of Consolidated Foods. Osborne would later
blame Jaunich for many of the computer firm’s problems, telling a reporter
that Jaunich wasn’t fleet-footed enough for a young company in an industry
with a fast-changing market.

Page 46

Jaunich’s recollections would differ. Recalling the discoveries he made
during the audit before the never-to-take-place public offering of Osborne
stock, he told the Wall Street Journal, “Every day you came in, the numbers
got worse. Every number you touched went soft.” He blamed the corporate
chaos on Adam Osborne. “The real message,” said Jaunich, who resigned as
Osborne president in December 1983, “is the professional people got here
too late to help.”
Osborne was also critical of another executive; he accused him of cutting
a deal with a supplier—while still working at Osborne Computer—to make
a rival machine. Whatever happened, the internal squabbles at Osborne may
have wasted time and energy that he and colleagues could better have
devoted to their battle against the Kaypro.
He himself would later admit in his book Hypergrowth that “new product
development moved slowly” until the second half of 1982. A smaller,
cheaper Osborne 1, the Vixen, never reached the market while he was
running the company. His $2,495 Executive computer—with a seven- rather
than five-inch screen—did make it out the door. “Wayne” didn’t. Introduced
early enough, Wayne could have given the Kays fits. This $1,995 model
was to offer a nine-inch screen and include a built-in printer and a pile of
free programs for word processing, communications with other computers,
and other tasks. But technical problems bedeviled Osborne. When Osborne
finally caught on that IBM had established a new industry standard, he
sought to make his Executive compatible, but he was aware of his own
company’s “dismal record in engineering development.”
Osborne entrusted the task to a San Diego firm. By May 1983, however,
Osborne realized that the firm’s IBM-compatible prototypes were
“expensive, late, and included wholly unacceptable features such as circles
that would be displayed as ovals when an Executive user switched from
CP/M to IBM compatibility.”
Adam Osborne was clearly losing his sales war with Andy Kay. He had
talked to reporters about the Executive in early 1983, and in July
newspapers said this had discouraged some dealers from ordering too many
Osborne 1s. The story was that Osborne’s cash reserves had fallen as orders
for the older machines dropped from 10,000 a month to almost nothing.
Apparently he’d forgotten one of the precepts of any business with
changing products: you're always competing against yourself. If you make
too many old models or brag too soon about the new ones, then you may

Page 47

imperil your cash flow and see surplus product inventory pile up. Your
customers will keep their wallets shut as they await your coming attraction.
It was a most plausible explanation for Osborne Computer’s cash-flow
problems but perhaps not the main one. In Hypergrowth Osborne revealed
that his sales levels for his Osborne 1 had been dwindling even without all
the puffery about the forthcoming Executive model; he confessed that he
had lied to the press to throw it “off the scent of the real story.” His bankers
were threatening to call in loans; he was laying off workers, yet he still
hoped to woo private investors.
As the end neared, Osborne dealers were fighting Kaypro ones with price
reductions. An Osborne 1, discounted, sold for as low as $1,000 by late
August 1983. Stores also were dropping the Executive’s price, and with
good reason: why so expensive a machine without IBM compatibility right
off the bat?
The first prototypes of the new IBM-compatible Executive weren’t being
built until September 1983, or as Osborne later observed, “precisely at the
time the company was filing for bankruptcy.”
The bankruptcy papers showed next to no income and $45 million owed
creditors. Newsweek ran a photograph of Osborne leaving his office without
a portable computer in sight. Instead, a briefcase was shielding his face, and
the caption read: “Founder Osborne exits: IBM was too big.”
That was somewhat wrong. The IBM-compatibility issue
notwithstanding, Kaypro had been Osborne’s main competition.
“I’ve always had a great deal of respect for Kaypro,” he would later
confess to Popular Computing. “You’ve got to make those statements
[knocking the Kaypro]. It makes good copy, damn it.”
It didn’t make for the best-informed computer buyers, however. Bowled
over by Osborne’s marketing campaign and well-publicized disparagement
of the competition, some consumers had ignored the information that
mattered in the end: the numbers. The screen measurements, disk-drive
capacity, almost everything, said the Kaypro was a better computer for
common applications. Osborne had faced a moral dilemma. Should he
badmouth the competition and help his company survive? Or should he tell
the truth—that Brand X was better than his own product? Not surprisingly,
Osborne, like any other computer manufacturer, had made the former
choice.

Page 48

In fighting Osborne, Kay had dropped his suggested retail price $200 in
May 1983 to $1,595, an indication that small business computers were
becoming no more impervious to price wars than the home ones were. He
also offered a souped-up version of his II and beefed up his software. His
Kaypro IV—the jump from II to IV reflected the substitution of two 400K
floppy disk drives for the II’s 200K ones—sold for $1,995.
Yet another weapon against Osborne was the Kaypro 10, a deluxe model
with a 10-megabyte hard disk. It sold for $2,795, an amazing deal at the
time. A hard disk is an aluminum platter coated with magnetic film, and 10
megabytes is the equivalent of 5,000 double-spaced typewritten pages; yet
Kay was selling the computer and software for less than the prices of many
hard-disk add-ons.
“Adam Osborne,” said Kay, “has said he couldn’t make a portable hard
disk because the hard disks are so sensitive to shock. Well, engineering
advances are such that hard disks now are capable of being moved. Our
very first one was shipped to a show in Germany.”
An InfoWorld headline was less sanguine: “Hard disk, portable
‘newlyweds’ face some problems.”
Could Kay succeed with his hard disk? Another company made the disk
itself, and Kaypro had to replace some drives on the early Kaypro 10s. But
some glitches were hardly a surprise in any new micro, hard-disk style or
floppy. Meanwhile, no less than Control Data, the computer giant, was
planning to offer a 5-megabyte hard disk for portables. Already some
smaller companies had put out portables with hard disks. And yet Kay,
turning out thousands of the machines, was gambling more heavily on their
reliability than the others. It could pay, however. New technology might or
might not succeed; but in his fast-moving industry, old technology sooner
or later would surely fail. To stay alive, he must be among the leaders. More
than 150 companies were clawing their way through the micro business in
late 1983, and some analysts believed that fewer than 20 could survive five
more years. Many of the 150 had only what one expert called “press release
products.” But others were real threats; and without the resources of an
IBM or Apple, Kay ideally would fight back through innovation as well as
good marketing. He needn’t invent any new micro technology. Yet as a
survival-minded “solver of problems,” he had better be prepared to make
prompt use of the breakthroughs of others.

Page 49

So major risks were ahead—inevitable—as Kay girded for his next fights
with the valley.

Backups:

◼ I, Twenty-Six Questions to Ask at (and About) the Computer Store, page
281.
◼ II, A Few Grouchy Words on Printers, page 294.

Page 50

3 After the War

The Silicon Valley gossips in late 1983 said Adam Osborne was trying
science-fiction writing. Then, the next spring, stories suddenly blossomed
about his new software company; he bragged that it would be the paperback
publisher of the micro world, a mass-market operation that would undercut
rivals just as his computer firm had. The name of the new company, in
Berkeley, California, was Paperback Software International. And his quotes
against competitors were just as colorful as in the old days.
“There’s a helluva lot of software out there,” Osborne told USA Today,
“and a lot of it’s overpriced garbage.”
He planned to sell his programs at book chains and book racks at less
than one-fourth the prices of the Brand Xs. The idea seemed apple-pie
admirable, but most people would rather not buy more software than they
had time to learn and use; how many hardcore buffs were out there itching
to spend hours mastering cheap new programs? Circumstances might
change as software becomes easier to use. But could you imagine a Word-
Processor-of-the-Month Club or a spreadsheet rack to the right of the gothic
romances? No, except for games programs and very cheap enhancements of
existing business programs like Lotus 1-2-3, the paperback concept seemed
dicey. Even Osborne wasn’t infallible as a seer and market analyst. Once
he’d predicted that IBM would fail in the micro market, and hadn’t he been
too slow to grasp the importance of IBM compatibility for his own
products? Still, although Osborne Computer Corp. itself had floundered, it
had not been for want of the right vision at the company’s inception. His
new software enterprise might indeed survive in the proper niche. First,
however, he would need capital. In fall 1984 InfoWorld reported that
Osborne had paid for a booth at a software show but had not set it up
because, for want of funding, his first products weren’t ready. Investors may
have shied away due to Osborne’s earlier failure to overcome the classic
entrepreneur’s challenge: not just to start a company but keep it prospering.

Page 51

In shrunken form, with Osborne having resigned as president in
September 1983, his old company lingered on in early 1984, selling old
machines and still promising a new IBM-compatible portable. Andy Kay at
the time had no need to fear this corporate husk. For a while, in fact,
Kaypro may even have been the fourth largest maker of personal computers
shipped to stores specializing in them. And his hard-disk gamble was
paying off for the moment—the same risk that Osborne himself had
avoided as too perilous for a portable manufacturer.
Orders had kept piling up for Kaypro 10s. Then again, so had the
problems with Tandon, Kaypro’s major hard-disk supplier.
David Kay even claimed that Kaypro was receiving Tandon drives “with
‘IBM’ stamped on them that also have ‘reject’ stamped on them.” Delivery
delays allegedly had cost perhaps $30 million in sales of the Kaypro 10s
over eight months. Tandon, while conceding that some rejected drives may
have accidentally reached Kaypro, claimed that such problems were rare.[12]
The Kays’ 1984 sales would exceed $100 million. But some rivals were
growing faster, and IBM, Panasonic, and other household names were now
muscling in on the portable market. “Kaypro’s immediate prospects are
good,” said one analyst of the industry. “I don’t know about the long-term
ones.” He told of a big white tent that the Kays had put up on a hillside to
store badly overstocked computer parts. The Kays might argue that they
wanted to keep expenses down. To the analyst, however, the white tent
symbolized amateurish management. In September, Kaypro acknowledged
that millions of dollars in computer parts might be missing from the tent
and some large trucks; and whatever the cause, theft or bad accounting, the
crisis hardly endeared Kaypro to investors. They now could recover only $4
per share—a fraction of the $10 offering price. Around the same time, some
angry investors filed lawsuits charging Kaypro with falsely reporting its
finances. Kaypro denied this. I hadn’t any idea of the validity of the suits.
An official with Osborne Computers, however, discussing the tent and the
general management problems it symbolized, appropriately observed: “It
was déjà vu to hear about Kaypro’s inventory situation.”
Six regional sales managers had left earlier that year for a competitor.
Former Kaypro executives griped that the Kays paid too much attention to
trivia. Andy Kay even interviewed prospective security guards. Some
employees relished this personal touch, but Blair G. Newman, ex-director
of marketing and strategic planning, complained to Business Week, “There

Page 52

are too many Kays and not enough pros.” Unconvincingly, a Kaypro
spokeswoman shrugged off the resignations, saying a small clique of
friends had left and plenty of people had lined up to replace them.
Andy Kay’s antipathy toward professional managers was coming back to
spook him. All along his attitude hadn’t been so different from that of Adam
Osborne, who, stubbornly, told a reporter after the Chapter XI filing, “The
major lesson I learned from this thing is that I’m as good a manager as any
of those guys.” An ex-Kaypro employee complained to me: “The Kays are
worried that professional managers will take away their power. Andy Kay
wants to run the company himself. It’s a feudal society there. A lot of
employees call it the Kay fiefdom. It’s like a training ground for young
knights. You can learn a lot, but it locks you into a rigid structure. There are
no changes from the bottom up. That’s the big problem. I don’t know how
they get away with calling it ‘participative management.’ Ordinary
employees never have any meetings with Kays to discuss major decisions.
There’s no checks and balances. If the guy at the top makes a mistake,
there’s no way to correct it. No one can call the king’s bluff and stay.”
The Kays fired someone close to the outspoken Newman. It was Clifford
Odendhal, the bearded musician who a year earlier had told me, “This is the
first job outside of entertainment that I ever cared about beyond my
paycheck.”
“Part of it had to do with salary,” he said: his request for a raise.
“They’d been paying me no more than what an assistant manager makes
in a K-mart. And I’d handled user groups, done publicity, and edited their
in-house newspaper.”
The users groups were mostly local organizations of Kaypro owners who
traded technical tips and gossip and bargained with stores for discounts on
equipment; they kept Kaypro in touch with the best-informed customers,
the trendsetters. They also relieved the strain on Kaypro’s own technicians
and stores. But Kaypro had cut back the money budgeted for sending
people out of town to meet with the users groups; skeptically, Odendhal
said the company had hoped to do this work almost entirely via a computer
network.
Then there was the question of whether Kaypro had a true marketing
department.
“They don’t,” Odendhal said. He and others around Newman had hoped
that the Kays would sound out the need for products scientifically before

Page 53

turning the engineers loose. Odendhal may or may not have been right. If
marketing men at the large computer companies were so smart, how come
Kaypro and Osborne had been the first firms to make portables usable in
business? And what about all the IBM clones? Couldn’t the marketing
men’s me-too-ism have stifled innovation? Then again, another company
dominated by engineers—Texas Instruments—had flopped in the home-
computer market because it didn’t pay enough heed to marketing.
The Kaypro Corporation, at least, still boasted a dealer network of more
than a thousand stores in mid-1984. But some stores in my area had
dropped or downplayed the Kaypro line in the earlier part of the year. One
reason was that just about all the Kaypro machines were still 8-bit and
didn’t run the new IBM-style software. Also, ComputerLand and other big-
name chains, a growing part of the business, complained that margins on
Kaypros were ten percentage points under competitors and that the
machines' software hurt sales of off-the-shelf programs. So ComputerLand
shunned Kaypro.
It was a clear case of the interests of the consumers being at odds with
those of the computer dealers. For the Kaypro II at the time was a
remarkable bargain; Andy Kay had lowered his retail price in March to
$1,295.
What a contrast to the overpriced PCjr from IBM. Just rumors of the
machine—nicknamed the Peanut—had kept the entire industry on edge. It
bore the three magic initials. And as the pros said, IBM was compatible
with IBM. Only it didn’t work out that way. The PCjr, at least the first
version, couldn’t run some electronic spreadsheet software and other
important programs written for the IBM. The introduction in November
1983 had been anti-climactic in other ways. Jr's little keys were like
chiclets, horrors for the touch-typist, and by the time you bought your
software and added a second disk drive, you’d be paying hundreds of
dollars more. Even after IBM upgraded the PCjr's keyboard in summer
1984 and lowered the price to $999 with one drive, the Kaypro II was still
superior for word processing. So were other machines. With two disk drives
and WordStar, the Sanyo MBC550—a somewhat IBM-compatible desktop
from Japan—listed for just $1,400. Not that the Sanyo lacked limitations of
its own. Its keyboard, too, was no match for the Kaypro’s.
In 1984 the Kays introduced the New Kaypro II, which offered only one
disk drive but sold for just $995 and allowed for another to be added for a

Page 54

few hundred dollars more. Anyone using the New Kaypro II for business
would be foolhardy to depend on just one drive. Not surprisingly, the $995
machine inspired jibes that Kaypro was guilty of using the same gimmickry
as IBM and Apple had been with their single-disk computers.
Moreover, all the Kaypro models, despite their low prices, made some
customers pay for their bargains with headaches.
Take Chris Jensen, a writer in Cleveland. He futilely tried for months
before he could send his stories to his newspaper from home via the phone
lines. His dealer had sold the Kaypro IV, promising that Jensen could. “It’s
really scummy to put this out,” the Plain Dealer reporter said of his
machine, “and know that the communications software has serious bugs in
it. It’s the kind of thing that the government would kick the shit out of the
automobile companies for doing.” A Kaypro employee admitted that the
communications software for the Kaypro IV had come out with bugs, but
not those of the kind that were plaguing Chris Jensen. He confirmed another
of Jensen’s complaints: that the Kaypro IV model with the modem couldn’t
use the most popular communications software at the time. Coincidentally
or not—shortly after Jensen griped to me, the New York Times, and
computer writer Peter McWilliams—Kaypro released SuprTerm version
5.3. And that did the trick for him. The machine delighted Jensen in other
ways, but he still wondered about all the ordinary customers out there who
were unwilling or unable to wage a media campaign to get their software up
to snuff.
Jensen’s story was atypical—many Kaypro owners still spoke as if their
computers were micro manna.
Still, the new Robie, introduced in early 1984, might be a sign of troubles
to come. It was unique, a desktop selling for $2,300 with two 2.5-megabyte
floppy disks. But disks didn’t run as quickly as a hard disk, and as of late
1984, the Robie just hadn’t caught on. The Robie looked so ugly—ungainly,
plastic cheap, fit for a discount store—that even some value-minded buyers
might have thought twice about bringing it into their offices. It was a
computer that only a designer could love. And it was just an 8-bit machine.
In the 8- versus 16-bit battle, people were accusing Kay of living in the
past. It was Osborne all over again, some might have said—just like Kay’s
old rival babbling on and on about the virtues of a machine with a tiny
screen. This may have been unfair. For simple word processing, for
instance, an 8-bit machine could be a terrific bargain. But many buyers still

Page 55

gravitated to the 16-bitters, worrying that future software might not appear
in the Kaypro CP/M format.
Kay’s attitude didn’t help. He was showing less of the adventurousness
that had led to his hard-disk portable.
And he now felt that the Kaypro II was just like the old Volkswagen bug
and would always be around—an ominous parallel considering VW’s recent
fiascos in the auto market.[13]
Some software programs endured because enough people learned and
liked them; and the Apple II in one form or another would last; but the
Kaypro II? Even with hundreds of thousands of users? What about the ill-
fated Osborne? No, computer buyers normally spurned antiques. Within a
year or two Andy Kay might change his mind and ponder whether to update
the Kaypro II drastically or kill it.
In November 1984, well over six months later than Kaypro had promised
investors, a 16-bit IBM-compatible machine appeared.
“He’d rather not call it an IBM clone,” said an industry observer. “He’d
rather call it just a 16-bit computer. It’s a matter of pride.”
The 16-bit model, a portable with a 10-megabyte hard disk and 256K
RAM, looked somewhat like the Kaypro II and IV. It had an expansion slot
into which you could plug a device to hype up the performance of the
machine or expand its versatility; and it offered free WordStar along with
other software. At $3,295 it sold for $1,700 less than a hard disk portable
from Compaq. But it faced stiff competition from machines such as the hard
disk desktop from Leading Edge, which was discounted to as low as
$2,000. The 16 just wouldn’t wallop rivals the way the original Kaypro II
had.
And it shared some of the drawbacks of the Compaq and many other
IBM clones—especially the keyboard. The left shift key was in an awkward
position like the IBM PC’s, with a weird, nonalphabetical character
separating it and the “Z”; imagine the reaction of touch typists who had
enjoyed the Kaypro II’s close resemblance to the traditional Selectric
keyboard. Many makers of 16-bit machines had aped the horrid PC
keyboard, causing one reviewer to liken them to idiot savante piano players
who imitated the mistakes of true geniuses.
The 16, moreover, showed Kaypro’s internal weaknesses. Dan Berger of
the San Diego recalled how Kaypro had futilely struggled for more than
eight months to design the computer in-house. The project had flopped.

Page 56

Kaypro farmed the design out to a San Diego firm, which did the job in a
fraction of the time. Earlier in 1984 Andy Kay had told Berger that Kaypro
was spending only 1 percent of revenues on research and development,
compared to the industry average of about 10 percent. How frustrated he
must have felt paying an outside firm. Osborne had had to do that, but
technically Kay had placed himself and his company in a different league.
Kaypro was heavily depending on the 16. The company hoped it would
provide 40 percent of income for the year ending August 31, 1985.
Early signs were good. A small dealer in Virginia, for instance, The Disk
Connection, sold six Kaypro 16s in one week—half to existing Kaypro
owners and half to new customers. Some people had demanded an IBM
clone, bungled keyboard and all; now Kaypro had given it to them with a
vengeance. Appearing late, however, the 16 had lost much of its price
advantage. In another six months IBM might well sell its XT hard disk
model for as little as the new Kaypro portable.[14]
The 16, if successful, would triumph at a helpful time. In the 1983 budget
year, the company had earned $12.9 million on $75 million in sales; the
next budget year it had lost $267,683 on sales of about $120 million—
blaming everything from advertising costs to price-cutting and inventory
problems. No longer was Kaypro a success story. It remained strong in
some stores specializing in computers; but the share of the whole domestic
market for personal micros would be 2.5 percent in 1984—a drop from
1983.[15]
In the long run, moreover, unless Andy Kay made major production
changes, his computers might lose what price advantage they did have.
Automation was improving rivals’ quality control and whittling down
their labor expenses. Eventually, they’d be just a tiny fraction of the cost of
a computer. Apple already had built a $20 million plant to crank out the
Macintosh computer, using Japanese-style manufacturing savvy; Macs even
helped oversee the manufacturing of Macs. “I don’t even know if the Kays
could automate their plant,” said the ex-employee who’d accused the family
of running a feudal society. “You’ve got these four buildings no wider than
a single room. They have a lot of windows, and that’s great for the people—
but hard on computer parts. Often people placed piles of parts on the lawn
overnight when they didn’t have space elsewhere.” The Kays, to be sure,
had put up a semiautomated warehouse designed by Andy’s daughter Janice
and built by his son-in-law’s construction firm. “But,” said the ex-Kaypro

Page 57

employee, “that’s not the same as automating the whole plant.” And Andy’s
selection of the architect and construction firm was further evidence of the
Kays’ tight-grip management style.
This lack of flexibility could especially hurt them in responding to the
threat from lap-sized machines with flat screens. Sooner or later they would
menace the Kaypro-sized “luggables” in the business market.
About 120,000 flat screens sold in 1983, and although they weren’t
moving off the shelves as rapidly as expected in 1984, sales still might
exceed several hundred thousand.
Some showed 16 lines at one time. That wasn’t as many as the 24 on the
Kaypro II screen, but enough for light-duty word processing. And soon
others would do for the heavy-duty kind and a slew of additional uses.
Thousands of traveling reporters and executives were already using the
Radio Shack Model 100 introduced in 1983—despite its tiny built-in
memory (no more than 24K in a typical configuration) and small screen (8
lines only 40 characters wide).
But where had Andy Kay hoped to get his first flat-screen model? From
Mitsui & Co. in Japan, which would offer it to other U.S. companies,
including perhaps some with marketing clout far greater than his. The Kays
had thought they’d be the only people selling the note-book-sized computer.
By late summer 1984, half a year after the original hoopla, Kaypro should
have been shipping this miracle machine, but a spokesman in September
could not even tell me if the Mitsui deal was still alive. Then word came out
that the deal had fallen through and a flat screen Kaypro wouldn’t appear
until 1985.
A rival company, Morrow, Inc.—headed by George Morrow, a witty,
balding ex-grad student in math, one of Silicon Valley’s better hardware
gurus—had meanwhile acted more successfully. In late 1984 it began
marketing the Pivot, a ten-pound, $2,495 MS-DOS portable with one disk
drive and a well-reviewed clone of WordStar called NewWord. And a
revitalized Osborne—on the verge of escaping the Chapter XI bankruptcy
proceedings—would soon sell its own version of the machine.
Data General, the mini-maker written up in the best-seller Soul of a New
Machine, was another threat to Kaypro. In September 1984 it unveiled the
Data General/One, which offered IBM compatibility, a built-in 737K floppy
disk drive, and a 25-line flat screen. A software developer joked that the
letters on the screen were so faint that the machine should be sold with a

Page 58

coal miner’s hat to read it. But eventually the flat screen would be just as
readable as the Kaypro’s cathode ray tube. With the inevitable price drops
and refinements, machines like the Pivot and the Data General/One would
wreak havoc on Kaypro sales unless Kay retaliated with the right flat-screen
portable of his own. IBM, AT&T, and Compaq, too, were designing their
own flat-screen machines. And already Hewlett-Packard had been selling a
$2,995 flat-screen computer with the popular Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet
program in Read Only Memory—permanent memory.
Another firm—Epson, a branch of Seiko, the giant Japanese
conglomerate known for watches—was shipping a $995 computer with a
compressed version of WordStar in ROM. The screen displayed only 8 lines
of information at a time. But within months a 16-liner from NEC (formerly
called the Nippon Electric Company) hit the market at the same price,
complete with WordStar and built-in gadgetry for talking to other machines
on the phone.
WordStar was now the only word-processing program offered free with
the “luggable” Kaypros. If Andy Kay’s lap-sized micro couldn’t run it or a
clone like New Word, he might be paving the way for some of his
customers to buy rivals’ flat screens that did.
Most buyers used Kaypros to write or type. And how many would relish
a switch to a new word-processing program?
And what about piping WordStar-composed letters and other documents
from the luggables to the lap-size Kaypros? Customers could do so, but
then they might have to insert new commands to tell their printers to
underline or produce other special effects.
Beyond everything else, Andy Kay had better offer good software to fight
rivals selling flat-screen machines similar to his. And WordStar over the
years had generally been the most popular word processor for micros.

Page 59

4 WordStar: The Creators

Arthur Clarke is the Arthur Clarke, the science-fiction writer who gave us
2001 and that beastly computer named HAL. Seymour Rubinstein is a
California businessman with only fleeting mentions outside the magazines
of the computer trade. He is literate but not literary. When I talked to him,
he had not read Clarke’s latest novel. Yet Seymour Rubinstein and a
colleague played more than a small role in the the writing of 2010; for they
created WordStar, the word-processing program that Clarke uses.
WordStar is to micro software what Citizen Kane is to movies: it is old—
by computer standards, anyway—but it’s one of the best of its kind.
If, when writing, Clarke wants to insert a phrase several sentences back,
for instance, he can just zip the cursor to the proper place, then type in the
addition. He needn’t enter a special “Editing” mode. Some WordStar rivals
may break up your thoughts by making you change modes.
Moreover, with simple keystrokes, Clarke can insert, drop, and move
whole paragraphs.
“I can make corrections without hesitation that I wouldn’t have done
before,” Clarke said enthusiastically about WordStar and his Archives
micro. “It’s at least doubled my production with a quarter of the effort.” His
normal output for his books and articles was still around a thousand words a
day, but WordStar had made his writing more fun, and now he was churning
out letter after letter to “my neglected friends.”
“I said I’d retired,” he told me over the phone from his home in Sri
Lanka, “but now I’m working on three or four things simultaneously. I
haven’t touched a typewriter since I got this computer a year or so ago.”[16]
You can easily understand why he hasn’t. No longer, for instance, does a
noisy bell tell Clarke that he’s nearing the right margin—he just keeps on
typing and a feature called word wrap automatically takes him on to the
next line.

Page 60

Granted, WordStar is traditional software. It doesn’t use icons, for
instance, those cute little pictures of wastebaskets or file folders that some
snazzy new programs will flash across your screen to tell you what you’re
doing. And as of this writing, anyway, the original WordStar didn’t offer
split screens to show more than one electronic file at once. WordStar 2000,
a related but not identical program, does. First marketed in late 1984, it may
supplant plain old WordStar eventually, but the original program will
always have a special place in the hearts of the cognoscenti. It’s an
indisputable classic. More than a million people have used WordStar since
it appeared in 1979. Rubinstein and Rob Barnaby, the brilliant programmer
who did the actual coding for WordStar, are legends.
As computer technology matures, the machines themselves will be mere
commodities like televisions or Walkman imitations. It’s the programs that
run on them which will make the difference.
WordStar is at least adequate, and mostly superb, in all but the last of
these areas:

1. Absence of bugs. The software maker should have gotten all the bugs out
so that the program will run reliably on your computer. You can’t write a
complex program that will be absolutely bug-free. But you can make it
bug-free 99 percent of the time.
2. General ease of use. A program should be easy enough to learn and use.
Being logical helps; ideally, you can use combinations of familiar
commands to coax the program into doing many things that you haven’t
done before.
3. Good documentation. The manual should be clear and logically
organized. Either the simplest material should come earliest, or else there
should be a beginner’s version; also, the manual should boast a good,
comprehensive index.
4. Usefulness to beginners and old pros alike. You can adjust the best
programs to suit your own level of skill with them.
5. Speed. It lets you do your job fast, especially when you use it with a hard
disk.
6. Power. Related to speed. The program can quickly accomplish
complicated tasks like substituting one word for another in a contract
thousands of words long. Imagine the boon to lawyers plugging new
names into standard boilerplate.

Page 61

7. Fewer chances for botch-ups. Good programs limit the chances for
careless errors in the first place.
8. The Jewish-uncle effect. Ideally, your software will slow you down or
flash a warning when you’re about to ruin your work with a few taps on
the wrong keys.
9. Damage limitations (if you do goof).
10. After-the-goof feedback. After you’ve botched up—and we all do
sooner or later—the program will tell you how you did so.
11. Ability to customize. You or at least a software expert can customize
good programs for your use on your machine.
12. Availability of “accessory” programs to make your original software
still more useful.
13. Support. Ideally, the software seller will stand behind his product if you
have problems. MicroPro’s record here is far from the best; this may
change.

Again, WordStar isn’t perfect (see Backup III, “The Lucky 13,” for a
more detailed description of it and criteria for choosing good software), but
it comes closer than most other popular programs.

■ ■ ■

Here are a few terms useful to people shopping for a word
processor:

1. A cursor is just the marker on your screen—a blinking line,
maybe—that shows where a letter will appear when you type.
Cursor keys move the cursor up, down, left, or right.
2. A file is an electronic version of a letter, report, or other
document or collection of data.
3. A control key is what you start holding down to turn a letter or
series of letters into commands for your computer. Used with the
control key, the letters normally won’t show up in the document
you’re typing. Some programs, by the way, may use the control
key and an escape key, which could be a way to get from one
part of the program to another. Or the escape key may take on
functions similar to the control key. In addition, there’s an

Page 62

alternate key that you may also use to help boss your machine
around.
4. To scroll just means to move from place to place in your
electronic document. It’s like rolling or unrolling a Torah or other
scroll, except here there’s no ink or paper, just patterns of
electrons in your computer memory and dots on your screen. On
most computer monitors you see only 24 lines of typing at a time.
5. A menu lists commands on your screen. It can tell you how to
locate a document on your disk or what to do while you’re at
work there.
6. A block move is the ability to move material from one part of
your document to another.
7. A global search tracks down specified words in your document.
8. A search and replace substitutes one word (or group of words)
for another.

■ ■ ■

WordStar’s creators, Seymour Rubinstein and Rob Barnaby, are like Orson
Welles and Herman Mankiewicz of Citizen Kane. The movie would have
been hack melodrama without the brilliance of both the producer-director
and his writer; and yet critics still argue over Kane’s exact origins. So it is
with WordStar. When Time said Rubinstein had written the program, a
friend of Barnaby’s whipped off an angry letter to the editor. I won’t take
sides here. Rubinstein, however, far from playing down Barnaby’s
WordStar role to me, unhesitatingly passed on his phone number when I
asked. Barnaby is equally willing to acknowledge the importance of his
collaborator. Even the letter writer emphasizes the usefulness of
Rubinstein’s salesmanship and his perception of the software market back
in the late 1970s when WordStar was born.
A short, stocky, bespectacled man in his fifties, Rubinstein grew up in
New York City, the son of a pinball- and novelty-machine owner who died
while Seymour was still in grade school. His mother worked as a clerk.
“My first job,” Rubinstein said, “was a helper on a fruit truck when I was
twelve years old.” Two years later, however, his neighbors were “letting me
ruin their radios,” and by his mid-twenties, he seemed settled into the
routine of a TV repairman.

Page 63

But Rubinstein grew restless after six months’ reserve military duty in the
1950s; he attended night school at Brooklyn College and took up technical
writing.
Decades later he recalled a navigational computer he encountered while a
civilian, speaking as if it were his “Rosebud,” as if he were Charles Kane
thinking about the Colorado snows and the name on his childhood sled. He
gave me the machine’s exact measurements, eight by nine by twelve inches.
Then, mixing nostalgia with awe, he said, “If you opened it up, it would
look like a Swiss watchmaker’s nightmare, all those gears and little
electronic things whirring and clicking away. But with it you could take off
from an aircraft carrier and circle overhead and press the reset button and
fly anywhere you wanted, and wherever you flew, an indicator kept track of
how far you were from that spot on the ocean and told how you could
return.” Ask Rubinstein about his early career and you may hear more talk
of machines than of people. “$2” The hardware, however, helped make the
man. Rubinstein spent years working with data-communications networks
—the ones that, for instance, handle airline reservations or credit-card
information. Without quick, accurate updating, these real-time systems are
worthless: just ask anyone whom an airline has booked on an already-full
flight. You could have the best-designed computers in the cosmos. But the
question in the end may be “Did the airline clerk key in reservations for you
on the right flight at the right time?” And Rubinstein’s software philosophy
later reflected his real-time work. He originally did not intend WordStar for
the bumbling and the lazy but for “the production typist” on whom the boss
heavily counted for both speed and accuracy.
In my last interview with Rubinstein for this book, he downplayed his
statement that he created WordStar for the fleet-fingered typist. “I believe
that everyone deserves a product appropriate to his particular
classification,” he said, “and while WordStar may have been aimed at a
particular niche, that is not to say we shouldn’t enlarge the scope of this
product.... We’re going to make the next version easier to learn.” As
thousands of professionals and executives can verify, however, WordStar all
along has been quite learnable.
Early in his computer career Rubinstein also grasped the importance of
clear documentation to guide people through the programs. IBM at the time
was one of the world’s largest publishers, at least in sheer volume of paper
consumed, ranking right up near Random House and other giants, and

Page 64

Rubinstein recalls the old manuals as abysmal: “You really had to have a lot
of drive and patience to get through their stuff.” Programmers rose or fell
according to their ability to push through “arbitrary collections of material
arranged in an arbitrary order.” Rubinstein, who by now had forsaken
technical writing for programming, made a discovery helpful to any
software user: you won’t serve yourself best, necessarily, by completely
memorizing the manuals. The trick, rather, is to know where to turn in a
hurry when you do have a problem.
In 1977, wandering through a store for computer hobbyists in San Rafael,
California, Rubinstein saw a box with blue-and-red switches and lights, and
“it looked really interesting. I went home, built it, and a week later I had a
computer.”[17]
It was his first micro, perhaps more of his Rosebud, after all, than the
navigational computer.
“I had spent many hours of my life in very brightly lit, cold rooms in the
middle of the night, surrounded by millions of dollars’ worth of junk,” he
once recalled. And yet his new dwarf seemed “a true computer” to him “in
every sense of the word. I could see the potential, and I got very excited.”[18]
His elation grew when he saw that a company named IMSAI, run by an old
boss, had produced the kit. He once remembered the firm, now defunct, as
“one of the tiny companies that really made this industry happen. The
industry did not happen by some big, famous manufacturer deciding this
was what he was going to do. It was a grass-roots movement.”[19]
Rubinstein joined IMSAI as software-products manager and within two
months was marketing director; there he signed the first contract between a
computer manufacturer and Digital Research for CP/M, the popular
operating system—the only one with which WordStar at first would work.
Leaving IMSAI in 1978, Rubinstein “knew exactly what I wanted to do.”
He would “build packaged software” for businessmen and others unfamiliar
with computer arcana. Registering out a business name in June, he included
“International” after “MicroPro” because “I felt that with the right, well-
designed products, Europe would be an approachable market.”[20]
Rubinstein was barely out of the IMSAI fold when he dropped by Rob
Barnaby’s flat in Berkeley, California. The two had met at IMSAI, which
Barnaby had left a short time earlier, for different reasons, after hot words
between the moody young programmer and his boss. Barnaby was a
Harvard graduate, a physics major, a tennis pro’s son, the descendant of an

Page 65

old New England family. A pattern in his life was seemingly emerging by
the time he reached his thirties; he would throw himself into computer jobs,
program masterfully for a while, then find his interest waning. Just before
joining IMSAI, Barnaby had been fixing up old houses. “I kind of like
creating things with computers and forgetting them and getting away from
them when I’m not creating something new,” Barnaby told me. He was in
no hurry, quite likely, to return to work after IMSAI, having salted away a
good part of his salary. “I like the flexibility that saving money produces.”
He isn’t materialistic—the very antithesis of it. And yet money and
WordStar are together a touchy subject. Barnaby’s work for MicroPro
seemingly did not make him rich, at least not California rich.
“It was originally royalties,” Barnaby said, “and when the royalties
played out, I took a salary and a stock option.” His total earnings from
MicroPro were somewhere in the six figures.
“I want you to understand where his ego is,” said the friend who wrote
Time. “He’s often chided by people for allowing himself to be taken
advantage of and he simply does not want to discuss it. He says, ‘I made a
deal. I kept my promise, Seymour kept his promise and that’s it.’”
Describing the circumstances in a peculiarly Californian way, the friend
said: “If Seymour was really greedy he would have gone to Rob two years
ago and said something like, ‘Hey, you got to believe me, Rob, I never
expected this thing would ever do what it’s done. And I’d like to do right by
you and so I would like you to graciously accept this check for $150,000 I
brought with me here today.’ Then Seymour would have owned him. Rob
did not get rich writing WordStar. People think that, but it’s simply not true.
I’ve seen it. The guy’s a friend of mine. He’s back to work again because of
financial need.”
“We were both very poor,” Rubinstein told me earlier about himself and
Barnaby. “I had less than $8,500 to my name, in fact, but I gave Rob a
$2,500 retainer, a third of my cash reserves. I owned a house, but the bank
owned most of it.”
Rubinstein offered to make Barnaby a partner. Barnaby, characteristically
wary of entanglements, turned him down.
An early program Barnaby did for Rubinstein was a programmer’s aid,
which, among other things, let you move words and numbers around more
easily on the screen. It was no more a word processor than a pencil. Nor did
Barnaby intend it to be one: “I was writing a program editor, a tool for me.”

Page 66

Yet “computer stores would be trying to sell people something they could
write letters with, and it would get back to Seymour that our program
definitely did not have those features.” Rubinstein recalls taking a big hint
from dealers’ enthusiasm for a program called Electric Pencil. “What they
liked,” he said, “was you could both enter and print from the same program,
and you had a lot of control over the printout. You could specify things like
underlining and margin settings, but it was very primitive. You certainly
couldn’t imagine what it would be like until you printed it. You didn’t know
where page breaks would occur, where one page would end and another
began,” and so you might have to print several times before you got it right,
since each change might create new breaks in the wrong places. That was
micro word processing 1970s style. You either put up with all these nasty
details or prayed for a sweepstakes killing so you could buy a $20,000
“dedicated” machine from IBM or Wang.

■ ■ ■

When You Should Buy a Dedicated Word
Processor
Here are some times when you should seriously consider it:

1. When you work for a stuffy old bureaucracy that’s rich and
afraid of the new.
2. When you’re a procurement officer on probation. As they say,
no one’s lost his job for buying Xerox rather than Brand Non-X.
Then again, your boss may bawl you out for not buying a
Xerox micro.
3. When you want to dump the training problems in the
manufacturer’s lap. Of course, many independent companies
and consultants nowadays are training people to use micros,
especially IBMs.
4. When you prefer an extra-large, extra-sharp screen and giant
memory and when you can’t easily find micros of comparable
quality. Here, too, I’m skeptical. The gap between micro
hardware and the dedicateds is narrowing.

Page 67

5. When you’re looking for a machine that will run special
software that the micros won’t. Fondly, a Hollywood writer-
director tells of a script-formating program “dreamed up by
some lunatic in northern California.” Nowadays, however, more
programmers are writing for micros than for dedicated word
processors.

You should think “Micro” if you’re working for (1) yourself, (2) a
needy company or organization, or (3) a rich, frugal one.
“But,” you ask, “what about repair?”
Well, surprise: many big companies—including Xerox itself—
are now in the micro repair business.
Besides, for the price of one dedicated, you might buy both a
micro and a backup.

■ ■ ■

Psyching out the market, Rubinstein not only listened to computer-store
owners but read up on the features of the dedicateds, determined to match
them.
In some ways, in fact, he hoped to surpass these rivals. From the very
beginning he was against built-in function keys features, believing that they
actually slowed down typists by forcing them to take their hands off their
main keyboards.
Pitting himself against IBM and the other giants of the word-processing
world, Barnaby worked in a spare bedroom from which he evicted an
electric-train set. He wrote the WordStar with a brand-new IMSAI
computer, 64K RAM, two 530K disks. His big, fat Teletype Model 40
printer crawled along at a pokey 10 characters per second, but he poured
out his code as if he were a muse-inspired novelist.
“Working out whatever it was he was going to code,” Rubinstein
recalled, “he would sit in front of the machine and his fingers would fly.
And he would actually growl at the machine with his chin jutted out—rrr,
rrr, like that—and he would pound the keys as fast as he could go, because
he couldn’t get into the machine fast enough.” Between fall 1978 and
summer 1979 Barnaby typically worked eighteen hours a day on WordStar,
and sometimes many more in the frenzy of it all. Rubinstein said, “I stayed

Page 68

up a few nights with him, in fact. He was younger than I was—still is,” he
said dryly, “so I couldn’t do it as much as he could. He was an excellent
coder, one of the best I’ve ever seen in terms of speed and accuracy and
putting in features that are real clever.”
Barnaby, in turn, praises Rubinstein’s contributions to WordStar.
“Seymour set the general goals. I wouldn’t have known what the world
wanted because I’m not in touch with the world. He gave me a lot of
specifics. He was probably the person who used WordStar the most and
gave me the most comments, because he bridges the range from being able
to understand where technical people’s heads are at and being able to relate
to the outside world and the market. He was a programmer years ago. He’s
familiar with the process I go through. He doesn’t like to do it anymore, but
he sort of understands what I’m doing. I think the menus were his idea”—
the instructions that pop up on the screen if the typist takes too much time
to execute a WordStar command. Rubinstein also recalls contributing
touches like the Q effect, which accelerates the impact of other WordStar
commands; and he says he thought up the dotted lines that cross the screen
to mark page breaks. No matter who did what for WordStar, however, it’s
likely that Barnaby, regardless of Rubinstein’s helpful studies of the market,
was writing mostly for Barnaby. “I don’t hear a voice from the world,” he
generalized to me about his coding habits. “I hear a voice from the back of
my head.”
Rob Barnaby, you might say, was WordStar’s first user. He used
WordStar as a programming aid to write WordStar. Then he used WordStar
to write the manual for WordStar.
As we talked, I realized how close his working habits came to mine and
how, coding WordStar for himself and Rubinstein, he had also programmed
it for me. It was not so much a fluke that the program’s logic coincided with
mine. So, in many ways, did Barnaby’s personal writing habits. “I fiddle
around a lot with text,” he said. “I try to get the points down, and then I try
to get good sentences to say them with. If I find I try to word the thing right
from the start, I lose it. I must see things on the screen.” Amen, Rob. I don’t
write my best English inside my head, either; I, too, must see. Like me,
Barnaby might have loathed the programs that didn’t let you zip the cursor
to an error and correct it without much ado.
The creation of WordStar, by the way, wasn’t the only act of genius from
MicroPro. The name was a marketer’s dream. Why “WordStar”?

Page 69

MicroPro already had the programmer’s aid called WordMaster, and
Rubinstein apparently held an informal name-this-product contest for the
new word processor.
“Who’s this for?” asked an employee named Barbara.
“It’s really for the production-minded secretary,” he replied.
“Why don’t you call it Word—?” she said, using a vulgar synonym for
“cat.”
“What?”
Barbara mulled it over. “Maybe that’s a little too risqué. But you say the
secretary’s the hero?”
“Yes,” said Rubinstein.
“The star?”
“Yes.”
“Then why not call it WordStar?”
And so it was.
Hitting the marketplace in the summer of 1979, the product clicked; no
competitor came close; at least none offered WordStar’s get-what-you-see
printing features.
Rubinstein had come out with good, timely software, and now he was
riding the beginnings of the micro wave. Just as with VisiCalc, buyers soon
asked about WordStar by name—before they bought their computers. In
fact, often it was why they bought micros. And Rubinstein found WordStar
wasn’t merely a good first sale for dealers. Frequently, it would be a second.
Balking at WordStar’s price, customers would make do with an inferior
word processor but remember the sales reps’ original praise of the MicroPro
program.
Ironically, as WordStar was taking off, Barnaby, its writer, was headed
toward another burnout. The atmosphere around MicroPro was changing.
Rubinstein, who eventually would name a yacht the MicroStar and move
into a hilltop home with a sunken tile tub, was losing touch with some
programmers. “They locked us up in this little windowless room with
Customer Support,” recalled Jim Fox, Barnaby’s former assistant, who
worked on WordStar Version 3.0, the one I’m using. “It was messy. It was
very noisy—not very good air circulation. And then they were expecting us
to do programming. Rob asked months and months for shelves, and they
never gave them until he threw a temper tantrum.” It seemed strange for
Rubinstein to let this happen. Everyone agrees that $400,000 home or not,

Page 70

he was the opposite of a golf-course president. And yet Rubinstein had
burdened MicroPro with high-tech bureaucrats who were turning it into a
mini-Washington, inflicting reorganization after reorganization. The real
producers, whether sales reps or programmers, sometimes suffered.
Barnaby quit in the summer of 1980 just after working on an important
sister program of WordStar, MailMerge, which helps businesses personalize
letters with names plugged in from mail lists. “To my knowledge,”
Rubinstein told me in early 1983, “he has not coded anything of
significance since.”
Rubinstein was telling the truth as he knew it. Barnaby, indeed, had
largely forgotten about computers. He had lost excess weight; he had
traveled; he had stopped smoking and shaved off his beard. In superficial
ways he seemed a different man from the writer of WordStar. And yet
Barnaby had left software before and returned; and in late 1982, unknown
to Rubinstein apparently, he had again.
It wasn’t just that he needed the money. He could no longer flee
computerdom so easily. A barrier had tumbled, the one between his work
and the rest of the world. Once micros had been mostly hobbyists’ toys,
demanding hours of soldering and programming. Many of his friends hadn’t
fathomed what he did. But now Barnaby was hearing a woman—formerly
perplexed—say that WordStar was the rage at the stores where she was
shopping for her new business computer. Barnaby’s father got 2010 for
Christmas and read that Arthur Clarke had written it with WordStar; Clarke
had sent the book to New York on a five-inch floppy and transmitted final
corrections from Sri Lanka through his computer over a satellite link.
Another science-fiction leader, I discovered, also was hoping to catch up
with 2010—Seymour Rubinstein.
Returned to computers, bearded again, Barnaby in early 1983 was
working for a small rival of MicroPro, Chang Laboratories, aiming at the
lucrative market for software compatible with IBM’s 16-bit PC. He was like
a canny Hollywood scriptwriter. Barnaby was somewhat vague about his
software plans, in part because he really did not know what he would create
in the end, but perhaps also because he did not want to alert the
competition. He would not, in early 1983, say he was working on a new
word processor, only that he was at the keyboard of his new IBM. It ran
WordStar. Barnaby, like thousands of other people, had bought his IBM
version at a local ComputerLand store. You might say it was the neat

Page 71

completion of a circle, for the founder of the ComputerLand chain was none
other than Bill Millard, the man behind IMSAI, Barnaby’s former employer.
Barnaby offered his opinion of the WordStar version he had bought at
ComputerLand—competent but unimaginative. Well, how could he outdo
his WordStar? Barnaby answered, and despite his refusal to be pinned down
on a future project (“It could be a spreadsheet”), he gave at least an inkling
of what another word processor from him could be like.
Among other things, Barnaby would take advantage of the newer
machines’ more powerful memories; he’d write more instructions for the
RAM. So he wouldn’t have to choose as much between making the
program either (1) more easily understood or (2) capable of moving around
words in the fastest or most efficient way. Smart computers and dumb
humans could coexist more gracefully.
Also, he’d reduce the number of commands in WordStar, a good idea if
not overdone. “I’ve thought, Gee, couldn’t I have only two or three ways of
deleting text rather than twenty. And I look at my habits, and I do use a lot
of them. But most of them I could replace with the same number of
keystrokes or only one more keystroke using a combination of other
commands. I’d never tried to write a program where you didn’t have to read
the manual before. And I still don’t think I’ve succeeded. I think that’s a
worthy goal for the future—to write a program that doesn’t have to have a
manual.”
Back at MicroPro, Rubinstein, by early 1983, had fallen behind some
previous goals of his own. Fewer than 250 people worked for the company,
or less than half the peak number, and the company had saddled itself
earlier with hundreds of thousands of dollars a year in office leases it no
longer needed. “There were some odd things that happened internally with
these visions of increasing numbers of sales,” said a former MicroPro man,
“and they hired too many people too quickly. They pay very well, and their
salesmen were getting incredible commissions. I know one guy—his first
month in sales he took home five grand in commissions.” Did he sustain
that amount? “He didn’t,” said the ex-MicroPro employee. “Every month
after that he fell.” And so, it seemed, did the sales rep’s colleagues at
MicroPro. “They kept trying to break record after record,” the former
employee recalled, “and the only way to do it was to extend generous credit
and get their products out the door.... They had to produce all the programs
people ordered, but they weren’t getting their money immediately.” With

Page 72

high interest rates, some buyers would stall payments as long as possible.
MicroPro’s growth problems weren’t unique. Another pioneer in micro
software, Lifeboat Associates, a distributor, also found itself overexpanded
and laid off employees.
MicroPro likewise suffered when programmers, ordered to meet
Rubinstein’s deadline, cut corners on an early version of WordStar for the
IBM PC. The software was too hard to adapt to customers’ printers. And
then IBM threw MicroPro a loop. It suddenly changed the PC’s operating
system in a way that made WordStar glitch up. MicroPro wasn’t the culprit
here. And yet it was the one receiving angry phone calls from frustrated
customers. It was, in a sense, a victim of its own reputation for quality.
MicroPro products had bugs like other software makers’, but fewer of them
than most, so that the IBM WordStar problems—since corrected—enraged
customers with high expectations.
Old friends of Rubinstein’s, meanwhile, complained that the firm had
nothing truly original coming out, that MicroPro had evolved from a
programming company to a marketing one. I disagreed somewhat.
MicroPro had succeeded largely because Rubinstein had aggressively sold
himself and his programs. And yet it was also true no other MicroPro
product had commanded as much attention as WordStar, the first big one.
Michael Canyes, a computer consultant, complained that it was “getting a
little gray around the temples.” It was time for updates, drastic ones. If they
didn’t come, if competitors kept duplicating various features of WordStar,
the program would eventually perish.
So far, however, that hadn’t happened.
Nothing had appeared that was both as good as WordStar and marketed
as successfully.
“If you’d asked me when I first introduced it,” Barnaby said, “I would
have said as soon as we stopped moving, somebody would have done
something better. I sort of thought WordStar would be gone by now, but it’s
growing instead. It may sell a million by the time it’s done.” He wasn’t
bragging; he was right.
We were talking now in summer 1983. Barnaby had removed himself
from the payroll of Chang Laboratories, and I suspected it might be because
he worried about living up to his first success. Barnaby didn’t discourage
that impression. When asked if another WordStar might be on its way, he
said, “I hit once; I may not hit again.” I understood. He was no different

Page 73

from a writer trying to create another blockbuster book or movie; he would
be competing against himself—a contest made more difficult by the fact
that MicroPro’s marketing expertise would no longer be on his side. I
suggested that he and Rubinstein might both benefit by working together
again as a team. If Barnaby agreed, though, he certainly didn’t make that
clear to me, and I hung up thinking that the Barnaby-Rubinstein
collaboration was as dead as the Welles-Mankiewicz one.
“Let’s just put it this way,” said Barnaby of MicroPro. “They could have
made me happier there and I’d still be there, and MicroPro would still be
growing instead of being flat.”
“Rob is beloved around here,” said a public relations woman at MicroPro
when I suggested that the company might benefit from his return, “but we
have many other good programmers.”
Not long afterward I was talking to Seymour Rubinstein. He was
decidedly more upbeat about MicroPro’s fortune than Barnaby had been.
He had added some fifty people to his staff since we’d last talked.
Rubinstein predicted record sales of about $42 million in 1983, of which
WordStar would be 65 percent; he expected that his word processor would
thrive inside the ROMs of $1,500 lap-sized computers.
During our conversation I expressed my astonishment over a newspaper
article; supposedly, a programmer—unnamed—had dreamed up WordStar
in a week or so during vacation.
“I was amazed to see it myself,” Rubinstein said. “It was really
romanticizing something in a way that wasn’t necessary, beyond not being
true.”
“I talked to Barnaby,” I said, “and he has the normal worries of
programmers and writer-writers—whether he can ever repeat his success.
And I still wonder about the chances of you two coming together again.”
“Well,” Rubinstein said without the slightest pause, “I got him back
working again.”
“Now?”
“Yep.”
“When?”
“Just started a week and a half ago.”
“Christ,” I said, “I sort of popped the question to him.”
“I’d just as soon you didn’t broadcast it,” Rubinstein said. “He’s not in
solid yet, but I expect he will be. You can put in there a blurb that as of this

Page 74

writing Barnaby came back for a test run to see whether he could get
involved again.”
“As a WordStar user,” I said, “I have a selfish interest in his developing it
further. Will he be working on WordStar?”
“He’ll be working on WordStar,” said Rubinstein. Like a movie man, he
excitedly described his coming attraction. (“It’ll just knock their socks
off.”) The new WordStar would contain a spreadsheet. Also, used with the
right printers, it would offer proportional spacing, meaning that an “I”
would take up less room than a “W,” making the print look more booklike.
What’s more, the new WordStar would be simpler to learn. Listening to
Rubinstein raving over his forthcoming word processor, I could tell that if
Barnaby didn’t work out on the new project, MicroPro might use someone
else. Ideally, however, it wouldn’t. “Just incredible,” Rubinstein had said of
Barnaby’s coding of WordStar. “The man is a consummate artist.”
Surely, I thought, Arthur Clarke would agree.
Barnaby stayed some months with MicroPro. In fact, he had helped fit
WordStar into the little memory of the Epson lap-sized portable marketed
that year. A micro magazine, meanwhile, came out with a report that a
version of WordStar for big machines, Version 4.0, might contain split
screens. In October 1984, however, I was still waiting. And Rob Barnaby
had left MicroPro in July.
“Things didn’t click,” he said without going into the specifics. “We
talked about a lot of things, but they didn’t jell.” He was now consulting.
MicroPro suffered in other ways. Yearly income was up 53 percent, and
the company was still shipping thirty thousand copies of WordStar each
month, but quarterly revenues reported in September 1984 were $12.4
million versus $15.6 million for the same period in 1983. The company
sustained a loss in earnings of six cents a share, $756,000. Hoping to cope
with threats such as NewWord, which sold for $250 and used the same
commands as the older word processor, it laid off 10 percent of its workers
and reduced WordStar’s list price from $495 to $350. NewWord even
offered twists of its own. You could tell it to go to a certain page number,
for instance, without having to specify a word on the page you were looking
for. The natural question arose: Why should people pay $100 more for the
real WordStar?

■ ■ ■

Page 75

Six Reasons Why Customers (or Noncustomers) Feel Free
to Cheat Software Companies
WordStar clones like NewWord aren’t illegal. Getting a “free”
WordStar from a friend, however, is.
“It’s like illegally getting a second typewriter—copied from a
friend’s, down to the serial number,” a software columnist
observes. “You’re stealing a valuable tool.” H. Glen Haney, the
president of MicroPro, told me that most copies of WordStar in use
are bootlegged ones.
While opposing the practice, I’ll list six reasons why customers
cheat:

1. It takes all of two or three minutes—maybe less—to copy a disk
worth hundreds or even thousands of dollars. Yes, anti-
bootlegging gimmicks exist. But often they reduce software
sales; would you be as keen to buy a $500 disk if you couldn’t
easily make backups?
2. Everyone does it.
3. Computer users want to befriend others with similar machines
so they can draw on them for technical hints or back up
equipment.
And what better way to cement a new friendship than at a
copying session where the users swap programs? That’s the
thinking.
4. Many software companies overprice their wares. Yes, it’s
expensive to develop good programs; but some companies,
rather than creating innovative products, gouge you to pay for
development of copycat offerings. They themselves rip off people
—their more imaginative rivals. (No criticism of NewWord here. It
is much cheaper than the original WordStar and offers some
improvements.)
5. Some people in large companies think software houses don’t
give big-enough discounts to corporations buying the same
program for a number of machines.
6. Many software companies don’t offer enough guidance or other
help. Customers think, Why should I buy this program when

Page 76

they’re just going to ignore my problems once they have my
money? The columnist counters: “That’s like saying, ‘I’ll just
throw out the old Judeo-Christian ethic that it’s wrong to steal.’
The other guy being wrong doesn’t make you right.”

■ ■ ■

MicroPro’s responded to such competition by keeping WordStar but
developing another word processor, WordStar 2000, aimed at offices that
had shunned micros as too hard to use.
WordStar 2000, named because MicroPro said it would stay modern into
the next century, discarded most of the older program’s commands. There
wasn’t one line of code from plain old WordStar. And WordStar 2000
couldn’t easily read its files—imperiling an industry standard that MicroPro
itself had created. Moreover, it couldn’t run on less advanced micros like
the Kaypro II. Machines in that vein were still good for word processing,
and critics claimed that MicroPro had kissed off the 8-bit market. MicroPro
replied that it had wanted to take full advantage of the hard disks and other
capabilities that were showing up in powerful new computers such as the
IBM AT.[21] WordStar 2000 did not run well on the slower floppy-disk
machines. Its early version was pokey, moreover, even on an IBM XT hard
disk computer. However, it indeed simplified WordStar’s commands and
offered split screens, a form-letter program, a spelling checker that you
could use as you typed a letter rather than having to leave the file to call up
the speller, proportional spacing, underlining displayed on the screen, and
the ability to go to specified pages—in other words, what one writer called
“a catalog of wishes” for people using the older program. WordStar 2000
lacked a spreadsheet and sold for an outrageously steep $595; for $100
more you could buy WordStar 2000 Plus, which included a simple list-
keeping program and software to help hook you up to other computers via
phone. A slogan captured the MicroPro sales pitch: “Easy Word Processing
You’ll Never Outgrow.” WordStar 2000 wasn’t “easy” word processing—
all powerful products took some time to learn—but it was easier than plain
old WordStar.
I went to a MicroPro dealers’ meeting just outside Washington in early
November 1984 and saw a slick, professional sales campaign that would
have done a shaving-cream maker proud. Company officials, including

Page 77

president H. Glen Haney, said WordStar 2000 wasn’t a fluke: “We’re going
to repeat this process again and again.” Educators, even science-fiction
writers, were said to have helped forty programmers make The Product easy
to use. MicroPro billed 2000 as having been “beyond the capabilities of one
or two genius programmers.” This philosophy, as much as anything,
perhaps explained why Rob Barnaby was no longer with the company. Like
many talented people, especially writers, he was the very antithesis of a
team man. There was a difference between being one of forty programmers
and rrring away in front of the keyboard at midnight while the head of the
company watched. And yet as a user of WordStar I still hoped that Barnaby
might return to the MicroPro fold. No matter how many creativity experts
MicroPro brought in—and the company in fact had experimented with one
—you could no more replicate a Rob Barnaby than you could a Welles or
Mankiewicz. It was entirely inevitable that the MicroPro officials at the
Twin Bridges Marriott felt compelled to say that 2000 was beyond one or
two genius programmers. WordStar 2000 indeed had some merits. Still, it
was far from the earthshaker that the original WordStar had been. Barnaby
and Rubinstein had so brilliantly conceived their program that it could hold
back the competition for years and years.
Well into the 2000 presentation at the motel, the room darkened. It was
movie time. The dealers chuckled at “word processing throughout the
ages.” A cartoon caveman wrote on stone, a Greek shuffled around stones
bearing inscriptions for a temple, and a cartoon George Patton barked
orders to the troops as part of a pun based on the phrase “command-driven
word processor.” (See Chapter 5 for a definition.) MicroPro officials trotted
out advertisements that would appear in the Wall Street Journal, Fortune,
Time, and other major publications. The company was as proud of the ads
as of WordStar 2000. A lie-detectorlike device, measuring electricity in the
body, had even gauged test subjects’ responses to the copywriters’ creations.
After lunch—salad, roast beef, potatoes, and a redemptive low-calorie
dessert—MicroPro let the dealers try out WordStar 2000 themselves on
IBM XTs and ATs. It was a combination sales talk and seminar. MicroPro
quizzed the dealers with questions in the vein of “What do you like most
about the product?” The session greatly increased the dealers’—and my
own—understanding of 2000. At the same time, using a teacher-student
relationship, MicroPro people fortified their depiction of themselves as the
world’s top experts on word processing.

Page 78

Similar dog-and-pony shows would take place in cities across the country
and overseas. MicroPro by now had four hundred employees worldwide
and thirty-five hundred retail dealer outlets—a far cry from the days when
Rob Barnaby had been writing WordStar in the room from which he’d
displaced the electric-train set. If WordStar 2000 didn’t sell well, however,
MicroPro would shrink into just another software company. It was a crucial
time. MicroPro was deemphasizing products like data bases and
spreadsheets, flaunting its reliance on word processing, and inspiring
headlines like “MicroPro Back to Its Roots.”

■ ■ ■

How to Work on Two Files at Once While Using Plain Old
WordStar
Windows, among other things, let you view several files at once
and move material back and forth (see Backup IX, “Window
Shopping”).
Even though plain old WordStar lacks windows, you might be able
to upgrade your software to include them. Ask your dealer about
IBM’s Topview software and Microsoft’s Windows.

■ ■ ■

For Rubinstein personally, 1984 had also been eventful. He and his wife
had separated—different interests, he said—and he had a heart attack. He
had lost thirty pounds but had come back “stronger than ever.” Meanwhile,
an initial public stock offering in March had made him richer than ever. It
brought MicroPro $13 million.
“After all is said and done,” Rubinstein told me about the offering, “I’ll
end up with a little more than $5 million.” He already owned a gold-colored
Corvette and a house worth hundreds of thousands. “And okay,” Rubinstein
said, “so I’ll decorate the house. I’ll buy some furniture. So maybe I’ll
spend another couple hundred thousand, but most of the money will be used
for investment, not to go on some wild spending spree.” He said that
“unless you’re a dissipated type, your life really doesn’t change.”[22]

Page 79

His corporate life, however, would be different. Perhaps chastened by
Adam Osborne’s failure, some investors had insisted that Rubinstein give
up control of MicroPro. He would still serve on the board. And he would
help plot long-range strategy and develop new products, but the old
entrepreneurial environment was vanishing at MicroPro and in much of the
industry at large.
The Osborne failure haunted Rubinstein in ways besides making money
raising somewhat harder. Some investors in Osborne filed a suit saying that
Rubinstein—owner of Osborne stock—had bailed out ahead of time, using
insider knowledge. “It’s such hoked-up bullshit; it’s just ridiculous,”
Rubinstein said in May 1984. He had “needed the money ... principally to
pay my taxes.”[23]
By now, the sales of personal-computer software exceeded $1.5 billion a
year.[24] Throughout the industry, accountants and others in three-piece suits
were increasingly calling the shots. Marketing considerations—advertising,
even the designs of the boxes housing the software—often overwhelmed
technical ones. A word-processing program called Select typified some so-
called user-friendly software aimed at the burgeoning market.

Backup:

◼ III, The Lucky 13: What to Look for in Choosing Software, page 302.

Page 80

5 The Select Word Processor: Martin Dean versus the
Command-Driven Restaurants

“Gentleman Farmers” don’t appear just in whiskey ads. One showed up
in InfoWorld—ballyhooing Select, a craftily marketed rival of WordStar.
Embracing Madison Avenue-style tactics, software companies like Select
Information Systems were luring some customers away from programs that
would have been far better for heavy-duty business use.
Select’s word processor retailed for about $500 in 1982, a year after its
introduction, including speller and mailing list programs and a tutorial disk.
Just WordStar—without accessory programs—listed for about the same.
More than twenty-five thousand copies of Select sold in less than two
years, and major manufacturers started offering it with their computers. I
myself loathed Select. And yet I could see how the program could wow the
throngs jamming their local computer stores. The tutorial disk was a
salesman’s dream: he could walk away while the program baby-sat the
customer tinkering with the computer.
Select Information Systems, moreover, a forty-employee company in
Kentfield, California, was running an advertising campaign as slick as any
distiller’s.
“No contest,” proclaimed a San Francisco Examiner columnist in one ad
in 1982, looking up from his Xerox 820, dangling a pair of glasses from his
hand, like some refugee from a Famous Writers School. “Select was easier
to learn.” The ads didn’t say what he was comparing it to, but a popular
computer magazine named his equivalent of Brand X, WordStar.
The columnist, Dick Nolan, never returned my calls, and Select wouldn’t
put me in touch with the secretary featured in another ad, but I did track
down “Richard Russell, Gentleman Farmer.”
“Nebraska soybeans,” said the ad, “are Richard Russell’s business. But
he rarely gets there. Richard manages his farms from a Victorian flat in San
Francisco. And he does it with little more than a telephone and the SELECT

Page 81

Word Processor.” What was this, an ad for a word processor or a
communications program? And yet the copywriter had done her job. I read
on eagerly, curious about gentlemanly word processors—human or disk.
“Select supports his interests as efficiently and often more quickly than
could a well-run office back home. The briefest bank instructions or
thickest annual report can be recorded in minutes and retrieved in seconds.”
Was software so powerful? Maybe. The ad quoted Russell: “Select manages
the business. I just reap the harvest.”
The gentleman farmer, however, wasn’t mainly a gentleman farmer—
rather, an interior decorator.
“I spend more time doing that,” Russell told me when I called up out of
the blue, “than on my farm operation, which is managed in the Midwest.”
Then why be a gentleman farmer in the ad?
“I think they just thought the idea of a gentleman farmer was more
interesting than an interior designer,” Russell said. It must have been. He
was deluged with calls, including one from NBC, which was in the thick of
a computer series.
Well, I asked, did he actually use the word processor?
Yes, Russell said, but mainly in his designing business. It was a
successful one, 20 percent commercial, 80 percent residential, including
work on some mansions in the million-dollar range. “I design architectural
interiors, furniture, fabrics,” he said, “the whole thing.”
What did he most like about Select?
“The self-teaching program was the main thing that appealed to me,” he
said—the tutorial disk.
I asked Russell about the cumbersome series of keystrokes that the
Kaypro version of Select inflicted on people making insertions a few
sentences back in their writing.
He knew about the problem. And he knew about WordStar, too.
“I’m a lot more aware of that since the ad ran,” he said of WordStar’s
reputation as a powerful word-processing system, “but I don’t think I’m in a
position to say much about it since I gave Select my endorsement. But
you’ve brought up some valid points. The whole business of personal
computers is new to me in the last six months, and so I’m learning about it,
as well.” Russell said he used Select several hours a week, that he could
legitimately endorse it even if he wasn’t actually using it mainly as a

Page 82

gentleman farmer. He was right. I didn’t question his basic sincerity. But for
me, anyway, Select had proved tediously cumbersome.
In early 1983 I called up Martin Dean, the head of Select Information
Systems, and did the proper thing.
“Martin,” I said in effect, “I hate your software.”
Why gladhand information out of him, then stab him in the back?
Dean was smart and a good sport. Not only didn’t he hang up on me; he
spent an hour on the phone giving his point of view. Like the developer of
WordStar, Dean had a philosophy, one born of his own business experiences
—in this case, a WordStar debacle. He was a real estate lawyer eager for
one of his staffers to work with a sophisticated word processor. “I handed
her WordStar,” he told me, “and said, ‘It’s the standard in the industry.’ And
she came back two days later and said she was not going to do that.”
“She was vehement,” Dean said. She wasn’t going to spend the seventy
hours she felt it would take to master WordStar.
And she wasn’t “just” a secretary. She had a year of law school, had done
ten years of legal secretarial work, and was supervising Dean’s legal
research staff. “She’s one of the brightest women I’ve worked with in the
legal business,” he said. “But she didn’t have the time to learn WordStar.” A
major manufacturer had done a study comparing the two word processors’
learning time. “And my understanding,” said Dean, “is they determined it
takes about fifty hours of working with WordStar to become as
accomplished as you could become in ninety minutes of using Select.” I
disagreed. WordStar took much less time for me to learn; Select, much
more. With other people, it might be the reverse, but a good company
normally wouldn’t have so much turnover that the employees would lack
time to master a decent word processor.
Defending Select, Dean praised the tutorial disk and the program’s built-
in memory aids. Want to erase? If you hit the “Escape” control and pressed
the “E,” you’d eventually do that. Eventually. Dean and I went through a
keystroke count. He claimed that actually his system—improved since the
one I’d tried—was as fast or faster than rivals if run on the right machines.
He said the Kaypro just wasn’t right for his program.
“If you felt this way,” I asked, “how come you let it be bundled with the
Kaypro?” Why did he and the Kaypro’s maker sign a contract that allowed
Select to be the “free” word processor provided with the computer?

Page 83

“Well,” Dean said, “we had that version on the market only three
months”—in 1982. Then, according to him, Perfect Writer underpriced
Select. “Kaypro then thought that was a bargain. They do not now.”
“Why?”
“Try to get a call through to their service department.” He was right.
Kaypro owners were swapping war stories. Theoretically, Kaypro—not
Perfect—would guide the owners through the software maze. Actually, it
didn’t. Not always, anyway. I heard people at user groups deciding which
machine to lie about owning so the Perfect Writer staffers would listen to
their problems. Kaypro, in fact, dropped Perfect software in 1984 after
dealers said they preferred WordStar.
Okay, but what about my printer not underlining with the Kaypro using
Select?
Here again, Dean blamed Kaypro, and the printer maker, too, but I wasn’t
about to zero in on who was at fault here. All I knew was that my daisy
wheel wasn’t that exotic a machine. And yet, involuntarily, I’d been sold
cumbersome software that, unmodified, did not even work right with the
other parts of my $2,500 investment.
You may love Select, maybe even after you’ve been running it a while.
“Cumbersome,” remember, is my opinion. A Washington Post staffer named
Eugene Meyer, a Kaypro owner, liked Select and said the slowness “gives
me more time to think.” He was working on a book around the same time I
was and turned out one as long. “But,” I half joked, “if you’d been using
WordStar, then you might have written one three times longer than mine.”
I called up Ben Shneiderman, an expert on matches between humans and
software systems. Just what did an academic feel about Select-style systems
and WordStar? Shneiderman, an associate professor of computer science at
the University of Maryland and author of Software Psychology: Human
Factors in Computer and Information Systems, said:
“Select has very few commands. There are very different people in the
world. You’re very attracted to choice and options, and you seek the power
that WordStar offers. But very simply, people are different. Some like to
drive Maseratis, and some like to go twenty miles per hour.”
He was right. There might even be a version of Select better than today’s
WordStar; software is constantly changing, and when you shop, you must
do your homework to make sure you’re buying the best program available

Page 84

for your needs at the time. But while I was writing this book, I loathed
Select—even a version more advanced than the one for my Kaypro.
Who, anyway, wanted to hire a typist content to do the keyboard
equivalent of twenty miles per hour?
And yet I tried to be tolerant. I hit the control key to fire up WordStar’s
commands; Select users tapped “Escape.” “There are twenty-five thousand
people happy with using ‘Escape’ instead of the control key,” Dean had told
me, as patiently as a liberal Baptist explaining to a Klansman that Jews
didn’t have horns.
Certainly it was true: one man’s joy, another man’s plastic-disked kludge
—that was software for you. And what you learned first was often your first
love. A computer magazine even called one article “Getting Married to
WordStar.” “Can you erase your memory modules?” Mark Robinson, a
marketing man with Lexisoft, asked before he mailed me a copy of his
company’s Spellbinder word processor. He had a point. I liked Spellbinder
more than Select, much more, because it ran faster on the Kaypro, but I still
could not abide by the need to enter a new mode to make insertions or
corrections. It seemed inhibiting, this requirement, though perhaps more in
writing than in secretarial work. Michael Canyes, a computer consultant, at
the time loved Palantir. It offered many of the better features of both
WordStar and Spellbinder and let a nonprogrammer set up the numbers
pads of many computers to serve as function keys. Canyes also appreciated
The Final Word, an excellent word processor for footnoting and other
academic requirements. It was clear. There were serious alternatives to
WordStar—some, anyway—even if, like the writer of the “Married” article,
I was already well matched.
In some ways, however, I felt uncomfortable about the general direction
in which the software business seemed to be moving. Would less powerful
but well-marketed products like Select drive out the future WordStars?
The WordStar had benefited from Seymour Rubinstein’s salesmanship.
But Rubinstein also had boasted a solid computer background; and unlike
some of the new people in software, he wasn’t just a businessman cashing
in on an exploding market.
Again and again a pattern was beginning to repeat itself. Programmer-
entrepreneurs would tough it out in the proverbial garages—for some
reason programmers work in garages, authors in garrets—and score with
the right software hit. Propelled by little more than their drive and technical

Page 85

expertise, their companies would grow. Then, however, other businessmen,
real businessmen, would want the same niche, and the marketing people
would muscle in and set the tone. Or, as with some new companies, they
might have been setting the tone from the very start.
This had been the classic pattern in many industries—Orville and Wilbur
Wright hadn’t exactly gone on to become major aviation magnates—but
computers were improving faster than had airplanes. And so the process
was accelerated; well-financed managers were rapidly replacing garage-
style entrepreneurs.
The stakes were higher, and striking back, software authors were even
hiring agents. The question arose, however, of the extent to which the
market would remain open to more imaginative garage people, anyway,
what with increased use of teams to develop complex programs.
“The frontier,” said Jeffrey Tarter, publisher of Soft.letter, an industry
publication, “is already closing.
“A couple of years ago you got to be successful primarily by competently
executing an innovative idea and by picking the right machine to produce
that execution for. VisiCalc for the Apple is the classic example here, but
lots of other programs achieved success on a smaller scale by doing
something useful for a microcomputer that came to dominate a market
niche”—or, I would add with WordStar in mind, by producing a program
valuable for its very ability to run on a number of machines.
“Now, however,” Tarter said, “the rules are changing.... Marketing factors
are becoming more important. You have to package and distribute the
product with far greater sophistication than before and be able to spend the
kind of money that sophistication requires.”
“It’s like the record business,” said Nick Vergis, then a marketing man
with Perfect Software, telling me about the new programs his company was
developing. “You get a lot more bullets ready than you actually fire. Some
will be hits, and some won’t. You hope you’ll get enough hits to pay for the
new bullets.” Research and development (R & D) was a major part of the
costs of new programs. The original WordStar had come cheaply; Rob
Barnaby had toiled night and day for a fraction of the money that his
counterparts now often demanded.
Then again, advertising and other non-R & D expenditures in the
industry had increased, too. By spring 1984 Select had sold 50,000 copies.
That should have been enough to sustain a small or medium-sized software

Page 86

company, but even after a public stock offering in November 1983, Dean
still felt capital-short. “We just couldn’t spend enough on ads and still have
money to pay the sales force,” said Dean, who “saw it coming” by February
1984. That summer he licensed Select to Intelligent Systems to publish and
promote at the retail level. Intelligent, privately held and based in Georgia,
enjoyed yearly sales of $90 million; its Quadram subsidiary made well-
advertised computer accessories. In late 1984 Select merged with Summa
Software Corp., an Oregon firm that offered a stock-market program called
Winning on Wall Street, and Dean laid off six marketing people from
Select, so that his original firm had only twenty-one workers left. The
Intelligent deal went on despite the merger.
“There are many more products available today than the market can
support, and it’s very confusing to consumers,” said an Intelligent vice-
president named Frank Marks. “The user needs to know that he’s buying
from a company that will be around in the future.” He was right. In that
sense, the large companies’ growing ascendancy in software may have been
to the benefit of the consumer. Still, old micro hands may have gnashed
their teeth when they heard that Intelligence would turn Select into the
“Quadsoft” line of software and when Marks said that the name “leverages
Quadram’s brand awareness.” Quadsoft might as well have been a new
shampoo.[25]
To Select Information Systems’ credit, the company had garnered some
favorable reviews of new products in the months before the Quadsoft deal.
(They included Select Write, a $99 stripped-down Select.) Even so, some of
the old-time micro people correctly questioned Dean’s style of “user
friendliness.”
In a Byte article, “Simplify, Simplify, Simplify,” Dean had pushed menu-
driven software like Select.[26] The idea seemed logical. You’d see the
choices on the computer screen rather than having to recall combinations of
keystrokes, as you would with command-driven systems. Dean likened a
computer menu to a restaurant menu. He lampooned the idea of “a
command-driven restaurant” in which, supposedly, you’d try “to remember
what sort of sauce the veal came with last time and whether it was pepper or
peppercorns that you liked in your green beans.”
Wasn’t that stretching it, however? If you ate at the same restaurant day
after day, couldn’t you order many kinds of meals without bothering to
glance at a menu? How would you feel about a waitress who insisted you

Page 87

see a menu even if the fare never changed? She would be pushy, wouldn’t
she? All of a sudden “user friendliness” would be antiuser pushiness to
those using a program regularly. Strictly menu-driven software should
normally be just for occasional users, children, and adults wanting to be
treated like children; and many if not most adults in the business world
worked too often with words and numbers to let Select-style programs keep
them in the infant stage. Granted, exceptions existed justifying this kind of
software. A micro user who occasionally retrieved information from a
mainframe, for instance, could take advantage of menus to guide him
through complicated routines. What’s more, even WordStar employed a
menu to handle installation procedures to match the program up with
various computers and printers. But that was different from menus that
slowed you during your regular work with the program.
Some of the so-called command-driven programs, moreover—at least
WordStar—actually did have the option of letting you keep a list of
common commands on the screen if you wanted.
Jerry Pournelle, a prominent computer columnist, growled back at the
“user friendliness” crowd, saying that their software didn’t let ordinary
people enjoy the full power of their machines. “It takes a little work to join
the micro revolution,” he said, “but the rewards can be high.”[27] I agreed.
You didn’t have to learn programming, but you owed it to yourself and your
company to make good use of the best software for your job. A user named
Alan Scharf had done exactly that—saving his firm $200,000 a year.

Backup:

◼ IV, On the Evolution of Software (And a “Perfecter and Perfecter”
Program), page 310.

Page 88

6 Three Software Stories: Motorcycles, Homes, and The
$200,000-a-Year Disk

Zzzzzz. I doze off reading lists of the right software for, say, beekeepers
or chiropractors. So sorry; I won’t cover everyone’s programs. Besides,
software is evolving. I hate Select now; I may love its future editions. And
what about WordStar? Although 2000 offers many improvements over my
beloved WordStar 3.3—and I may eventually convert to it—I don’t like all
the changes.
So don’t think specific programs here. Think concepts.
In fact, if possible, don’t even think computer concepts. Instead, think
business. Just how could the lessons of the three people in this chapter
apply to yours?

Page 89

Ed Boland: Accounting

Ed Boland helps run a motorcycle shop, but you’ll never find him roaring
off on a bike, dodging myopic drivers. “I’ve got a wife and three kids,” he
joked. “Scares the hell out of me.” It doesn’t matter. Boland, a graying,
middle-aged accountant, is just as useful to Clinton Cycles as a top
mechanic or a crack Suzuki salesman.
Above all, a good controller obviously knows where the money is. He
helps his employer avoid unneeded trips to the bank to borrow more.
Clinton Cycles, in fact, borrows rarely.
That’s one reason why, when U.S. motorcycle sales suffered the
economic equivalent of a head-on crash, Clinton survived. The firm even
expanded during the early 1980s. Also, years before, owner Don Smolinski
had wisely diversified. Clinton Cycles was actually Clinton Cycle and
Salvage, Inc., a miniconglomerate with three motorcycle stores and
dealings in scrap metal. Sales exceeded several million a year.
But size and complexity weren’t pure joy. Boland’s accounting software
just couldn’t handle a holding company and five subsidiaries, not without
costly customizing, and nearly a year after computerization, his feelings
were still mixed.
“I don’t regret the decision,” Boland said. But at the time he had spent
thousands of dollars more than planned, and he told me, “There’s been a
few times I would have thrown this computer out the door in a second.”
His horror story—even if it eventually turns into a success tale, as it
probably will—is instructive. He’s good. And he bought his software from a
good store. Clinton Computers, in the same Maryland suburb, won top
ratings in a consumer guide in the Washington, D.C., area. A software
executive, moreover, an outspoken one critical of some other D.C. dealers,
praised Clinton.
So a bothersome issue arises. If a $3,800 accounting program doesn’t
work out easily with good people selling and using it, what happens among
mediocre people?
And there is a second point here. Don’t expect even the best computer
store to serve as your private consultant, intimately familiar with your

Page 90

business; not, at least, unless you’re buying a big mini or mainframe from
the likes of IBM.
A third point, too, comes through. Don’t computerize a multi-million-
dollar business without a consultant—at least not if you’re running an extra-
hairy program like an accounting one—unless you’re willing to talk and
think computerese or at least take a training course. Accounting software,
anyway, just isn’t simple and reliable enough yet. Any idiot can flick on a
computer and stuff a floppy disk into a drive or crank up a hard disk; most
of the time his hardware will work fine, but even the brightest of
businessmen may need a consultant to unravel the mysteries of many
programs—even “canned,” off-the-shelf accounting packages like the one
that bedeviled Ed Boland.
A blunt, tough-talking man, Boland himself is no moron. He holds a
bachelors degree in accounting, and he’s worked for employers ranging
from hospitals to restaurant chains, including one where he caught a chef on
the take from a supplier.
“Accounting is accounting,” he said. “I don’t care if it’s food or
motorcycles. Life exists the same way.” Moreover, life is a series of ratios,
of intertwining figures. That’s how Boland caught the chef. He knew that
food costs were normally 20 percent of the company’s expenses; two
months after the chef’s hiring, they were 23 percent, creeping up toward 27
percent, finally. The incident perhaps colored his attitude toward
computerization. He would computerize, but not overdo it, not lose himself
in tangential statistics, not hire extra clerks to key in data.
“We carry more than seventy thousand new parts numbers alone,” he
said. “Seventy thousand different kinds of screws, bolts, nuts, fenders,
rims.” But if he couldn’t track every single bolt, he at least could work with
major numbers like sales figures for various categories.
Normally, for instance, new bike sales and accessories sales went up and
down together, and if one of the two had fallen off alone, you could bet that
Boland would demand a reason. If nothing else, computers, by making past
information available more quickly, could help him sniff out trouble.
Computerizing, he saw a micro as one way to avoid greedy consultants
and their expensive recommendations.
“I’ve seen too many instances,” said Boland, “where businesses paid out
$50,000, $60,000 to a consultant who spent six or seven months analyzing
computer requirements. Then he’d recommend $50,000 or $150,000 worth

Page 91

of computer equipment.” Boland wanted the benefits of the bigger
machines without the costs. His goal was to reach the point that a somewhat
larger competitor in the D.C. area already had; the rival owned an IBM 34
system with a six-digit price.
“He used to work for IBM fifteen or twenty years ago, before he went
into the motorcycle business,” Boland said. “He now has just about every
one of his salespeople on commission, and he knows exactly what they sell
every day. He can tell you where each motorcycle, each piece of inventory,
is.
“He can tell you whether it’s in a truck, what color it is, where it is, what
stage of preparation it’s in for delivery. He puts his purchases in the
computer with an inventory program. The moment a salesman sells a cycle,
the register itself deducts it from inventory. It’s a point-of-sales system. So
theoretically, at the end of the day he knows exactly what he started the day
with, what he sold, what he added to it, and what the bottom-line figure is.
We’d love to get to that point.
“The likelihood of this happening with us, though, is very low. I don’t
know if all this detail is necessary. And our business is seasonal, and I don’t
want too much cash tied up in the system. And what’s the sense of keeping
instant track of every nut and bolt sold? But we’d love to get the major
items in on computer. The motorcycles, for instance. They can easily sell
for up to $6,000 apiece, so it’s worth it.
“It’s a question of software. This competitor has spent more than
$100,000 to develop specific software to get what he wants. Now if you’ve
got $100,000 to throw away and want to hire a programmer full time at, say,
0,000 a year, that’s fine. Most companies like us can’t afford that.”
So Boland bought several programs off the shelf from Clinton
Computers, including Accounting Plus, which he began trying to use as an
electronic general ledger. He ran it on a North Star computer with a 5-
megabyte hard disk—a memory device capable of stashing away the
equivalent of maybe 2,500 typed pages of information. The North Star
system was just a way for him to get his feet wet in computing with a
general-ledger program. Boland, though, would switch computers even
sooner than expected. The system’s memory space wouldn’t suffice for the
records of his miniconglomerate, and it wasn’t easily expandable. And he
would have trouble getting the machine repaired as quickly as he needed.

Page 92

Clinton Computers, however good its service department, just could not
respond fast enough to suit his requirements.
And the software seemed just as major a disappointment, what with the
need for complicated customization.
“The biggest problem I ran into at the store,” he said of the hardware and
software, “was ‘We’re going to sell you a system that we think will do the
job, but not necessarily so.’”
Both the buyer and the seller, in this case, apparently lost the software
gamble; they apparently came out on the wrong side of “necessarily.”
Clinton Computers did not win, because it isn’t a fly-by-night operation.
Boland’s name had come to me from none other than Sue Grothoff, who’d
sold him the software. She had enough confidence in herself and her store
to offer Boland as the source of a “candid” story, and my respect remains,
especially after having talked to another business customer, raving happy
about her ability to understand his company’s software needs.
Boland emphasized that Clinton wasn’t out to cheat him. “Sue is a very
nice person.” And he liked the software expert there, too. “He knows how
to change software, but you have one person trying to meet the needs of too
many customers. He’s spread too thin. Clinton never gave him enough time
to get the program running at my business. And we never could seem to get
together to get the twelve hours of training they’ve promised me. To be
frank, I think we spent the twelve hours trying to correct the problem I had
rather than on training.”
Giving Clinton Computer’s side, Grothoff said, “Because of changes that
Ed wanted in the software, it took longer to adapt the program to meet his
needs. And that used up the twelve hours.” Evidently, Boland and Grothoff
stayed on good terms, because she later sold him a new Kaypro portable for
home use.
But with his big computer system at work, Boland—for one reason or
another—seems to have suffered more than his share of woes.
“Accounting Plus,” said Boland of the software he bought there, “is a
very good program, but it was designed for one single company to be
subdivided into departments. You could have six departments, everything
from sales to used parts, and it will work beautifully. But it wouldn’t for
what I wanted. It would not treat a motorcycle store, for instance, as a
subdivision of a holding company. I could not pull off separate profit and
loss statements or separate balance sheets.”

Page 93

Clinton Computers, to its credit, referred Boland to a consultant familiar
with the source code of Accounting Plus—a part of the program that would
enable it to be customized. The consultant took in Boland’s North Star
computer system as a trade-in. He sold him a Delta microcomputer and
TeleVideo terminal in return, along with a hard-disk system upgradable to
70 megabytes. With the software customization included, the cost came to
$20,000, minus the $12,000 trade-in. The consultant, like Clinton
Computers, didn’t know as much about accounting as Boland had hoped.
But through sheer tenacity Boland at least got himself a halfway usable
program.
“I had the software changed,” he said, “so that instead of one company
with departments in it, it now reads a holding company with subsidiary
companies. The software was changed to print out separate balance sheets
and separate income statements for me.
“On the income-statement side this machine will ask me if I want a
consolidated or individual by-page income statement. It will print out a
holding company and then, in successive order, on each page, the income
statement for each company. When I go to the balance sheet, it will ask me
that same question.
“If I tell it I want individuals and a consolidated by page, it won’t do it. I
must ask it individually each time for company one, then company two,
right down the line. I have to give the computer individual instructions to
do that.
“And that was the best my consultant could do to change the software. It
got the job done, but not all the way.
“I’ve since found out that for $400, not ,800, I could have bought an
accounting package that would do exactly the same thing I wanted.”
So why didn’t he buy it?
“Why spend another $400 to delve into it further and then find out it isn’t
what you wanted?” Boland asked. “I think it’s stupid to spend money at this
point. I have a system I know I can make work within certain limits. I’m
still in the learning phase, and I’ll probably still be there for another year,
for all I know.” I thought he was too patient. If his software system was a
dog—perhaps not for everyone but for him—he should change it. Four
hundred dollars was a pittance compared to Boland’s total investment of
$20,000.

Page 94

Ideally, too, as he said himself, he would have gone to a consultant in the
first place, not just any consultant but one familiar with accounting. And yet
it’s understandable why he acted as he did. Why repeat the mistakes he’d
seen at other companies? Why not frugality? Better to be out $20,000 than
$50,000 or $100,000 after paying for a mini, a consultant, and the other
trimmings. His computer wasn’t making or saving buckets of money for
Clinton Cycle and Salvage as of early 1983; but it might in the future as he
got his software under control and could, for instance, easily put salesmen
on commission.
He told me, moreover, that he would soon stop farming out the company
payroll—up to seventy people—to a computer firm. He also was mastering
an electronic spreadsheet. He did not plan an accounts receivable program,
because Clinton Cycle collected quickly through checks and credit cards,
but an accounts payable one was in the offing.
“It’s going to give me the companies’ names, the payment terms, the
volume I deal with them each month,” Boland said. “It will flag when the
bills are due, and it will also generate checks.”
He was also going to crank up a mailing-list program, using a list of all
buyers of new bikes within the last three years—a sensible project,
considering the market for accessories and repeat sales. Obviously, here, as
in other applications, the more information built up on his hard disk, the
more his machines would justify the $20,000 investment. The benefits of
computerization for Edward Boland might not be immediately dramatic, but
with his stick-to-itiveness, sooner or later they’d almost surely come.
Boland’s battles with computers were to continue. When I caught up with
him in spring 1984, he said he’d bought yet another computer system.

Page 95

Charlie Bowie: Data Base and Spreadsheet

Remember the customer who was raving happy about his software—also
bought from Sue Grothoff at Clinton Computers?
That’s Charlie Bowie, who, when we first talked, was a vice-president of
Washington Homes and manager of its Southern Division. He told me he
expected two Zenith micros to save his company perhaps as much as
$50,000 a year, maybe more.
In just one month, in fact, his $5,000 computer had already saved the
equivalent of thousands of dollars in executive man-hours.
Even before he and I met, his assistant, behind his back, was singing
praises of her boss and their new machine. “I wanted to learn word
processing,” said Julie Grimes, a young, blond woman who could have
been the secretary in the IBM commercials saying the advertised product
was “a piece of cake” to master.
Gazing at the Zenith—which she and Bowie use for data-base work,
spreadsheets, and some word processing—she said: “It really comes in
handy.... We were both worried. Charlie told me, ‘Don’t worry. We’ll teach
each other.’”
Bowie by now was in the room, and it was immediately clear he’d won
her respect through his brains and dedication, not through the normal
trappings of executivedom. He was bearded. He wore a sweater and heavy
boots and wire-rimmed glasses. He plainly was the construction industry’s
version of the proverbial shirt-sleeves manager. He must loathe paperwork,
prefer the field to the executive suite, even if he was a vice-president of a
publicly owned real estate company with twelve hundred stockholders. He
was in his mid-thirties. That wasn’t so much younger than Ed Boland, who
himself, interviewed on a Saturday, had worn casual clothes. And yet the
two somehow came across as being on opposite sides of the generation gap
that all the pundits were babbling about during Vietnam. I could imagine
Boland watching M*A*S*H; I could imagine Bowie, in the right setting,
being a mild version of Hawkeye. He wouldn’t necessarily do things the
traditional way, but in the end no one would care, because whatever it was,
he’d succeed. Ed Boland was a man with a fondness for constants—a

Page 96

characteristic that in his profession had served him well. Charlie Bowie, I
sensed, enjoyed surprises and change.
Bowie’s company, like Boland’s, had to be good to have survived so long
in a boom-and-bust industry. Everyone needs transportation, everyone
needs housing; everyone does not need recreational motorcycles or new
homes. Across the country, home sales had plummeted at the start of the
1980s. Washington Homes’ sales had been almost $30 million in 1980 but
just half that two years later.
Yet Bowie’s company had survived the ups and downs since 1965. The
management philosophy struck me as the same as Clinton Cycles—the lean,
mean school. It was early 1983 when we first talked. Another housing boom
seemed ready to explode, and Bowie was working a sixty-five-hour week,
“because we’ve gotten very busy, very quickly, and we haven’t built up our
staff rapidly. It’s hard to find qualified people, and we don’t know whether
the recovery’s here to stay.” Small wonder that he welcomed his computer
as a sort of financial radar—an early warning system that would buzz
before the bombs fell.
Washington Homes was a general contractor. In other words, it was just
as much in the management and budget business as the building business.
Bowie and his company didn’t hire laborers, didn’t buy every nail and
brick. Rather, they farmed out the construction to subcontractors, some of
whom, if not policed, could wreak havoc on Washington Homes by, say,
finishing work late.
You can’t do plumbing and the electrical wiring, normally, if the walls
aren’t up yet. You’ve got to keep your invisible assembly line moving. The
sixty phases on Bowie’s “House budget summary” started with items like
“Engineering” and “Water Sewer Charge,” continued through “Brick
Veneer” and “Siding” and went on to such details as “Fences” and “Trash
Removal.” If Bowie was late in submitting bids or getting what he paid for,
it wasn’t a bureaucratic abstraction. It meant a late house, an unhappy
customer, perhaps, and above all, more interest to pay the bank on
Washington Homes’ construction loans.
Bowie, moreover, had to keep track of his customer’s own financing
arrangements. The company’s houses sold for anywhere from $55,000 to
$135,000, but most customers were first timers who had never before
wended their ways through the mortgage maze. Bowie could reduce his

Page 97

company’s carrying charges if he didn’t rush homes to completion before
the customers were ready for them.
“We don’t make any money until we deliver the house,” he said, “so we
need to keep track of the time between when people contract and make
application with a lender and how long it takes for them to win loan
approval.
“When our company had ninety or a hundred houses and was
backlogged, it was fairly easy to do manually. But now we have almost five
hundred houses in our backlog.”
Shopping around for a system to handle all those grubby details, Bowie
found that computer stores didn’t treat their first-time buyers as well as he
wanted to treat his. “I looked at computers for a year,” he said, “and the
biggest thing I found was the condescending attitude of the people in the
sales centers to someone who knows nothing about it.
“I’d walk into a store and give them a written list of my requirements,
and the first thing they’d tell me was ‘Your requirements are wrong.’ And
that was the case until I got to Clinton Computers.”
Bowie showed Sue Grothoff, the sales rep, his sixty-phase budget sheet
—a basic common-sense rule of software and hardware shopping. If you’re
working with documents, at least nonconfidential ones, then show them! Do
so to a store. Do so to a consultant if you have one. Explain as clearly as
you can just what kind of paperwork you’re computerizing. Here,
incidentally, you can’t compare Bowie and Boland in an apple-to-apple
way. Accounting programs can be much trickier than data bases and
spreadsheets, especially for companies with unusual circumstances like
Boland’s—that is, all those subsidiaries in a small-to-medium business. It’s
clear, though, that whatever happened, Grothoff and Bowie communicated
much better than she and Boland.
“At this point,” said Bowie, “I was only interested in loan processing and
budgets, and the main thing I was interested in was budgets.”
He thought he needed above all an electronic spreadsheet. Here, however,
for once, a computer sales rep knew his needs better than he did. Grothoff
persuaded him that most of all he needed a data-base program—one that
would help him track loans on hundreds of houses. It would store
information and rearrange it in patterns he needed. He might not want full
copies of all loan-processing reports, for example. Instead, he might want
just the names of the home buyers, say, or just the foundation costs of each

Page 98

house. Or he might want the program to tote up all the foundation costs or
perform other arithmetic, including complicated multiplication and division
or calculation of ratios and percentages. And with a program like dBASE II
that’s possible. Like many of its rivals, it will do some complex
calculations, not just shuffle facts around. There are many books on dBASE
II—yet another advantage and indication of its popularity. (Two good
choices are dBASE II User’s Guide by Adam B. Green and Everyman’s
Database Primer featuring dBASE II by Robert Byers.)
Here are some ways in which dBASE II might organize your records if
you’re an executive like Bowie:
1. The CREATE command lets you begin a file.
2. A file in a data base is the electronic version of a file drawer or cabinet.
It’s just the space on the disks holding records—say, the house-budget
summaries for your homes.
3. A field is a category of fact like the amount of money spent on each air-
conditioning system for each house.
4. Structure is simply the way a record is set up. There are three big
considerations—the field names, the field width, and the field type.
The field name is simply a field’s title. The field width is the number of
spaces required for the information in each field. The field type can be
one of these categories:
a. A numeric field—just numbers
b. A character field or alphanumeric field—numbers, letters, question
marks, miscellaneous symbols like “@,” or spaces between letters or
numbers
c. A logical field—one with just two choices, like “Y” for “Yes” and
“N” for “No”
5. The EDIT command changes the contents of a data field. You can type in
modifications after putting your cursor in the right place.
6. A command to APPEND can add new records to your electronic filing
cabinet.
7. Sorting lets you reshuffle records alphabetically, by date or other ways,
just as you would index cards.
8. The LIST command tells dBASE II to flash across the screen the records
that you specify.
9. .AND. helps you narrow down the information you’re looking for or
changing. Consider this hypothetical example: LIST FOR SALE:PERSN

Page 99

= ‘BABBITT’ .AND. LOAN:AMT = ‘$70,000’ would guide you to all
houses that a sales rep named Babbitt sold to a customer borrowing
exactly $70,000.
10. .OR. is another way to describe the desired facts. LIST FOR
SALE:PERSN = ‘BABBITT’ .OR. LOAN:AMT = ‘$70,000’ would
indicate you wanted to see records involving either Babbitt or a loan of
$70,000.
11. LIST FOR .NOT. SALE:PERSN = ‘BABBITT’ could help weed from
view, or the files, all records involving Babbitt.
12. Command files are programs that tell the machine how to manipulate
the data so you needn’t repeat complicated procedures one by one. You
might work out these files to simplify your secretary’s work—or he or
she might do the same for you.

Bowie and Grimes mastered dBASE II basics in eight hours of classes at
Clinton Computer. “dBASE II was real easy,” he said. “The manual is in
plain English. Even without all our records in the computer now, it saves
me and Julie probably five or six hours a week. We were doing it manually
before, and we’re on the verge of saving other people in the company lots
of time with the loan processing by using dBASE II. I think we’d have to
say with five hundred houses in our backlog there is the potential for this to
save us $50,000 a year in carrying charges that may have accrued under the
old system of keeping loan-processing records.
“We are going to buy another machine,” Bowie said, “for the Northern
Division.”
The potential $50,000 annual savings from the two machines, by the way,
would include just reductions in carrying charges—not in executive time or
tasks besides loan processing. Consider the economies that would result
simply from less paperwork.
“When we first set up the computer,” Bowie said, “we set it up exactly
like we were doing things manually. As a division manager, I’m in charge
of marketing and production. And earlier we had (1) marketing reports, (2)
production reports, and (3) reports combining highlights of each for me to
determine whether to start houses and things like that. But now all three
categories appear on one loan-processing form.”
dBASE II (or the new dBASE III) may not work for you. But for Bowie
it was a dream program through which he could store and retrieve records

Page 100

quickly and conveniently for any one of many purposes. He might set up
his records mainly for loan processing. But the “SALE:PERSN” field,
combined with the “SALE:PRICE” one, could tell him which outside sales
reps were selling the most expensive homes. In other words, the loan-
processing data base was one good way to keep track of the salesmen
catering most successfully to the $135,000 buyers. For who cared what
Bowie called his data base—“Loan Processing” or “Sales”? The point is, he
could follow the salesmen’s performance, too, through cross-references
between fields. dBASE II was a treasure trove of information about trends,
sales, or otherwise.
“The problem,” said Bowie, “is that dBASE II would work fine with my
budget summaries for my houses, except they require sixty fields and
dBASE II is limited to thirty-two. So Sue suggested the Multiplan
spreadsheet program. Multiplan is easy to use, even easier than dBASE II.
Julie got started with Multiplan with just fifteen minutes of instruction.”
Multiplan works on the same idea as the better-known VisiCalc program,
which, like WordStar, has sold hundreds and hundreds of thousands of
copies.
The true origins of these spreadsheets go back to 1978. A Harvard MBA
student disliked the tedium of using a calculator to tote up columns and
rows of interrelated numbers; it was boring even with a pocket calculator. A
change in just one number could throw off dozens of other entries, so
imagine the brain-numbing effect of making an error and then having to
recalculate an entire spreadsheet. Why not write a computer program to
alter all the other variables if one changed?
And so was born the electronic spreadsheet; it and word processing are
the single most popular uses of microcomputers—the real justifications for
their existence. A VisiCalc-type spreadsheet can add, subtract, multiply,
average, do partial sums, find minimums, maximums, simplify your life in a
number of ways.
A description of VisiCalc in CPA Micro Report ticks off an awesome
number of applications: “sales forecasts, profit and loss statements, rate-of-
return calculations, project scheduling, tax calculation, pricing strategies,
financial planning, loan amortization, league standings and report
generation.” An electronic spreadsheet can help do your checkbook; or it
can assist in the preparation of a small country’s budget—which, in fact,
has happened.

Page 101

Some even say that spreadsheets are contributing to the paperwork
deluging American business. VisiCalc coauthor Dan Bricklin disagrees. “A
lot of calculations,” he said of the pre-VisiCalc days, “were being done on
the backs of envelopes or corners of envelopes or the corners of
newspapers. VisiCalc isn’t causing people to produce more numbers and
reports. Those numbers were always there, but they weren’t always being
identified.”[28]
“Multiplan is incredible,” Bowie said of his VisiCalc-style software. “I
have generated budgets to see if they’ll do all I want them to, to consider all
the what ifs.
“And it’s a big help in scheduling production. We have a factory
producing cabinets for our homes, and our scheduling system is critical,
since at most it can produce cabinets for only fifteen units a week.” The
cabinet plant manager, caught between the demands of Washington Homes’
northern and southern divisions, had scheduled production according to his
own whims.
“It was costing us a lot of money in missed settlements,” said Bowie,
“and cabinets were not delivered, or they were the wrong color and size.”
He was talking in late February, telling how, the other day, he had loaded in
thirty-five more cabinet orders and instantly learned “we were out to April
15 on cabinet deliveries. That’s the soonest we could get them based on the
plant’s production capabilities. I’m meeting with the manager this morning
to see if in the future he can up his output. I’ve found that everybody’s got
to live with lead times. Everybody’s got to give us the right lead time on
orders, which means we are now ordering cabinets for delivery at the end of
April and May, where we generally in the past would not have ordered May
delivery until April. If I miss five house deliveries in a month because of
cabinets not being there on time, then that’s ,000 to $5,000 in carrying
charges over the next three to five months.”
Similarly, Multiplan was probably saving Bowie several thousand dollars
more over the same period by “identifying houses not started because
building permits have not been issued. And it will help identify the reasons
why they haven’t been.
“To get a building permit, all sorts of things must fall into place. And
now we can look at any particular job at any particular time, and if we see it
isn’t started, find out why the permit hasn’t been issued.

Page 102

“We can determine if we’re waiting for site plans or a plumbing permit or
electrical permit or whatever it happened to be and instantly target and
solve that problem.
“Before, the record keeping was ‘Go get a permit. Have you got it yet?’
There were no details, no backup. We relied on our field people to get the
permits, and they would get the permits in a way that was timely for them
and their production schemes but not in a way that was timely for us in
bottom-line deliveries. So we are now able to target all the permit process
and make it happen at our rate.” Not only was Bowie using Multiplan as a
spreadsheet to plug in all the what ifs; he was also using it as a data base,
even if it wasn’t as nimble in manipulating nonnumeric data as dBASE II
could be.
Whatever chore Bowie was using Multiplan for, he loved the “Help”
screens. He could turn them on to guide himself through the commands he
wasn’t familiar with; besides, all of Multiplan’s basic commands were
normally at the bottom of the screen, anyway.
Multiplan, by the time you’re reading this, may not be the best
spreadsheet on the market, at least not for you. But at one point CPA Micro
Report was pronouncing it the “new Empress of Spreadsheets” for
accountants using a wide range of computers. Multiplan even worked with
VisiCalc files so that users of the older program could easily convert.
“Multiplan,” said Micro Report, “... can sort a line-by-line record of
events by account number or name—a frequent requirement in CPA
applications.” Keepers of expense accounts, presumably, could cherish such
a capability. Also, Multiplan, as the newsletter pointed out, lets you name
your variables; you could refer more easily to the cells or the exact
locations in the columns and rows. Instead of saying cells “A26” or “R38P,”
you could refer to “Sales” and “Total Costs.”
With programs like Multiplan, software designers are more successfully
catering to the needs of businesspeople who want computers to adjust to
them rather than the other way around. That’s how it should be. Bowie is a
construction executive, not a computer expert, and Boland’s an accountant
rather than a hacker.
Bowie, however, plainly seemed more willing to live with the
complexities of existing software. Many in his place would have used a
consultant—and wisely, I think, for Washington Homes was a multimillion-
dollar operation—yet Bowie had the background and patience to

Page 103

computerize just with guidance from a store. He might not have been a
computer expert. But he loved the new. He loved complexity if he could
logically unravel it. He didn’t mind mistakes. He felt in control because he
had backups on disk and on paper. The manuals didn’t scare him. Instead of
soaking up every word there, Bowie, like Seymour Rubinstein, had a gift
for knowing which page to flip to if he had trouble. Bowie was a born
micro user. However serious about his job, he might as well have been a
child relaxing after school with a few rounds of Pac-Man. He loved seeing
instant cause-and-effect relationships. He took as much delight in learning
where his division could be six months hence as a child might take in
winning an arcade game. He considered his computer “the greatest therapy
in the world,” an opportunity to “sit down and feel really good” in “a fairly
high tension business.”
Edward Boland, too, however, in a different, more structured way, was
curious about numbers and life, and in the end, I suspect, the two men’s
learning styles didn’t entirely explain their opinions of their programs.
Bolands’ general-ledger software just wasn’t right for his needs. It
straitjacketed him. Bowie’s programs, on the other hand, helped him do just
about anything he wanted.
“Anything,” incidentally, included advancing his career. When I next
caught up with him, in May 1984, he was president of another construction
firm and owned one-third of that company and was taking home a paycheck
thirty-five percent bigger. Bowie said his computer skills “had a great deal
to do with it. I had management tools that not very many other people had.”

Page 104

Alan Scharf: Integrated Program, Including Graphics

Alan Scharf, a forty-three-year-old New York executive, also has a nice
touch with software—a good-enough one, in fact, to have helped win him a
job at a blue-chip firm at triple his old salary.
“It’s done wonders for my earning power,” he said from his offices at
Merrill Lynch Leasing, Inc., where he was a $75,000-a-year assistant vice-
president. “I got this job because I walked in and told them I could do a
better job on an Apple.
“I didn’t own one at home at the time. But you can be sure that I bought
one promptly and boned up on it for the next three weeks, and of course I’d
done a lot of research on the Apple before then to make sure I could deliver
on my promise.
“My previous company had refused to let me get one to improve
operations there and do estate taxes. I had to do them by hand on a
calculator. It took hours per client. And I got mad. Most people my age are
afraid of computers, but I’d worked with word processors. And what are
word processors but another kind of computer?”
So Scharf left his job as an estate tax planner with a staid old brokerage
firm and set up shop at Merrill Lynch’s division dealing with real estate and
equipment leasing.
It was a VisiCalc devotee’s dream job, one calling for quick, repetitive,
accurate math in deals as big as $150 million. Merrill Lynch Leasing made
bids to companies hungry for better cash flow. The leasing company (and
rivals) offered to buy their headquarters buildings or other real estate,
freeing the money for bigger factories or research and development. It was
a series of leaseback arrangements. Merrill Lynch organized syndicates for
the ultimate buyers—people or companies eager for tax shelters. And that
meant more than a little numbers crunching.
Imagine the variables. The deals had to be sexy enough to the selling
companies for Merrill Lynch to win the bids. At the same time, the tax
shelters couldn’t leak. The deals must provide the buyers with the write-offs
that the prospectuses from the leasing company promised. Ideally, too, they
would yield maximum tax advantages on minimum investments. And for

Page 105

investments of different sizes and at different tax rates, just what would the
various benefits be?
When Scharf reported for work, he found that the real estate department
of the leasing company was on the verge of spending $200,000 a year
tapping into an outside firm’s computer to come up with the right numbers.
The big machine would have been able to do simple debt-amortization
calculations. Scharf could have told a company, for instance, how long it
would take to pay off a mortgage on a building for which Merrill Lynch
proposed a leaseback. But that was only a small part of what the job
needed. And what about the costs?
So Scharf instead used an Apple system costing less than $7,000, a one-
time investment. The Apple couldn’t do all the calculations needed, but it
could actually outperform the time-sharing system in some ways.
Consider simultaneous equations. The software on big machines—at
least by way of the terminals at Merrill Lynch Leasing—just didn’t include
them. But the Apple could simulate this capability. With the VisiCalc
spreadsheet it could juggle around dozens of interrelated statistics, using
nightmarishly elaborate algebra with Catch-22-like mathematical spirals. In
other words, you wanted to know the value of x, and it depended on the
value of y and z, and you couldn’t solve for y until you solved z, and you
couldn’t solve for z until you knew x. That’s how it worked, except, quite
possibly, Scharf and his staff would be wrestling with, say, a through k
instead of just x through z.
Struggling with these Catch-22s, the Apple was a slowpoke by computer
standards. It still took half an hour. That might seem like the Indy 500 to
someone accustomed to hand calculations. But Scharf must have felt the
same way I did about inferior word-processing software. However faster
than without a computer, it still limited your possibilities. You didn’t have
as much time to experiment with all your choices. And the more time
Scharf had, the more closely he could consider all the variables and the
more attractive could be Merrill Lynch’s leaseback bids. The Apple did its
job. “We used it to compete successfully for work with a number of well-
known clients,” Scharf said. “Anheuser Busch—we did their office building
in St. Louis. We worked with Beneficial Corporation. We’ve done a number
of K mart stores.”
Scharf, never smug, still tinkered with the Apple and its software. An
observant computer dealer noticed he would keep asking for larger RAM

Page 106

boards to allow him to do bigger, fancier spreadsheets.
And so it was that the dealer nominated Scharf a tester for Lotus 1-2-3 in
late summer 1982. 1-2-3 was the new integrated software from Lotus
Development Corporation, a Massachusetts firm started by a former rock
disk jockey rich with $500,000 in royalties from programs sold to the
makers of VisiCalc.
1-2-3 combined a spreadsheet, graphics, and data base. You could, for
instance, pump figures from the spreadsheet program directly into the data
base with a few simple keystrokes. You didn’t have to go through unwieldy
computer rigamarole to transfer facts from one kind of electronic file to
another. More important, however, Lotus, at least for Scharf’s use, was a
more powerful numbers cruncher than the VisiCalc he ran on his Apple.
Lotus was for the 16-bit IBM PC. Sixteen-bit machines were speed demons
for numbers crunchers, especially with powerful programs like 1-2-3. An
Apple-VisiCalc duo handled worksheets with 254 rows and about 65
columns. But an IBM and 1-2-3 duo could take on 2,048 rows and 256
columns.
Scharf’s first test version of 1-2-3 cracked simultaneous equations in four
minutes, one-tenth the time that the Apple-VisiCalc combination took.
Income and cash-flow statements came out calculated to the nearest penny.

■ ■ ■

Alan Scharf’s Tips on Choosing the Right Spreadsheet
Not every spreadsheet user has needs as complex as those of
Alan Scharf, a whiz with Lotus 1-2-3 and Symphony, but here are
traits he says you might look for:
1. A large number of rows and columns. A spreadsheet of 254 rows
and 65 columns doesn’t mean you can work with 254 rows and 65
columns containing a total of 16,510 cells. The actual number of
cells—the number of columns multiplied by rows—will be only
about a thousand. A 640K-RAM machine and an elaborate
spreadsheet would be much more appropriate for budget planners
in a large corporation with many products and divisions.
2. Speed. “Even with a simple spreadsheet,” says Scharf, “someone
might get annoyed if it seemed to drag.” In late 1984 his complex

Page 107

calculations on an IBM PC were taking as much as four and one-
half minutes. And he said: “There are times when I just need the
answers faster.” The powerful IBM AT could run the present
version of Lotus 1-2-3 twice as fast. However, he was still looking
forward to the day when a version of Lotus 1-2-3 for the AT would
require even less time and address the full 3 megabytes of
memory (aided by a new operating system). Consult micro
magazines for the latest speed comparisons.
3. General simplicity and ease of use. In tricky places, does the
program offer “help” messages in plain English to guide you
through various procedures if you want? Ease of use will increase
as computer memories grow larger and leave more room for “help”
features.
4. Range of commands. Most spreadsheets nowadays let you easily
move or copy numbers. But there are less common but very useful
commands. Symphony, for instance, lets you flush out formulas
behind calculated cells so you can regain available memory space.
5. The ability to do what-if tables. The best spreadsheets won’t just
tell you what your profits would be if your costs increased by x
amount. They’ll also let you calculate for a whole range of numbers
around x, automatically creating a table.
6. Easy consolidation of figures from different spreadsheets. That’s
no small matter if you’re trying to come up with a profit and loss
statement for a twenty-division company. Lotus 1-2-3, unlike some
rivals, lets you consolidate an unlimited number of divisions.
7. Natural order of recalculation. Cells must influence the numbers
in other cells in a precise sequence if some calculations are to be
accurate. Natural order of recalculation helps you automatically
control that sequence.
8. A useful macro language. Macros are combinations of
commands that you can program into your computer to reduce the
number of keystrokes and save time. A macro language
systematizes these shortcuts.

■ ■ ■

Page 108

He could use 1-2-3 in the future, moreover, as a data base with up to 32
fields and up to two thousand records, and it did allthe basic search and
sorting that you’d have in other data-base systems. At the time I talked to
him, the names and addresses of investors—receiving quarterly income
reports—were still stored on an Apple. Scharf was waiting for the right
word processor-mailer to come along to work with the 1-2-3. Then the
massive retyping job for the address lists would be worthwhile. With space
for two thousand names, 1-2-3 would be much more useful than just a small
filer. It wouldn’t be just a primitive record-keeping system with limited
capacity.
Meanwhile, for Scharf, graphics was a snap. “If I send out a thirty-page
bid, I do three or four graphs with it,” Scharf said. “We have a selling job to
do with both the potential corporate leasees and the potential inventors. The
presentations are complex, and the graphics come in very handy. We use
line graphs and bar graphs showing the expense of lease payments versus
mortgage payments if they went out and mortgaged the properties
conventionally. The minimum terms of the leases are usually twenty-five
years; it’s a huge numbers-crunching job, and we try to simplify everything
as much as we can. I come up with the figures on the spreadsheet part of 1-
2-3. Then I tell what I want on the graph. Maybe I want to make a line for
the rental income, interest expense, depreciation, or taxable income. So I
select the appropriate columns on the spreadsheet. Then I push ‘V’ for
‘View,’ and I can see my work instantly as a graph. If I don’t like it, I can
quickly redo my calculations and look at the graph again.
“And 1-2-3 offers a tremendous range of printing options. You can
specify how many rows you want per page. You can tell if you want border
lines separating some numbers and titles of columns. You can tell if you
want a header—can indicate the subject on each page.
“The printout can be in any one of several type styles on dot-matrix
machines. Or you can use a daisy wheel with its own typewriter-style print.
“And you can do color. A colleague uses plotters.” Controlled by the
IBMs and Lotus 1-2-3, ballpoint pens, with different colors, wriggle up and
down. They can make bars as well as line graphs, and pies, too, among
others.
Not that Lotus was the answer for everyone. Soft.letter, Jeffrey Tarter’s
trade publication, noted that all integrated programs compromised in some
way and were the software version of a Swiss army knife. “Swiss army

Page 109

knives are nifty gadgets; we’ve got several ourselves,” said Soft.letter, “but
we don’t use them much. Instead, we use specialized tools for specialized
tasks—screw-drivers for poking around inside the Apple, a stand-alone
cork-screw for uncorking the Chablis, and a nice big carbon steel blade for
carving roast beef. Each of these tools does its specific job better than the
multipurpose tool.”
At least in the version available as of this writing—listing for $495—
Lotus 1-2-3 didn’t have a real word processor. You could write paragraphs.
But it lacked the speed of true word processors and was awkward. Nor did
it offer communications software to use with a modem. Context MBA, a
rival integrated program, did. But then MBA’s spreadsheet module wasn’t
nearly as fierce a numbers cruncher as 1-2-3’s was.
Lotus planned to improve 1-2-3’s text-processing ability—which it did,
ultimately, along with the data base, graphics, and spreadsheet capabilities
of a super-1-2-3 called Symphony. The new program, unlike 1-2-3, also let
you talk to other computers.
At Merrill Lynch Leasing, however, Scharf hadn’t any need to reach a
mainframe for his calculations. His four IBMs with 1-2-3 were doing the
work. They had cost $40,000, including extras like printers; except for
service, that was it. What’s more, with four people, Scharf said, he was
tackling the same work load that eight people were handling in a similar
office on the equipment-leasing side of the operation.
Months later I reached Scharf to find out if his career was still in ascent.
“I’m now a vice-president,” he said. His salary had broken the six-figure
barrier, and he was hoping for a still more lucrative job there or with
another firm.
It was a good fit, Scharf and his software. He had the best program for
him. “Most people would rather talk about hardware,” he said. “I know
hardware, but I’d rather discuss software.” He had a point. Especially now,
when there are so many clones of various IBM micros, you’ll find that good
software will give you an edge on your competition.
You can also gain an advantage by experimenting with new types of
programs. The next chapter discusses graphics, which, after many years, is
at last becoming practical for owners of inexpensive micros.

Backups:

Page 110

◼ V, “3-D” Versus Mail-Order Software—and How to Shop, page 319.
◼ VI, “Easy” Data Bases: Another View (Mensa Member Versus InfoStar),
page 323.

Page 111

7 Graphics (or How a Mouse Helped Joe Shelton’s
Friends Stop Feeling Like Rats)

When a California executive invited people to his apartment, they often
ended up feeling like rats in a laboratory maze.
“I had people driving around for half an hour and find a phone and say,
‘Come on over and get me,’” says Joe Shelton.
In recent years, however, the “hit rate” for finding Joe’s place has jumped
from 50 percent to over 95, and computer graphics is the reason.
Joe’s neat little map shows a mile-square area with up to five turns before
you even start wending your way through the complex of 150 units. He isn’t
an artist. But he uses a Macintosh computer.
With the Mac’s famous “mouse”—the pointer device that Joe rolls along
his desk to move the cursor—he can effortlessly make sketches.
Granted, Joe isn’t detached about Mac’s virtues, not as a $50,000-a-year
software products manager with Apple Computer! And this particular
example is trivial. It’s also, however, irresistible. And the story indeed
shows how graphics can ease the life of a corporate manager. People also
use computer-drawn maps for, say, directing colleagues to meetings in new
places.
The easier-to-use graphics programs—like MacPaint—are to art what
word processing is to writing. They won’t turn you into Picasso. But they’ll
make your sketches and designs look less like your kindergartner’s.
“But I can’t even draw a straight line,” you protest.
Well, Mac-style graphics programs will help you electronically pick a
line out. Or a circle. Or a rectangle. You also, of course, can control the
sizes and locations of the shapes you select. And you can choose shading.
And vary its intensity. And you can also use exotic type styles and even
design your own type.
By letting you zap mistakes, without messy erasures, computer graphics
may eventually halve the time it takes for you to do a complicated drawing.

Page 112

Directions: Turn onto Cary Avenue. Follow Cary around left and then right bends for
at least .3 mile from Washington St and turn into apartment entrance on right. Make
immediate left turn and continue until you cross speed bump. Park in any uncovered
space on left. Apartment 4 is upstairs in the middle on the other side of the building.

Would you feel like rat in a maze if you had a map like
this to guide
you to Apple executive Joe Shelton’s house? Indeed
you would. Lest
anyone mistake Joe for Customer Support, the map
doesn’t contain
his actual address.

Of course there’ll always be resistance to graphics from some hard-core
bureaucrats in and out of government.

Page 113

“The Macintosh,” gripes one, “takes us back to the time people were
drawing pictures on cave walls.”
He’ll tolerate some graphics but loves to read and write twenty-page
memos.
And if I were an executive, I myself would growl if my people insisted
on Macs just so they could use Old English characters for routine
paperwork. In fact, for that, I’d rather work with a Kaypro or a mouseless
IBM PC.
“For the world of letters and numbers a computer without a mouse would
be better,” says James Fallows, the Atlantic Monthly’s Washington editor,
who tried a Mac for several weeks but happily returned to a machine with
WordStar. He and I are baffled. We can’t understand the Mac’s lack of
cursor keys. Why couldn’t Apple have kindly let Mac users move the cursor
conventionally on the screen if they wanted? Omitting the cursor keys was
IBM-style arrogance, no ifs or buts. Even if cursor keys become available
on a numbers pad, it won’t be the same as having them in a convenient
location on the main keyboard.
But graphics? That’s where the Mac and similar machines may pay off
for people with overscheduled art departments or an honest willingness to
experiment:

● A California designer can draw a hot-water system for an outdoor car
wash in just four hours, thanks to his Mac; once it took him days.
● A Washington state man uses his Macintosh to design optimal orchard
layouts.
● Another user lays out the Yellow Pages with his Macintosh, while still
another employs one to plan paintings.[29]

Advertising agencies, especially, may benefit from computer graphics
even if the Mac-priced technology still has some flaws. Take one example.
Just after a Colorado agency bought a Mac, a bank wanted an ad saying that
it gave personal service—that its customers were more than computer
numbers. But how to get the idea on paper?
“I suggested that the bank use a computer for the ad,” said Rebecca
Glesener, assistant art director of Heisley Design and Advertising, a twenty-
five-person agency in Colorado Springs. The bank agreed.

Page 114

Using a Macintosh, a Heisley artist drew a man and woman with masses
of numbers on their faces.
“If your bank sees you this way,” the ad said, “come see us.”
Western National Banks loved the results. And when I talked to Glesener,
her agency was about to unleash another Mac-drawn ad—the machine’s
“self-portrait”—for an Apple dealer.
“We have several clients in the computer business,” Glesener said, “and
we thought we should be aware of computers.”
Of course you don’t start instantly doing first-class graphics work on
Mac-like machines. Take the man drawing the Western ad. He had “no
computer skills” in his background, and he toyed around with the Mac for
some six hours or so before he did the numbers heads for the bank.
With the art stashed away on computer disks, though, the Heisley agency
could more easily crank out different versions of the same drawing.
It’s like word processing. Once you’ve stored your material on your
computer disk, you needn’t start over from step one.
Mac-like machines may also streamline ad agencies’ mock-up work.
Through the marvels of graphics an art director can more easily figure out
the best location for Brooke Shields’s derriere in a jeans layout.
In fact, the Heisley people said they had used Mac successfully on drafts
of a sales brochure and an ad for the U.S. Amateur Hockey Association.
Even so, Don Pierce, the artist behind the bank ad, warns: “Inexpensive
machines like the Mac can’t come up with drawings good enough for final
ads without a deliberate computer effect. A line other than a forty-five-
degree line can be pretty ragged because the machine makes them in steps.”
And they lack a good-enough resolution to downplay the roughness.
Eventually, of course—through high-quality graphics made on laser
printers—cheap machines may turn out slick ads that don’t scream, “A
computer made me!”
Meanwhile, Mac-like computers will do fine for drafts and nonpublished
work. Already, when hooked up right to some Compugraphic typesetting
machinery, Mac’s sister computer Lisa II can turn out seamless charts for
publication.
Who else might use computer graphics? Some examples:

Page 115

A SALES REP (OR BROCHURE DESIGNER)

Computer graphics would help you simplify a complicated brochure in
which twenty statistics proved the superiority of your company’s industrial
dishwasher to Brand X’s.
There’s no question—graphics can liven up otherwise dull data, and
remember: if people don’t read, there’s less chance they’ll buy. In that
sense, sales literature isn’t so different from a newspaper. Again, though,
bear in mind that the inexpensive computers may not produce graphics of
professional smoothness.

Page 116

A CORPORATE TRAINING OFFICIAL OR TEACHER
You can Xerox your Mac-drawn pictures of a widget maker or Mayan
artifacts—perhaps even include them in test papers. And you or your
audiovisual specialist can even prepare overhead slides by photocopying the
drawings onto clear plastic sheets.

Page 117

A BUREAUCRAT

The same slide technique could be a relief to bureaucrats preparing low-
or mid-level briefing.

Page 118

A PERSONNEL OR DIVISION MANAGER

What a boon to the addicted drafters of personnel charts!
Now, there’s a dark side to this. I have a good friend at the Department of
Housing and Urban Development named Al Ripskis.[30] “They’re
reorganizing again,” he groans from time to time. It’s a waste of good tax
money in Al’s opinion. The faces and desks change; the bungling remains.
Shelton, though, says the better companies thrive on fluidity, and in
Silicon Valley he may be right. It depends on your outfit’s style of
management. Don’t play computer games with your people, however, just
because the machines make it easier to play musical chairs.

Page 119

AN ARCHITECT

Microcomputer graphics might be just the ticket for rough sketches. In
fact, on a sophisticated machine, the computer graphics would do for the
final version.
Who knows? An architect someday might carry around a little computer
the size of a sketch pad and do designs to be fed into a larger machine for
the detail work.

Page 120

A PRODUCT DESIGNER

If I were one, I’d leap at the chance to try computer-aided graphics.
Sooner or later, American industry will make widespread use of machines
that automatically turn drawings into real frying pans, soap bars, or
refrigerator cabinets. Well, it won’t be that simple. But computer graphics
and related technologies will increasingly blur the line between creative
types and production people.
Just look at the newspaper industry. Reporters, after all, on most daily
papers are basically setting the type for their stories as they tap them out.
But back to the factory. The jargon is computer-aided design/computer-
aided manufacturing or CAD/CAM.

Page 121

A FACILITIES MANAGER

Working on the floor layout for offices that your company will rent?
Computer graphics could be just right in this era of instant partitions.

Page 122

A CONVENTION PLANNER

What better way to juggle around the positions of various booths on your
charts?

Page 123

A CORPORATE PLANNER

(AND MANY OTHER EXECUTIVES)
Building nuclear submarines, you might worry about your keel before
your propeller shaft. An overgeneralization, maybe. But that’s how a
defense contractor hit on the need for Project Evaluation Review
Techniques (PERT) software.
Charlie Bowie—the home construction executive in the last chapter who
worried about his basements before his floors—might have used a PERT-
style program with graphics to keep up with his priorities.
“With PERT programs,” says Shelton, “you can graphically draw
important relationships: ‘This has to be done before this starts.’ Or, ‘Both of
these have to be done before the other thing starts.’ Or, ‘This can wait while
the others are done.’”
A more complex PERT can help you juggle priorities of two hundred or
so projects. “It’s a capability magnifier,” admits even my friend the hard-
core bureaucrat. “PERT charting by hand takes ten times as long as a
computer. You can wear holes in the paper—erasing mistakes—if you do it
by hand.”
Hearing of PERT, I recalled the Case of The Missing Cafeteria. The
taxpayers were supposed to get a cafeteria—worth maybe $500,000 or more
—at the headquarters of the Environmental Protection Agency in
Washington, D.C. The landlord’s company, however, laid not one brick for
the cafeteria. Some say it was politics—he was once a friend of Spiro
Agnew’s. The landlord denies anything wrong. Whatever happened, the
case boggles the mind. How could an entire cafeteria slip through the
cracks; how could the General Services Administration, the government’s
real estate agent, have shoved aside such an important detail even in a $60-
million-plus lease? You never know. Perhaps with PERT graphics in the
right federal offices in the 1970s, some budget-minded lunchers today
wouldn’t feel forced to brown bag it.
“When you have so many little pieces,” says my friend the Hard-Core
Bureaucrat, working at another agency, “it’s so easy to let one drop off the
table. We could sure use a good word processor-cum-PERT machine.”

Page 124

Although computers can help you tidy up your work, they themselves
can be messy enough unless you know what you’re doing. There’s no
substitute for a good computer expert in many cases. And training, too. In
the following chapter, you’ll have one answer to “people” problems—the
“Who-How Solution.”

Backup:

◼ VII, Graphics Tips, page 331.

Page 125

8 People: the Who-How Solution

Stewart Research, Inc.—a fictitious name, along with the others in this
tale, which is true in the main elements—once seemed on the verge of big
money.
Frank Stewart, a slim, intense young chain-smoker, was receiving
hundreds of thousands of dollars from a large company to monitor
congressmen and bureaucrats influencing certain business activities. He
planned to sum up gigantic piles of newspaper stories inside a computer.
Then his early-warning service would ferret out patterns for his benefactor
and other businessmen trying to keep up with the vagaries of government.
Stewart’s plan may come to pass, but last I knew, he was fighting off
unfounded rumors of bankruptcy.
“We’ve wasted upwards of $40,000 on computer consultants and the
consequences of their ‘advice,’” Stewart told me in the modest white-frame
home where he and his wife lived and worked and took in boarders.
“And that doesn’t include the thousands of dollars in business we lost
because our computer was down at the wrong times.
“I had to lay off five people largely because of the consultants’ lack of
interest in anything but turning a buck off us.”
Stewart’s story illustrates the need for the Who-How Solution in hiring
consultants. Who-How may also help micro users train employees and get
the most out of their data-processing departments.
Who-How is nothing more than the five Ws and the H of newspaperdom.
Like a reporter, you simply ask, “Who?” “What?” “Why?” “When?”
“Where?” and “How?” and especially “How much?” Ask those questions
often. Ask them when:

1. Deciding whether to hire a computer consultant. How much in your time
and your people’s will it cost not to have one?

Page 126

2. Hiring and using a consultant. It isn’t just a matter of asking, “Who?”
Ask, too, “Who cares?” Who cares about a consultant’s two decades with
IBM? What counts is how much he can do for you. Is the IBM experience
relevant?
3. Training employees. Don’t clutter your people’s minds with computerese
not related to their jobs. Use the five Ws and the H to strip the training to
the basics—which, by the way, almost surely won’t include BASIC.
4. Working with your company’s data-processing people. Know which
questions to ask to find out the computer crew’s true attitudes about
micros. And come up with the right answers of your own if the
mainframers feel threatened by your interest in do-it-yourself computing.
Good data-processing people, however, won’t be frightened—quite the
reverse.
The scary aspect of Frank Stewart’s consultant fiascoes is that he and his
people were hardly lost amid high tech.
“Some of us were inventors,” Stewart said, and his vice-president, Bob
Hillard, even had a smattering of the FORTRAN programming language.
Stewart’s firm didn’t rush blindly into computerization. Originally, it had
been hand culling articles from 140 periodicals and 16 major daily
newspapers. “We sat down,” Hillard recalled, “and worked out a
mathematical formula to give weight to a particular article by mention of
certain words, certain individuals, certain companies.” Existing data bases
like The Source and Dialog just wouldn’t do. You couldn’t easily use them
to search out the political patterns affecting the fortunes of Stewart’s clients.
Stewart spent $31,000 on a computer and soon was suffering defective
circuits and junky software. He paid a secretary to cram almost a million
words of newspaper articles into the machine’s hard-disk memory, but it
still couldn’t fetch facts as easily as he’d hoped. Then the data-base
program, the one he was using to store facts and juggle them around,
crashed—apparently overwhelmed by the volume of data. Micro data bases
at the time, the early 1980s, couldn’t easily handle big hunks of text.
Stewart couldn’t retrieve whole articles.
It was time for a consultant. A good consultant (the “Who”) theoretically
could write or install a new program (the “What”) in an effective way (the
“How”), justify his actions (the “Why”), and ideally do everything at a
reasonable price (the “How much”) before the data base grew too unwieldy

Page 127

(the “When”). Stewart wanted him working on his own premises (the
“Where”) as much as possible so he could supervise him.
“Our first consultant lasted all of four days,” Stewart said. “He was
abrasive, nasty, and didn’t know what he was doing. One of our staffers was
so frustrated trying to work with him that she wept. We’d hired him because
he was a friend of a friend and said, ‘I’m a computer programmer. I can fix
it for you.’ We never quite could pin him down about his background. We
were so burned that for five or six months we put off hiring another
consultant.
“And when we did get one,” said Stewart, “we wanted a solid,
established firm.”
So he went to a government contractor headquartered in an imposing
building, the size of a small public library. The consultants even owned the
same-model computer that Stewart’s company did.
Unfortunately, however, they were using different software for much
different purposes. Stewart’s needs were new to them.
“Look at MDBS,” Hillard recalls telling the contractor. “It really looks
like a good package.”
But he says the consultants told him they hadn’t even heard of it.
That in itself might have been a tipoff that Stewart had hired the wrong
people for the job. MDBS stood for Micro Data Base Systems. Ads and
reviews about it had appeared in Byte and other prominent publications of
the micro world.
With the clock ticking away at up to $35 an hour, the consultants
searched for data-base software meeting Stewart’s detailed specifications.
“Three weeks later,” Hillard said, “they handed me a bill for $2,500 and
said, ‘The package you need to use is MDBS.’ I said, ‘Where is the work,
where are the hours in relationship to the $2,500 bill?’ It went around in
circles.” Stewart and Hillard must have remembered the old saying that a
consultant borrows your watch to tell you the time of day and then charges
you for it.
According to Stewart, in fact, the consultants based most of the report on
material his company had given them.
By think-tank standards in his area, Stewart may have gotten a bargain.
Dealing with consultants new to micro data bases, however, he was in effect
paying their tuition.

Page 128

“The federal government must like them immensely,” Stewart said,
“because they do good, documented work in the fields they have expertise
in. But a small businessman had no business using them. After two and one-
half months we had nothing but recommendations on the data base—and a
stack of bills”—$2,500 high.
But there was hope. Stewart’s corporate benefactors were sticking with
him. If he could get his data base running, he could easily recoup his losses,
offering clients a treasure trove of information about government policy-
making affecting them. Although Stewart thought of himself as a truth
seeker, his vice-president was bluntly a money man. “We would have sold
our service for a million a year,” Hillard said, “and we would have netted
$600,000. We were using four people to feed the articles into the computer,
but that would have changed, because optical readers eventually could scan
magazine articles and newsprint.”
So now Hillard shopped around for a new savior to unravel the
complexities of the MDBS software that he had settled on.
He found three possibilities. One consultant, a micro expert, was snowed
under with work, and another man had only mainframe experience. So
Hillard and Stewart chose Fred Brown, a retired military officer who had
worked not only on big computers but also little Radio Shacks and
TeleVideos. In fact, Brown came recommended by the manager of a local
computer store. The manager leveled with Stewart. He said he and Brown
were together in a partnership developing software for lawyers’ offices.
Hillard asked only two people about Brown. And both references came
from the computer-store manager with the business relationship with the
consultant. Inquiring about Brown, however, Hillard asked some good
questions. Did Brown document the software properly? Did he, in other
words, tell how to use or change it? Did his software work? Did he meet
deadlines? Did he live up to all the specifications in his contracts? “I got
affirmative answers to most of these questions,” Hillard said. One reference
said a software project of Brown’s hadn’t come in on time but brushed off
the problem as a hardware one.
Unfortunately, Hillard didn’t ask all the right questions. Brown had never
before worked with the brand of computer that Stewart Research was using;
nor was he fully comfortable at the time with the exact kind of software
used at the company.

Page 129

Brown, however, struck Hillard as “a very nice professional.” He wore
three-piece suits, lived in a $140,000 home with several computers in the
basement, and held a masters degree from an Ivy League school.
“No problem,” Brown told Hillard. “Listen, I charge——” He gave an
hourly figure to the nearest cent; $30.02, we’ll say.
“What?” asked Hillard. “Why 0.02 an hour?”
“I like to be fair about my salary, and that gives me $30,000 a year.”
“Okay,” said Hillard, “that’s cute.”
Brown wasn’t about to apply for welfare. On top of the $30,000 for
consulting part of the time, he was enjoying income from sales of computer
hardware. In short, he came across as successful and honest. And he may
have been. Just the same, client and consultant were clearly mismatched.
Their downfall was a familiar kind—software problems.
You could customize the MDBS program in FORTRAN or BASIC. The
earlier consultants, the ones with the large government contractor, had
suggested FORTRAN. Brown himself was more familiar with that than
with BASIC. And Stewart was convinced that FORTRAN would make the
best use of software already purchased. So Brown went ahead with it
despite three strikes against him:

1. The computer company’s FORTRAN, according to Stewart, was as badly
botched as its hardware.
2. FORTRAN wasn’t as good as BASIC for micro data bases that stashed
away English prose rather than mainly numbers. Another consultant was
amazed when I told him that Brown had used FORTRAN in a data base
storing newspaper stories. “You can use it if you like,” he said, “but
you’ll lose something. It’s like trying to translate Hemingway into pidgin
English.”
3. Brown was still basically a mainframer. And micro FORTRAN was
different from the kind used at large military installations. Writing
software for micros is like writing short stories instead of novels. You’ve
got to be more elegant and get to the point faster. A micro’s memory
simply lacks the capacity of a mainframe and brooks less sloppiness than
would a larger machine. Many great novelists could never write decent
short stories, and many first-class mainframers just couldn’t code cleverly
or deviously enough for micros—couldn’t electronically trick them into
thinking they were larger machines.

Page 130

“What happened,” said Hillard, “is that we were paying for Brown’s
training on how to use FORTRAN on a micro. He spent forty or fifty hours
developing specifications for the data base and writing the code. This went
on and on. Brown kept running into all these problems, and he could have
cleared up some with just a quick call to the manufacturer.” Meanwhile, the
money clock was ticking.
Several months later, thousands of dollars richer from those $30.02-
hours, Brown threw up his hands. “This isn’t going to work in FORTRAN
at all,” he said. “Maybe we should do this in BASIC.”
“So,” Hillard told me, “all the work he’d done up to that point was out
the window.”
“And on top of that,” Stewart said, “we were anticipating our new
software package and didn’t care to feed the information twice into the
computer. So we built up a backlog of well over 10,000 articles waiting for
the software that never came.”
Brown’s clock ticked away for several thousand dollars more in time,
bringing the total billing to $8,630.81. Then it stopped. Stewart Research
had simply run out of money.
Stewart’s corporate sponsor could send no more. “Their pockets,” he
said, “just weren’t deep enough to subsidize both our own computer literacy
and that of our consultants.” When I talked to Stewart in mid-1983, his
computer was doing word processing and other minor chores. “But,” he
said, “it does hardly enough cross-referencing to be a major data bank.” His
research firm faced some $30,000 in debts, including much of the $2,500
bill from the consultants with the library-sized building; and he and his wife
were the only two employees left in Stewart R & D. He still hoped to get
the data base going, however. “We’re going to become computer
consultants in self-defense,” said Stewart. “I’ve done nothing but work on
this computer for a year.” It would be nice to be able to do the same, but
most of us lack the time or talent; the challenge is to find the right computer
consultant so you won’t end up feeling you must do the work on your own.
Not so coincidentally, Hillard himself actually did go on to become a
computer consultant part time. He wasn’t the smartest or the best
credentialed, but he had what many of the more established consultants
lacked—empathy and humility. Don’t shrug off those traits. The real
question, as one consultant pointed out to me, isn’t just whether someone is

Page 131

competent; it’s whether he’s competent enough at the job he’s doing for
you. Never forget that when pondering the “Who?” and “What?”
Stewart and Hillard obviously aren’t the only people who didn’t ask the
right questions in time. A sail maker wasted $18,000 on a computer system
recommended by a consultant. The machine didn’t work right with the
hard-disk memory, and it lacked proper shielding against the 60-cycle hum
given off by power lines. By the time Hillard was on the scene, the
consultant had left town. He says the computer was such a disaster that “I
suggested to the client that he get a length of rope and use it as an anchor
because it was unfixable.” In another case, a truck-rental firm spent $30,000
for $15,000 of computer equipment. And then the consultant didn’t even
supply instructions to operate and modify the software. “As far as I know,”
said a more ethical expert, “he’s still a consultant. Computers are mystical,
and most people don’t know when they’ve got a good system or when
they’ve got a bad one.”
“The real problem,” Hillard correctly said of consultants, “is that the
microcomputer field has only been around since the mid-seventies and
things are moving so rapidly. It’s hard for anyone to keep up, consultant or
layman.”
There is, too, a nasty economic fact. A micro consultant can’t reach full
prosperity, in many instances, without having ties with stores or
manufacturers. Indeed, most micro consulting nowadays is done in effect by
sales reps recommending systems to their customers. How objective can
they be? Even conscientious consultants—independent or those with ties—
may still favor the computers and software with which they’re most
familiar. The man and the machine in effect become one package.
Another anticonsultant argument is that small computers may soon be
inexpensive and simple enough to make consultants much less necessary.
You don’t use a consultant to buy a $1,000 typewriter. And by the time you
read this, or a few years afterward, we’ll have good, complete word
processors selling for no more—with printers.
Yet another anticonsultant argument is that you may have computer-wise
friends in your own business or profession, smart people you trust. They
may actually anticipate some of your needs better than would a consultant.
Moreover, it’s been said that if you know enough to pick the right
consultant, then you really don’t need one.

Page 132

I’m not sure. As one consultant pointed out, it’s like choosing doctors.
You can be good at choosing one without necessarily knowing brain
surgery.
I was a borderline case. I still might have bought a Kaypro without
Michael Canyes’s approval, since I knew another writer familiar with the
glories of the Osborne who appreciated the greater glories of the Kaypro.
On the other hand, with my consultant friend’s guidance, I could shop for
the lowest price rather than the most technical help from the dealer. And
Michael steered me away from the dot-matrix printer, which, with their
inferior print quality at the time, would have been bad news for me. I was
lucky. I had befriended Michael through an Osborne user group at a time
when he himself was looking for advice on writing, so he didn’t even
charge me. You may be similarly lucky if you have a skill a computer
consultant needs. But don’t count on it. So often, free consultants are worth
their charges.
Had I not been as fortunate and had I experienced difficulties, I would
have been willing to pay for advice. And mind you, my whole system costs
less than $3,000. “You don’t want to spend $10,000 on a computer system,”
Michael warns, “and find it doesn’t do what you want. You’d be better off
spending several hundred dollars or more to learn exactly what you want
and get some help installing it. Think of the business you’ll lose if you
install your computer and it doesn’t work as planned. It depends. You could
also spend a lot of time shopping and talking to people and not pay a
consultant. It depends what your time is worth. The average guy has one or
two uses for his computer in mind, and he doesn’t want to piddle around
with the complexities of the thing. He just wants to cut right down to the
core of it and get this job moving. If a consultant spends two or three hours
with someone discussing a micro, it may cost perhaps $75 or $100. But the
client might master in a day what might normally take a week or even
several.” The wrong consultant, however, may actually cost you more—in
money and time.
When shopping around for the right one, you’ll first want to consider a
what—what work you need him for. Forget about computers. Does the task
make sense commercially? Are you realistic about its costs? A former New
England consultant tells of a baseball enthusiast who wanted to recreate
some board games on the computer screen. It might have worked. But the
man didn’t just want a computerized arcade game here—rather, a

Page 133

replication of ball parks, with their actual proportions. “He had a statistical
background,” recalled the ex-consultant, “and had done some statistical
consulting for a professional sports organization.” But there was a problem.
The man believed that the consultant could perform this miracle on an
Apple for less than $5,000. Actually, the program would have cost $50,000
to write—probably more than the man could quickly recoup through sales
of the program. The consultant turned down this mission impossible. But
the client let his enthusiasm for the project blot out his business sense and
in fact squandered $55,000 on another consultant, who, incidentally,
botched the job.
Now move on to the details of the work you want done. Do as with
software; get as clear an idea as you can of the paperwork you’re
computerizing. You may want your electronic files organized entirely
differently from your paper ones. Whatever the case, plan ahead. You don’t
want to—as somebody once put it—automate your confusion. And there’s
another reason for knowing your precise needs before calling a consultant.
Trying to jack up the bill, some experts can be brilliant at inventing new
problems to fit their prepackaged solutions. Or they may downplay your
real needs because the answers are not in their tool kits.
You’ll also want to decide if the consultant is just to give advice or more.
Don’t pay simply for advice, then expect him to haggle with equipment
suppliers and install the software.
And what about other services besides advice? Take the task of keying
paper records into your computer system; some consulting firms will line
up temporaries for the job. That way your normal people must worry only
about their regular work and learning the new computerized routine. Of
course, this data-entry work may itself be part of the training, and at least
if your people enter the material, they’ll more easily find it later on.
As you define the what, you also get into a when—your deadline for
computerization and how long the consultant or the firm is to remain on the
job. There is a happy medium. You want him around long enough, full time
or part time, to get the system up and running. But don’t count on making
him in effect an employee. Hire permanent people if that’s going to happen.
Joseph Auer, a $1,500-a-day computer-negotiations expert with blue-chip
clients like New York Life, tells what can happen when consultants stay too
long. A bank used a consulting firm for years. The outsiders became the
main people familiar with the electronic links between the automatic teller

Page 134

machines and the big computer. Then the bank woke up. It realized that the
outsiders could cripple its operation. The consultants didn’t blackmail the
bank, but it was worried enough not to risk incurring their displeasure.
Rather than farming out the work to a facilities management firm as
planned, it extended the existing consultants’ contract, with the
understanding that the outsiders would make the bank’s own people self-
sufficient.
Next go on to the who question. A generalist who’s a good, quick learner
might be a better deal for you than an overpriced guru who limits himself to
one area. It’s like medicine. I’d much rather be cut up by a smart general
surgeon with a steady hand than by a mediocre cancer specialist. Of course,
for a complex job, you want the equivalent of a top cancer surgeon. At
Stewart, anyway, the right specialist might have “programmed” the
company to succeed.
Intertwined with the who are two how muches—the size of your company
and the task for which you need the consultant. Are you a small
businessman or a Fortune 500 executive? The consulting needs of the two
categories may overlap. The general rule, however, is that a large company
will feel more comfortable with a large consulting firm (GM, say, with
Arthur D. Little) and a small company will be better off with a small one. A
small businessman may enjoy more personal attention from a small
consultant. He knows the people he’s dealing with, and it’s harder for the
firm to pass the work on to a green employee—while charging the full
price. The smallness of the firm, of course, makes it that much more
important to check out references. Of course, sometimes the small guy may
fit the large company’s bill; Michael Canyes, for instance, has tutored
WordStar classes for the Federal Trade Commission—a good buy for the
taxpayers, considering his skill and low overhead. “The smaller consulting
firms,” he wisely says, “are likely to save a large business money when the
consultants are working within their limitations.”
Canyes, however, at the time I wrote this chapter, wasn’t the consultant to
install a $5 million micro network. He might be one day, but back then he
just didn’t have the resources to do the job justice. A Big Eight accounting
firm would have been better than Michael; in fact, an executive with a large
company mightn’t need an outside consultant of any kind—large or small.
His or her employer may boast a large microcomputer center and a helpful
data-processing department. But you never know. Sometimes, Data

Page 135

Processing is either ignorant of micros or discourages their use. Ask some
test questions. Has anyone in Data Processing ever installed a micro for
business purposes? Do many in the department have micros at home? Are
they reading the micro magazines and newspapers—InfoWorld, say, rather
than just magazines about the big machines? If Data Processing isn’t
comfortable with micros, you’d do well turning to the outside.
One of the qualifications for the outsider, of course, might be his ability
to work harmoniously with Data Processing if you’re hoping to hook into
the mainframe. Then again, your micro might be a stand-alone, not
exchanging information with other computers, so that you needn’t worry
what Data Processing thinks. Even if you’re using a Data-Processing staffer
or other internal person, you still may want to find out his track record.
Don’t be a corporate chauvinist. Every company has its share of gobblers.
Turning to an outside consultant? Then, through computer stores, you
might try to track down a local users group for a brand of hardware or
software. Go to a meeting. Find out whom the members regard as an ace
consultant. In fact, try to go to several user groups—remember the
preference that Apple owners, say, may have in favor of an Apple solution
or that Kaypro owners may have in favor of a Kaypro one. Mere word of
mouth, though, is still no substitute for a thorough interview with the
consultant and reference checks. Certainly, too, you can’t use a consultant
just because he or she shows up in the directory of a consultants group.
Charles E. Harris, a lawyer who, with Joseph Auer, wrote Computer
Contract Negotiations, says, “I know of no organizational membership that
proves anything other than membership and the fact that the man’s paid his
dues.”
“The person to watch out for in particular is the guy who’s doing this part
time and he works on a mainframe or something like that,” warns Mark
Robinson, a California consultant. He’s been in the micro business for years
and handles dealer relations for Lexisoft, a software company—a micro
one, mind you. “Anybody who hasn’t made this his business full time for a
significant period of time,” he said of micro consulting, “is a great risk.”
Consultants can relax. Robinson said eighteen months could be
“significant.” I myself wouldn’t shrug off the part timers from Data-
Processing departments if they have a long list of pleased micro clients. But
as a generality Robinson’s observations seem valid. Not only is micro
software written differently from the mainframe kind; there’s also a

Page 136

different mentality. Cloistered away in the computer rooms, some
mainframers may strive for technical perfection at the expense of economy.
“They may be right about things,” Robinson says, “but that’s not the point.
The point may be more like what Mr. Osborne prates about all the time—
mere adequacy. I’m thinking of posting an aphorism on the wall from The
Soul of a New Machine: not everything worth doing is worth doing well.”
The same wisdom might apply to consultants. You don’t need a $1,500-a-
day man to help you choose a good micro for word processing—not unless
you’re about to buy a few hundred. Opinions vary about pay. Some
observers of consultants say you get what you pay for. “There’s very little
relationship between pay and value except for one thing,” Robinson says.
“People who don’t charge enough eventually go out of business, or that
business. If they don’t charge enough, they’re not likely to have been
around long enough to have gotten experience for you.”
Then again, as Robinson points out, experience in the microcomputer
business rapidly decays in value, weakening the relationship between pay
and competence. Back in the late 1970s Bernard McGowan, a
Massachusetts ophthalmologist, bought an Apple and hired an expert at all
of $5 an hour. His consultant was a scruffy young man in an old jacket. And
this guru had himself owned an Apple only a day. But it didn’t matter. His
name was Mitch Kapor, and he was good, apparently, for he went on to
found Lotus Development Corporation, the company that developed the
best-selling 1-2-3 integrated program. Today McGowan is still using $5-an-
hour men at times. He told me, in fact, that one consultant, a teenager
digesting software manuals for him, doubled as a baby-sitter. No, this isn’t
an argument for merciless exploitation of child labor à la nineteenth-century
England. For a small businessman with a simple task, however, and no
pressing deadlines, a teenager might do well. Why must every sixteen-year-
old be flipping hamburgers around after school at McDonald’s?
But teenage computer geniuses are special cases. Don’t count on a $5-an-
hour consultant to write up a complex accounting program that you need
done within three months to avoid bankruptcy.
Moreover, if you’re a business of any size, you might end up spending
hundreds or even thousands of dollars just to audition consultants. That’s
right; you may pay them. Canyes will talk to people by phone if he thinks
they’re good prospects, but the moment he gets in the car, the meter starts
running. That’s basically in line with what Adam Green, a software training

Page 137

expert, told me. Green has conducted seminars for big-name clients like
Price Waterhouse and Xerox, and earlier he worked as a programmer and
salesman, so he’s been around. “A good consultant in my view would come
out [in many cases] and spend a day or two looking at the operation and
then give back a written proposal saying how they could help the client,”
Green said. “And then they should charge the client about $250 for that.”
“If someone comes out and spends a day or two with you and writes
something up for free, obviously they don’t have anything better to do.
They’re not working. They’re amateurs. They don’t consider their time
worth anything.” Paying a consultant to write a proposal, you’ll learn (1) if
he can communicate in comprehensible English, (2) if he can think
logically, and (3) if he understands your business and its needs.
But maybe that’s a step or so ahead of where you now are in the game.
Having found a promising candidate, make certain you feel comfortable
with him or her. Trust your instincts. Beware of snake-oil artists who,
through greed or incompetence, may actually increase your time and
expense. People like Bob Hillard and Michael Canyes come across as
teacherlike in their eagerness to pass on their wisdom to the appreciative.
But not all consultants, in and out of computers, seem that way. A few
might not even give you a written report of their findings. Many intimidate
you through jargon, even through dress. Quite correctly, some young
business school hotshots have been depicted as punks in pin-striped suits.
“You have to know what your client wears and dress one level above him,”
said an ex-Bain and Company man. “If he wears a sport coat, you wear a
suit. If you’re meeting him in a midwestern cornfield and he’s wearing a T-
shirt, you wear a button-down. You might actually drive to his office in
beige pants, a jacket, and a tie. But you can look in through the window
when you get out of your car and then take off as much as you have to.”[31]
The consultant wasn’t in the computer trade, but he might as well have
been. One industry magazine began a “So You Want to be a Consultant”
article with a warning against polyester.
“Well,” I asked Mark Robinson, “what about dress? Can you trust a
consultant in a three-piece suit more than one who looks like a refugee from
a university computer center?”
“It’s really irrelevant,” he said, “I’d look more at things like Can the guy
focus on the relevant features of my business? Does he seem to understand
what my business is about? This is one of the things that probably isn’t even

Page 138

related to the number of years in micros or computers or what not.”
Robinson suggests asking yourself, “Does he quickly grasp the nature of
my relationships with my suppliers, my clients, my promotion methods? Is
he focusing on the technical solutions rather than my needs first? Does he
even consider a question like whether I need a computer at all? Does he try
to look at the highest-priority needs that I have in terms of the effect on my
bottom line? Does he really have a grasp on why I might have a computer
—to move into new things and serve my customers better, to replace
existing functions, and so on? Does he know general things like that? If he
doesn’t have that sort of perspective, if he isn’t even able to back off as to
whether I should have a computer, I may be getting a slightly different type
of salesman, someone who is committed to a computer solution, for
instance, and isn’t really looking at it from my viewpoint. He is not totally
professional.” You might still use such a person, but you’d better consider
his limitations and biases.
I asked about “pure” consultants versus those selling software or
hardware.
“Most consultants,” said Robinson, “have found that small businessmen’s
budgets for pure consulting and their appreciation of it aren’t high enough
so they make enough money. So they’ve got to sell software and hardware.
And also purity means that a consultant is spread too thin. He’s not able to
specialize and know enough about a particular package to be competent in
it. So either he has a superficial view of these packages, or else he’s a
partisan.” While working as a full-time consultant, Robinson hoped to
maintain his purity. “I found myself dealing with a lot of invoices of fairly
small amounts,” he said, “and most of my support came from contract
programming.”
What with the line so thin between salesman and consultant, you should
politely but persistently ask about business connections that could sway
their judgment.
Obviously, too, you’ll want a consultant’s résumé if he or she has one. He
should. One way or another you’re after the normal personnel-office
answers—his schooling (anything that could help him understand your
business?), his previous jobs (one computer consultant ran a nightclub once
—perhaps not such a bad background for an expert dealing with small
businesses), maybe even if he has an arrest record (a perfectly suitable
question if he’s setting up an accounting system or doing security

Page 139

consulting). Be polite but aggressive. By not shying away from the basics,
you’ll be reminding him who’s in charge—the client. Don’t forget the why.
Why is he in “consulting”? It isn’t a euphemism for unemployment,
presumably. Also, why is he working with micros rather than mainframes?
Attitude matters as much as brains and skill. Ideally, your consultant will be
comfortable with the flora and fauna outside the antiseptic computer rooms.
While he’s auditioning, see if that’s true of him.
How do you tell? Introduce him to your people, not just your executives.
Encourage them to ask questions. If the consultant condescends toward a
secretary or clerk now, he may very well do so toward you later. And if he
rubs your people the wrong way, they may resent him in the future and take
it out on the computerization project.
Well, there’s a caveat here. Maybe the specs for the job are so clear-cut
that your consultant can work in a little corner away from the rest of the
world. With personal computing, that’s not going to happen as much as
with mainframes.
In winding up the interview, ask about the future. Will the consultant be
around in the future to do work or answer questions? He won’t be? You still
might use him. But police him very carefully to make certain he’s following
standardized procedures that another consultant can pick up on. You don’t
want your business to go down the tubes when your software man goes off
to find his karma atop Mt. Fuji.
Satisfied? Then move on to references—which, if you’re a small, budget-
minded business, you might want checked before a full-fledged audition.
Remember Stewart’s ordeal. Ask for the names of people whom the
consultant served in tasks similar to the proposed one. Request ten names.
The consultant needn’t have done—in each case—jobs like the proposed
one. Moreover, you often don’t have to call more than five or six
references. But with ten names, at least you’ll know you’re far from the first
client. Don’t, incidentally, phone just the references at the top of the list;
outfox the consultant in your most constructive way.
You’ll want the references to tell you the usual—what the consultant
achieved within the time agreed. Would they use him or her again? What
kind of hardware, what software, did the consultant recommend? The same
kind for clients with different needs? Be on guard if he seems to have a one-
shoe-fits-all philosophy. Also, ask about the references themselves. See if
they have any connections with the consultant, social or business.

Page 140

How many consultants should you try out before signing the contract?
That’s up to your needs and your budget. There’s no law saying you have to
go through all the screening steps here in every case. Why pay $250 to a
consultant to audition when that very likely will be the cost of the whole job
(assuming you’re lucky enough to find one willing to take on a project with
such a low budget)?
For all tasks, though, even small ones, you’d do well to bother with at
least one formality—a contract with your micro consultant.

■ ■ ■

A Sample Consultant’s Contract
(Featuring Some Plain English From a
Washington Lawyer)
No, you’re not going to pay a lawyer $50 to draw up a contract
for a consultant doing a $60 modification of WordStar.
But you can help protect yourself with your own version of the
sample contract below. It’s nothing more than a letter in simple
English. William Wewer, however, the Washington lawyer who
drafted it, says it probably would be just as binding legally as a
document filled with “whereases.”
Dear ——:
This will confirm our agreement that you will perform the following [software?]
services:
[Precisely list the services in numbered paragraphs.]
You have represented to me that you can complete this project by [date]. You will
charge me $—— per hour for your consulting time. Do not exceed $—— without my
written consent.
You agree that you are performing these services as an independent consultant and
are not my employee.
If you are willing to work under the terms of this letter agreement, please sign the
enclosed copy and return it by [date].
Under your signature, use this language:
I agree to and accept the terms of this agreement to [quick description of service
provided].
———- [consultant’s name], ———- [date of signing]

Page 141

Remember, this sample is just a starter. See Backup VIII,
“Consultant Contracts: Some Who-How Questions”, for a list of some
of the points a contract might address. One of the more important
ones is ownership and control of software. If you want to own the
newly developed programs and keep them away from your
competitors, here’s what Wewer might insert after the paragraph
saying the consultant isn’t your employee:
I am paying you to do this work for me alone and require that you not retain any
copies of it or give any copies to anyone else or tell anyone else how to recreate
what you have done for me. We agree that the software you create for me will be
my trade secret.
“‘Trade secret’ is a key phrase to get in there,” Wewer says.
“Then it’s within common law.”
Again, your informal contract won’t give you iron-clad protection
—that could depend on the mood of a judge—but it’s better than
nothing. “It’s the handshake deals,” Wewer says, “that always fall
apart.”

■ ■ ■

“The real problem,” Adam Green says, “is that no one ever has to sign a
contract. People get concerned. They say, ‘Boy, lawyers cost a lot,’ and I
know the feeling.” Then Green brings up an exception to that opinion,
lawyers. “I know a lot of consultants who will never work for lawyers
because as far as lawyers are concerned the job is never complete. They
understand what it means to be complete.” Their contracts reflect this;
yours should, too. Have the consultant do the first draft of the contract,
perhaps; but don’t shy away from extensive changes if need be. “Hell,”
tell him, “that’s what your word processor’s for.” Back out of the deal if
he isn’t reasonable now. He might not be later on.
When hammering out a consulting contract, you should fret over three
variables emphasized by Joe Auer:
1. “How long is it going to take?
2. “How much money does it cost?
3. “What’s the quality of the work?

Page 142

“If you tie down the money and the quality and not the time,” he
warns, “you give them a license to loaf. If you tie down the quality and
time and not the money, you give them a license to steal. If you tie down
the money and time but not the quality, you give them a license to cheat.”

Page 143

Training:
How to Enjoy
the Mahony Advantage

Who-How counts just as much in training your people as in the
selection of consultants:

1. Who’s teaching? Can he or she communicate well with the students, and
how adaptable to computers are the people getting the instruction?
2. What task is being taught? A very teachable one?
3. Why is the material taught? To make your people computer literate in a
broad way? Just to help them do their present jobs better?
4. When do the students learn? On their time or yours? Will you reward
them in any way for their extra effort?
5. Where is the learning happening? Ideally, your students can take the
machines home if they want—one advantage of transportables like the
IBM portable and its work-alikes.
6. How do the students learn? Through instruction manuals, mainly, or
through early experience at the keyboard? Do they suffer through
irrelevant exercises, or do they start right away on assignments similar to
their jobs? In fact, do they start immediately on their normal work, as
some training experts recommend? Do the students work with teaching
disks? And are the disks interactive, as Adam Green, the training expert,
correctly recommends? Do the disks, in other words, require you to type
in a thoughtful response?
“How much?” also figures here. Consider the cost of a good training
program versus your losses from misused or underused people. In the future
you may want an office filled with people conversant with WordStar or
dBASE, but don’t shrug off valued employees who can’t even play an Atari
game. Tutor them if need be. Bend. You needn’t be sentimental, just
practical. Don’t waste the Mahony Advantage, as I’ll call it; don’t throw
away a mixture of background and experience that silicon won’t ever fully
replicate.
Unfortunately, Jim Mahony’s employer didn’t take full advantage of the
Mahony Advantage.

Page 144

Mahony, a white-haired man with a ruddy face like Tip O’Neill’s, was a
popular local columnist at my old paper, the Journal, in Lorain, Ohio. He
barely survived computerization. In fact, he barely survived. He suffered a
heart attack that may or may not have been brought on by the added stress.
His ordeal is a preview of what some companies may expect as small
computers—or terminals like Mahony’s—become requirements instead of
options in many businesses. It is a fitting argument for tutoring or other
adjustments for key employees. Within the newspaper industry—more
computerized than most fields by now—you’ll find few Jim Mahonys
today. But many other businesses are now wasting the Mahony Advantage.
At the Journal, readership surveys showed Mahony’s column was one of
the main draws. He was a native of his steel town, a perfect counterpoint in
a newsroom dominated by young outsiders. He’d worked for the Journal—
whether as a newsboy or an editor—since he was ten. The only break was
time off for World War II service. Indisputably, on local matters, he was a
human data bank. “There’s nobody who knows this town and the people
and the relationships, the marriages, like Jim,” said Bill Scrivo, an ex-
managing editor. “You just can’t store this kind of material. He knew who
was a phony and who was likely to mislead you.” Jim doubled as the news
editor (on the Journal the news editor’s job was more of a copy-desk
function than an executive one in the fullest sense), and over the years he
may have saved the Journal thousands of dollars in lawyer’s bills from the
libel suits that never were filed. He knew, say, that the Phil Smith caught in
a gambling raid was not the prominent black minister with the same name.
If nothing else, his vast knowledge of Lorain, Ohio, and its people made the
paper more credible. And Mahony loved the traditional newsroom as much
as he did his city—the big, black wire-service tickers, the bulky
Remingtons and Underwoods.
“A ticker gives a newsroom that certain flavor,” he told me. “You hear a
bell, and that means an important story is about to be released and it puts
you on the alert, makes you news conscious.” And typewriters? “I figured
they were the backbone of newspapering all the way through.” Mahony
obliterated, however, at least two of them. He would strike the keys so hard
that the letters would fly off the arms. Appreciating the man more than the
machines, his colleagues cheerfully wheeled in replacements.
Dapper Dan, however—Mahony’s name for a young computer expert
with some flashy sports coats and a fondness for jargon—wasn’t so

Page 145

accommodating.
“His word was God’s,” Mahony said, “and he pressured us. He felt that
the pupil should be stepped into a more advanced bracket. And evidently he
misjudged the person who was possibly of an older era and not familiar
with the computer field. He never appeared news interested. It appeared his
whole life was wrapped around computers.”
“The training consisted of sitting down two hours every other day in this
little room,” recalled Dick DiLuciano, the former editor handling state
news, “and then we’d be told that when you hit this button, this activates
this diode or that diode or whatever the term. And finally I decided they
were wasting their time telling what happens when we hit a button. We
didn’t have to know that. All we had to know was what buttons to hit to get
our story into the computer and get it typeset.” Mahony himself complains
that the paper didn’t start him out with real news stories on the terminal.
Instead, he did boring exercises similar to those in typing manuals. “It was
much like a batter in major league baseball taking batting practice,” he said.
“You just stayed there while they threw curve-balls at you more or less.”
“The only thing Jim really put into the computer on the job itself was
headlines and his column,” DiLuciano said, “but he really was getting
frustrated and distraught. And I bumped into him in the washroom one day,
and he was about to cry. He said, ‘Dick, I know I’m going to lose my job,
because I can’t learn how to work that damn computer.’” He almost did lose
it. Jim was out sick several months, and he had to leave his news editor’s
post. The Journal let him continue the “Mahony’s Memos” column but
assigned him to the “morgue,” the library, to file away old clips. The library
was in a room apart from the city desk. No longer was Mahony so handy to
editors wanting to know, say, if a home on East Twenty-eighth Street is on
the “East Side” of Lorain. (It isn’t—contrary to what a story said.) Were it
not for the mishandling of Jim Mahony’s training, he might still be
vigilantly editing.
What could have been done to keep Jim Mahony there? Jack LaVriha, a
cigar-chomping newspaperman of Mahony’s generation, had an idea. Why
couldn’t the paper have hired a tutor for Mahony—maybe a journalism
graduate familiar with computers who was waiting for a reporter’s job to
open up? The young grad could have entered Mahony’s stories on the
terminal, learning city-room ways while Jim gradually mastered computer
ones. Computers and older people can get along fine. Even without a tutor

Page 146

LaVriha himself was one of Dapper Dan’s star pupils, and today, though
retired, he still drops by the newsroom to write press releases for
community groups on the computer.
Distilled, here are some lessons from the Journal’s experience with
computer training:
1. Even the best-intentioned companies may fail miserably in easing some
employees’ computerization traumas. The paper’s editor at the time was
Irving Leibowitz, a Lou Grant-like figure beloved by many in the
newsroom; I can recall Leibo once jumping up on the copy desk to lead a
“Happy Birthday” tribute to Jim Mahony and barely missing the cake;
that was Leibo. He died in 1979. Were he alive today, however, he would
probably be the first to admit that the paper mishandled Mahony during
the transition. Like many others, Leibo was in awe of Dapper Dan. And
so he’d suspended the skepticism that usually served him well on the job.
2. The traits which make somebody valuable to his company may be the
very ones complicating his transition to computerization. Jim Mahony
was the folksy, family-oriented man that his column suggested. Mahony
knew steelworkers as well as politicians and businessmen, and to
maintain that network of friends, even in a small town, takes time. Jim
didn’t like working late at the office, boning up on computers; he would
rather be with his family or some of the average people he wrote about.
3. At the same time you can’t stereotype anyone—by age, folksiness, or
otherwise—as absolutely doomed to fail at the computer keyboard. Just
look at old Jack LaVriha, himself a Lorain native and strong family man.
Jack took well to computerization and would give the editors cards with
numbers on them, saying, for instance, “Call up story number so-and-so if
you want to know about a hot veterans parade coming up.” Before
computerization he’d lobbied for his stories by shoving them in front of
the editors’ faces or leaving notes; the cards were his new way. Why did
Jack succeed where Jim didn’t? Hey, he thought of computerization, if
that’s what it is, I’m going to accept it. I do whatever stories they give
me, so why not this? His being a reporter, not a desk-bound editor with a
strict routine, may have helped.
4. An important part of training is simple salesmanship—persuading the
worker to adopt the right attitude. Mahony rightly or wrongly felt bullied.
He wanted to be wooed, not pressured.

Page 147

5. Don’t make computerization seem more threatening than it has to be.
Journal managers bragged how they’d throw the typewriters out of the
newsroom—Mahony’s security blankets. Instead, the paper might have
kept a few there for tasks like note taking. As a matter of fact, that’s what
actually happened. Also, Mahony recalls that the paper computerized
without at first having a printer in the newsroom, meaning that staffers
had to trust everything to the computer memory. He would have felt more
comfortable in the beginning with paper backups. That’s a close one.
Learning the Kaypro, I myself progressed faster because I couldn’t use
my printer at night without disturbing the neighbors. I, however, was
learning voluntarily. Mahony was forced. Try to computerize with the old
system intact in the beginning—with paper records, in other words. Not
only will your Mahonys feel more comfortable; you’ll be better protected
when the computer glitches up. Sooner or later, they all do.
6. As early as possible start people on real projects. The first day at the
keyboard Jim Mahony might have been writing a column or part of one.
Adam Green, the software training expert, says to start off teaching your
new employees some computer basics. But then they should buckle down
to the practical from day one. Integrate WordStar, for instance, into your
employees’ work. Don’t say, “Okay, now you’re going to take a class in
WordStar.” Instead, have a sales rep use WordStar to write some letters to
customers or encourage an accountant to start using 1-2-3 as soon as
possible on a limited basis. This isn’t to say that a real project is the only
hook you can use. Green has been quite successful with Adventure-style
computer games that require people to learn to format their disks and
other basic micro skills. It’s a good introduction to micros for the Pac-
Man generation. That might not be right, however, for Mahony-vintage
people.
Above all, beware of the babble about “computer literacy” for everyone.
Follow John H. Bennett’s example. With a Harvard Ph.D. in mathematics
and a Phi Beta Kappa key, he’s hardly antilearning. And yet he skillfully
mapped out a micro program for executives who weren’t interested in all
the subtleties of bits and bytes.
Bennett is the top data-processing man at United Technologies
Corporation. United, a $14 billion conglomerate, produces everything from
helicopters to air conditioners and silicon chips. “We’re a high-tech
company,” Bennett said. “More and more of our products have

Page 148

microprocessors in them.” Most of the senior executives, however, had
never used a personal computer before Bennett started a training program
for those baffled by tech talk. “It’s not a productivity program,” Bennett
said. “It’s an educational program.” With the $5 million program’s stress on
hands-on experience, however, those goals meshed nicely.
United homed in on the computer skills that seasoned executives could
use in their jobs and searched hard for the right people to teach them. “You
can get people to teach you to use an automated spreadsheet,” Bennett said,
“and of course there are at least a dozen vendors offering to teach people to
use a word processor, but there is no program that takes the standard tool kit
and offers to at least introduce you to every tool.” National Training
Systems, Inc., however, a California company, designed the course he
wanted. In 1983 and 1984, more than a thousand United executives were to
learn to use the IBM PC and the Context MBA program. Bennett had
settled on the IBM one Christmas vacation when he himself tested several
different brands. It was his own initiation to personal computing. He
surmised that plenty of software would be coming for the IBM, and in fact
Context MBA did appear in time with tools he wanted for United’s
executives; the integrated program included a spreadsheet, data base,
graphics, communications, and simple word processing.
United held the three-day course in a windowless conference room on the
second floor of the research center in East Hartford, Connecticut, just across
the river from corporate headquarters. Blowups of IBM computer
equipment lined a wall. It was as though United were doing all it could to
engender concentration. If an executive turned to gaze at a nonexistent
window, the sight of the photographs might gently nudge him back to work.
Up front was a projection screen and an easel bearing such “EXTRA
ACTIVITY” suggestions as “EXPERIMENT WITH VARIOUS
COMMANDS ON YOUR SPREADSHEET.” In a photo from United’s
public relations office, the carpeted room looked like a cross between a
college classroom and a ComputerLand store. Executives came from United
divisions across the country. With sixteen IBM computers and matching
printers, the training project couldn’t travel very far.
One of the students was himself a local of sorts, Robert J. Bertini, Jr.,
controller of the East Hartford research center. He was an MBA in his mid-
forties, and in some ways he typified many of the executives in the
program. “To a certain extent,” he said of his thoughts before he took the

Page 149

course, “you’re afraid you’re going to screw up.” He had toyed with the
idea of buying an Apple or Commodore but “didn’t want to sit there and
read a book and hunt and peck at the keyboard.” Still, he was constructively
egotistical: if others could master computers, why not he? So he signed up.
On paper the program was completely voluntary. In practice, perhaps, what
with peer pressure, it was army voluntary. “We just didn’t feel the
management of a high-technology company could be competitive without
knowing what the computer can do for them,” Bennett had said in
announcing the program, and who wants to be known as noncompetitive?
Still, the company was bending over backward to make the training as
palatable as it could. Within minutes of the computer instructor’s first
“Good morning,” Bertini was learning how to load disks into the little IBM
machine and type out the commands of Context MBA. Mercifully, he
wasn’t wrestling with unneeded computerese. “Most manuals,” Bennett
correctly says, “are not written with executives in mind. Most are written
for people who know how to use computers. On page thirty-something of
the manual it eventually gets around to telling people how to start their
computers up.”
Just a week after Bertini finished the course, his own IBM PC arrived at
his office. Man and machine were still new to each other, and data-
processing people were ready to help overcome the normal start-up glitches,
but Bertini faced other problems. Would he have time during the normal
work day to perfect his computer skills? Nearly thirty people reported to
him, and now the machine, too, would be vying for his attention. He also
worried some about his image as he groped around on the computer. “Hell,”
he candidly said, “we all have our degrees of vanity.”
Once again, however, United had a solution, a routine one in the training
program. It allowed Bertini to take the IBM home. “Let’s face it,” he said,
“the course taught you the basics, how to get on the machine, how to do
some relatively simple, basic things with it. To learn other stuff that makes
it the tool it really is took eighty or ninety hours or whatever I spent with
the thing at home.” Even after Bertini mastered the IBM, he still used it at
home for chores like checkbook balancing—and for work, too; especially
work. “My wife,” he joked, “decided that the reason this thing was going to
be a big productivity improvement for the corporation was that I’d put in
that extra eight hours at home and give them a sixteen-hour day.” He also
found himself working later some days at the office.

Page 150

But Bertini emerged a believer in both the training program and the
machine. As chief fiscal officer at the 1,200-employee research center, he
helped preside over much of United’s research and development budget—
then $800 million a year. His life was a series of what ifs. What about that
$4-million mainframe computer; should United buy or lease it? What about
taxes, depreciation, interest rates? What about a number of what abouts?
Traditionally, Bertini had waited around for answers from his staffers,
which could take hours or days; but now he had his own computer and
electronic spreadsheet and could consider more options faster. The IBM
was also handy for confidential tasks like salary analyses. “As far as merit
increases for my people were concerned,” said Bertini, “I had access to it,
and they didn’t. And that’s the way I wanted it to be.” He also wrote letters
and memos on the computer. “Would you believe, twenty years ago in
college I took a typing course?” he said. When Bertini wrote to Harry Gray
—United’s chairman—the center controller’s secretary redid the letters on a
typewriter. But the little dot-matrix printer worked well for memos zipped
out to Bertini’s staffers. The communications part of Context MBA was also
a joy, for Bertini could send electronic mail and tap United’s mainframe for
facts that previously had been filtered through subordinates. Some staffers
resented his new ability to bypass them. It was a reversal of normal roles.
The boss had a personal computer before they did and was now better
plugged in to United’s information network. “As far as I’m concerned,”
Bertini said, defending his new system, “the boss’s job is to second-guess
you.” But the worried might find some solace: Bertini was planning to bring
in a second IBM for the people below.

Page 151

Training (Continued):
The Dahlonega Answer

For a bucket of fried chicken, Hugh Hunt, a son of H. L. Hunt, the late
oilman, gave me some lessons on how to run my Kaypro.
An Anderson Jacobson salesman had offered my name to Hunt after he
couldn’t get his Kaypros working quite right with his AJ printers and the
Select word-processing program. I passed on the number of someone who
might actually solve the problem.
Hunt, having tinkered with computers for several years, gave me some
quick tutoring on my Kaypro.
“Well,” I said, “I’m still not really familiar with the basics of CP/M.”
“Come on over,” he told this stranger, who was wise enough to own the
same brands of computer and printer as he did.
“No consultant’s fee?” I joked.
“Bring along some fried chicken,” he said.
Hunt’s home sat on a hill in horse country just outside Washington. He
called it Dahlonega, after a town in the Georgia mountains where he had
once lived and where miners had extracted gold before the Civil War. In his
basement, in plain, fluorescent-lit rooms, were the offices of his land-
development company. Hunt showed me how he had rigged up a roll of
Teletype paper with a clothes hanger so he wouldn’t have to buy a tractor
feed for one of his daisy-wheel printers. A tall, heavy-set man nearing fifty,
he wore casual clothes and looked like old pictures of his father in middle
age. In the beginning, however, I could only guess who he might be. Even if
he had been Hugh Doe, I still would have been interested in his style of
training the people who operated his Apple, his several Kaypros, and a pair
of Osbornes. His techniques were wrong for many corporate situations.
They would have been a disaster for Jim Mahony, the old newspaperman,
who was so heavy-handed that he ruined at least two typewriters. But they
were just right for Hunt and his people—and perhaps for many other small
businessmen who like to be surrounded by employees comfortable with
high tech.
Hunt didn’t give his staffers extra-long, step-by-step guidance. Instead,
he:

Page 152

1. Hired people who were fast learners at the keyboard.
2. Helped them with some learning aids like color-coded keys showing
kinds of WordStar commands.
3. Motivated them by explaining how their new computer skills would
make them happier—and richer, since he paid them more, once their
productivity increased.
Esther King, his middle-aged office manager, a bright, down-to-earth
high school graduate, actually may have been as responsible for his training
methods as he was. She tried to hire only people who’d benefit from some
quick lessons followed by intensive self-instruction. “Sometimes I’ll have
them sit down at the computer,” she said of her employment interviews,
“and I just turn it on and tell them to type. A lot of people, they’re afraid
they’re going to hurt it. And you’re not going to hurt it. You can’t hurt it. So
you mess up, and you get the wrong thing, and it says you made a ‘fatal
error.’ So you just start over, and that’s the only way you’re going to learn
—is sit down and not be afraid of it.”
Jeanette Counsellor, at the time an employee of Hunt’s, didn’t just type
on computers. She also knew how to juggle around thousands of dollars on
electronic spreadsheets. And King herself boasted the ability to use
computers to help project building costs, a useful skill since Hunt at the
time was finishing construction of a water-theme park in North Carolina.
What’s more, on the Apple, King helped Hunt do company tax work.
By telephone—I talked to Hunt and his people several times—I asked
point-blank why he’d been so successful in getting staffers running on
computers.
“I told them,” he said, “how it would be useful for the rest of their careers
to be able to say, ‘I’ve worked with a computer and I’ve word processed.’”
His people didn’t mess with BASIC, just skills directly useful in their work.
“I showed them,” said Hunt, “how computers could save them a lot of time
and trouble in the amount of rewrites I do. I put it to them as a challenge.”
“I was ready to learn,” said Counsellor, who had taken a data-processing
course at a community college but had never before used a computer. “I
was looking for a job that would train me to do this sort of thing.”
Although your people may need more guidance than Hunt’s staffers in
learning computer skills, you can take heart in the results of a poll reported
in InfoWorld. Of 500 personnel managers and over 500 clerical employees,
87 percent said “on-the-job training to learn new technologies” is important.

Page 153

Page 154

Micros and the Data-Processing
Department
Bertini and the employees in Hunt’s office were lucky—the powers-that-
be were encouraging the introduction and use of micros.
Within American corporations, however, many data-processing
departments have looked askance at small computers.
They’ve seen them as a threat to their power. So American executives
have bought millions of dollars of “typewriters” and “adding machines”
from computer stores, hoping to fool Data Processing (DP) and
bookkeepers. One man lost his job after Data Processing wouldn’t let
executives buy micros and he falsified an expense voucher to smuggle in an
Apple. Dishonest? Yes. But a micro martyr, too.
This atmosphere may be changing, of course. As early as 1983
Computerworld reported that of 220 data-processing managers replying to a
poll, 62 percent said they would encourage the use of personal computers.
Beware of the De Mille Syndrome, however. It’s the fondness of many
data-processing managers for what one consultant calls a “Cecil B. De
Mille production” with “a cast of thousands, millions of dollars and years in
the making.”[32]
The poor, ignorant people outside Data Processing, meanwhile, can’t
enjoy all the micros or advice they need. “Last year,” went a plaintive letter
to a computer columnist, “we purchased a microcomputer and VisiCorp’s
VisiCalc software for the company accounting office. The micro was idle
for about six months until someone decided to figure out how to use it.
Since then, half a dozen people in our office and at least as many in other
offices keep the system tied up.” But the firm’s computer people wouldn’t
budget more machines even though the $5,000 micro in the accounting
office had “paid for itself many times over.” The excuse from the computer
pooh-bahs was this: several accounting systems were on the way that would
do the job, and why allow micros to proliferate? “Money,” said the letter to
the columnist, “has never been a question.”[33] Power, apparently, was. In
that sense also, many data-processing biggies are like De Mille.
“Programmers in general are pretty control oriented, pretty methodical in
nature,” said Adam Green, “and usually the most methodical, the most

Page 155

control-oriented person becomes the head of DP.”
“If they like you, they’ll help you; if they don’t, they won’t,” said my
friend Michael Canyes, who himself served time in data processing in
government and private industry.
And it isn’t just the De Mille desire for control that has dashed many an
executive’s hopes for an office micro. It’s also their sheer ignorance at
times.
“Some data-processing managers started out ten or fifteen years ago
when the field was growing,” Canyes said, “and stayed with their
companies while more able people moved to others. They just were in the
right revolving door at the right time. Many don’t know enough to get a job
elsewhere. And they don’t understand the capabilities of micros and are
afraid of them.”
At United, Bennett’s executive micro course was geared toward the
nontechnical, and yet he commendably wanted his top data-processing
people included, too.
“Many of them,” he said, “hadn’t touched a computer console or terminal
for ten years and were quite surprised as to what a modern microcomputer
can do.” They didn’t learn faster as a group, in fact, than did the other
United executives. “If they’ve never used a word processor,” Bennett said,
“why would they learn it faster than the guy next door?”

■ ■ ■

‘How
What do you do if you need Data Processing’s favor to buy a
micro or set up an office network of them? Bennett has the good
sense not to “tell somebody how they could do something in a
political environment that I’m not familiar with.” Here, however, is
my own reckless scenario for you. Do not sue if this advice makes
you a micro martyr:
1. Before approaching Data Processing, ask who-how questions
about the people there—questions similar to some you’d raise
about outside consultants. Find out who, formally and informally,
can help you the most.

Page 156

2. Ask your informal Data-Processing contact about possible
technical problems. Tell him what you hope to do. If it won’t fly,
how can you modify it?
3. When you’re ready to deal with the Data-Processing manager,
tell him your exact computer goals. Easier word processing on
just one machine? A micro network tied into the mainframe?
Many executives correctly see big computers as massive
repositories for information to be analyzed on micros.
4. Make it clear you’re aware of your project’s complications.
Anticipate the manager’s own who-how-style questions,
especially the “How” and “How much?” Take on the issues
closest to the Data-Processing manager’s heart. Traditionally,
DP seeks to centralize facts so Sales won’t have one set of
numbers and Administration another set. Does your micro plan
tackle that problem? Also, what about the security issue? How
are you going to safeguard facts stored inside the micros? What
about maintenance? Who’s going to look after the computers—
your department or DP? How about training? Your baby or Data
Processing’s? Also, what will you do for ongoing technical
support?

■ ■ ■

Despite some DPers’ possible ignorance of micros, you’ll still come out
ahead with the computer room’s cooperation, especially if you want your
micros talking to the mainframe.
“The situation,” one expert told Computerworld in describing micro-
mainframe hookups, “is like connecting two telephones with a wire and
trying to get a Russian to communicate with an American. The
microcomputer users think they have finished the job, but they haven’t even
begun.”
So if you want your micro to get along with other computers, try to
coexist with the people who might help out.
Well, so much for relations with humans. Now, how do you survive the
computers themselves? How do you choose the best keyboards, screens,
etc., for you to live comfortably with your machine? How can people feel in

Page 157

charge of their computers—guarding health, comfort, and productivity
against the HAL syndrome?

Backup:
◼ VIII, Consultant Contracts: Some Who-How Questions, page 339.

Page 158

9 The Hal Syndrome

Raquel Welch, the movie star who pranced around in a fur bikini in a
caveman epic, reportedly planned to use a $10,000 computer to write a
fitness book. Her ballyhoo in late 1982 stressed that “the mind and body are
connected.” But for Time readers she may not have set the best example. A
color photo showed a tightly gowned Welch lazing on the floor near the
newly famous computer—it lacked a detachable keyboard.
And if you can’t separate your keyboard from the main part of your
machine? That might be bad news for both your mind and body. The best
distance between your eyes and the TV-like screen may clash with the right
separation between your torso and the keyboard. Your posture may suffer.
In fairness to Raquel—who declined an interview on the topic—she might
have felt perfectly comfortable using her computer. Perhaps she had the
proper eye-sight, the perfect body, for it. If she didn’t, however, Raquel may
have subjected herself to the Hal Syndrome—letting the computer bully her.
Hal, you’ll recall, killed all but one of his human masters. Raquel’s
computer didn’t murder her, but if she indeed toiled hard on it for her book,
it may have done a very nice job of killing her back.
The Hal Syndrome can manifest itself in other ways. Even the wrong
furniture, indeed especially the wrong furniture, can poison relations
between humans and machines.
What’s more, bad ergonomics—the jargon for the human-machine link
—actually can make you sick.
Raquel may like her work; but millions of clerical people don’t, and
aches from computers can add to their stress. They can help bring about
heart attacks, strokes, high blood pressure, perhaps even raise yours by
raising your company’s health-insurance costs over the long run.
And they can lower your profits in other ways.
Working with bad furniture and lighting, computer operators in one study
made more errors and tapped out 25 percent fewer keystrokes than they did

Page 159

under better conditions. Michael Smith, former chief of the Motivation and
Stress Research Section at the National Institute of Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH), says the NIOSH experiment lasted a week and was
closely controlled. A private ergonomics consultant found a 10-15 percent
difference in a study of good and bad furniture. Whatever the percentage,
however, ergonomics isn’t just a gimmick to sell new tables and chairs;
Smith says it especially can help narrow the gap between mediocre and
prize workers.
Not only does good ergonomics pay for itself in the long run; it may also
improve your labor relations.
It’s a perfect meeting ground for you and your employees. They want
good working conditions. You want good work. And everyone can win; for
with decent ergonomics, you’ll enjoy lower turnover. You may very well
lure good people away from competitors who run electronic sweatshops.
Sharp screens and silky keyboards won’t single-handedly stave off
unionization or endear you to ensconced unions, but they won’t hurt. A
smart, secure executive, in fact, may even turn union complaints to his
advantage. He’ll listen. He (or she) won’t spend $20,000 on new computers
or terminals that inflame people’s eyes and tempers.
In short, he’ll learn eleven steps to good ergonomics:

1. The canary-in-the-mine theory of labor relations. Ergonomics is people,
too, not just machines, and you’ll read here of better ways to work with
both.
2. Good job design.
3. “Terminal” happiness. Detachable keyboards are just a start, whether
you’re using a micro or a terminal hooked into a large computer. Micros
normally include keyboards, screens, and other major parts of terminals.
So “terminal” is what I’ll say most often in this chapter.
4. The right furniture.
5. The proper light, or as it’s been said, “Let there be less.”
6. Noise reduction.
7. Air conditioning, heating, and ventilation—basics neglected by a
surprising number of computer users.
8. Honest assurances to your people that you’re exposing them to the least
risk. Not all the extra stress in some computer work comes from the
equipment itself. Some is from fear of the machines.

Page 160

9. A willingness to consider alternatives to the TV-like CRTs that computers
use to flash out words and numbers. Flat-screen computers—with thin
panels rather than bulky tubes—may eventually be easier on the eyes.
10. Sensible use of wrinkles like the mouse—the hand-sized gizmo you use
instead of the arrowlike keys to move the cursor on the screen. (See
Backup X, “Of Mice and Men—and Touch Pads, Touch Screens, Etc.”
Also see Backup IX, “Window Shopping.”)
11. A related ingredient, good software—the topic of earlier chapters.

Page 161

The Canary in the Mine

“How,” I asked a consultant, “do you know if someone is trying to offer a
constructive suggestion about computerization or to get in the way?”
“Consider the source,” he said. “Is it coming from a researcher or a
union?”
To some extent the man was right. Some people, unionized or not, may
be no more than twentieth-century version of the Luddites, the English
workers who, during the 1800s, smashed the mechanical looms that were
taking away their livelihoods. Indeed, Dr. Michael Colligan, a NIOSH
psychologist, says, “Opposition to computers is usually kind of veiled or
disguised under more general complaints about eyestrain, headaches, and
physical discomforts often associated with video display terminals (VDTs).
[34]

“But,” Colligan warns, “if you talk with workers awhile, major concerns
begin to surface.” Legitimate concerns. Whether it’s individual workers or
unions, don’t tune out gripers. Listen to people like Joan.
Joan started out around 1980 as a model employee in a northeastern
office of a major insurance company, whose officials declined to be
interviewed. “I averaged ten hours a week overtime,” she said, “and I came
in when I had pneumonia and a fever of 102.” In a modest way, helping to
unravel the mysteries of the machines, she aided computerization. Later,
however, in a not-so-modest way, she aided something else: unionization.
By the time I reached her, she had quit her $10,000-a-year job to go into
business with her husband. For more than an hour she poured out her anger
against the terminals and the company that now used them.
“They affected my stomach quite a bit,” Joan said. “Most days I worked,
I would throw up in the ladies room. I didn’t throw up before I started
working on the computer, and I haven’t thrown up since I quit.
“The screens weren’t at all soft on the eyes, even with the glare screens
that snapped over the top. And they were nontiltable.”
She also complained that the screens were too low even for a five footer
like her.
“Could I have some books and put my system on top of them so the
screen will be in the middle of my eyes?” she recalls asking a supervisor.

Page 162

“You get this constant tension in your back because you’re always hunched
over.”
“No,” she says the supervisor told her in effect, “that’s unacceptable,
totally.”
Why?
“Because,” came the reply, allegedly, “the office won’t look the same. It
won’t be level.”
Joan says management wouldn’t even let her work with the terminal in
the middle of her desk. “They wanted them all on the same side,” she
recalls. “I said, ‘Hey, I don’t work on that side of the desk, sport.’ It was
ludicrous, absolutely ludicrous. Even a simple request like that was too
much.”
At least the chair was adjustable “I lowered it so I could get my eyes as
close to the middle of the screen as possible,” she says. “I was so low that if
I opened the middle drawer on my desk I’d bang myself.”
But it was the lights that most irked Joan. They were bright fluorescents,
fine for traditional paperwork but not for the computer era. Management,
pressed by employees, took out many of the tubes; and yet Joan says some
glare-ridden workers still wore sunglasses.
She also complains that the company wouldn’t even offer the operators
eye examinations, an irony, considering that she was processing health
claims.
Again, Joan was a union activist—as a result of her experiences—and
some managers may recoil from the very notion of clerks organizing, and
yet in her litany of complaints about working conditions, there was not one
with which most ergonomics professionals would quarrel. Had management
listened to her on those issues, in fact, it would have been doing itself a
favor. Forcing the workers to strain their necks, backs, and eyes is hardly
the road to higher productivity and profit. It would have cost several
thousand dollars at the very most to change the lighting. Corporate
bureaucracy may or may not have allowed the workers to be consulted in
selection of the terminals, but there is no reason—other than a misdirected
passion for discipline and order—why the company couldn’t have let Joan
change the level of her screen.
Joan’s experiences are a good argument for the Canary-in-the-Mine
Theory of Labor Relations. In the days before electronic gas detectors, coal
miners carried canaries into the pits. The birds’ lungs were more sensitive

Page 163

than theirs to poisonous fumes. And watching the canaries, many a miner
saved himself and others.
Novelist Kurt Vonnegut, Jr., used the canary-in-the-mine parallel to
describe artists and writers serving as an early-warning system to call
attention to social ills. And workers like Joan, “troublemakers,” are your
canaries. You may not agree with them, and you may aggressively fight
them, but before making up your mind, at least listen to them. They can
anticipate the concerns of less vocal workers scared of losing their jobs.
“Well,” you ask,“what about my authority as a manager? You knuckle
under to the troublemakers once, they’ll come at you again and again.”
Confident executives, however, will avoid this misplaced machismo. They
will assert their authority more productively, letting workers have a voice in
working conditions but, in return, demanding good, steady production,
which, after all, is the bottom line. When your stockholders receive
dividends, how many will think, What slobs—their VDTs don’t even line
up at the same level!
Ideally, of course, your people won’t have to prop up their machines at
all, because they’ll have helped you choose easily adjustable screens and
other equipment.
“When I help design new computer systems,” says Robert Waters, an
ergonomics specialist with a background in psychology, “I try to find out
who’ll be using them. Then, if possible, I’ll seek out their opinions.
“If you do that, people won’t feel so threatened. It will be their
equipment, too, not just the company’s. They won’t think, I don’t like it, it’s
bad for me.”
Richard Koffler, editor-publisher of the Ergonomics Newsletter, also
recommends giving the worker a voice in equipment selection: “If you can
do it, try it. They’ll tell themselves, ‘I wouldn’t want to look like a fool
because I chose something that wasn’t good.’”
In Washington, D.C., Richard G. Barry, now senior advisor for
management systems at the World Bank, has successfully let employees
help pick some of the computer gear the bank was using. Barry didn’t set
out to experiment. He just decided that giving the workers a strong voice
would be the most logical way.
It happened, among other places, in the offices of the Eastern African
region at the bank’s D.C. headquarters. “We had a few word-processing
machines,” Barry said, “and there were a few word-processing centers

Page 164

around the bank where we could go if we wanted something done, but
essentially we were starting out from zero.”
The office included two hundred professionals and one hundred
secretaries and other clerical workers, and Barry’s task force represented
them in several ways. One was by job function; lending officers were there
as well as those overseeing the existing projects. People also came from
different parts of the office’s bureaucracy, from different countries, and,
obviously, from different job levels—everyone from secretaries to division
chiefs. Barry didn’t go out of his way to pamper clerical workers in
particular. He simply felt that like any other bank employees, they should
decide what tools they needed to get the job done.
Secretaries, far from being anticomputer, asked for equipment to reduce
repetitive typing. Managers sought fast word processing, in different
languages, which complicated keyboard requirements. The secretaries
themselves wanted terminals with whose keyboards and screens they’d be
happy. In a microcomputer installation without separate terminals, of
course, there may be less choice.
It took a year for the task force to line up the equipment, and wisely the
actual equipment shopping came last. Instead, the task force focused on
what characteristics it wanted the gear to have. Then it learned what was
available—how products compared to the ideal system within budget. As a
result, the Eastern African region ended up with good, sharp computer
screens, ergonomic furniture from the very start, and a lighting system fit
for computer work. And Barry says the teamwork helped promote ...

Page 165

... Good Job Design

A friend of mine, a mid-level manager, was almost salivating over the
economies of computerized word processing.
“You know what I’d do?” he said of an office where he’d worked. “I’d
take out just about all the secretaries and dump them into a central office.
I’d reduce their salaries. They’d be doing less demanding work and should
be paid less.” He wasn’t an ogre. He was reflecting the thinking of a good
many modern managers. It makes sense, doesn’t it, turning offices into
factories, which, indeed, might run twenty-four hours a day, to make the
best use of equipment?
Well, not quite. In fact, not at all. Nor should you try obnoxious
gimmicks like computerized pacing.
They’re all threats to good job design, which is nothing more than
sensibly deciding what each job includes and how the employee does it.
Consider typing pools—er, centralized word-processing operations. If not
passé, they at least deserve to be; most, anyway. Employees’ salaries keep
rising, even with slowed-down inflation, while the price of computers is
falling. By the end of this decade an average worker’s salary may exceed
$20,000 annually. And yet micros and dedicated word processors will easily
cost less than several thousand dollars. Even now, for a typical business,
Barry says, centralized word processing simply doesn’t pay; it tears the
employee away from his or her boss and harms the managers’ own work.
Executives must vie with other offices of a company for the word
processors’ time. They can’t effortlessly set their own priorities. And quality
is more of a problem, too, because, as Barry notes, “someone in centralized
word processing won’t normally get hell for not catching an error. I expect
my secretary to challenge anything she’s not certain about. For instance, my
secretary will come in and say, ‘You left such-and-such person off the list of
people receiving the memo.’ Which matters. Often who a memo goes to
matters as much as what’s in the memo.”
And what about the question of knowing which calls to put through to the
boss? Around the time Barry and I talked, he was obsessed with a paper
projecting the World Bank’s office needs for the next twenty-five years. He

Page 166

didn’t have to tell his secretary of the importance of any call about the
paper. She knew. For she’d been helping him put it together.
“It isn’t a question anymore of the efficient use of the machines,” Barry
says in recommending the traditional secretary over the pool arrangement.
“It’s effective use of the people. It’s like the phone. Even if people use the
phone just twice a day for business, we still give them their own. We don’t
put all the phones in one room, do we?”
You may disagree with Barry and still insist that central word processing
is the most efficient use of both equipment and people; and maybe your
company’s size, economics, or policy will allow nothing else. But if so, be
prepared for more job complaints. Shut off from the outside world, perhaps
in a windowless, poorly ventilated room, the pool members may feel like
Dickensian factory hands. And the claustrophobia may not just be physical.
With no one around but others in drudge jobs and their immediate
supervisors, the workers feel cut off from chances for advancement. They
become obsessed with their immediate surroundings and may be more apt
to notice shortcomings of their equipment. “You look at studies of typing
pools,” says Waters, “and you’ll find they may actually get in the way of
productivity. More workers hate their jobs, and they’re more likely to
dislike their equipment, feel backaches, other pains.” He says that sick
leave, deservedly or not, may increase.
A gray-haired word processor in Manhattan said she disliked even
“clusters,” which were smaller and presumably more pleasant than a giant
typing pool in a back room. She missed the “pretty cozy relationship” she
enjoyed as secretary to one executive.[35]
“He might send me uptown to return a blouse that didn’t fit his wife. So
he couldn’t very well tell me not to make personal calls. Not that I stayed
on the phone all day. My job was to get his work out, which included
staying late if I had to. He appreciated me. And I expected to stay with him
till he retired.”
Responding to consultants’ recommendations, however, her company one
day offered her three choices. She could work as a mere administrative
assistant, join a word-processing operation, or quit. So she forsook the
familiar typewriter for a Wang. “Ah,” she reflected, “when I think of those
years of correction tape, white-out, retyping!”
Then, continuing her remarks to writer Barbara Garson, she added: “I
want you to take this down: I love my Wang. It’s not the machine that gave

Page 167

me the shaft.”
What, then, did?
“Straight typing, seven hours a day,” said the word processor. “That’s the
shaft.”
Like Barry, she criticized the quality of work from word-processing pools
—or the lack of it.
“The worst thing,” she said, “is when things come by me with wrong
spelling, wrong information. Sometimes I think I should correct it. I did at
first. But that’s not how they judge me.” It’s by the number of keystrokes.
“So why should I take time to correct their work? And why should I stay
two minutes past lunch if they’re timing me that way?”
Michael Smith, however, makes a good case for careful, sensitive
monitoring.
“Management would be foolish,” he said, “if they didn’t monitor
performance. It’s what you do with the monitoring that counts. If you use it
in a negative way, that hurts performance. It might improve it for a minute
or a half hour while you were watching them, but it might hurt in the long
run.” He recommends, instead, systems that give the workers themselves
“direct, immediate feedback. The faster the better.”
Joan’s old insurance company, shortly after she left in 1982, started a
monitoring system in offices across the country. Some of her ex-colleagues
found it more palatable than a simple keystroke count.
Every six months it adjusted their job levels and salaries. And production
—the number of health claims processed—was just 30 percent in the
formula. Accuracy was another 30. The remainder of the formula plugged
in attendance and supervisors’ observations on job knowledge and the
quality of correspondence. The employees weren’t just at the mercy of a
machine.
“It’s a more equitable system,” said a claims processor whose salary
leaped from $220 to more than $280 a week.
Still, the union claimed that most members weren’t so well disposed to
the new system. That may or may not have been true. Just the same, the
claims processor qualified her own enthusiasm. She wanted faster feedback
from the monitoring. “It would be constructive,” she said, “if we got it at
the end of the day or even weekly.”
The woman, too, hoped to know the exact math behind the salary system:
“I’ve asked my manager a number of times. She said, ‘You wouldn’t

Page 168

understand it.’ I said, ‘Tell it to me, and I will understand it.‘”
Big questions persisted. Was the insurance company, for instance, really
crediting her extra for writing letters to doctors who haven’t submitted
diagnoses with claims? The company told her that it was—that it still paid
to handle such cases. But she wasn’t so sure. Management, she claimed, had
lied on other matters.
Another worker said the company did not audit enough forms to
discourage slipshod work from high producers.
Even in its first few weeks, with the normal start-up wrinkles, the system
did show some promise. Production was dramatically up. “If I was a
manager and my job was to get the maximum amount of work out of an
employee,” said a claims processor, a union member, “yeah—in that
position I’d use it.” But she worried, justifiably, about her own future.
“Maybe a person has been producing ninety claims a day. How much more
can they push them? They can’t push them past a hundred, so what else is
there for them to do?
“There aren’t many [promotion] opportunities here because supervisors
have been here for years and years,” she said. And she wondered: What
about turnover?
It was winter 1982. A depression or near depression was in full swing.
Would the system have worked well in normal times?
Moreover, how much of a trade-off existed between the claims
processors’ productivity and health? NIOSH studied 130 occupations in the
1970s and found that clerical workers were second highest in illnesses like
coronary heart disease. Also, many of the women in Joan’s former
insurance office had children and blue-collar husbands, and a Massachusetts
study showed that women in such families suffered nearly double the heart-
disease rate of their husbands. And in Joan’s office, did health insurance
claims—for her coworkers’ own ills—cancel out some of the productivity
increases? Moreover, how about the moral issue? Suppose the monitoring
system taxes the employees’ health for short-term gains; isn’t it almost the
same as if the company were belching carcinogens into the air?
If you’re working in a low-level clerical job without control over your
fate, you’re a good heart-attack candidate, according to R. A. Karasek, a
professor at the Department of Industrial Engineering and Operations
Research at Columbia University.[36] He cites studies showing that people in

Page 169

“strain occupations” may show twice as much “definite and suspected
myocardial infarction and angina pectoris.”
Computerized pacing can increase the stress and health risks. Smith says
it’s rarely if ever the answer in white-collar work, not even mail sorting—
nothing “involving letters, letters, and so on. It doesn’t improve efficiency
because there are a lot of errors.” Pacing isn’t just monitoring, after all. The
work is electronically moving past the worker as if it’s on a factory
conveyer belt. Think of all the lemons Detroit put on the road in its
eagerness for new production records. “With older workers the error rate
isn’t as high,” Smith says of white-collar jobs paced by machines. “Maybe
it has to do with the nervousness of young people. Older workers always
report more job satisfaction. They become used to the drudgery. It’s a hell
of a way to put it, but that’s what happens.” Not that many older workers
love machine pacing, either.
So, in a large, factorylike office, what’s a happy compromise between lax
discipline and mechanized martinets?
You might try participatory monitoring.
Hear employees’ suggestions for a fair monitoring system. You needn’t
agree. Just listen. Your people may know of complications you wouldn’t
consider in arriving at your production goals; and you may also get a better
inkling of how long it will take for people and machines to adjust to each
other.
Also, setting goals, keep remembering that tasks vary. Don’t let your
monitoring system penalize people, for instance, who fill out forms more
complicated than other workers‘.
Keep your commitment to quality. Be willing to give employees some
time away from arduous work at the tube. It’s a good way to reduce
expensive errors. And tube breaks might not cost you that much in the end.
Can you, for instance, design your people’s jobs to use them fully while
limiting their time in front of the screens? Maybe you can’t. Perhaps, with
thorough computerization, there aren’t many off-line jobs left. But try.
Maybe, for instance, some data-entry clerks, showing high motivation, can
work part time in low-level telephone sales. The clerks won’t feel so
trapped; and you may discover some top-flight talent.
Ask your employees for their ideas. Who says every tube break
absolutely has to be a work break?

Page 170

Plan, however, for breaks of one kind or another. NIOSH favors breaks
“of at least fifteen minutes every two hours” for moderately heavy terminal
work and the same breaks every hour for workers in the most demanding,
repetitive tasks. A British labor group even suggests structuring the
workday so that people spend no more than half of it at the terminal. You
might chafe under those restrictions—many American companies would—
but don’t scoff at your own people’s ideas on breaks as long as they do the
work.
Here again, think about the Canary-in-the-Mine Theory of Labor
Relations; do not tune out the complainers: do not misplace machismo.

Page 171

Terminal Happiness

In the Dark Ages, the pre-VDT days of newspapering, I worked on a
rickety manual typewriter. How I envied Darlene at the desk behind me! I
was a reporter-feature writer, while she was stuck with grinding out TV
listings and obits; but Irving Leibowitz, the editor, had favored her with a
Selectric, and I demanded to know why.
“Well,” Leibo said, “she’s a neater typist.” It mattered. Darlene would
feed her Selectric copy to an optical character reader, which helped
convert the typing to newspaper print. “There’s another reason, too,” he
said.
“What?”
“Darlene has a lousier job than you do,” said Leibo, himself a manual
typewriter user, “and just as much typing to do. In fact, more.”
Budgeting for VDTs, you might keep Leibo’s wisdom in mind. He gave
out the best equipment not to his higher-ranking people but to those who
needed it the most.
I thought of Leibo and Darlene when I read of the Grid Compass
executive computer and its original $10,000 price. It might be a splendid
machine, but what a waste of money in many cases. The money instead
might go to buy the right screens and keyboards for subordinates. So often
the difference is just a few hundred dollars, if it exists at all. Don’t give
your employees a say in the selection of equipment and then restrict their
choices through unreasonable penny-pinching. If you can’t do it the right
way immediately, maybe you should wait before you computerize.
Mind you, no terminal or micro is going to be ergonomically perfect. “I’d
flunk them all,” said Waters, and he started with the DEC VT100 terminal
he was using on his job at the time. The display was plain, old white on
black, not the best ergonomically, and it was too dim for many offices.
Fortunately, the lighting in his room was subdued. The terminal, however,
had other shortcomings—for instance, the lack of simple knobs to adjust the
screen’s brightness and contrast. Waters instead had to control them with a
series of keystrokes that he was always forgetting. His loudest groans,
though, were over the numbers pad to the right of the keyboard. “I count 1-
2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9,” Waters said. “I don’t want anything where I count 7-8-9-

Page 172

4-5-6-1-2-3.” That’s how his numbers pad was; that’s how my machine’s is;
that’s in fact how most computer pads are.
“Well,” I asked, “isn’t that just like a calculator’s?”
“But,” said Waters, “isn’t it a little confusing to switch back and forth
between that arrangement and the numbers of a telephone? Which are in the
normal numerical order.”[37]
You may disagree with Waters, but his message comes through. Even
ergonomics experts can’t always end up in front of the terminal of their
dreams. What you and your people want, however, is a sensible
compromise.
Ideally, rather than simply seeking the biggest discount through the most
massive purchase, you’ll remember that different people need different
terminals. You may in fact save money that way.
An executive who hates to type, for instance, and who doesn’t have to,
won’t need the same keyboard as a data-entry clerk. It still should be a good
board in case he changes his mind, but it needn’t be the most expensive.
With a World Bank-style selection committee, you’ll be more sensitive to
the needs of different offices, different levels of employee.
Encourage some committee members to spend at least two or three hours
with the equipment you’re planning to buy; they may change their minds
later—but that’s better than no tryout at all.
Testing my Kaypro at dealers, I wrote test letters, composed sample
articles, and tried as closely as I could to duplicate my routine.
Impressed by the low price of the Osborne 1, I gave the little keyboard
every benefit of the doubt. And yet, even after several hours, I simply could
not adjust. “Just a matter of operator retraining” was how one saleswoman
put it after I complained that I kept hitting the return when I wanted a quote
mark. And yet I wasn’t about to gamble $1,800 on a machine with a
keyboard I might forever hate. Ergonomically, I had an advantage: I was
buying just for myself. But a selection committee, made up of different
kinds of prospective users—clerks and executives alike—is the next best
thing to a lone customer shopping with only himself in mind.
Avoiding the HAL syndrome, your committee should consider, among
other things, the following:

THE SCREEN

Page 173

For heavy-duty viewing, a terminal or computer should have at least a
nine-inch screen and ideally a twelve incher. I emphasize the words “heavy-
duty.” An executive using a terminal half an hour a week obviously has
needs different from a clerk doing tedious data-entry work most of the day.
Even the executive, however, should have a screen big enough for
unexpectedly long sessions in front of the tube. On the other hand, suppose
a bank teller must view just a few columns of numbers every now and then;
he may never need a screen bigger than a few inches. Too large a screen, in
fact, even in heavy-duty work, may expose one to glary reflections.
Size preferences can be quirky. I’ll make do for the moment with the
Kaypro’s nine inches, but I wouldn’t mind a bigger screen; another writer
once said he’d like to hook up the same model to a twenty-one-inch
monitor.
The next basic is the color. The two sexes have somewhat different tastes.
Men, says John van Raalte, an RCA scientist, are less sensitive to colors in
the reddish-orange range than are women. That doesn’t mean, however,
that, as a rule, women should automatically have reddish-orange monitors.
For men and women the optimum range of light sensitivity is usually amber
or green. Comfort is high in those ranges, too, at least for most people.[38]
Amber screens are popular in Europe, where one study showed a lower
error rate compared to green and other statistics said more users liked
amber.
American computer magazines have breathlessly praised amber. It’s as if
they were fashion publications thrilled by the latest from abroad. But some
U.S. experts question the controls in at least one proamber study—for
example, the number of volunteers, fewer than two dozen. And Bruce Rupp
of IBM points out that it’s harder to produce a steady, flickerless image with
amber than with green. What’s more, an executive with a company planning
to sell amber terminals said screens of that color burned out faster than did
green ones.
Meanwhile, NIOSH says dark characters against a stable white
background are especially promising; and Etienne Grandjean, a leading
ergonomist with many admirers in the labor movement here and in Europe,
agrees.
Perhaps there’s a less jarring transition when your eyes move between the
screen and the printed material you may be working with. It sounds logical
enough, and in fact that’s what the Macintosh and many other computers

Page 174

use. That’s also the display style I saw in the Newspaper Guild offices in
Washington.
“Do you see any flicker?” asked David Eisen, the guild’s research
director, who, in the labor movement, is one of the best-informed people on
VDTs.
I studied the white background.
“The little lines,” I said, “seem to be rolling into each other.”[39]
The machine’s regular operator also saw the roll but said the screen was
comfortable, anyway.
The Guild machine, moreover, a Xerox 860, had the ability to revert to
white letters against a black background, which would have eliminated the
rolling. Would that all screens be as versatile, especially those used in many
tasks or by people with different tastes.
No matter what the task, however, don’t get caught up in terminal
fashion. Stress the basics. Are the characters, for instance, shaped well?
How big? At least .12 inch and preferably .16? Is the dot matrix at least
seven by nine? Harry Snyder at Virginia Polytechnic Institute found that
seven-by-nine matrixes produced “significantly fewer errors” than when
subjects worked with those that were five-by-seven. If you can’t find the
information in a machine’s literature, you might use a magnifying glass to
count the number of dots making up the maximum widths and heights of
the characters. Trying the large “N” and several more letters on my Kay
pro, I learned that dot matrix was a mere five by seven—the bare minimum
for light use; for a writer it could be better.
You might also back off twenty inches to see if the dots merge almost
completely into the letters and numbers. Eisen suggests looking for flaws
like “flicker, character blurring at the edges of the screen, and adequate
space between the characters and lines.”[40] Eisen obviously is looking at
VDTs from the viewpoint of the union members. But unionists’ desire for
comfort and ease of use often will overlap with employers’ desire for
maximum productivity. Woe unto the employer who doesn’t take advantage
of the overlap. In fact, Eisen’s observations here on keyboards and screens
are within the ergonomics mainstream and shouldn’t be dismissed because
of his affiliations.
“The two things you must remember,” sums up Waters, “are legibility
and comfort. You may think at first that a five-by-seven matrix is fine. But
after six months your eyes may say, ‘No, No!’—and you may get headaches

Page 175

and feel you need new glasses. Actually, you simply may need a better
screen. You’ve just got to consider how often, long, and intensely you’ll be
looking at the tube.”
When shopping around, you also should ask, “How many letters and
numbers—how many columns—can fill the screen?”
For word processing you’ll normally want at least 80 columns across, the
standard. Some screens, like that of the Victor 9000 microcomputer, can
display 132, which can be just the ticket for spreadsheet aficionados with
the right software.
You’ll also want to know if you can highlight selected parts of the screen,
for instance, categories of information stashed away in the computer. You
might use reverse video—a light background and dark characters if your
normal background is dark—to keep track of columns showing names and
addresses. Not interested in phone numbers? Then those columns for the
moment would be the normal light-dark combination. In word processing,
reverse video could show you the blocks of texts that you planned to move
or erase or underline.
Two other amenities—more than amenities, in fact—would be easily
reachable and adjustable controls for changing brightness and contrast. The
Kaypro lacks a contrast control, much to my chagrin. At least I can adjust
brightness—a “must” normally and one still “mustier” for people using
antiglare filters, which reduce light from the screen.
Keep thinking what you or others will most use the computer for. Color
graphics? Fine. But your multicolor monitor won’t display characters as
sharply as a black-and-white or monochrome screen would, and the
screens might lose their crispness faster and add to the eyestrain of heavy
word processing. One-color screens, then, would be best for typical writers
and secretaries. On the other hand, if you’re an executive or clerk working
with many figures alongside each other, the color monitor might help you
and your eyes keep the numbers apart. Might. Some people may object to
color except for graphics.
Two kinds of color monitors are common. The composite monitor is
technically more like a home TV than the RGB or “red/green/blue” kind.
It’s cheaper. But colors blur into each other more than with the latter type.
Whatever monitor you buy, keep the screen clean.
And don’t be surprised if, in a year or so, the characters start looking a
little fuzzy. Harry Snyder, a leading expert on the ergonomics of monitors,

Page 176

says the half-life of a tube in heavy use is normally about a year. Don’t stint
on replacements and jack up your people’s error rates.

THE KEYBOARD

Remember Raquel toiling at a keyboard attached to her computer?
Maybe she’s happy. She may have a well-built back, a graceful, flexible
neck, wrists that don’t quit, or simply a body compatible with her machine
and furniture. But I still question the attached board for most people.
Unless Raquel spent many hours on the machine before buying it, she
might not have known if she’d be comfortable.
The more time you spend at a keyboard, the more likely you‘ll end up
with the right one. Test keyboards thoroughly. If you‘re buying several
dozen, you or a staffer might spend a good three or four hours with the
machine you’re about to purchase. A difference of just 10 percent or so in
the number of keystrokes per hour per operator could mean thousands of
dollars annually to your business.
Even if you’re buying a machine just for your own use, you should still
put in a good half hour checking out the keyboard. That’s true with any
computer. But the odds are stacked against you if you buy one with an
attached board. In Norway, in effect, computer keyboards by law must be
detachable, and in Germany official standards require them in most cases
(an exception exists for, among other things, limited-use portables with
built-in screens and keyboards).[41] Increasingly, union people here are
raising the issue—and quite justifiably, considering the feeling of most
ergonomics experts. Detachable keyboards, in fact, were one of the issues
over which a California union struck the local Blue Cross-Blue Shield
organization.
“Well,” you ask, “what about keyboards on infrequently used machines?”
You might, however, end up using the keyboard more often than you
expected. So play it safe. Make all boards detachable. It won’t cost that
much more. Also, keep the cords at least four feet long. And unstrap the
keyboards from the VDTs in the first place—which sounds insultingly
elementary, except that I’ve heard of an absentminded company that, until a
labor dispute, had forgotten to do so.
Also, don’t let the best keyboards become status symbols in reverse. A
well-meaning but wrong executive on the West Coast brags he does not

Page 177

have a terminal with even a good board. He’s a fast typist but thinks he
could spend his time better giving dictation. “An executive typing,” he says,
“is like hiring a brain surgeon to give out pills for a sore throat. If you’re
paying him $50,000 a year, why should he do a $20,000 job two hours a
day?”
Most executives would agree. But this is rapidly changing; more and
more executives are tapping out spreadsheets and eventually will do their
own word processing. They may bat out rough drafts on computers or word
processors, then have secretaries whip the documents into shape
electronically without having to retype all of them.
Besides, you can learn typing at any age. And you needn’t be an excellent
typist for computers to help you; indeed, with mistakes easier to zap, the
worst typists will profit the most. Take a Maryland architect-consultant
named Jess McIlvain. Before he got an IBM PC, he just couldn’t write or
type at length—worrying that the result “looked like the cat had walked
over it.” Two years later he was cranking out reports several hundred pages
long.[42]
The new breed of managers, of course, may feel at home on the keyboard
from day one. Some colleges even now require students to buy computers,
many of which they’ll almost certainly use for word processing. What’s
more, as you’ll read in Chapter 11, executive keyboards can ease the
transition in the future to telecommuting.
So don’t impose your own work habits on a junior executive with fast
fingers. Why shouldn’t he or she have a deluxe keyboard if it helps him
serve your company better? And you yourself shouldn’t feel awkward with
at least a good board for quick memos.
Mysteriously, IBM forsook the Selectric tradition in designing the
keyboard of its original Personal Computer, where the left shift key, oddly,
isn’t immediately next to the “Z.” The deviation left some computer
magazine editors flabbergasted. Companies even started making keyboards
for the PC—at several hundred dollars apiece—that retained the traditional
layout.
“They’re not like normal keys,” my consultant friend Michael Canyes
complained of the ones on the PC itself. “They click on and off like
switches.
“A good key,” he said, “gets stiffer as you press down. But the IBM’s are
either up or down.”

Page 178

Some cynics have a theory. Maybe IBM didn’t want the PC to steal too
many customers away from the Displaywriter costing several thousand
dollars more. Yes, keyboards are a matter of taste, and unlike Michael, I can
stomach the switchlike tactile feedback. But the shift location is
inexcusable. IBM in effect admitted its goof; the IBM AT, a more powerful
cousin of the IBM PC and XT, appeared with a much-improved keyboard.
At least the original IBM PC’s keyboard surpassed that of the tiny, chiclet
keys on the first PCJrs. Reluctantly—after sales were flagging—IBM
replaced the chiclet-style boards with more conventional ones.
Pity us “users.” Even terminals intended for mainframes and minis can
be turkeys. I actually favor my Kaypro board over a terminal—from Digital
Equipment Corporation—which Waters once was using with a big mini at
work. Blame the old-style programmers who didn’t grow up with word
processing. “Most can’t type like a secretary,” says Canyes, “so the
manufacturers often skimp on the touch.”
And isn’t it strange? You can buy an electric typewriter with adjustable
touch for $200 but not get it in a computer costing fifty times as much.
I asked David Eisen why he hadn’t raised the touch issue. Wouldn’t bad
keyboard matches hurt productivity?
“That’s more the companies’ problem,” he said. “We’re more worried
about health.” He can’t recall a flood of complaints from Guild members
about keyboards with the wrong touch.
Union people, however, have talked about another change, flat
keyboards, now popular in Europe. The tops of U.S. boards commonly slant
at fifteen degrees. And Waters tells of an experiment where, given the
ability to change the angle, most participants settled for the fifteen-degree
one. A caveat, however, is in order. Maybe the people ultimately would
have done better with a flat board and plenty of practice on it. Perhaps you
want an adjustable board. But for me, anyway, it won’t matter as much as
touch.
Another issue is the QWERTY keyboard versus the more modern
layouts.
“QWERTY” means the first six letters found on the boards of nearly all
American computers and typewriters. It’s a nineteenth-century legacy—a
bad one. The early typewriters couldn’t keep up with the nimbler typists, so
the machines’ designers thwarted the humans. QWERTY isn’t alphabetical,
it doesn’t bring together commonly used letters like “t,” “h,” and “e,” nor

Page 179

does it use finger muscles properly. The Dvorak board and other latecomers
should work better. In practice, though, they might confuse typists, so here’s
a solution. Let us old-fashioned people QWERTY away. But think about
buying machines you can switch over for people trained on more efficient
layouts. A program like Smartkey—which electronically changes the
keyboard—might be the answer if you also relabel keys on machines used
by Dvorak typists. The Apple II(c) even has a switch on the top of the
machine to go from QWERTY to Dvorak. Some say the Dvorak
improvement is dramatic. Waters isn’t so sure. He says some studies have
indicated that the Dvorak board offers as little as a 5 percent increase in
speed and little reduction of errors. “So in the end,” says Waters, “most
people in the industry have decided not to tinker with the key arrangement.”
No matter how they’re arranged, your keys shouldn’t be shiny; a matte
surface is good. So are neutral colors rather than black and white, except,
says Eisen, for function keys. My Kaypro sins. Its keys, like those on
Digital Equipment’s VT100, are a gleaming black, which, however, doesn’t
matter that much to me, since I can control my lighting and normally don’t
look down at the board when I’m typing. (Some other Kaypros have black
matte keys.)
Function keys—the ones that let the operator delete a word or add a
paragraph with a single touch—should ideally be a different color from the
main keyboard’s. The same for number pads. The function keys if possible
should have labels indicating their purpose. If not, a chart near the function
keys might show, for instance, that “P1” “Deletes Word.”
Some people, however, say that function keys really slow you down, that
they make you take your fingers off the main keyboard. I basically agree.
The same would hold true for the use of Macintosh-style mice.

SPECIAL ERGONOMIC FEATURES

A dream VDT tilts. It swivels. It can move up and down on a pedestal. It
helps you avoid back strain, stiff necks, glare, and headaches. It adjusts, so
you don’t have to. A good VDT can help compensate somewhat if you lack
...

Page 180

Good Furniture

“People will adapt very nicely to automation,” an IBM official once said,
“if their arms are broken, and we’re in the twisting stage now.”
That was in 1975. Since then, however, in a literal way, some computer
makers have been gentler with people’s arms—and wrists and backs.
A variety of good computer furniture exists now, some in walnut, some in
formica. With all the trimmings, you can vary:

1. The heights of the keyboard and of the computer or terminal.
2. How far the keyboard platform protrudes from the platform on which the
computer rests.
3. The tilt of the computer—a useful glare-reducing feature.
4. The angle at which the screen faces you. You can swivel away to your
heart’s content to suit your posture or cut back on glare.
5. The height of your chair. You don’t of course need high-tech furniture to
do that—just common sense. For a computer operator, says David Eisen
of the Newspaper Guild, a straight-back chair can become “a ticket to the
orthopedic ward.”

You might also shop for a palm rest and, if you’re short, a leg rest.
An easellike copy holder could help as well.
And so can enough desk surface, shelves, or file cabinets for your
paperwork. Why buy a detachable keyboard if you can’t move it around
because your desk is too cluttered?
Jon Ryburg, an ergonomics expert with the Facility Management
Institute, a Michigan think tank owned by Herman Miller furniture, says
computer gear may take up as much as 40 percent of a desktop. And yet
does the space requirement for paperwork decline by that percentage?
Hardly. So unless you enjoy seeing chairs used as desks, you’d better plan
your furniture well.
Not that all improvisation is bad, especially if you’re a professional or
small businessman working at home. My Kaypro, for instance, rests atop an
old carton from a toy store, and I’ve bought some little gray legs, the color
of the case, to tilt the screen back.

Page 181

That takes care of my ergonomics. Of course, my requirements in this
case aren’t the same as those of a company with dozens of VDT users.
Joan’s old supervisor at the insurance company might scowl at this
haywire, but so far I’m comfortable. I would be much less casual about
buying furniture for others. For example, I’d make certain that the chairs
and tables would be not just adjustable but easily so—and understandably
so. Even an IBM salesman couldn’t puzzle out all the ways to adjust the
ergonomic furniture on which a Displaywriter sat. Despite such a flaw,
however, special computer furniture isn’t just a frill. An ergonomic desk
and chair might cost several hundred dollars more than an ordinary set—
even a lesser-known brand may—but your furniture could be good for a
decade. And just a 5 percent increase in a cleric’s productivity may pay
back the extra investment in less than two years.
At the least, buy an adjustable chair and, ideally, a table of variable
height. “A very short woman,” argues Bob Waters, “may sit with her eyes
almost a foot closer to the floor than a six-foot-two-inch man’s.” The home-
row keys on the keyboard—the row including the letters A, S, D, and so on
—could be twenty-nine or thirty inches above the floor in a typical case.[43]
Other measurements? Upper screen-eye distance: 17¼ to 19¾ inches.
Center of the screen: 10-20 degrees below the horizontal plane of the
operator’s eyes. Angle between upper and lower arms: between 80 and 120
degrees. Wrist angle: 10 degrees or less. The keyboard is at or below elbow
height, and the table allows enough room for your legs.
Your goal, of course, isn’t to make anyone fit the charts showing average
distances. It’s just to keep people productive and comfortable.
Above all, when shopping around to do this, be skeptical. “A lot of so-
called ergonomic things,” says Waters, “aren’t ergonomic at all.” He
grimaces when he sees $300 wooden tables with fixed-level platforms for
computer monitors. They’re an expensive way to strain your neck. “The
normal line of sight for human beings is fifteen degrees below horizontal,”
Waters says. “People normally look slightly down even when they hold
their heads up.” Needless to say, you and your neck will come out ahead if,
using an old Apple II, you don’t set the monitor atop disk drives resting on
the computer. Ignore the ads showing this compact pile. Their purpose is to
sell computers, not save necks.

Page 182

Lighting

Bright fluorescents are to computer users’ eyes what a drip, drip, drip, is
to the foreheads of Chinese water-torture victims.
They’re rude, persistent distractions.
And as with the water torture, the fluorescents’ victims may be captives
of sorts. How many people can dictate the lighting in their companies’
offices? Many. But not all. So the letters and numbers on their screens, the
facts they need to do their jobs, may compete with the glare beamed off the
glass.
What’s more, the culprit needn’t be just the fluorescents that light so
many American offices.
“The window with sunshine streaming in may still be a psychologically
gratifying link with the outside world,” says Eisen, “but it spells plain
eyestrain and perhaps headache for every VDT operator within range of the
glare.” Even brightly painted walls can sin here.
So can glossy paper. In fact, any paper is bad in one over-powering way.
The proper lighting level for paperwork is much higher than for computer
work. And yet most computer operators have yet to see the much-touted
paperless office. How do you keep eyes comfortable with both paper and
computer screens?
Here are some possible solutions to the lighting problem:

1. Removing half the tubes from existing fluorescent fixtures. You’ll want,
however, to make certain that some areas of the room aren’t still overlit
while others are light starved. Be skeptical. This is the miser’s solution. If
you can get away with it, fine. But don’t count on it. Remember, the
women at the insurance company in New York say they still suffered
glare afterward.
2. Parabolic fluorescent fixtures with baffles to keep the light out of the
places where it can cause glare.
3. Parawedge louvers, which, according to Eisen, “have been particularly
effective on a number of newspapers.” Small plastic cells turn light
downward, so that, ideally, you can barely notice it at desks just a few
feet from the one you’re illuminating. “Light should be cut off,” Eisen

Page 183

suggests, “outside a line emanating at a forty-five-degree angle from the
fixture.”
4. Desk and floor lamps. You might buy rheostats you can plug in between
them and the outlet to adjust the light level. And be careful otherwise.
Shield your lamps so they don’t glare off nearby computer screens.
Properly used, however, they could be a godsend for people doing both
computer work and paperwork.
5. Indirect lighting. The disadvantage is the expense. You may have to
repaint walls and ceilings and pay for a consultant to select the right
tones. Moreover, indirect lighting may be hard to install in rooms with
ceilings lower than nine feet. Used well, however, this is one of the best
solutions.

As a general rule, think about a lighting level between 300 and 500 lux—
between 32 and 53 footcandles. A lux tells how much light is hitting a
certain area, and 9.5 lux would equal 1 footcandle. For rough measurements
you might borrow a good lightmeter from a photographer. Don’t aim
directly at the light. Sample, instead, desk and computer surfaces, among
others, though not the screens themselves. For more detailed measurements
and advice, hire a consultant or call your state labor department. Make
certain you‘re in touch with the consulting rather than the enforcement
branch. Yes, any contact with officialdom has its risks. But they’re low
here. And you’re strengthening your hand in labor relations by documenting
your concern for your workers’ eyes.
In fact, before you place your order for lighting, ask if your supplier can
run a test in your office. Or can you at least visit offices using the product?
Also, all along, worry about glare as well as lighting levels. You might
try the mirror test suggested by a veteran ergonomics expert. Place a mirror
over the face of a computer screen. Then you can see where the glare is
coming from—which window, which lamp; for all you know, the source
could be a brightly colored painting or a glassed-in print.
Try to rid your office of glare instead of using a filter. “I believe in
avoiding a broken arm rather than putting a splint on it afterward,” says
Harry Snyder. If you need a filter, however, here are possibilities:

1. Coatings or etching applied during manufacture of the video displays.
They needn’t harm the viewing quality noticeably.

Page 184

2. Coatings put on after manufacture. Generally, but not always, they don’t
work out.
3. “Colored plastic panels and etched faceplates,” which, says Eisen, “have
such damaging effect on brightness and clarity of the characters that they
should be avoided.”
4. Micromesh filters, favored by German ergonomists. Eisen says U.S.
opinion of them “is mixed. They do a good job of reducing reflections,
but the mesh makes for a restricted viewing angle, absorbs some of the
light from the display, and scatters some of the rest, degrading the
image.”
5. Polarizing filters. They may reduce brightness and shorten tube life, since
you must crank up the tube to compensate; at $100 or more, they are
more expensive than the other add-ons. But they give you a better image
than other filters. The contrast especially can be impressive.

Page 185

Noise Reduction

Don’t just buy the fastest, the cheapest, printer. Look for one with good
manners toward the humans nearby—a quiet printer.
A daisy wheel can be a real offender. What more can you expect of a
machine with a metal hammer constantly striking away? And dot-matrix
printers often make a higher-pitched sound that mercilessly cuts through
walls.
So ask your printer supplier for noise figures if you think this will be a
problem. Military standards say that for work needing heavy concentration
—in areas like libraries and conference rooms—the sound level must be no
more than 45 decibels on the dB(A) scale, which allows for sensitivity of
the ear at various sound pitches. Otherwise, aim for a level less than 65
decibels. You may be able to rent the necessary meter from a scientific
instrument store. Measure the sound from the distance someone’s head
would be when he was working. Here again, you might ask the supplier for
a look-see at an existing installation.
Put your printers if necessary inside padded wooden boxes; carpet; drape
walls; install sound-muffling panels on ceilings and walls, perhaps.
The less echoey and factorylike your office is, the more productive it will
be.

Page 186

Air Conditioning, Heat, And Ventilation

Around the first week of January 1983, when Time honored the computer
as the “Machine of the Year,” a Commerce Department computer
ungratefully stopped working and delayed the release of an important
government report.
The reported cause was nothing more than a dehumidifier motor out of
whack; perhaps the room got too moist for the computer sensor.
If so, I wasn’t surprised. Computers and related machinery can
sometimes be quirky about their surroundings. My old Anderson Jacobson
daisywheel printer, later sold, wouldn’t run unless the room temperature
was above fifty degrees. Since I was comfortable at seventy degrees, I
obliged the AJ.
In our attentiveness to machinery, however, let’s not forget the people
nearby.
“You can see the heat wafting out the backs of our VDTs,” said a woman
with the northeastern insurance office—and yet the firm didn’t turn up the
air conditioning. “What might happen,” said Waters about a hot insurance
office, “is the [overheated computers] may go down and they’ll pay out
extra money, anyway.”
Look inside a VDT and you’ll very likely find an orange glow in the neck
of the tube. The heat there may be no more than a light bulb’s, but on a hot
day, with more than one machine in the same room, you’ll want your air
conditioning to be up to the job.
At the same time, having a room too cool—even in just a few places—
can harm productivity. An employee in the insurance office said her
coworkers, when not using the terminals, sometimes wore gloves.
As for bad ventilation, it, too, can jinx production and add to sick leave,
and in recent years, especially, it’s been a problem, as companies tightened
up their buildings to save energy. People in high-paced jobs or those
requiring concentration may suffer the most.

Page 187

Healthy Honesty

When Laura Moore was pregnant, she neither smoked nor drank—not
even coffee.
She did, however, operate a computer terminal for a telephone company
in Renton, Washington, near Seattle, and she was one of three VDT
operators there with problem pregnancies within a year and one-half.[44]
Laura Moore, after nineteen hours of labor, gave birth to a son with a
birth defect called spina bifida. “We didn’t see it at first,” she said. “We saw
a larger head and a foot that was a little odd and distorted. But when the
nurse picked him up, then we saw this huge opening in his back, which is a
spina bifida.” Laura was “devastated. Just devastated. We—I went through
a severe depression afterward.”
Moore is just one of many people worried about VDTs. In Massachusetts
a pregnant journalist, fearing radiation, wore a leaded apron. (A leaded
apron’s weight on the mother might itself harm an unborn child.) At the
New York Times two young editors developed cataracts and filed for
workers compensation, blaming their computer screens.
“We’ve heard of cases of everything from bad dreams of computers
chasing people to psychic distress where people have attacks of
depression,” says Michael Smith, the ex-NIOSH man. “But it can’t be
linked specifically to the VDT.” And yet NIOSH as of this writing was
continuing safety studies. “We might find that it has nothing to do with the
video tubes,” Smith says of problem pregnancies among terminal operators.
“It could be part of the circuitry.... It may be from job stress.” Meanwhile,
proven problems—like eyestrain—bedevil men and women on the tube.
When 1,236 secretaries and word processing-operators replied to a survey
done for a major disk-maker, almost 70 percent worried about potential
health complication. Some 63 percent told of eyestrain, and 36 percent
reported backaches. Almost 80 percent wanted better lighting and more
time to rest their eyes.
So, regardless of how your equipment supplier vouches for your
computers’ safety, keep two facts in mind:

Page 188

1. There is a possibility, extra-slim, but still there, that low-frequency
radiation from computers can seriously threaten the health of workers like
Laura Moore and their unborn children.
2. More minor physical and mental problems from computers definitely do
exist. You and your people, however, can either overcome them or at least
live with them. Don’t shrug the problems off. If you do, you’ll only ruin
your credibility when you and your employees discuss radiation and other
possible hazards.
Most people, however, accept the inevitability of computerization.
Employees usually know you need your machines to keep up with your
competitors. So do unions. They have computers of their own. The major
labor-management issues aren’t over whether to computerize: they’re over
how to be safe and humane about it.
And often, by agreeing to requests like those for eye examinations, you’ll
be helping your company along with the workers.
Here is a summary of expert thinking about actual and possible health
threats of computers:

RADIATION

Could low-frequency radiation from VDTs indeed endanger the unborn?
Or might it cause cataracts? And what about x-rays?
A computer user sits much closer to the screen than most TV-watchers
do; might this increase the danger? After all, a typical computer, like a TV,
uses a cathode ray tube with a high-voltage charge. An electron gun fires
these subatomic particles toward the phosphor coating on your screen.
Toward you, in other words. Wouldn’t x-rays created by this process be
dangerous?
Well, throw away your $50 lead-impregnated acrylic shield! Experts feel
that x-ray are a nonissue here.
The x-rays aren’t strong enough; besides, there’s too much leaded glass
in the computer screen itself for you to suffer harm. I’d worry more about
the chemicals in my typewriter cleaning fluid than about x-rays from my
green screen.
Then again, some respected scientists wonder about low-frequency
radiation given off by computer monitors. Until researchers can absolve

Page 189

computers of blame in cases like Laura Moore’s, the VDT safety issue will
remain legitimate.
“The wild cards in the VDT debate are the eleven clusters of problem
pregnancies and miscarriages among women who work on or nearby
VDTs,” says Louis Slesin, editor of Microwave News and publisher of the
sister publication VDT News.[45] Some computer industry spokesmen and
federal officials think the clusters show up by chance. Slesin, however,
while noting that the “normal” miscarriage rate in the U.S. is almost 20
percent, says: “The incidence of birth defects is harder to account for.” And
he says similar clusters haven’t popped up among women tapping away on
typewriters.
These clusters—found in widely scattered offices in the U.S. and Canada
—may result from causes other than radiation. Some VDT operators feel
less in control of their jobs than do traditional typists; and a remote
possibility exists that this additional stress could take its toll on the unborn
children. Slesin says fear of VDTs may itself increase the stress—a Catch-
22 if ever one existed.
Seeking a definitive answer on the birth-defect and miscarriage
questions, NIOSH in 1984 was planning a study of about 5,000 pregnancies
in a two-year period. Perhaps one-half of the women would use terminals.
And the study would tell if they had more miscarriages and children with
birth defects than did the other mothers. It would not pinpoint the cause,
however—justification for further study.
A possible culprit here is very low frequency (VLF) radiation from the
flyback transformer.
The transformer whips the cathode ray tube’s electron beams from one
side to the other of the phosphor-coated screen, then back again. Typically a
flyback transformer gives off radiation pulses at the rate of about 16,000
cycles a second, far below the AM radio broadcast band—hence, the term
VLF. Could pulses at this frequency have biological effects?
We don’t know about VLF. But a Spanish scientist named Jose Delgado
says even very weak pulses of extremely low-frequency radiation (ELF),
the term for below 300 cycles a second, have damaged chick embryos.
Some authorities question the “Delgado effect”; still, scientists in both the
U.S. and Europe are undertaking similar experiments. Trying to gauge the
possible risks from ELF, researchers may face certain technical
complexities. Some scientists talk about “windows” of power and

Page 190

frequency. Just a slightly lower or higher frequency, for instance, might
mean the difference between safety and danger for expectant mothers.
Like it or not, the jury is still out on the low frequency issue, and some
companies may want to protect themselves legally—just in case—by
transferring pregnant women from VDTs. Ideally you’d coordinate this
policy with those regarding maternity leaves and other health benefits; then
a woman would feel free to tell you immediately about her pregnancy
instead of disguising it for as long as possible.
Even if radio frequency radiation is a culprit, there is some hope. Slesin
notes that the flyback transformer is on the side or back of a computer
monitor rather than in the front near the operator. That isn’t the best news
for someone sitting near the flyback transformer of a coworker’s machine,
but perhaps the VLF threat isn’t so great to someone without any other
VDTs nearby. “With the right office layout,” says Mark Pinsky, editor of
VDT News, “you might be able to greatly reduce exposure to VLFs fields.
And obviously the risk to home computer users might be less without
another machine around.”
Although VDTs have yet to be proven free of radiation risks, please note
that groups like 9 to 5 and the Newspaper Guild have been using at least a
few computers in their offices for several years. Don’t lie to your people
that there’s nothing to worry about; do point out that the risks are low
enough to justify computerization’s benefits.
“Can computer screens cause cataracts?” some employees might also
ask.
Probably not. A NIOSH study at the Baltimore Sun found no greater
number of cataracts among VDT users than nonusers (although the
researchers noted that the employees on VDTs averaged less than four years
at the tube—perhaps not long enough to suffer the cataracts).
To be sure, strong microwave radiation indeed can lead to cataracts. But
VDTs don’t give off microwaves, and no one has suggested that ELF and
VLF are responsible for cataracts. Maybe there are other causes.
Regardless, a certain percentage of people, some in their 30s or even late
20s, will always develop cataracts—whether or not they work in front of a
tube.

BACK AND MUSCULAR PROBLEMS

Page 191

They are common—because, as mentioned earlier, some terminals force
you to choose between the best hand-keyboard distance and the optimal
eye-screen one.
And for the most part, the pains are avoidable.
Etienne Grandjean tells of a study in which 11 percent of fifty-three
people on data-entry terminals suffered neck problems; 15 percent, shoulder
troubles; 15 percent, problems in their right arms; and 6 percent, problems
in their right hands. The study also included fifty-five people in traditional
office work. No more than 1 percent suffered neck, shoulder, or right arm
pains, and none had problems with the right hand. Olov Ostberg and Ewa
Gunnarsson, two other European ergonomics experts, likewise documented
the frequent muscular pains from computer-related jobs. They found that
almost two-thirds of some fairly young clerks with a Scandinavian airline
reported such problems. In the United States, NIOSH, in its 1981 report,
also said terminal users endured more muscular and skeletal pain.
The outrage is that it’s unnecessary, almost always, now that ergonomic
furniture and detachable keyboards are on the market.
Don’t blame your people for their pain. Buy truly ergonomic products.
And don’t just buy for male executives or female typists, especially in
this age when more women are working.

PSYCHOLOGICAL COMPLAINTS

NIOSH’s 1981 report observed that VDT operators showed dramatically
more anxiety and depression than people not on the tubes. The researchers
qualified their finding, however. They noted that many terminal operators
were in jobs more routine than those of the non-VDT people, increasing
psychological problems.
Could the machines themselves, however, have made some work more
routine?
For me computers mean less typing and more writing. For a data-entry
clerk, however, they may mean becoming part of what Grandjean calls “a
man-machine-system.” Not all workers object. Some, as Grandjean says,
“are proud to be included in the new work of modern technology.” But most
people would still favor the human touch, with or without a computer. “The
computer,” it’s been said, “is the ultimate unsupportive boss.” A Cleveland
office worker observed that another woman was “fast as the wind” on a

Page 192

computer keyboard after ten years at it. “But,” said the worker, “it’s really
affected her personality. I used to wonder if something was wrong—she had
no exuberance. Once she said to me, ‘Rose, as soon as I sit down at that
machine in the morning, I feel I’m going to cry.’”[46]
“You know,” said a worker at an accounting firm, “when the boss brings
new clients through the office to show them around, he’ll point right to me
working at the word processor and say, ‘Here we have our wonderful new
LEXITRON,’ and then move right on. He doesn’t bother to introduce me—
just the machine!” Mightn’t he also have bragged about the operator? Can
you dismiss her as a whiner? Is it any surprise that on most days the woman
and two colleagues suffered headaches, shaky hands, jittery stomachs? “The
place looks gorgeous,” said a worker, “and that’s where the management’s
priorities lie. They’re not really as interested in efficiency as they are in
using people up and pushing them out the back door.”
According to Grandjean, psychological reactions to computers will differ
depending on:
▪ The type of work.
▪ The way the job is organized.
▪ The way it is introduced.
▪ Various personal attitudes.

To his list I would add “Surroundings.” A newspaper installed dark blue
panels, six feet high, around some VDT operators. The dark blue may have
cut down the glare, but at a cost. “All we see is the walls around us,”
lamented one, “and sometimes the supervisor. The isolation is terrible.”
Some employees might welcome isolation at times, especially a chance to
work at home; but here management seems to have unwittingly created
high-tech solitary cells.

Page 193

EYESTRAIN

“I wore glasses before I came in,” said a claims processor with the
northeastern insurance office mentioned earlier, “and now I need a stronger
prescription. And I can’t even read a book anymore. Before I used to enjoy
reading,” she told me, “but now I can barely glance at newspapers.”
Many computer-ergonomics experts would scoff at the idea that the
woman’s work is blinding her. No one has convincingly shown that the
terminals cause a permanent deterioration in eyesight. There is, however,
some uncertainty. “We don’t know,” said my ophthalmologist when I asked
during an eye examination about long-term effects—and also when he
prescribed new glasses.
Most ergonomics experts would be more reassuring. They would say, for
instance, that, first, people’s eyes weaken naturally as they age, and you
can’t automatically blame the terminals. Second, terminals place more
demands on your eyes than reading does. VDTs, however, don’t
permanently harm eyes, according to a twelve-member panel of the
prestigious National Research Council (NRC) which is connected with the
National Academies of Science and Engineering. The NRC study, released
in 1983, said no evidence existed that VDTs could cause “anatomical or
physiological damage ... to the visual system.” The panel felt that the VDT
controversy should be a productivity issue rather than a health one. At the
very least, however, it’s a comfort one. Harry Snyder, the Virginia
Polytechnic Institute expert, in 1983 said that three-fifths of VDTs then on
sale were not even reasonably comfortable. Just consider, if nothing else,
the resultant productivity losses!
Even if the computer isn’t permanently blinding the northeastern claims
processor, it’s in a sense shortening her life. She has less time for the
reading she loves. Presumably, she would agree with the findings of a
NIOSH-sponsored study of San Francisco clerical workers. Ninety-one
percent of the ones on terminals reportedly complained of eyestrain, while
only 60 percent of the nonterminal users did.
How to reply to such complaints? Follow the lighting and glare
suggestions outlined earlier and consider rest breaks or alternating VDT and
non-VDT tasks. And educate your workers—ideally before you hire them.

Page 194

Let them know you’re doing all you can to reduce the risks. “I have a
selfish interest in this, too, you know,” you can tell them once they’re
working for you. “The lousier your eyes get, the more errors you’ll make.
Which hurts me.”
Then hand them cards with a good ophthalmologist’s name on it—or
perhaps several possibilities—and say: “Make an appointment. We’ll pay
for it.” Why should a company invest thousands or millions of dollars in
computer maintenance without worrying about other work tools—
employees’ eyes? Have new employees’ eyes checked in these NIOSH-
approved ways, among others, during thorough examinations:

1. Refraction
2. Accommodation
3. Acuity
4. Color vision function
5. Degree of opacity of the lens
6. The possibility of a detached retina

Yearly, the doctor should test for refraction, acuity, and accommodation.
Make sure your health insurance covers bifocals and other glasses that
your employees wouldn’t need except for your CRT.

Page 195

CRTs: Should They Go Down the Tube?

Yes. Not immediately. But sooner or later. CRTs are harder on the eye
than the better flat screens will eventually be, and although scientists
haven’t proved that CRTs are a radiation threat, the small possibility
remains.
These bulky antiques, however, have been to the computer establishment
what gas guzzlers were to Detroit. The CRT isn’t the most promising kind
of computer screen—just the most entrenched.[47]
Admittedly, CRTs have improved to the point where some pocket-sized
TVs can use them. But in compactness and low-power consumption, CRTs
will never rival the flat-screen displays.
“People will begin using flat-screen portables as regular desktops,” a
New York researcher correctly says.[48] Flat-screen computers may not be as
viewable now as the best CRT displays, but this may quickly change.
What’s more, flat-screen machines don’t hog desks as the Kaypro II-style
portables can. After all, the flat screens are essentially—flat. They don’t
need hefty transformers, moreover, and don’t burn out like old vacuum
tubes. CRTs are vacuum tubes. Low voltage is still another plus of most flat
screens. Not that CRTs are normally a shock hazard, but you’ll presumably
feel safer if you didn’t sit near a 20,000-volt gizmo flinging electrons
around inside some glass.
Also, as David LaGrande, an official with the Communications Workers
of America notes, flat screens may “eliminate the radiation danger, reduce
the risks for pregnant women.” And unless you spray a flat display with
radioactive material, it just won’t give you cancer.
Again, no one’s proved that CRTs will turn people’s bodies into tumor
farms. But why gamble? Your caution won’t hurt labor relations.
Flat screens, also, don’t flicker tiresomely as many CRTs do, and
someday they may boast more fully formed images than those from the
CRTs. So you might make fewer errors reading material from the screen.
The word “might” is important. Many liquid-crystal displays—LCDs,
like the wristwatch kind—showed much cruder images in 1984 than did
typical CRTs. The broken-up letters might bother you just like those from
the cheap dot-matrix printers.

Page 196

Also, some LCDs offered horrid contrast between the screen background
and your typing.
That was as of late 1984. Even cheap LCDs in the future could do away
with the breakup and contrast problems. Already the Japanese are selling
color TVs with LCDs.
Perfected, LCDs could make computerized offices brighter and cheerier.
They don’t glow. Rather, they reflect light, just like paper, so you needn’t
darken the office. In fact, light helps.[49]
And if LCDs don’t fully pan out? There’s yet another choice—
electropheretic screens, which may offer decent contrast and even beat
CRTs’ sharpness. Here’s the theory. A magnetic charge pushes tiny particles
to the surface of the screens, and patterns of particles form images.
These gizmos will tax your battery less than some other flat-screen
displays do. And listen to this: when you turn an electropheretic off, it
remembers. The images on your screen don’t vanish.
Now, combine that wrinkle with memory chips that use next to no power
and can be running all the time. And what do you have? A computer that
will automatically shut off without harm if you didn’t tap a key after a
certain stretch of time. Just like a calculator. So—battery makers, beware!
There are still other alternatives to CRTs. One is the electroluminescent
screen—used on the Grid Compass portable—which glows and is sharper
than the LCD. Electroluminescents in 1984, however, were far too
expensive for the average computer buyer; the Grid was selling for $4,250,
and much of that was the cost of the display. A second failing of
electroluminescent screens is that they’re electricity hungry. You can’t
operate them with miniature batteries.
Another LCD alternative is the plasma panel, which glows with a gas
mixture consisting mainly of neon. Plasmas don’t flicker. The characters are
sharp; the contrast, excellent. But backup circuitry has been expensive; and
even small plasmas, with the accompanying electronics, cost several
thousand dollars in 1984—a far cry from a $150 CRT monitor.
To sum up, the main advantages of flat screens are their lightness, low
power consumption in most cases, safety, lack of flicker, and very likely a
better view in the long run. As of late 1984 the trade-offs (at least in the
case of LCDs) were:

Page 197

▪ The broken-up, somewhat fuzzy letters and the low contrast between them
and the background.
▪ The need to have the display at just the right angle from you to get the
sharpest picture. This could get in the way if you were moving the LCD
to reduce glare.
▪ The comparatively slow speed with which letters or numbers appeared on
an LCD after you’ve typed.
▪ The general lack of full-sized 24-line screens with 80 columns. The Data
General portable debuted with 24 lines and a screen measuring 11 inches
diagonally—a welcome exception, even if the quality of the characters
still wasn’t good enough for heavy use.

Since many flat screens were on portables, there were other ergonomic
problems not related to the display technology per se. In late 1984, most
flat-screen portables lacked detachable keyboards. But the limitations of
LCDs were the main problems.
A reporter friend, banging out stories for his paper at times in the field,
told me he’s survived the 40-column, 8-line screen of the Radio Shack
Model 100 very well. But I’m not surprised. He’s also brooked that clunky
Select software, which gets in the way of corrections and insertions. Gene,
you see, apparently knows what he’s going to write—he needn’t watch the
screen as much. I wish I were as decisive. At any rate, what was right for
Gene wouldn’t necessarily be right for a clerk who’ll be at the keyboard
seven or eight hours a day.
No matter what hardware and software you end up with, don’t lose sight
of three goals, among others:

1. Getting the most work out of your people
2. Keeping them happy
3. Guarding your electronic files

Sometimes, alas, the easiest-to-use computers may be the ones most
vulnerable to computer crime and loss of important information—the
subjects of the next chapter.

Backups:

Page 198

◼ IX, Window Shopping, page 343.
◼ X, Of Mice and Men—and Touch Pads, Touch Screens Etc., page 346.

Page 199

10 Jewels that Blip

The words have a nasty metallic ring, as if to suggest helmeted
policemen with black jackets and billy clubs. Watch out: the “data security”
troopers are at the front door.
But a small business on the East Coast nowadays wishes it had enjoyed
more “data security.”
A fire melted its computer disks into plastic globs. The firm just missed
bankruptcy after losing several hundred thousand dollars’ worth of
information—everything from accounts receivable to tax records.
Scrambling to recover, salesmen leaned on customers for copies of old bills.
Arson? Maybe. A disgruntled worker may have short-circuited some
tangled wiring. Proof never came.
Either way, however, the incident was a powerful argument for “data
security”—the right kind.
It’s nothing more than trying to make sure that your computer and its
information are safe. This isn’t to advocate overkill. Don’t overprotect
nonsecrets or facts that you can easily duplicate; for instance, instead of
buying costly fireproof cabinets, you might simply keep backup disks at
another location—perhaps a more secure approach, anyway.
Why, however, do I say “trying” to make your computer and its
information “safe”? An ex-hacker, Ian (“Captain Zap”) Murphy, now a
computer security consultant, wisely observes: “You’re safe from average
crooks—they don’t envision a nice, mild-mannered human being working
at anything more than a souped-up typewriter. But you can never, never be
able to 100 percent secure a computer system. Even the most trusted user
could say, ‘F— the damn payroll,’ and destroy your records.”
But in the best of all worlds, your electronic files are safe, accurate, and
if need be, tamperproof and confidential. The equipment is sound. And so
are you and others working with it. You’ve shown good judgment. You’re
ideally safe not only from crooks but also your own blunders. You know

Page 200

you often can’t keep paper copies of all your electronic jewels, your
treasured business files, at least not without giving up the conveniences of
computerization. You have faith, then, that your green screen, at your
command, will display the right blips. I’m stretching the meaning of the
word “blips” to emphasize the transitory nature of what you see on the
screen. Without your stashing it away on a disk or otherwise—and without
your making an electronic backup—it may be lost forever.
The unlucky owner of the East Coast company will never see his blips
again because he violated a major precept of data security. He stored his
original disks and his copies in the same room—the one with the fire.
“The remark at all times in cases like this is ‘Why didn’t the dealer tell
me?‘” says Harold Joseph Highland, a top computer crime consultant and
author of Protect Your Microcomputer System (John Wiley & Sons, 1984).
A store can only sell you a computer, not common sense. Nor can this
chapter impart it to you. It can, however, pound away at the elements of
data security—people, policies, hardware, and software. They go together,
these four. And so do the criminal and noncriminal parts of data security. If
you’ve lost control of your computer files and don’t know what’s normal,
you’ll hardly notice the abnormal. You’ll never thwart a computerized
embezzler, for instance, with a gun. You will with good software. Buy it and
errors in your electronic files may leap out at you. May. Remember
Canyes’s Law of Computing: “Sooner or later you’ll feel like killing
yourself.”
In other places I’ve written about good software and other mundane ways
to make yourself less suicidal. And here, too, you’ll read of everyday
calamities like coffee spilled on floppy disks. But this is also the fun
chapter, the one with the stories about errant whiz kids and a computer
crook who supposedly stole $8 million and got away with it.
Each of their sins met Harold Joseph Highland’s definition of a
computer-related crime. They were “committed using a computer as a tool.”
“In other words,” explains Highland, who has taught computer science at
the State University of New York, “you use the computer to get to financial
records. Or to get to software if you’re illegally copying software.”
Estimates of the size of the threat have ranged from the double-digit
millions up to over $5 billion a year. This uncertainty has sparked a feud
between the icebergers and some computer makers.

Page 201

Highland is an iceberger. He says that reported computer-related crimes
are “just the tip of the iceberg,” that the annual loot is at least $750 million
and more likely reaches the billions. Another expert wrote a crime article
livened up with a drawing of the Titanic. Meanwhile, the Computer and
Business Equipment Manufacturers Association pooh-poohs all but the
more conservative estimates. “Computer crime is not now, never has been,
and never will be out of control,” an association official once said, “unless
security is completely ignored. And that is not going to happen.”
“If that’s your opinion, sir,” counters Captain Zap, the computer felon
now working as a security consultant, “why are fourteen-year-olds getting
on defense networks? And what about adult criminals doing their thing on
banks?”
Also, how about computer crimes against small business?
“No one’s going to find out why Joe Blow goes out of business,” says
Ken Churbuck, a New Hampshire lawyer and former computer engineer,
who believes that electronic crime may be the downfall of many more small
businessmen than supposed. “You think Joe Blow can afford an
investigation? You think anyone else wants to autopsy the corpse?”
Large business or small, however, don’t swear off computers and buy
quill pens for your accountants. You may or may not get robbed
electronically, but you’ll very possibly lose money if you cheat yourself of
the benefits of computerization.
Although computer crooks may be difficult quarry at times, at least you
can console yourself that they’re normally not geniuses.
Consider a story from Highland. The law caught up with one crook—
presumably more knowledgeable about computers than banks—after he
asked a teller to cash seven identically dated checks made out to him. The
embezzler had simply learned how to take advantage of a feature in the
check-printing program. It allowed checks to be reprinted in the event of
mistakes; only his stupidity offset this programming error.
“You don’t have to be knowledgeable,” Highland says. “You can be an
absolute idiot and try a computer-related crime.”
Some of the victims, alas, show their own streaks of naïveté. One small
business lost thousands of dollars to a bookkeeper who funneled it to
relatives’ firms via phony invoices. Such crimes happen with or without
computers. But the company begged for trouble here by retaining an
accountant old-fashioned enough to have felt at home alongside Scrooge

Page 202

and Cratchitt. Computers baffled him but not the embezzler, who knew of
this vulnerability.
Executives at big corporations needn’t be smug about such grass-roots
examples.
Many large companies, for instance, have reduced the crooks’ risks in
computerized crime by auditing samples instead of everything—pulling one
hundred checks, perhaps, out of a batch of four thousand. The young man
trying to cash his seven duplicates worked for a large West Coast firm given
to quick and dirty sampling; just tote up the odds of catching him through
an audit if he’d been smart enough to go to different banks. Ideally, at least,
your system should flag quirks like the seven checks.
You can also complicate life for computer crooks by studying classic
cases of the past.
Mostly the criminals sinned with or against large computers. And yet
eternal truths linger on even in the micro-mini age. In fact, some mainframe
cases may mean even more to the desktop crowd today, with so many small
computers hooked up as terminals on large systems. You might also say
giant machines are acquiring plenty of pygmy siblings—joined Siamese
style with them at the brains. And the big and small machines aren’t just
wired together by phone or otherwise. Increasingly, mainframes are sending
electronic copies to micros outside data-processing departments. What’s
more, in power and capabilities, the pygmies are matching some big IBMs
and Univacs of yore.
So whether you’re using a $1,000 Apple or a $100,000 mini, you’ll come
out ahead knowing about the Golden Oldies of computer crime.
Computer consultants, especially Donn Parker, a prominent expert with
the SRI think tank in Menlo Park, California, have labeled various offenses.
[50]

Page 203

Data Diddling

When a time-keeping clerk hoodwinked a railroad, he committed the
most tried-and-tested computer crime: data diddling.
That’s just jargon for fiddling with data before or during entry into the
machine.
The culprit’s duties included filling out time forms for three hundred
employees, and he learned that someone had shown a fit of
absentmindedness in setting up a computer system storing pay and hour
records. The railroad put workers’ names as well as their identification
numbers into the computer. But the machine used only the numbers to track
down names and addresses to print on checks. Manually processing the
forms, however, humans normally ignored the computer numbers. They
actually had the gall to think of the workers just by their names.
Wheels turned in the clerk’s head. Why not sneak in overtime pay by
using other people’s names on the paper forms but his own number for the
myopic computer? And so his income increased by several thousand dollars
each year.[51]
The clerk’s end came only when an auditor by chance looked over W-2
forms and asked why the railroad had been so generous toward the man.
Confronted, the clerk confessed. There’s a moral here: if you have a
timekeeping and payroll system, don’t rely on ID numbers alone. Attach to
them the first few letters of workers’ names. Also, include a cross-
comparison of names and numbers in your auditing procedure.
Today scattered terminals—or micros or minis used as them—make data
diddling as tempting as ever. A police officer in an eastern city told me
criminals had walked into the offices of used-car lots, sneaked in a few
minutes on terminals there, and altered financial records in a credit bureau’s
computer.
Forget about the mystique of computer crime. People have been diddling
credit bureau files for years by changing or deleting paper records.
Machines and lack of paper records in some cases just make their work
easier and faster.

Page 204

The Trojan Horse

A comely woman at a New England firm was the victim of what might
loosely be called a computerized sex crime.
“She would be doing her electronic paperwork,” Tracy Kidder said in
Soul of a New Machine, “when suddenly everything would go haywire, all
her labor would be spoiled, and on the screen of her cathode-ray tube would
appear cold, lascivious suggestions.” Someone had electronically wheeled
in a Trojan horse—hidden unauthorized instructions in the computer’s
program.
The “sex crime” kept up daily for several weeks, leading an executive to
observe that the villain must have “the mentality of an assassin.” It was
unfair. Young computer whizzes at the company played horse pranks on
each other all the time. But this victim couldn’t strike back. Gallantly, the
woman’s bosses set electronic traps to learn from which terminal the
masher was mashing. The villain, though, was too nimble. “At one time,”
said Kidder, “he made his escape by bringing to an abrupt halt the entire
system on which most of the engineer departments relied.” Finally, one of
the woman’s protectors chatted casually with a suspect about the
computer’s wondrous vulnerabilities to pranks. The obscenities and glitches
stopped.
This Trojan horse was just a prankster’s, but the company may have
squandered thousands of dollars in human and computer time to kill it off.
Consider, too, the company—Data General, the mini maker that Kidder
admired.
Imagine a serious saboteur wheeling his horse into the computer of a
company without the same knowhow.
It happens. Donn Parker says Trojan horse tricks are “the most common
method in computer-based frauds and sabotage.” A horse, in fact, may have
shown up in the first federally prosecuted computer crime in Minneapolis in
the 1960s. A programmer told an IBM 1404 to drop an unflattering series of
bytes about his personal checking account—overdrawn.
Trojan horses are more of a mainframe and mini problem than a micro
one. Normally, professional programmers don’t run desktop computers.

Page 205

But as computer literacy spreads, this might not matter so much, and
besides, unsecured micros make such easy nuts to crack. “They’re peanuts,”
Highland says, “not butternuts.” Most micro systems today lack electronic
console logs—requiring operator ID numbers—that some bigger computers
have to tell who did what on the machines. In other words, there’s no audit
trail. John Lewis, an FBI agent teaching a course on computer crime, told
me, “I can write a perfectly error-free payroll program on a micro, load it in
from a disk, and run it. But I modify one or two lines in there, saying,
‘When you find John Lewis’s name, add $1,000 to net pay.’” You can even
have the program zap the evidence immediately after the crime.
Significantly, too, you can reprogram a micro in a fraction of the time you’d
need on a mainframe.
And in the future the micros, while retaining their ease of programming,
will develop more electronic nooks and crannies in which to hide horses.
And what about the micros already hooked in at times with the big
computers or using down-loaded data from them? If a saboteur or con man
is giving fits to the giant machines, then the pygmy machines may suffer
along.

Page 206

The Salami Trick

You just can’t make sense of your savings account statement. No matter
what you do, it’s a nickel off. You don’t, however, pursue the matter—not
over five cents.
All over your city your fellow depositors are thinking similarly.
A computer crook, meanwhile, is growing rich.
The nickels, dimes, whatever, add up. He works at the bank and has
programmed its computer to round interest downward, for instance, rather
than upward. The sliced-off money goes into a dummy account. From
hundreds of cheated customers, maybe thousands, he’s amassing enough
over the years for a new Buick. He may even have told the computer to
steal prudently and not clip anyone more than twice a year.
It’s the old salami trick, an MO of countless embezzlers inside and
outside the computer world—ranging from pudgy, fat-bottomed drones to
glamour figures in Hollywood and on Wall Street.
An amusing salami tale comes from Thomas Whiteside’s brilliant New
Yorker series on computerized crime. The name “Zwanda” did the crook in.
Programming for a mail-order sales company, he rounded down sales-
commission accounts and diverted the loot to a dummy account for a
“Zwanda.” The “Z” name made sense. The computer worked alphabetically,
and he could more easily guide the money to the end account.
“The system,” Whiteside says, “worked perfectly for three years, and
then it failed—not because of a logical error on the culprit’s part but
because the company, as a public-relations exercise, decided to single out
the holders of the first and last sales-commission accounts on its
alphabetical list for ceremonial treatment.
“Thus, Zwanda was unmasked, and his creator fired.”
Could Zwandas show up in your company’s microcomputer—not just
mainframes? Perhaps. It’s no less likely than the micro case mentioned
earlier in which the bookkeeper was paying bogus bills from his relatives’
firms.
Of course, in the case of a micro, the trouble probably will be not in the
way the program is written but in how it’s set. Most micros, after all, use
off-the-shelf software.

Page 207

Superzapping

It’s named after the “superzap” program used on some large IBM
computers.
“Superzap” is known among the pros as a break-glass program, the kind
you use in emergencies to change or divulge the computer’s contents. It can
bypass all security controls. You can also think of superzapping another
way. The computer is a high-rise building, and this program is a master key
to all the apartments or offices inside. Pity the building manager if a thief
can counterfeit the key.
Donn Parker, the source of those comparisons, says a New Jersey bank
lost $128,000 to superzaps.
The crook was none other than the bank’s manager of computer
operations. He first superzapped legitimately to change errors in accounts as
his superiors asked. The main program wasn’t working—hence, the
superzapping. The bank was upgrading its computer system, the glitches
kept piling up, and the operations manager zapped again and again,
discovering the joys of ignoring the normal controls. The usual electronic
logs and journals just didn’t show his actions.
So, he decided, why not zap away the barriers to shifting the money to
the accounts of three friends?
The bank learned of the crime only after a customer saw that his own
money wasn’t adding up right.
Superzaps like this, of course, are simply special breeds of Trojan horses,
just as the salami tricks can be. Like the horses, the zaps aren’t so much a
micro crime now. They’re more of a mini and mainframe one, but watch out
for the future when garden-variety crooks are more learned and micros are
more like the bigger computers.

Page 208

The Trap-Door Trick

A trap door—or back door—normally is just a shortcut into the
program, bypassing the normal security systems, meant as a debugging aid.
Once the writers have a program up and running, they should get rid of the
door. Large programs are so complicated that programmers sometimes
leave the doors in as an emergency way for them to get back in if the main
passwords are lost or the computer “hangs up.” David Lightman, the
teenage hacker in the movie WarGames, used the trap-door ploy to
penetrate a Defense Department computer and almost caused a nuclear
Armageddon.
In a real-life example mentioned by Parker, some automobile engineers
in Detroit called up a computer service bureau in Florida, found a trap door,
and could “search uninhibitedly” for privileged passwords.
“They discovered the password of the president of the time-sharing
company and were able to obtain copies of trade-secret computer programs
that they proceeded to use free of charge.”
The electronic thievery didn’t stop until the company found out
accidentally. And it never learned how many other crooks were rummaging
around inside the computer.
Once again, this form of crime isn’t so much a worry for the desktop set
as for those using bigger machines. At least for now.

Page 209

The Logic Bomb

Heard the old joke about the Washington speech writer at odds with his
boss? It’s a favorite story among journalists and other wordsmiths.
The aide was tired of drudge work for a dumb, lazy but electable
congressman who didn’t even read the immortal prose ahead of time.
One day the politician, a square-jawed, movie-actorish man, was
mellifluously speaking on the House floor. As usual, he was fresh to the
material. But his rendition overwhelmed everyone, from the pols to the
pages, to the tourists in the galleries. He knew he was on his way to the
White House.
With actorlike polish he intonated through the third page, including the
last sentence:
“And now, let the words ring out, loud and clear, to all corners of the
earth—to our friends, to our foes, across every ocean, every mountain. You
purblind piece of excrement, I quit, and you’re on your own.”
The fourth page, of course, was blank.
Malicious programmers must nod and wink when they hear the story.
For the speech writer had just the right kind of temperament to hide a
logic bomb—a computer glitch that explodes, so to speak, only under
certain conditions.
The conditions in the Washington joke were clear. The congressman
mustn’t read the speech to himself beforehand—something inevitable. He
was dependably lazy. Nor must he understand the speech; no problem,
certainly, for he was dumb about everything all the time. Above all,
however, if this bomb were to “kill,” he must be embarrassable. And that’s
why the bomb in a sense just maimed him—because, like most politicians,
he never blushed.
In a real-life story told by Parker, a payroll programmer hid a bomb to
erase the entire personnel file if he ever got fired—that is, if his own name
ever vanished from it.

Page 210

Simulation and Modeling

A crooked accountant embezzled a million dollars using simulation.
On his own computer he set up a mock version of the victim company’s
accounting and general ledger. Then he could figure out how his thefts
would show up on the company’s electronic books—and how to cover up
the crime.

Page 211

Scavenging

A Texan ripped off oil companies through computerized scavenging.
He used a computer time-sharing service bureau, the same one as the oil
companies. This thief read scratch tapes—temporary storage tapes without
the safeguards protecting the main ones—by phone off the service’s
computer. He was stealing secret seismic information to sell to the oilmen’s
competitors.
Finally, however, the service bureau caught on.
A worker there had grown curious. Why did a red “read” light glow at
bizarre times? How come the customer was prowling through the tapes
before entering his own data? Parker says a “simple investigation” ended
the electronic scam.
Scavenging can be physical, too—nothing more complicated than
rummaging through old trash barrels for printouts.

Page 212

Data Leakage

“Hidden in the central processors of many computers used in the Vietnam
War,” Parker says, “were miniature radio transmitters capable of
broadcasting the contents of the computers to a remote receiver.
“They were discovered when the computers were returned to the United
States from Vietnam.”
It was a data-leakage problem—defined by Parker and other pros as the
removal of data or copies of it from a computer or a computer center.
Culprits can even smuggle out secrets by hiding them in apparently routine
reports. “Data leakage,” he says, “might be conducted through use of Trojan
horse, logic bomb, and scavenging methods.”
You don’t have to be in the Vietcong or KGB, of course, to spy on a
computer by radio. Today a smart snoop can walk casually into your
computer area and leave behind a miniature transmitter—perhaps hooked
up to the maze of wires that snake under the floor of many modern offices.
“I could then find out everything that you were sending for a year,” says
Harold Joseph Highland, “which is the life of the unit I could transmit with.
I could buy it for
9.50 from any of the large supply houses. There’s one more expensive
that will transmit up to five miles away. With the forty-buck one I can park
across from the building and keep a tape recorder going.”

Page 213

Wiretapping

Some say it’s rare in the computer world. The thinking goes, There are
easier ways to steal. Why tap when so often you can just call up your
victim’s computer and be greeted with a friendly electronic whine?
But don’t count on wiretapping not existing.
Your local radio store carries cheap equipment usable for tappers.
And electronic banking and new computer services will grow, making
wiretapping more tempting. A security consultant, J. Michael Nye, opened
an unlocked closet of the second floor of an office building in Hagerstown,
Maryland, and pointed to the telephone wires inside. “See these?” he asked
me. “They’re hooked up to a bank’s computer. If you wanted to change the
amount of money in a deposit, you could attach a portable computer and no
one might be the wiser.”
The wiretapping threat may increase because of the break-up of the Bell
system—as more and more repair people parade in and out of wire closets.
You might be able to get around the threat, or at least reduce it, by
electronically scrambling the messages you transmit over the phone wires.
For the moment, don’t let fear of wiretapping obsess you unless, say,
you’re routinely transferring millions of dollars via computer.

Page 214

Piggybacking and Impersonation

It’s bone cold outside, the stranger looks harmless, and you let him in as
you unlock the doors of your apartment building one night. The next day all
the old ladies in the lobby are talking about a burglary.
You fret. Rightly. You may have let a criminal succeed in piggybacking
his way behind you into the building.
It’s happening, too, in computer rooms, which crooks use similar tricks to
enter.
That’s physical piggybacking. The electronic kind, rare, can happen this
way. You punch in a password or key on your terminal and hook up with the
computer, unaware that the piggybacker has a hidden terminal connected to
the same phone line. Perhaps you haven’t signed off properly. The computer
keeps the connection going, and the piggybacker “rides” on.
Impersonation is what it sounds like, and it can be physical or
electronic.
Leslie D. Ball, a Massachusetts consultant and college professor, once
illustrated computers’ vulnerabilities to such tricks. “Why is it more
difficult to rob a bank of $2,500 than to steal millions from its computer?”
he asked, and quickly answered the question.[52]
“During a security consulting project at an Atlantic City hotel,” Ball said,
“I spent the evening with an associate in the casino. At about eleven p.m.
we headed for our rooms, but the elevator stopped where the computer
center was located, and we decided to look around. The door marked
‘Computer Center—No Admittance’ was locked but had a bell beside it. A
computer operator opened the door when we rang, letting us in without a
word. For the next ten minutes we wandered through the center without
speaking to the operators on duty.” In effect, by acting as if they belonged
in the room, Ball and the associate were impersonating authorized people.
“Finally,” he recalled, “we said, ‘Thank you’ and left. They were lucky we
were not disgruntled heavy losers!”
A real impersonator, an ex-college professor named Stanley Mark Rifkin,
passed himself off as a bank branch manager to steal $10.2 million. He
bought diamonds in Switzerland. The law caught up with him only because,
like many bright, cocky computer crooks, he bragged. That wasn’t all.

Page 215

“While awaiting trial,” Ball says, “he attempted a fifty-million-dollar
transaction from another bank. When apprehended, Rifkin told a reporter
that he thought he finally had all the bugs worked out.”
Rifkin was just another example of an ordinary man using legally
acquired skills to commit an illegal act.
However smart, and despite his background as a computer science
professor-consultant, he was hardly a genius. “Master criminal?” asked H.
Michael Snell, a publisher who’d dealt with him.[53] “I could sooner imagine
a smoking gun in the hands of Winnie the Pooh. In fact, Stan resembled
Pooh Bear: short, stocky, paunchy from too much good food and wine, a
deeply receding hairline above an intelligent, sloping forehead. Quiet,
unassuming, not the kind of guy who’d stand out at a cocktail party.” Rifkin
was good at puzzles, at problem solving, but as Snell and others agree,
that’s true of all talented programmers. You could say the same, too, of first-
rate accountants and engineers. Rifkin’s case made me think of Hannah
Arendt’s phrase about Adolph Eichmann, applied not to the Nazis but to
garden-variety crooks within the computer field: “the banality of evil.”
Rifkin’s take happened to be larger than most. But his mind-set was the
same.
Snell said, “He shared the dreams of many academics who feel blocked
from great success and wealth, and he loved ‘get-rich-quick’ stories, such as
a friend who struck gold in California real estate or the Silicon Valley’s
overnight millionaires.”
Greed, however, isn’t the only motive. “People who like computers are
games people,” John Lewis, the FBI agent, told me, “and they like
challenges. It’s ‘me against the machine.’ You give them a computer and
say you can do anything but that, and that’s the first thing they’re going to
do. You go back to the Book of Genesis in the Bible where God said, ‘You
can do anything in the Garden of Eden but eat from that tree,’ and what’s
the first thing people did?” We were in a windowless, fluorescent-lit room
at the FBI Academy in Quantico, Virginia, where Lewis lectured on
computer crime. He looked at a fellow instructor, a tall, alert man who
started out in the bureau not as an agent but as a programmer. “I’ve seen
Ken get ahold of material. Like this one program that said it couldn’t be
copied. Now he didn’t care what the program did. The first thing he did was
copy it. Because they said he couldn’t do it. And he did it.”

Page 216

I thought of John and Ken three weeks later when I picked up a copy of
Technology Illustrated magazine.
A stranger in Quantico, Virginia, it seemed, was dialing up the electronic
bulletin boards on which computer pranksters sometimes left messages. The
bulletin boards were a form of electronic mail. Callers could write out their
thoughts for friends or anyone checking up on the highest-numbered
entries. The mysterious computer dialer from Quantico, however, would
just read, never send. Aware of the FBI Academy’s location, one of the
pranksters posted a friendly suggestion on a board.
He invited the Quantico caller to subscribe to the TAP newsletter—said
to be “to phone phreaks what the Wall Street Journal is to stockbrokers.”
TAP stands for a group named the Technology Assistance Program, a
successor to Youth International Party Line (YIPL), whose own radical
pedigree goes back to Abbie Hoffman’s Yippies. “Al Bell” and Hoffman
started YIPL. It was a high-tech display of Hoffman’s Steal This Book
philosophy, there being, however, a serious problem, one shared by society
at large. The technocrats usurped the politicians.
They were, reportedly, “more interested in blue boxing Ma Bell than in
pushing politics.” Cheshire Catalyst, who was editing the TAP newsletter
when I talked to him, said, “You don’t have to be a phone phreak to read us
—but it helps.”
Lindsay L. Baird, Jr., a tough, no-nonsense consultant with famous
corporate clients, told me TAP was a serious threat. “They’re now using
micro systems to test the 800 numbers methodically to see which ones have
computers on them,” he said of some TAP people. The corporate computers
whine their strange mating call no matter who dials up, saying
electronically, “I am here, I am a computer, I am ready.” You might say
they’re like an unlocked, unattended BMW left with the motor running in
New York City. And Baird claimed, rightly or not, that TAP has some
political zealots mixed in with the technocrats and that they could indulge
in large-scale computer zapping over the next few years.
The TAPpers’ side was this: they illegally logged on to networks like
Telenet and the feds’ because they couldn’t stand seeing expensive
computer time go unused. “Nobody wants to pool it as a computer utility
and make it available to everyone because it would probably not make a
profit,” groused “A. Ben Dump” in the newsletter. Cheshire portrayed TAP
to High Technology as basically just pranksters, at least in his case. “Good

Page 217

grief!” Cheshire once ghost-wired to a Telex machine; “I seem to have
reached Adelaide, Australia. This is just a computer hacker in the United
States out for a good time.” The TAPpers said they were against the Bell
bureaucracy, not America at large, and, in fact, censored an article
submitted to their newsletter telling how to build an H-bomb. “Among
other things,” Cheshire worried, “anyone using that technology is going to
take out the phone network.” I still wondered. Would TAP have printed the
article if a way existed to H-bomb the countryside without toppling any
microwave towers?

■ ■ ■

Hacking: An Addiction to Be “Squelched”?
With WarGames-style break-ins in mind, someone once called
hacking an addiction to be squelched.
That’s wrong. Hacking is more an addiction to be tamed.
The term “hacking,” perhaps born at M.I.T., just means someone
who hacks away at computer problems until he solves them. Many
hackers for some reason or another love Chinese food. Sooner or
later a computer-crime expert will link computer addiction to ODing
on monosodium glutamate.
Cheshire Catalyst is a prototypical hacker in many ways. He’s a
thin, bearded man in his twenties, extrapolite, who, when I saw
him, was in Washington for an aeronautics and space gathering
and wore a Space Shuttle tie and an Apple pin. His nickname
indeed came from the grinning, vanishing cat in Alice’s Adventures
in Wonderland. Proudly he told me how his clock ran
counterclockwise. Cheshire said he hoped someday to meet
another backward-clock buff, Grace Hopper, a distinguished
military officer who helped give the world the COBOL computer
language.
Cheshire might find even more of a soulmate in Steve Wozniak,
the Apple cofounder, who is perhaps one of the world’s leading
hackers—in addition to having been a phone phreak in his time.
“Woz” and a friend snooped on computers across America. The
friend was John Drapper, a bearded, somewhat maniacal-looking

Page 218

man who earned the nickname Cap’n Crunch because he used
prize whistles from cereal boxes to steal free long-distance calls by
way of a tone at exactly the right frequency. Later, Crunch wrote
the EasyWriter word-processing program used on the Apple and
later the IBM PC.
On balance Cheshire thinks that hackers do more good than
harm. “Let’s say you have money in a bank,” he says. “Wouldn’t
you rather that a hacker get into its computer than a criminal did?
He could warn the bank. If I had money at a bank, I’d feel safer
with hackers checking out security.”
Well, it depends. Some hackers are nothing more than electronic
vandals. Some are a privacy threat; they’re doing the equivalent of
spying on mail and tapping phones.
Still, talented hackers may become real assets to corporations.
They’ll care infinitely more about your computer system—and all its
quirks—than will programmers working nine to five for the money
alone. Just a little oversimplistically it’s been said that you can
befriend a hacker merely by supplying a computer with enough
RAM, encouragement, a long leash, and lots of chow mein.

■ ■ ■

The TAPpers, depending on your viewpoint, came across in Technology as
reassuringly or distressingly middle class. Cheshire at the time of the article
was teaching computer skills at a large corporation. “VAX-man”[54] worked
as a computer programmer, “The Librarian” as a systems analyst, and
another was, of all things, a middle manager for a defense contractor;
indeed, every member reportedly boasted a technical background. Most, I
suspect, perhaps nearly all, didn’t see themselves as criminals.
“We’re just an information service for the people,” said one.
Well, okay. Maybe it’s good that if G-men want to bone up on the latest
electronic tricks, they need only log on to hackers’ bulletin boards and read
the TAP newsletter. Still, how many crooks have the same idea?
TAP’s another indication that for the criminally greedy the “data cookie
jar,” as it’s been called, is out there.
Lindsay Baird scoffs at computer trade associations’ efforts to play down
the problem. And he fires back with statistics of his own. “I’ve worked on

Page 219

thirty-five or forty cases,” he says, “and only one was reported to
authorities.” The loot ranged from $40,000 to $29 million. And Baird,
dismayed that some computer criminals’ sentences are more shoplifterlike
than adequate, jokes, “My wife tells me I ought to commit a crime.”
“The security problems with computing systems in the 1960s was like a
balloon deflated,” he says, “and you could hold it in your hand. But now it’s
like a huge balloon inflated. Or a big bowl of Jell-O.
“You just can’t handle it now, and the manufacturers have got to be
concerned.”
Of course you should remember that most corporate data are far from
sensitive, that only the most self-important executive would view
everything as a national-security secret. Also, Baird is hardly hurting his
bank account in sounding the computer-crime alarm. Still, he’s basically
right in saying that computer buyers with sexy data of interest to thieves
now may have three choices:

1. Burden programmers and others with electronic versions of heavy
padlocks.
2. Keep their computer systems easy to use—and vulnerable. (“Then you’re
going to get raped.”)
3. Compromise. (“You get half raped.”)

Baird doesn’t blame just the manufacturers for some computers’ sievelike
leaks. “Business isn’t willing to pay the price to secure systems,” he says—
a complaint echoed in effect by the Computer and Business Equipment
Manufacturers Association (CBEMA). It acknowledges the present clash
between security and ease of use of computer systems. “If a computer could
be designed with various levels of security as options, computer security
might well be a marketable commodity,” said a statement from CBEMA to
a trade magazine. In recent years there has been much more research in this
area, and when 32-bit micros become the norm, it will be much easier to
beef up security.
When crimes do happen on existing systems, they’re often covered up by
top executives panicky over going to court or jail.
How’d you like to be the chairman of a corporation faced with an ugly
data-security scandal—and the possibility of a stockholders suit? You
needn’t be in the scandal personally. Your stockholders could charge you

Page 220

with malfeasance, if not misfeasance, for letting it happen. So could the
Securities and Exchange Commission and other feds. When companies
hush up computer crimes, it’s not necessarily for high-minded reasons such
as protecting assets by playing down vulnerability to electronic crime.
Consider Baird’s experiences.
Called to a New England firm to do routine theft prevention, Baird
merrily put himself on the payroll—not to steal but to demonstrate system
weaknesses.
“I also,” he says, “nicked the vice-president for participating in a
$400,000-a-year kickback.”
At another company, an accounting firm did the books at year’s end and
had to make an adjustment of $1.2 million. “Then,” said Baird, “we went in
some more and really did a number on that company. And we came up with
$4.5 million in proven losses. And it all had to do with their computer
system.”
But, you’re wondering, how about that crook who stole $8 million and
got away with it?
The story—perhaps apocryphal but told in the sedate Smithsonian
magazine—is that bank officials confronted the thief in a restaurant over
breakfast.
He coolly confessed. If they tried to jail him, why he’d blow the whistle
on the bank’s vulnerable computer system. And it would cost more than $8
million to fix.
So the bank officials just asked him to step down quietly.
Leaving the table, the crook smiled.
“I’ll keep the eight million,” he said, “but I’ll pick up the tab for
breakfast.”
Definitely, then, Donn Parker was on target when he once called
computer security “first and last a people problem.”

Page 221

People and Policies: Working with the Right Ones

Honest, loyal employees are more important than the latest security
gizmos. Use common sense. Beware of the $26,000-a-year programmer
who suddenly acquires a posh home and a sports-car collection. Don’t pry.
But don’t shut your eyes, either.
Start with a sensible hiring policy. Decide on the questions you want to
ask applicants and their references—about the prospective employees’
backgrounds and characters. Then bounce them off your legal department.
The rule of thumb is that you won’t get in trouble if the questions are
related to the job. IBM has said it doesn’t even ask applicants about their
ages or marital statuses. If there aren’t legal obstacles, you might invest $25
in a credit-bureau check of a keypunch clerk but perhaps several hundred
dollars for a top programmer. Keep in mind the notorious lack of reliability
of many reporting services. Check for criminal records when hiring for
responsible positions. A Maryland hospital didn’t. It hired a convicted
embezzler, a computer operator who later diddled $40,000 out of the
system.
Granted, there are occasions when you might knowingly hire an ex-con
to give him a chance. But ask the normal questions. What’s he done to
justify your trust since his sentencing? What are your risks? How much
could he steal, and how?
Whomever you hire—ex-cons, Harvard grads, or combinations of the
two—know how to respond to the common criminal motives.
Jay BloomBecker, a top computer crime expert, sums up one of the main
motives by quoting the title of a collection of Doonesbury comic strips: But
the Trust Fund Was Just Sitting There.
Reduce the temptation. Let your people know there’ll be surprise audits
—and mandatory vacations. A thief busy slicing salami might be loath to
take too much time off, lest his or her replacement catch on to what’s
happening. Likewise, consider rotating duties every few months and also
divvying them. People who write checks with computers, for example,
ideally won’t be the ones approving them; in a small business, of course,
this might not be possible.

Page 222

The old need-to-know policy, of which the military is so fond, may also
increase the criminals’ risks—by increasing the need for collusion. This,
too, isn’t always possible, and it could boomerang. If employees aren’t
supposed to know what their colleagues are doing, maybe a thief would
actually have less chance of being noticed.
Also, tell people that stealing—even small amounts from a large
company—will hurt. If you can’t prove how it will hurt the corporation
noticeably, then you’d better make a good case that it will hurt them.
Pretend you’re a department store warning the nimble fingered: “All will be
prosecuted.” Well, within bounds. You needn’t fire and prosecute a thirty-
year man because he once used a company micro to calculate his average
golf score.
But do remind your employees of the applicable theft-of-service laws,
larceny ones, and others.
Not that electronic theft is your only problem. Whiteside tells of a
computer-ridden North Carolinian, working for an insurance firm, who
reportedly shot a handgun several times at the hated machine. And Harold
Joseph Highland offers another cautionary tale. Executives at an East Coast
firm fired a crabby woman, then returned the next Monday to find its
floppies sliced apart with a paper cutter. They never proved her guilt.
Regardless, someone moved the blade up and down, costing the company
several hundred thousand dollars in time reentering the paper versions of
the records into the computer. And that doesn’t even include the orders
canceled by customers angry over the delay. In yet another story, a
disgruntled worker short-circuited a terminal by urinating on it.
“Hire well,” says Jack Bologna, an expert on the “people” side of
computer security, summing up ways to avoid such traumas. “Pay fairly,
praise people for good work, give them opportunities for advancement, and
make them feel comfortable talking over their problems.”
Remember that the line can fuzz between outright sabotage and simple
sloppiness induced by poor morale.
If there’s a disaster and you’re not sure if it’s accidental or deliberate,
however, don’t be too quick to point your finger. You may find it chopped
off with a lawsuit filed by your suspect, perhaps for less than $1,000, while
your firm must spend several times that to defend itself. Unjustified
accusations, also, hurt morale and may even add to security problems.
And if you do prove theft or sabotage?

Page 223

Act. Don’t cover up. Rather, cover yourself—legally. Tell your boss what
happened. If you’re mum and someone else reports the crime, your superior
may consider you among the guilty. Also, don’t discount the possibility that
your boss may himself be either guilty or a part of a cover-up because he
fears a stockholders’ suit. You may have no choice but to report him to his
boss. Press for an independent audit committee if you’re powerful enough
and if the size of the crime justifies one.
Should you fire someone for a computer-related offense, do it artfully.
“If they’re in a critical job position, help them clean out their desk,
collect their ID card and any office keys, and walk them to the door or to
the personnel department,” says Timothy A. Schabeck, who edits Corporate
and Computer Fraud Digest with Jack Bologna. The FBI’s Lewis says as
much.
If you do prefer instant firing, follow Schabeck’s advice to provide
counseling and severance pay. And soften the blow, too, by warning
everyone, when hired, that your axes are quick and sharp.
Mightn’t instant firing, however, be brutal, anyway? Well, it depends on
the amount of damage that a discharged employee could inflict and on how
vindictive you perceive him to be. Ideally, you could minimize the damage
by having backup disks or tapes out of the your victim’s reach. Also
consider how successfully you can keep the fired employee from returning
to your computer—by ruse or otherwise? Is your office absolutely
physically secured? Can you trust guards or janitors working weekends not
to admit a familiar face?
It’s all a part of bridging the gap between policy and practices.
Don’t just wait until a crime to make your staff security conscious.
Too often, warns James A. Schweitzer, a Xerox security expert, people
protect information only if it’s on paper. He says, “There have been a
number of cases where tapes and disks have mysteriously disappeared from
places like desktops.” If need be, designate an employee to make sure
others have locked up right by the end of the day. In less than a minute,
using a floppy disk, a thief may duplicate hundreds of times as much
material as he could on a paper copier.
Worry, too, about your people’s use of modems—the gizmos that
transform your computers digital output into a whiny sound for the phone
lines.

Page 224

Don’t let them routinely keep sensitive material on disks that will play
back to savvy criminals who happen to dial in.
This especially applies to Winchesters. They’re the oxide-coated
aluminum disks that remain in the machine housing them, and they stash
away many times the amount of information on most plastic floppies. Now
imagine the delights awaiting a thief or snoop. Via your auto-answer
modem he could rifle thousands of pages of Winchestered documents. Such
electronic robberies needn’t happen, but until businesses get burned this
way, they will. So if you’re sharing an electronic spreadsheet or mailing list
with your branch office, do so if possible at a prearranged time during
business hours when you know who’s calling. Tell your people to do the
same.
You’ll also need a privacy policy—internal and external. Do you, for
instance, want salary information on a Winchester disk that any of your
company’s computer-users could read? And how about employees’ health
records? Good data security should protect your people as well as your
company. So limit your computerized records to the essential and tell your
executives not to use their home computers to bypass privacy laws.
Worry, too, about an external-privacy policy. Are you respecting the
rights of your customers, including those, who, by computer, may be
transmitting to your company their electronic jewels?
It isn’t just decency you want; it’s also good protection against suits,
whether from people or client companies.
Here again, set a firm policy against your people misusing their personal
micros. Alan F. Westin, a Columbia University professor of public law and
government, correctly warned in Popular Computing, “A financial officer
of a bank might store information about the life-style, habits, sexual
preferences and other personal behavior of large individual borrowers or
key corporate executives.” The banker might do this behind customers’
backs to help decide who was “stable” enough for loans.
You’ll also need a policy covering employees who use your computers
for, say, maintaining their church’s bingo books. Why not let them? It isn’t
the worst public relations. Some companies even allow their employees to
play games after hours, tapping into company systems from home, and you,
too, might experiment with this, provided it won’t add to your data-security
problems. Better a fringe benefit than a crime.

Page 225

On the other hand, you’ve got to draw the line somewhere. Can you
estimate how much this extracurricular use of your machines costs in wear
and tear—in, eventually, replacement costs? Feel your employees out on
this one if you’re running a small business or hold sway over a large one.
Would they rather enjoy computer privileges or better health insurance?
You might offer cafeteria-style fringe benefits, with computer use as one of
the options. Employees not selecting this choice might have to agree to it,
anyway, if you discovered them using a company computer for personal
purposes. This problem, of course, may lessen as the prices of small
computers plummet and their capabilities grow.
Whatever the form of potential crime—theft or otherwise—keep
remembering one of the basics of data security: It should cost neither more
money nor morale than justified.

Page 226

Hardware and Software

Now for advice on finding the most crookproof computers and programs.
Buy a micro with 16- or 32-bit word lengths and RAMs of 256K or more.
Those specifications will let you use more elaborate codes to protect
information. What’s more, they might be less cumbersome than codes on an
8-bit machine. Look, too, for electronic design that lets your computer
establish privilege levels—reachable through passwords. That way, Sally,
the new secretary, can start out getting into the computer only for word
processing. Helen, the payroll clerk, can have access to confidential salary
information but not a top-secret budget that doesn’t give her the raise she’s
been pestering you about. Questions exist about the effectiveness of
passwords and codes, at least when the thieves or snoops may be
sophisticated, but that’s another story. Most experts will tell you that
anything that can be coded can be cracked. The trick is to make it not worth
the criminals’ time and resources. Of course, the best safeguard is still the
simplest: locking up the disks and computer after you or your people are
through.
New minis, by the time you’re reading this, may all be 64 bit or higher.
They adapt to codes—and fancy electronic logs showing the kind of work
done on them—more easily than do micros. And they might justify other
costly security measures. Suppose, for instance, you want to follow the
many government agencies’ examples and pen in the tiny radio waves that
computers emit so that eavesdroppers can’t pick them up with sensitive
receivers. A micro fortified this way might cost perhaps $10,000. “What’s
the sense of doing that for what’s essentially a throwaway computer?” asks
Harold Joseph Highland. The “throwaway,” be assured, is an exaggeration,
but his point comes through.
Of course, don’t forget the disadvantages of minis.
Most machines at the mini level or above need professional
programmers, and that’s bad news if you’re trying to stay in complete
charge of your business.
Also, minis, because of their expense, normally won’t pay for themselves
unless they have at least several terminals.

Page 227

And the more terminals you have, the more “doors” through which
crooks can “walk.”
Still, you normally shouldn’t let security alone determine if you end up
with a micro or with a mini. Remember the warning earlier in this chapter
that security costs shouldn’t overwhelm you. How often, for instance, is
your information so sensitive that you’re worried about criminals lurking in
the bushes with the elaborate equipment needed to make sense of the tiny
waves your computer emits? Your data might not even justify use of codes.
I myself haven’t the slightest need for codes, user-privilege levels,
anything other than locking up my disks, since I’m essentially a small
businessman who is the sole operator of a micro.
Even the FBI doesn’t really worry about security on some computers. At
the time I visited the agency’s academy in Virginia, several little Radio
Shack models were purring away there—the same kind you’d buy off the
shelf. The micros’ software had passwords, but some agents could bypass
them, anyway, which wouldn’t be necessary, of course, since, in this case,
the FBI wants the machines to be used.
Before saddling yourself with fancy electronic precautions, do see if a
security service, a good, heavy safe, a locked room, or a burglar alarm
would work instead. And what about simply carrying home some duplicates
of your most important floppies? That possibility will become increasingly
attractive as the disks’ storage capacity increases. This isn’t to say, however,
that you should store Exxon’s major corporate secrets in a dirty unlocked
drawer next to old underwear. But a small businessman might consider
taking his backup disks home.
If you buy a safe for your office’s disks or tapes, think about fire
protection. Check with your fire department. What makes of safes could be
in the middle of the flames without the disks suffering temperatures of more
than 115 degrees Fahrenheit?
Investigating locks and burglar alarms, you’ll learn that your computer
may be able to protect itself. How? Some gadgets can let only card-carrying
employees—your people with magnetic cards—enter a room. And they can
tie into the computer to save you money. The same applies to burglar
alarms. Of course, you might want nothing fancier than a strong lock
bolting your computer to a heavy table. Don’t spend more than the data are
worth to replace.

Page 228

You might also consider a guard service. The problem is that salaries add
up even for quick nighttime checks.
After a few months or a year, you may be well on your way to having
shelled out the cost of an elaborate electronic security system. Guards
normally would be more appropriate for users of large minis and
mainframes than for desktop types.
One advantage of physical security—most any kind—is that it can
protect the computer equipment itself, not just your electronic files.
You’ve undoubtedly read of theft of computer chips from Silicon Valley
firms. Now be prepared for reports of widespread computer theft,
eventually, as the market grows for both legally bought and fenced
merchandise. With computers shrinking in size, they may well be an even
hotter item for fences than stolen Selectrics. Even Apples several years ago
were too intimidating to a burglar, like the one who stole the silverware of
an acquaintance of mine but passed over his computer. Be assured, though,
that crooks are increasingly computer literate. There’s even talk of the mob
moving into computer crime, raiding government files, and, presumably,
engaging in less challenging illegalities, like setting up computer-fencing
rings.
With computer crooks in the future being smarter and more organized,
you should think hard before depending on simply passwords or codes to
protect you.
First, assume that at least some people may try to unravel your puzzles. A
whole generation of prodigies right now is practicing by copying the
supposedly uncopyable computer games on disks. In effect, notes
Churbuck, the New Hampshire lawyer, each disk provides two puzzles. One
is the original game. The other is the puzzle of figuring out how to make
illicit copies. And at the University of Western Ontario, Prof. John Carroll
surveyed students in two advanced computer courses and found that one-
third had sought free, illegal computer time. It’s been pointed out that the
very best, the very brightest, students have too many legitimate
opportunities—on large systems—to worry about pillaging small
computers. And that may be true. But by the late 1980s or early 1990s,
some journeyman criminals may develop among the second-raters.
Second, don’t shrug off a warning from R. E. (Bob) Kukrall, author of
the handbook Computer Auditing, Security and Controls: “Cracking a
computer system’s defenses may be about as difficult as doing a hard

Page 229

Sunday crossword puzzle.” He says that thieves managed in minutes to call
up computer files that were protected by a five-digit code number. They just
programmed the computer itself to try each of 100,000 combinations.
“In effect the speed and capabilities of the computer were used to violate
its own security,” Kukrall said in TeleSystems Journal.

■ ■ ■

How the National Enquirer Gets Some Security along with
Bargain Communications
Some National Enquirer reporters send in stories via computers,
but there’s little danger of rival tabloids spying on the computer
collecting the articles.
The reason? There’s no receiving computer, actually—just an
auto-answer modem rigged up to a dot-matrix that spews out
paper copies at several hundred words a minute.
The modem and printer can’t send messages or relay stories
elsewhere. But who needs that—not when some computer-smart
National Star reporter might give his eye teeth to find out what the
competition is up to?
To be sure, the scheme has some problems:

● The Enquirer can’t transfer the reporters’ stories to a computer
there for editing, since they are on plain old paper but not in an
electronic format. Editors, however, heavily rewrite the original
stories. Capturing reporters’ key-strokes for the typesetter
wouldn’t help as much as at an ordinary newspaper.
● Theoretically someone could still steal the hard copy (just as
he or she could sneak off with a floppy disk).
● The system isn’t secure against telephone tappers who could
translate the modem whines.
Still, the system is dirt-cheap. If knowledgeable, you could
probably replicate it for less than $500 for the printer and
modem. And you could send to it with just a $400 lap-sized
portable.

Page 230

Beyond that, the Enquirer’s arrangement may be safer than
leaving an unprotected computer on the phone to collect
unencrypted files.

■ ■ ■

Then there’s the Dalton school case in New York City in which the four
culprits, age thirteen, violated silicon sanctity hundreds of miles away. The
feds caught up with them before they could steal Pepsi Cola, by coaxing an
order out of a warehouse. But another computer didn’t fare so well. The
thirteen-year-olds destroyed more than one-fifth of the 50 million bits in the
machine’s memory, inspiring a magazine writer to call them “electronic
Huns.”
More recently, the 414 Gang out of Milwaukee—named after their
telephone area code—broke into computers across the country. These half-
dozen or so high school students, tapping on home micros, broke into more
than sixty computers and among other things they:

▪ Hooked up with a VAX 11/780 at Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in New
York. Eighty hospitals across the U.S. were using the computer to help
treat hundreds of radiotherapy patients.[55]
▪ Broke into an unclassified computer at the Los Alamos nuclear laboratory.
▪ Penetrated a Security Pacific Bank computer in Los Angeles. That may
not have been so much a challenge. The account name and password both
were “SYSTEM”—a word that many computer manufacturers routinely
put in new machines and that their customers often forget to take out.
“TEST,” “DEMO,” and “MAINTENANCE” are other old standbys.
If teenagers can wreak Attilan havoc and snoop on a bank computer, then
think of adults.
So use passwords and codes, knowing their vulnerabilities. Try, anyway,
to give computer crackers a good challenge by avoiding use of obvious
passwords like street names or those of wives or children. Consider a two-
level password; also, maybe one with two words of pure gibberish; that’s
what CompuServe does. And, obviously, purge the computer of standard
passwords in the “SYSTEM” vein.
If your system permits dialing in through a modem, see if it can limit the
number of tries that people can make before the modem hangs up the

Page 231

phone. Your dial-up computer should send its name until the caller has
given the right ID. Be careful of overly helpful prompts that lead callers on
to the next step. “A prompt saying, ‘Hi! This is the Last National Bank
Disbursement Department,’ sort of gives the game away, doesn’t it?” says a
Creative Computing article laying out precautions. Also, change passwords
regularly. And if an employee’s leaving? Change the access codes.
Here’s what I’d ponder if shopping for a password or encryption system:

1. How hard, exactly, would it be to puzzle out? Just how many
combinations would a computer cracker have to try? Could he easily do
this through his own machine—or yours? You might want to consult a
cryptography expert to learn how much of a challenge this particular
program would be. You’d be surprised. You may see the manufacturer’s
claims instantly deflated.
2. How compatible is the program with your computer? If security is so
important, choose the protective software first, then the hardware—
assuming, of course, that it will run your applications programs.
3. Is the security program easy to use? If it’s too hard, it’ll be self-defeating.
“Ease of use” would include how much time the security software adds to
your normal tasks.
4. Are you certain the program won’t jeopardize the accuracy and
completeness of your files by making you more accident-prone?
5. Should you expand your system, will the security software be able to
grow along?
6. Do you want a public key encryption system? It works this way. You
pass out a code that people can use in sending messages to you. Only you
have the means to unscramble them, though.
7. Will your code be based on the Data Encryption Standard (DES),
published by the U.S. government and repeatedly tested by the National
Security Agency (NSA) and the National Bureau of Standards? To this
day the rumors persist that NSA has built in a trap door to snoop on DES-
style codes. True? I don’t know. Captain Zap says, “I don’t trust it. I don’t
think NSA would have approved it if they couldn’t crack it.” NSA-
approved codes are overkill in all but the most sensitive systems.

Telenet has a special interest in encryption software. It is the network into
which thousands of computer users dial to reach other machines and

Page 232

services like The Source.
In 1984 Telenet claimed to be the first public network offering encryption
software—a package for the IBM and clones that uses the public-key
method and sells for somewhere under $600.
“You have a directory that has all the public keys in it,” said Claudia
Houston, Telenet public affairs manager, explaining the Phasor software’s
operation. “You look up the guy’s key that you want to send a message to.
You punch that key and your message gets encrypted.”
For a two-page message, a Telenet man says that might take thirty
seconds. Then you’re ready to send over the phone lines. Even if someone
wiretaps you, theoretically, he won’t be able to puzzle out your secrets.
MCI Mail also offers encryption—through a customized version of a
popular communication program—and other electronic networks will
undoubtedly follow suit.
“Black boxes,” or hardware that scrambles messages, might likewise
help; the topic is too complex for me to cover here in the detail it deserves.
This equipment usually costs well into the thousands. One security expert,
J. Michael Nye, even puts out a consumer’s guide to black boxes.[56] A good
black box could be just a special modem with scrambling circuits built in.
“If no one else produces a good, low-cost modem with encryption,” says
Nye, “I might start doing it myself.”

■ ■ ■

Captain Zap’s Wisdom on Protecting Your Dial-up
Computer
The Captain and friends stole—via computer connections—over
$100,000 in goods and $212,000 in services, including a $13,000
Hewlett-Packard minicomputer. He received a $1,000 fine and two
and one-half years’ probation, with fifteen hours a week community
service.
Far from being 100-percent antiestablishment, however, Zap is a
Philadelphia Republican fond of wing tips. (“They show good
breeding.”) And a computer security consultant, a client, praises
him as “a damn good technician.” A computer-crime expert named
Jay BloomBecker isn’t so keen on the use of e×-criminals in

Page 233

security: “There are a lot of people just as bright who have stayed
within the law.” Regardless, Zap has some good tips for security-
minded computer users, especially those with dial-up machines.
Among them:

▪ Don’t think of computers as gods. “Remember, there’s just
another human at the other end.”
▪ Spread out your computer numbers; you might even use different
telephone exchanges. Don’t have numbers adjacent to each
other—like 555-1212 next to 555-1213. If you do, your
computers will be easier targets for hackers with WarGames-
style dialing programs that scan local exchanges for computer
numbers.

That’s good advice from Zap. In the same vein, even if you have
just one micro, you might consider trying to get a phone number in
an exchange miles from your actual location. You might even want
to use a tie line to another city. It all depends on whether you think
the costs would justify the added protection; for many businesses
they wouldn’t.
Also, you might keep your modem number secret from people
who don’t need to know. A Hollywood director, fearful that
computer-smart science-fiction fans might tap into his dial-up
machine, used such a precaution. Only he and his regular callers
knew the number. His super-secretive approach obviously wouldn’t
have worked in a typical business, especially one with many phone
lines coming in. Also, nothing’s foolproof; suppose an electronic
snoop unlocks your building’s wire closet.

▪ If possible, use modems faster than 1,200 baud. Then, says Zap,
“most hackers’ modems can’t keep up.” Most small computers’
modems transmit at 300 baud, about 300 letters or numbers a
second.
▪ Remember that hackers can be ingenious. “Don’t be smug just
because you have a dial-back modem. That’s a device that
makes callers tap out a special code, and then it rings them back
at their authorized location. You can get around it by tying into

Page 234

the central office and setting up a three-way call—without
anyone hearing you. I know hackers can set up three-way calls.
I’ve done it myself.”
▪ Protective devices, however, are better than nothing at all.
“Despite their limitations, I’d still install a call-back arrangement
or a device that asked you for a code—or maybe a combination
of the two. A combination usually would be much better.”
▪ Don’t get hung up on protecting your dial-up computer with just
hardware or just software—use both. “Black boxes can help
keep the wrong people from breaking in. But you also need good
security software to control how deeply even authorized people
can get into your computer. You want some people—like
customers—to have only partial access to the goodies inside
your system.”
▪ Watch what you throw away. “Some hackers can log onto your
dial-up computer after first poking through your trash—for
printouts with passwords and similar material.” Another hacker
jokingly refers to “The Dempster Dumpster Library.”

■ ■ ■

Don’t lose track of security threats around your office itself while worrying
about modems and encryption. Would you believe that you can’t absolutely
erase an electronic file—say, a letter or report on your disk—just by
following the directions in your software? A snoop might recover the
information with a special program like Disk Doctor. Luckily, however, you
can zap a sensitive file by magnetically “writing” over its part of the disk.
Say you want to wipe out a letter 500 words long, File A. Well, do the
following:

1. See if your disk has a file at least 500 or 600 words long. If so, make a
copy. If not, type out a file that long. I’ll call this new file “B.”
2. “Write” File B’s contents under A’s name. “Overwrite” in other words.
3. Erase A.

To really erase an entire disk? Well, don’t depend on your computer’s
“copy” program or “format” program. Instead, just sweep a magnet over it
—within a quarter inch or so.[57]

Page 235

So much for the James Bond kind of data security. Now on to coffee
spilled on floppy disks.
Whether it’s coffee or Coke, unless you’re careful, you’re possibly going
to be your own biggest data-security threat. Just ask people like Betty
Cappucci, a quality-control manager with the Dennison Kybe Corporation
in Kopkinton, Massachusetts. “Most of the time,” she says of returned
disks, “it isn’t the disk—it’s spit or fingerprints. All you have to do is look
at offices with people eating their lunch near their computers.”
“We see disks coming back with cigarette ashes and coffee stains,” said
Jack Fitzgerald, who at the time was a field engineer with another disk
maker.
And it isn’t just the very smallest computer users who abuse their disks.
“The big problem in computer facilities,” he says, “often is cleanliness. I’ve
been to a large investment firm in New York City and seen apple cores on
the floor, Big Mac containers near the disks. And yet they were complaining
of data-loss problems.
“This was a major investment firm with all sorts of ads on news
programs and football games about how carefully they protected your
money,” says Fitzgerald. “No investor lost money in this case because the
firm at least had backup disks. But the company itself lost thousands of
dollars of processing time—money they could have spent helping their
investors earn more.”
A programmer with a Florida accounting firm, however, didn’t even have
a backup when his disk crashed on a large computer.
“He was actually crying on the phone,” Fitzgerald recalls. “He had lost
two disks. And he was willing to pay $20,000 to get data off them. His job
was on the line.
“I’ve had disk crashes myself,” Fitzgerald says, discussing his off-hours
work on his micro. “I was developing a small game similar to Space
Invaders. I lost power on my computer and about three hours of work. I
ignored one of my basic rules, which is to back up about every 20 lines—
make a copy on a second disk.” Captain Zap’s rule is, “Every fifteen
minutes, save on both disks.” That’s extreme. Like all forms of security,
apply this in relation to the trouble it would take to recover a loss.
Even Paul Lutus, famous in the industry for his work developing Apple
software, has a scary crash story.[58]

Page 236

He’d toiled to develop a new program, of which he took two copies to the
company. An electronic glitch cost him one of the copies. The sun melted
the other. It seems that Steve Jobs, an Apple cofounder, had put the disk
under the windshield of his car. “I ended up very carefully prying apart the
case of Jobs’s copy and switching the floppy disk inside to another case so
we could recover the programs,” Lutus says. “I haven’t always been so
lucky.... For me the biggest drawback to personal computing is the quality
of the mass storage. I dislike floppy disks intensely.”
Here’s how you can help your floppies and data survive threats more
immediate—sloppiness and stupidity:

1. Zealously enforce a no-drinking, no-eating policy around disks, at least if
trouble develops.
2. Remember the Rothman Dirt Domino Theory. Dirt, dust, and grease
often can sneak up on your floppies indirectly, in stages. You start with
clean hands. Then, however, they fall domino style when you touch a
dirty table or one with your office mate’s submarine-sandwich drippings.
You return to your own desk briefly before you yourself leave for lunch.
You don’t work with floppies then, and you wash your hands after eating,
but during your brief stop at your desk before lunch, you’ve already left a
trace of grease behind, anyway. Your disk box picks it up when you set it
on the wrong spot on the desk. Then, working with the floppies, you lay
one atop the box. Now the disk itself fails. Alas, most disk failures aren’t
gradual like a recording that gets progressively noisier until you can’t
stand to listen to it anymore—they tend to be sudden and total.
3. Realize that floppies don’t always mix well with office materials that
correct errors the old-fashioned way—erasers, for instance, white-out
fluid, or that unavoidably flaky correction tape.
4. Know about other natural enemies of floppies or at least of the data on
them. Beware of airport metal detectors. A disk maker says this isn’t a
problem; but don’t gamble, since a magnetic detector, misadjusted, might
still mush your data. Beware, too, of telephones atop disks: the magnets
in them are powerful.
5. Don’t even let your floppies rest against your computer’s screen, which,
like a television’s, can be full of static electricity, attracting dust.
6. Remember that the more information you can pack on a floppy, the more
vulnerable it may be to damage from dirt, fingerprints, magnetic fields,

Page 237

and other causes.
7. Clean your disk heads. Don’t use rubbing alcohol. “Try something like a
Freon-based material with 91 percent pure alcohol,” Fitzgerald says.
“You can get it at some computer stores.” Or, after every twenty hours of
operation, use a cleaning diskette, three of which typically come in a $15
package. Each disk, says Fitzgerald, will last about thirty cleanings.
8. Have head alignment checked, to reduce disk errors. With heads out of
whack, your machine may be the only one that can read your disks—not
even identical machines. A crude way of assuring proper alignments, in
fact, might be to see if other machines can read disks written on your
micro.
9. Buy quality disks. Of course, the more you spend on disks, the more
expensive your backups become—discouraging you from making them.
Find a balance between cost and convenience that suits your security
needs.

Timing—that’s the secret to saving your electronic diamonds or
rhinestones on your floppies, whatever the quality.
In the past, working just with paper, timing meant to me nothing more
than the Rothman Chronological Method. The newer the document on my
desk, the closer it would be to the top of the file. It wasn’t the most efficient
way. But I rarely lost material, just temporarily misplaced it.
Computerizing, however, I worried.
“Floppies are treacherous,” my friend Michael Canyes said like a John
Bircher discussing commies. “They always trick you when you least expect
it.”
“Thanks,” I said. “The way you’re encouraging me to computerize, I’m
beginning to think you actually want to sabotage me. Help me lose my
manuscripts and all that.”
“Just back up your copy page or so,” Michael said.
“Isn’t that a lot of trouble?”
“Maybe twenty seconds. Then you’re protected if the power fails. Or
maybe your computer. You can’t afford to have your material stored just in
on your chip. It’s just temporary. You cut off the current a fraction of a
second, it’ll forget everything. You’ve got to get your stuff on the disk
ASAP.”

Page 238

All right, I supposed my creative juices wouldn’t dry up during the half
minute the disk drive was whirring.
“The ‘Save’ command on WordStar is KS,” Michael said. “Just hold
down the ‘Control’ button on your computer while you’re doing that. Then
you’ll hear a whir and the disk drive clicking away.” Somehow my Kaypro
was coming across as an animal to be fed during training; the clicking could
be the sound of a dog chomping up candied biscuits after a successful
lesson.
“You’re also going to make backup disks,” Michael said. “Sort of like
electronic carbon paper.”
“I don’t have time,” I said.
“You’ll find time. You can do it in just a minute or so. You can even use a
scratch disk to be safe.”
“What’s a scratch disk?”
“Suppose the power failed or something went wrong with your machine
while you were making your copy,” Michael said. “Then you could be up
the creek without a paddle. You might lose both the original and the copy.”
“So?”
“That’s why you have a scratch disk. You copy on it first. If something
goes haywire, then you’re still safe. Because, during your last work session,
you made a backup.”
“Theoretically,” I said.
“And if something goes wrong while you’re recording on your
permanent backup disk, then you can just work from the scratch disk. It’s
just what it sounds, sort of a scratch pad.”
“Oh, I’ll use paper, thank you,” I persisted. “The best backup yet. It’ll be
years before it falls apart. And who knows? Maybe by then the Library of
Congress will be preserving my manuscripts.”
Michael withheld a guffaw.
“Well, I can type a mean streak on my Selectric,” I said. “I can get my
stuff back into the computer in no time.”
Always the patient teacher, Michael didn’t argue.
Presumably, however, another writer nowadays would have agreed with
Michael immediately. His editors had been looking forward to having the
printer set type from the disk he’d submit with the paper version of his
manuscript—a crowded floppy storing every single byte from his toil. Then
the editors could bring the book out six or eight weeks faster, with the disk

Page 239

in the printer’s hands. But in this unlucky man’s case the disk never reached
the printer’s hungry computer—he hadn’t, alas, made an electronic copy. A
case of hubris if ever there was one.
You might avoid such traumas by following the Rothman Chronological
Method II (RCM II), a lazy man’s form of data security for those with fast
printers:

1. Every five minutes or so, type out the “KS” or an equivalent and dump
your work of the moment into the disk—for, ideally, permanent
preservation.
2. Every half an hour make a printout of your recent work. With a fast
printer, that’ll still be faster than messing around with an electronic copy
at this point. Remember, you still have the backup disk from your last
work session. So even if the original fails, you’ll need to reenter just the
newest material.
3. Every day make your backup floppy. You might forget about the scratch
disk and make two copies.

What about working with hard disks? Well, Winchesters are more
dependable than floppies. On the other hand, they commonly store many
times more material than do the soft disks—meaning perhaps a fiftyfold
increase in your agony if one fails.
“Always try to use an uninterruptible power supply with your
Winchester,” warns Fitzgerald, whose former company produces hard disks
as well as floppies. Some manufacturers say their hard disks don’t need this
protection. But, in general, it’s a good idea; here’s why.
Normally, the head picking up the magnetic patterns is only ten or twenty
thousandths of an inch from the oxide-coated disk. The disk is aluminum—
and shear-prone in the event of a crash. Instead of the typical soft whirl,
you’ll hear an ear-piercing squeal like a car brake out of adjustment, except
that the aftermath will be more costly. Repairs may run into the hundreds of
dollars, not to mention the loss of data.
Not every power failure will produce a disk crash. But why gamble with
your Winchester and its data?
An uninterruptible power supply will protect them by pumping out juice
long enough for you to know something is amiss and shut the disk down. It
sells for several hundred dollars, commonly, and is normally worth it.

Page 240

“Also,” says Fitzgerald, “be sure the drive is grounded and shielded as
the manufacturer recommends. If not, power surges could cause it to lose
track of its data.”
He suggests one more precaution. Since the disk and the head are so
close, why not warn furniture bangers? This could change. Hard disks are
shock mounted in some portables nowadays, so that the equipment isn’t
quite that delicate. But I’d still try not to be too klutzy around it—and to be
careful in other respects.
You can back up a Winchester in one of several ways:

1. Dumping to floppies. It’s cheap but slow. Then again, you can speed up
the process by updating only the files you’ve been working on. You just
“write” over them.
2. Transferring the Winchester’s contents to a special tape drive large
enough to hold them. This method is fast but may cost you a good $1,500.
3. Dumping to an ordinary videocassette recorder. Although slow, it’s okay
up to around 100 megabytes or so, and you can set the VCR timer to
“watch television” off the Winchester at night when you’re not using it.

“Interesting,” you say, “but how about the lap-sized portable I’m
considering? How do I protect the information inside that?” The best way,
of course, is not to lose the memory and the rest of the portable; as a well-
practiced raincoat forgetter, I’ll never be the ideal owner of a lap-sized
portable.
Common sense, too, suggests that you not store a lap-size portable inside
a car with the sun blazing down—bad news for heat-sensitive chips and
other parts.
If your portable uses a bubble memory, your data-security problems are
milder in some respects than with other kinds. The bubbles are tiny
magnetized areas inside a small metal container. Magnetized “north,” a
bubble might mean a bit specifying “one.” Magnetized “south,” it could
mean zero. (You’ll recall that bits form a byte standing for a letter or
number.) Magnetic bubble memories aren’t that much faster than disks, but
they keep remembering forever—unlike the CMOS (Complementary Metal
Oxide Semiconductor) RAMs used in many portables.
An RAM will develop amnesia if your power fails, and a CMOS RAM is
no different. It’s just that the CMOS keeps the power requirements extralow

Page 241

so small batteries can dribble out the needed juice after you’ve “officially”
switched your machine off. This “hibernation” may last weeks or months.
(Check your instruction manual.) You’re in great shape, however, only as
long as your batteries are; the Eveready commercials may talk of nine lives,
but your data may have only one. Someday your care may count more than
ever. Low-cost CMOS RAMs may eventually store thousands of pages on
one chip; and power failure might not be the only risk.
Imagine. You can tap out a chapter of your 1,000-page great American
novel some bitter winter night, lazing on the rug by your fireplace. Your
lover is stroking your back and—ZAP! Since CMOS RAMs are such low-
voltages devices, think what thousands of volts from static can do.
Here’s one solution to the portables’ static problems. Before computing,
you might discharge yourself on a nearby vent or anything else that’s
grounded. You can also spray your home and office rugs with Static Guard
or its equivalent. And you also can use a static mat—cheap at your local
computer store—if the zaps persist.
What about a plane thirty thousand feet up? Then you might try
discharging yourself against a metal ashtray before using your portable. If
it’s all plastic, with no metal parts, by the way, your risks are much less than
otherwise. But they’re still there.
Whatever style portable you’re using, remember the importance of
backups—however inconvenient or costly. Through a cable called a null
modem, you can pipe valuable reports from your portable to a larger
computer a few feet away. You may want to do this, anyhow. Your lap-sized
computer simply may run out of storage room much more quickly than a
bigger machine and may lack floppy disks to spread those bits and bytes
around. So make sure your portable software lets you zip material back and
forth between machines.
“And in the field? What backup technique, then?”
Well, you’re often stuck with slow, tape-style storage. And mini-disk
drives may be expensive and take up room if they’re not already in your
portable.
But why not see if your company will let you send valuable reports over
the phone for temporary storage in its big computer? You can also stash
them away inside a desktop computer hooked up to the portable the same
way. And there’s yet another answer. Rent electronic storage space on a
commercial computer network like The Source of CompuServe.

Page 242

In the future, maybe computer memories—on little portables and
desktops alike—won’t be so temperamental. Perhaps there will be
superreliable CMOS RAMs. Or how about practical, low-cost disks that
you use lasers to “read” and “write” on? Dreams, dreams!
Meanwhile, most of us struggle along with floppies and must keep
thinking, Backup! Handle carefully! Clean! Maintain! and How often? In
summary, keep asking yourself:

1. How much time or money does it take to enter your data or set up your
computer equipment?
2. How easily could you duplicate or replace it?
3. How much time or money do you have for copying, cleaning,
maintenance, whatever precaution you’re taking?

Do keep data security in perspective. Remember, even if you must be a
zealot at times, it’s just part of surviving with your computer. Harold Joseph
Highland, a data-security stalwart in his work—a believer in two backup
disks of book manuscripts—tells of people who make out very well with far
less copying. They are students at the University of Minnesota, computer-
science majors, and they trudge through snow and ice carrying unbacked-up
floppies in their books. Their professors are tolerant. If a disk fails and a
student’s assignment is late, they understand. The students can’t afford too
many floppies, and some just don’t have the time for backups. It’s the same,
perhaps, at countless other colleges, and maybe that’s only right for twenty-
year-olds who’ll learn soon enough about disappointments beyond the
campus.
But you’re in business, perhaps, without a friendly professor ready with a
sympathetic nod. Your making regular backups is just plain good sense, and
if you don’t, you deserve what’s coming to you.
Isn’t that what data security should be about?
It needn’t be Orwellian at all. If anything, in fact, Winston Smith had
more of a data-security problem than Big Brother. Privacy, certainly, is an
important data-security element, as is what the jargonists call integrity—
accuracy and completeness of files. Think of Winston Smith and his
appreciation of history and Big Brother’s propensity for tampering with the
contents of back issues of the London Times! Even if “1984” has already

Page 243

become a year, the number, to true believers in data security, remains a
warning.
This will be especially true as more and more machines swap secrets
over the wires between home and office.

Page 244

11 Wired to Work

John Fuller’s daughter is grown now, and he’s taken over her room, cluttering it
with computer and boating magazines and his Heathkit micro. At first glance it
looks like the computer room of any of thousands of hobbyists. You may, in fact,
catch whiffs of smoke from Fuller’s soldering gun.
It’s an unlikely setting for a working office of the U.S. Navy.
And yet that’s exactly what it was when Lieutenant Commander Fuller
responded to my notice on an electronic bulletin board asking if anyone at home
was hooked up to his boss via computers.
“I’ve been getting away with it for six months,” Fuller drawled proudly.
On the verge of retirement from the navy, he was determined to telecommute in
civilian life, too, perhaps as a management consultant, his military job. “It seems
foolish for me to get in a car to go to an office,” he said, “if I can go to that office
by phone. I’m much happier not having to get into traffic for forty-five minutes
each morning. I can have coffee and read the Washington Post, and I’m not tense. I
work fewer hours. But I don’t have five or six guys to talk to about ball scores,
either. The government’s getting a better deal from me working at home.”
In fact, Electronic Services Unlimited (ESU), a research firm in New York City,
found typical productivity increases between 15 and 20 percent.
So it isn’t surprising that at least 250 firms, including some big names like
American Express and McDonald’s, were allowing work at home as of 1984.
Many more companies might be. They might have kept quiet, however, fearing
either (1) union resistance or (2) pressure from employees who wanted to
telecommute before management was ready for them to do so.
“I look outside my Manhattan window and think some cities are going to be
transformed—streets will be empty,” InfoWorld quoted an ESU official.
That might have been stretching it. In 1984 only several thousand people were
full-time telecommuters on a payroll. But Jack M. Nilles, coiner of the word
“telecommuting,” said the number may have reached twenty thousand if you
included other people.[59] Lone individuals, stockbrokers, even a software house
organized “on-line,” were trying it. And Nilles, a future studies researcher at the
University of Southern California, was predicting perhaps as many as ten million
wired workers by 1990. He said most of the ten million would telecommute only

Page 245

part time. Still, that would be a huge number, perhaps one-fifth of the information
workers in the United States.
You might beat the crowd in the most obvious way—by becoming a do-it-
yourself telecommuter, perhaps without even leaving your present job. “Wired to
Work” will explain. You’ll also learn how your company might benefit from large-
scale telecommuting. Even small firms can come out ahead. A growing translation
service in Washington, D.C., squeezed into the basement of the owner’s home,
lends tiny Radio Shack computers to workers.
Telecommuting may very well help your firm reduce real estate costs; hire better
people, clerical and professional; and get a head start on your competitors, mixing
high tech with decency and managerial common sense. No, I’m not going to
suggest putting a “For Sale” sign tomorrow on your corporate skyscraper.
Telecommuting isn’t for every worker or every company. American bureaucracies,
however, public and private, are not yet tapping the full potential of
telecommuting. As far back as 1970 Commerce Department statistics showed that
half of American workers dealt in information, whether it was travel agenting,
technical writing, or filling out 10K forms.
Match those statistics with Jack Nilles’s estimate that more than 2.5 million
nonfarmers in the United States already work at home, and you can appreciate
telecommuting’s prospects.
Fuller’s case, in particular, shows how countless Americans might leap at the
chance to telecommute.
His employer was a bureaucracy, a huge one, hardly a trendies’ citadel, lacking
an official telecommuting program, and yet he carved out his own niche as a wired
worker. The Navy allowed a few other men from his office to write and think at
home. But the resourceful Fuller went a step beyond; he took the initiative of
hooking himself up electronically. And he told me, “I’ll never again work where I
don’t want to be.” It seemed so logical. Now that telecommuting was
technologically possible, why shouldn’t employees ask for it? Why shouldn’t
telecommuting be a grass-roots movement among professionals in large
organizations, not just the province of corporate planners and rich escapees from
Wall Street? Moreover, with his down-to-earth wisdom expressed plainly in a
Georgia accent, John Fuller couldn’t be shrugged off as a dreamy hacker.
The purists might not have accepted Fuller into the telecommuting fold, since he
was still spending at least one-quarter of his forty-hour week in other people’s
offices. To me, though, he was all the better an illustration of how people and
companies could gracefully change over.
As an in-house consultant, Fuller went from office to office, telling, for instance,
how the Naval Academy could set up a cost-analysis formula for its laundry or
how a base commander could consolidate two computer systems. His “clients”
were not completely “on-line.” And he appreciated the value of face-to-face

Page 246

meetings where he could smooth ruffled feathers with southern humor. “I may look
like another alligator,” he would tell bureaucrats intimidated by the presence of a
management consultant, “and I may be taking you away from your work, but I
need information from you to help you do it better.” Fuller would also stray into
his boss’s office from time to time for library research and to remind people he was
still breathing.
Every few days he reminded them in other, more meaningful ways. He would
load up his little Heath computer with disks containing the report he was working
on and a communications program. The computer would then pipe the output to his
modem, which sped the results to a Wang word processor in his office—well, his
former office.
A secretary would capture the information on a disk, watching in appreciation as
Fuller’s work flashed across the Wang’s screen at several hundred words per
minute.
“The secretaries don’t admit to being threatened,” he said. “They’re still busy
transcribing the stuff the other guys bring in. And if the others were transmitting it
like me, they’d still need to do the final formating, editing, the modifications
required of these things.
“Besides, there’s got to be someone there who answers the phone.”
Baby-sitting a computer by the phone doesn’t sound like the most challenging
task, but one day many of the secretaries themselves may work at home.
Granted, some management-level workers worry that telecommuting would
lower their own job status by forcing them to work keyboards. “If I were a civilian
at some companies and I sat down at a keyboard and composed my day’s work,”
Fuller admitted, “a clerk or administrative-type person might complain to the
personnel office that I was clerical rather than professional and should be demoted.
“As the younger generation of managers grows up with keyboards and rises
higher in the power structure,” Fuller said, however, “you’ll find the stigma
fading.” By century’s end, moreover, a voice-controlled computer might sell for
less than $1,000. Good-bye, typing! You may still use a keyboard, actually—but
just to clean up sentences where the computer confused “sleigh” with “slay” or
muddled similar combinations.
Should you, then, even today, follow Fuller’s example and make yourself a
telecommuter?
Consider:

1. How much public contact does your job require and in what form? And how
much contact do you have with your coworkers?
Fuller didn’t need to have strangers passing through his office. His job, rather,
called for him to go to “clients.” Also, he was working on his own projects,

Page 247

not entangled in office-wide activities, and he didn’t need constant feedback
from his boss.
2. Does your job require much office politics, and how secure are you in it?
John Fuller was about to retire. Had he been a young manager fighting for a
promotion, he might not have chosen to remain most of the time out of his
boss’s sight. Then again, he did have the benefit of a superior more
enlightened than many. His boss wanted results, not mere attendance.
Margrethe Olson, an associate professor at New York University’s business
school, warns that some telecommuters may suffer at promotion time. She
correctly wonders about “the long-term career potential of an employee in an
environment where visibility is still critical to promotability.” In a 1982 paper
Olson observed: “Some form of management by objectives, either informal or
formal, generally needs to replace ‘over the shoulder’ supervision, in spirit as
well as in fact.” As she once said, “Culture changes more slowly than
technology.”
Keep in mind the experiences of a vice-president of a New York consulting
firm who telecommuted from Florida.
When the New York Times interviewed him, he insisted that he remain
nameless, lest the wrong people in the firm find out about the arrangement.[60]
“I still think there’s a mentality around there that people who work at home
are not working,” he said, adding, however:
“I like to have uninterrupted periods of work alone. If I have to stop and go
to a meeting for two hours, I lose more than two hours.”
3. What becomes of the clerks and secretaries whose work your telecommuting
may change or reduce?
Fuller’s “disappearance” from his regular office didn’t put anyone out on the
street. It merely lightened the secretaries’ work loads.
4. How expensive, and how much trouble technically, would telecommuting be to
your company and to you?
In Fuller’s case it was relatively easy. His office already had the word
processor, and as a computer hobbyist he already owned the Heath micro.
Ever ingenious, he devised an easy way of entering data so the Wang, which
justified margins by the paragraph, could function with his home system,
which did so by the line. (See Backup XI, “The Micro Connection: Some
Critical Explanations,” for more tips on links between your own micro and the
office’s.)
John Fuller’s electronic hookup cost next to nothing. A modem like his—
the device allows a computer to talk over the phone—would sell for about
$100 today. Faster modems may cost $300-$600.
It pays to check out technical specifications and shop around. The old
compatibility rule applies here: don’t believe that any combinations of

Page 248

equipment will work together until you’ve actually tested them out. Obtain a
store’s promise that you’ll win a refund if the systems won’t talk to one
another electronically. You’ll also need to make sure that the computers have
communications programs that function together. A good communications
program for a micro—one that’s easy to use and lets you store information to
be transmitted—can cost less than $150. Even free software may work for
you. I didn’t pay a cent for my MODEM7 program, which the writers placed
in the public domain.
Normally, as a do-it-yourself telecommuter, you should favor micros over
“dumb terminals.” At least make certain you can easily accumulate large
masses of material to shoot out over the phone lines. That way you’ll conserve
your company’s phone and computer resources. Suppose, however, that
somehow they’re both unlimited and you don’t mind a phone line being tied
up while you’re dumping material into the big corporate computer. Then
maybe you can get away with a dumb terminal costing just a few hundred
dollars.
5. How do you normally gather information in your job? By phone? By looking
over written material? By tapping into your company’s computer?
If facts normally reach you by phone, you can install a special business line
and tell your colleagues that, no, they won’t disturb you at home—that your
work is what the line’s for.
Written material is trickier, of course. One answer may be a facsimile
machine, which could cost more than your computer but may be justified if
drawings are part of your work. In the future, even cheap personal computers
will have attachments to scan written documents and zip the images over the
phone lines. Already some expensive Wangs offer this feature.
Meanwhile, like Fuller, you may want to catch up with written material by
visiting your office every few days, or you may try a formal or informal
messenger service—perhaps a coworker.
If you must tap into your company’s own computer, make certain you can
do so without any data-security complications. And consider how accessible
your corporate data base is to begin with. Maybe there aren’t ways of
conveniently plugging in—in which case you’d better rid yourself of plans for
do-it-yourself telecommuting.
6. Would your family leave you alone while you telecommuted?
You must work out a deal with them that includes a place to work without
interruption, rules for phone messages, and so on.
7. What about potential marital problems?
“If you work in your employer’s office, your spouse doesn’t show up very
often,” says Walter I. Nissen, Jr., a programmer-consultant who, off and on,
has been telecommuting in various jobs since the late 1960s. “But if you’re

Page 249

home, your spouse can get angry at you, face-to-face, right there.” He finds
telecommuting to be easier with his wife now working as a social worker.
8. Do you have the drive to do your job alone?
“I’m not a Theory X man,” says Fuller, referring to the school of management
that says people work best with the boss peering over their shoulders.
Don’t mess with do-it-yourself telecommuting if you aren’t a self-starter—a
useful trait even in corporately initiated programs. Don’t recommend it to
anyone lacking this trait.
9. Can your boss measure your performance objectively? This isn’t necessary but it
helps.
Michael K. Caverly, a recently retired captain and John Fuller’s former
supervisor, couldn’t give any precise figures comparing the overall quality of
the telecommuter’s work to earlier times. But Caverly was plainly delighted.
He believes that Fuller performed better without having to worry everyday
about the horrors of rush hour. “I almost feel guilty about it,” he said of
Fuller’s diligence. “He would rework a problem all night long, and I’d feel
almost as if I were taking advantage of him. In our office we did thirty-three
studies one year, and John’s studies were the only ones that came in on time
all the time.”

Jeremy Joan Hewes is also sold on telecommuting. “Can you work at home?”
Hewes’s own boss asked when he hired her for PC Magazine, an independent
publication for owners of the IBM PC.
“That’s where the computer is,” she replied happily.
It made sense. Hewes had her North Star micro there, after all. What’s more,
she’d written a book on “worksteaders,” as she called them, and by her late thirties
had worked at home most of her professional life. So why not use her North Star
there and modem her stories in? She might even edit others’ articles sent over the
phone lines. The magazine wouldn’t have to jam another human sardine into the
cramped offices it then occupied above a restaurant in northwest San Francisco.
She could work better alone. The pay would be the same for her hundred hours a
month. And she could enjoy tax breaks on computer equipment, supplies, even
some of her rent.
The magazine, in return, ended up getting more than five thousand words a
month from her, sometimes double that amount, while, at the same time, as an
associate editor, she regularly oversaw at least one other writer. She also did
additional work for which she was paid beyond the hundred hours.
“It’s a lot less chaotic at home,” said Hewes, who also was writing books. “I
don’t have to dress up. I normally wear jeans or corduroys. I can start work at
dawn in my bathrobe and answer the phone that way if it rings while I’m headed
for the shower. I don’t have to drive through traffic jams every day. Or stand up for

Page 250

twenty minutes on a bus, hanging on for dear life to a pole, jolting along the street.
I work in surroundings I’ve created.”
She created them with both the IRS and aesthetics in mind. Her apartment, near
the Golden Gate Bridge, was on the second floor of a seventy-year-old house with
high ceilings and leaded bay windows. A bookshelf and wooden cabinet set the
computer area apart. Her keyboard and video screen were atop a custom-crafted
table with fruitwood edges; she can work alongside her cocker spaniel-poodle, and
through the bays she could see a doll-repair shop. It was vintage San Francisco. No
matter that neighbors’ punk-rock music once besieged her ears or that practice
pitchers sometimes thudded tennis balls against the house or that apartments
cluttered what once were sand dunes. Several times a day she switched on her
answering machine, a device she deemed necessary for worksteads. Then she’d
swim laps at a nearby pool or walk her dog amid cypress and eucalyptus trees,
perhaps with friends, perhaps alone, perhaps mulling over future articles for PC,
where she once warned would-be telecommuters of the need for “regular breaks
from the concentration of work.” At the same time she lectured herself and others
on the need for self-discipline. She trained her friends to realize that she was
earning a living, not goofing off—a confusion that may fade as telecommuting
becomes a more mundane pursuit.
She kept her sanity and a schedule—well, a writer’s equivalent of a schedule—
by remembering how she had promised to research X material by Y date and how
she would complete an article on time. “I go to an editorial meeting,” she said,
“and I say, ‘Here’s what I want to write for the March issue.’ They say, ‘Oh, gosh,
someone else is doing that,’ or, ‘Why don’t you do this?’ or, ‘Fine, hand it in by the
fifteenth.’”
“Rarely,” Hewes said of her editors, “can I imagine them calling me at eight in
the morning to transmit a story in an hour.”
Mostly, in fact, she sent in her stories at night through her computer. Her IBM—
she loyally bought one to replace the North Star—talked over the phone to the
magazine’s machine with an automatic-answer modem. She could tell the office
computer to save her copy on a disk. Except for light editing and formating, no
human normally needed to type another keystroke; PC’s computers tied in with the
printer’s.
It sounds HALish, depersonalized, but like Fuller, she and others at the
magazine tried to infuse their work with as much warmth as they could.
No one at PC was leaving martinetlike orders—unaccompanied by conversation,
phone or otherwise—on the green screen. And Hewes painstakingly consulted over
the phone with her writers. Moreover, while Hewes worked from home at least
seventy of the hundred hours, she was at the PC offices several times a week to
socialize, pick up mail, and swap ideas. And she would have come in, occasionally,
anyway, even if she lived fifty miles from the magazine. (Also, she was in the field

Page 251

for face-to-face interviews, just as Fuller, working for the Navy, would visit his
“clients.”) As the telecommuting movement grows, workers and supervisors alike
should remember to see and speak to others, not just key to each other.
Whatever the case here, both Hewes and PC were tickled with her
telecommuting arrangement. “We’re not paying for office space, electricity, desk
space,” said David H. Bunnell, then publisher and editor in chief. “She even
provides her own coffee.” An office for her might have cost the equivalent of
$1,200 a year. More important, however, Bunnell happily noted the thousands of
words she writes for each issue: “She couldn’t be more productive, and she does
her research conscientiously. Like the article she did on printers. It was obvious
she’d surveyed twenty or thirty manufacturers in the field.”
Close to a year later, Hewes told me that she was no longer telecommuting
regularly. Bunnell had been so happy with her work that he had appointed her
editor at the book division of PC World, which he had started after leaving PC
Magazine. Hewes still loved the concept of telecommuting. But she understood its
limits better. “When I was an associate editor of PC Magazine,” she said, “I was
actually more of a writer than an editor, and I didn’t have to be as much a manager
as I am now. But now I have to juggle ten book projects and do budgets and go to
several meetings a week. My ideal thing would be to go to the office two days a
week and work at home the other three. I figure I’ll work on that for next year.
Now all I’ve got to do is get everyone I need to see to come in the same two days
that I do!”
Bunnell himself offers another qualification in praising telecommuting—not
everyone has the needed discipline—but he says telecommuting can work
especially well for people who write or sell. One New York magazine publisher, in
fact, developed a special computer system for handicapped people, featuring
written prompts to keep sales pitches consistent. And Bunnell thinks that
telecommuting can work for executives, too, with the right system, taking
advantage of computerized records of the words they keyed in.
Can clerical-level workers, however, also telecommute happily?
A South Carolina case illustrates both the blessings and potential pitfalls of
telecommuting for clerical people.[61]
Blue Cross-Blue Shield there says it isn’t running an electronic sweatshop. The
telecommuters’ rewards are roughly comparable to those of the regular office
workers, and some cottage keyers can actually come out far ahead. The program
has been going on for years. And there’s a long waiting list.
Ann Blackwell, one of the keyers, transmits her work back to Blue Cross at the
crack of dawn; then she can fix breakfast for her two children and take breaks for
household work and lunch. “I’d rather do this than go to the office,” she said. “I
don’t have to dress. I don’t have someone looking over my shoulder all the time to
see if I’m working.”

Page 252

In a typical day a “cottage keyer” processes 360 claims forms from doctors. The
pay is sixteen cents a claim, or $57.60 for the 360, minus a levy of $10.20 for
equipment rental, meaning that the worker ends up with $47.40 before taxes.
That’s $2.18 more a day than full-time employees at Blue Cross receive for
similar work, if you consider the full timers’ benefits like holidays, sick leave,
vacation, and disability and health insurance. A good clerk could earn some
$12,000 a year. And $12,000 is nothing to sneer at in South Carolina where many
living costs are low.
However:

1. The cottage keyers are paying more than $2,600 a year to rent their machines.
Doesn’t this smack of company-store tactics in a mining town? Why not finance
the purchase of the worker’s own machine, which he or she might pay off in a
year? Blue Cross official Tim Blackwell—who has given his company some
useful feedback based on his wife’s experiences—defends the steep charge for
the machines. He says it’s actually an incentive. The more a cottage keyer works
and earns, the smaller will be the percentage of her income going to pay for the
terminal cost.
2. The telecommuters don’t get the security that full timers do.
3. Likewise, the cottage keyers lack the normal fringe benefits. The program could
delight a wife whose husband holds a steady job with good health insurance and
other benefits. On the other hand, the arrangement could be bad news for a
worker depending on the telecommuting for his or her main income.
Significantly, women head most single-parent households.
4. The keyers may not be sharing the experiment’s rewards fifty-fifty. Excluding
minor administrative expenses, the telecommuters’ services cost the firm $47.40
a day on the average, minus whatever profit the company may make off the
terminals it rents to the workers. Let’s say the final expense is $45. By contrast,
the regular workers cost at least $50.52 a day if you include vacation, fringe
benefits, and the $5.30 that the firm pays for a terminal lease. Missing, however,
are the expenses of office space. Also, the company’s getting slightly more work
from the telecommuters with only about 12 percent as many errors!

Could an antitelecommuting backlash develop as workers catch on to the
economics?
Already the American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial
Organizations and the Services Employees International Union have proposed the
outlawing of computer homework. Given the political climate of the mid-1980s,
that seemed unlikely. This could change, however. Gil Gordon, an ex-Johnson and
Johnson personnel man turned telecommuting consultant, correctly warns against
using telecommuting to bargain down workers’ pay or bust up organizing drives.

Page 253

“There’s nothing new about shift work, piecework, which is what pay per line of
information is,” says Karen Nussbaum, president of 9 to 5, the National
Association of Working Women. “Or pay by keystroke homework. That’s a step
back into the Middle Ages, if you ask me, and into the cottage industries.”[62]
A difference exists, after all, between creative jobs, like Hewes’s, and those that,
in any setting, will be drudge work. The question is Where will the typing, the data
entry, the other labor, be more palatable—home or normal office? And ideally
that’s a worker-by-worker, company-by-company, decision. Perhaps some workers
will eventually strike for the right to telecommute. In fact, Glenn E. Watts,
president of the Communications Workers of America, while frowning on
electronic scabbing, once said that telecommuters might even plug into union
gatherings. Union opposition to telecommuting could very well change. The big
variable is whether companies will follow Gil Gordon’s wise advice not to use
telecommuting as a union-busting ploy.
Of course, presently, home work isn’t for all. Today a telecommuter can’t make
steel, cars, or refrigerators by remote control. He or she can’t cook a Big Mac,
sweep a floor, run a supermarket checkout, or load a truck; for telecommuting is
now strictly the province of white-collar workers and professionals. Indeed,
companies in predominantly blue-collar fields may decide that certain office jobs
just defy wiring in. Suppose an auto worker suffers a series of late paychecks. Will
a payroll clerk sitting in a comfortable suburban home be as responsive as he might
be dealing with the man face-to-face?
Even in basically white-collar fields, some bosses and employers may look
askance at universal telecommuting.
Some, for instance, may miss the hints of body language, the blink of an eye, the
tapping feet, the little, subtle signs that many people feel to “read” friend and foe.
Others simply miss seeing people hard at work. A Seattle hospital administrator, a
telecommuter supervising two others working at home, says: “It ultimately comes
down to an honor system.”[63]
So if you don’t trust your underlings and can’t objectively measure their output,
you’d better keep your workers at the office and watch for eye blinks.
Not that every employee will want to telecommute, anyway. Management
Recruiters International, Inc. asked six thousand people if they’d be willing to
telecommute several days a week. Only 36 percent said they would. That’s still an
impressive percentage, and it will grow as more people appreciate telecommuting’s
virtues and it becomes more socially acceptable, but there’ll always be skeptics
like Jack Smith.[64]
He’s a columnist with the Los Angeles Times, which once freed him of his
commute. After six weeks, however, his granddaughter broke his typewriter, and
he temporarily returned to the newspaper, where he rediscovered the joys of face-
to-face contact and decided to remain. His columns perked up. He had missed “the

Page 254

friendly faces, fresh in the morning; the clothes; the gossip; the flirtations; the
benign conspiracies; lunch-hour expeditions; the open forums on war and peace,
Reaganomics, and the Rams quarterback controversy, none of which could be
examined with such reckless spontaneity by anything canned for consumption on
your home computer.”
“He realized that he really came back to the office not just to write but to renew
his interaction with human life,” says William Renfro, a Washington consultant.[65]
Then again, Maxine Messinger, a gossip columnist with the Houston Chronicle,
writes happily on a computer at home and brags that she hasn’t been to the office
in years.
“For a long time it’s been far more efficient for me to work at home,” says
another confirmed telecommuter, Hollis Vail, a part-time management consultant
with the U.S. Geological Survey.
“I use my computer for writing, reports, and sending reports and messages,” he
says, “and I can get all the data I want from the system.” The U.S. Geological
Survey has thousands of people using electronic mail, and Vail can even hold
conferences over the wire and record the results on his computer disks. Then he
can sum them up. In fact, he can electronically cut and paste to produce policy
documents reflecting many viewpoints.
David Snyder, now a professional futurist and consultant, fondly remembers the
computerized conferences of his days as an Internal Revenue Service official. “I
wrote a book with eight other people,” he says, “and we didn’t meet until it was
written. It was a much better product because we could work that way. The travel
would have been too expensive. And the mails would have been too much of a
delay.” The coauthors left their contributions in each other’s electronic mailboxes
for perusal and change. Back then Snyder was on a government computer, but later
he hooked up an Apple in his Maryland home; he was planning to connect with
aunts, uncles, and other members of his extended family, nationwide, who,
together, do consulting and produce films. “You can’t have a mom-and-pop steel
mill,” he said. “You can have a mom-and-pop information factory.”
Rank Xerox, the office equipment giant’s joint venture in England, is helping to
pave the way for Mom and Pop.
It’s letting managers and other professionals telecommute. They’re no longer
salaried, and they give up pensions and perks like company cars; but the
“networkers,” as they’re called, normally sign two-year contracts guaranteeing
them work at least two days a week. Business with other companies may take up
the remaining days. In a sense the Rank Xerox program could be a large
corporation’s version of the hundred-hour-a-month arrangement that Jeremy
Hewes worked out with the computer magazine.
“Clearly,” says Derek Hornby, staff support director and a member of the Rank
Xerox policy committee, “we need and will always have a ‘core’ staff within the

Page 255

head office for day-to-day management. Many functions, however, can be fulfilled
by networkers.”[66]
Computer work, pension advising, management training, even putting out the
company newsletter, are some of the tasks with which the networkers may help
core staffers. Who qualifies for the program? Someone the company wants to keep
but whose services it needs only part time. The first networker, Roger Walker, a
former personnel manager in his late thirties, helped cut costs in the most direct
way, eliminating his job. He was planning, anyway, to venture out on his own. But
the Rank Xerox program eased the transition.
“What do you answer,” I asked the company, “when people say, ‘Isn’t this really
just an outplacement scheme?’”
“The rough cost of someone going networking,” said Phil Judkins, a Rank
Xerox spokesman in London, “is approximately three times the cost of their
compensation if they were simply declared redundant by Rank Xerox.”
More than a year into the program, how were the volunteers doing?
“Extremely well,” said Judkins—all of them. He said two networkers seemed
“well on the way to one-million-dollar turnover companies.”
And Rank Xerox, needless to say, didn’t supply all that business.
Along the way the corporation was benefiting from the useful business contacts
that the new entrepreneurs were making outside the company. Sensibly, it
discounted its model 820 microcomputer for the networkers. They could not only
do their normal work but help show off a company product.
Runaway expenses, though, especially rent, were the real spur behind the
experiment.
The rent on Rank Xerox’s international headquarters, in London, had doubled in
just two years. Small wonder, then, that Rank Xerox wanted to trim every speck of
gristle from its headquarters budget. And by late 1983 the knife seemed to be
slicing well. The forty-three networkers were helping Rank Xerox save a third of a
million dollars a year in office space. Judkins said: “We have rid our books of this
sterile expense.”
In the United States, Mike Bell, Xerox real estate executive, is busy toting up
the advantages of another form of telecommuting—moving some corporate
operations out of expensive downtown areas.
“Why should a company have row after row of workers taking up desk space in
back rooms in large cities,” he says, “when it could modernize its office machinery
and farm them out to offices in the suburbs? An average office worker and his desk
take up 200 square feet at $20 a foot in big cities. That’s $4,000 a year just for rent.
Suppose you could move him to a suburb with rent at $12 a square foot. Then rent
would be only $2,400 a year.”
If the employee was in a suburban office tied in to headquarters via a computer-
telephone hook-up, you might save as much as $3,000 over five years—even if

Page 256

you counted expenses like equipment costs.[67]
And you might save $8,200 per employee over a five year period if the workers
were at home.
The chart below assumes that (1) each employee takes up 200 square feet,
including corridor, aisle, and file space, (2) the downtown rent is $20 a square foot,
which is perhaps half of some Manhattan rents, (3) the suburban rent is $12 a
square foot, (4) you pay home workers $4 a square foot in rent, (5) your
investment in equipment for each telecommuter is $4,000, (6) the effective tax rate
is 35 percent, (7) you’ll receive a tax credit of ten percent of the computer gear’s
initial cost and (8) depreciation is straight line over five years. Yes, $4,000 is more
than the computers might each cost; the inflated figure helps fudge for
miscellaneous expenses like moving expenses and phone bills. As for tax laws,
they can change. But the credit—as distinguished from depreciation—accounts for
only a tiny fraction of the money you’re saving. One last point: the chart below
doesn’t consider interest on what you’d be saving in rent.
Large companies, of course, could mix different forms of telecommuting and
employment arrangements. They might even let some workers shift back and forth.
Some employees, some of the time, anyway, would work at home, while others
might be at companies’ regional or neighborhood telecommuting centers of one
kind or another.
Jack Nilles’s kind of neighborhood center—at least one of the kinds he’s
proposed—would be organized by corporate function. One center would bring all
the accountants together, for instance,

A COMPARISON OF OFFICE EXPENSES PER WORKER
CASE 1: DOWNTOWN
OFFICE
Years 0 1 2 3 4 5 Total
Rent 0 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 20,000
Tax 0 -1,400 -1,400 -1,400 -1,400 -1,400 -7,000
Reduction at
35% Rate
Total 0 2,600 2,600 2,600 2,600 2,600 13,000
Expenses

CASE 2: SUBURBAN
OFFICE
Years 0 1 2 3 4 5 Total
Rent 0 2,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 12,000

Page 257

Tax 0 -840 -840 -840 -840 -840 -4,200
Reduction at
35% Rate
Investment 4,000 0 0 0 0 0 4,000
Tax Credit -400 0 0 0 0 0 -400
Depreciation 0 -280 -280 -280 -280 -280 -1,400
Credit
Total 3,600 1,280 1,280 1,280 1,280 1,280 10,000
Expenses

CASE 3: HOME OFFICE
Years 0 1 2 3 4 5 Total
Rent 0 800 800 800 800 800 4,000
Tax 0 -280 -280 -280 -280 -280 -1,400
Reduction at
35% Rate
Investment 4,000 0 0 0 0 0 4,000
Tax Credit -400 0 0 0 0 0 -400
Depreciation 0 -280 -280 -280 -280 -280 -1,400
Credit
Total 3,600 240 240 240 240 240 4,800
Expenses

and another would house a company’s public relations department. This idea does
have the important advantage of, say, letting accountants pore over their electronic
ledgers in each other’s company. Yet what about the unlucky ones who lived in
suburbs across town?[68]
They would prefer, presumably, the kind of center propounded by Richard C.
Harkness, a former professor at the University of Washington who later joined
Satellite Business Systems.
Under the Harkness plan, an employee would go to the center closest to his
home. “He might even walk there,” Harkness says. According to him, a large
company might have as many neighborhood centers as elementary schools—
leasing offices for individual workers or small groups. Imagine a professional
building with a real estate agency next to a stockbroker, a doctor across the hall
from a commodities trader. Well, that’s how it would be in a building housing
neighborhood centers, except a sign outside a suite might say “General Motors”
rather than “Dr. Pearlman.” Of course a company might instead have fewer centers

Page 258

and lease whole floors. Stepping off the elevator, you’d see the foot-high letters
reminding you you were in GM territory. Workers would benefit from the
companionship of perhaps several dozen colleagues, quick access to secretarial and
copying services, and similar support.
“My way is more radical than locating people by jobs,” says Harkness, “since an
accountant could be in one place and his boss in another.” Computer networks
would maintain entire organizations; a whole new branch of management science
would develop to hone procedures to manage telecommuters. Perhaps the day will
come when IBM will endow Harvard Business School with a telecommuting chair.
A third form of neighborhood center would be a munytel, as I’ll call it—a
municipally or privately run center with terminals capable of linking up with many
companies’ equipment. Individual employees, not companies, might rent munytel
offices.
Munytels would not bolster employees’ corporate loyalties; but some companies
wouldn’t care, favoring other ways.[69]
Munytels, moreover, could be ideal for free-lance telecommuters who valued a
clear line between home and office. Workers would be at these neighborhood
centers all the time or whenever they preferred and space was available. Fed up
temporarily with toiling alongside a sullen spouse at home? Then you’d flee to a
munytel, unless your free-lance work involved confidential company information;
in which case you might drive to a GM or Prudential suite with a spare terminal.
Neighbors with similar or complementary skills might gather at munytels and
pool resources to seek contracts from large companies. Why not use computerized
lists to bring together people in the first place? “Neighborhood work centers could
themselves become employers, selling clerical or professional services to other
organizations,” said one of the consultants working with Harkness on a landmark
telecommuting study for the Stanford Research Institute in the late 1970s.
Munytels, in addition, could be drop-off points for messengers from
corporations’ headquarters. They would deliver printed material—books, for
instance—that companies couldn’t flash across the screens of telecommuters at
home and munytels.
Also, and perhaps just as important, munytels could serve as informal
neighborhood clubs.
They could offer food and drink and a chance to mix electronically transmitted
gossip with the face-to-face kind. “Meet me,” a stock suggestion might go, “at the
munytel.”
Moreover, for telecommuters unable to handle their children and jobs
simultaneously, the munytels might provide child care. And in poor
neighborhoods, the munytels could combine work facilities with training.
The prefiasco Continental Illinois Bank in Chicago, despite its bad luck with
“problem loans,” did some enlightened work in this field. It experimented with a

Page 259

word-processing center twenty-five miles away at a community college. The bank
used it for both training and actual bank work, a logical combination; the students
have learned on equipment similar to what they would use on the job, not simply
the obsolete machinery that many schools must skimp along with. Corporations,
encouraged by tax breaks or government subsidies, might together establish
munytels in poorer neighborhoods.[70] They would provide the businesslike
surroundings that some workers might prefer over home offices in slums or public
housing projects.
Munytels would be one response to some thoughtful criticisms of
telecommuting made by Janice C. Blood, 9 to 5’s information director.
“If you’re a secretary earning $11,000 a year,” she says, “will your employer
build you an addition for your computer room? Even a small Apple wouldn’t be
too attractive an addition to my living room.”
Blood is also worried about the cost of the equipment itself, asking, “Should
someone get a cut in salary just because her boss gets [her] a new typewriter?”
More likely, however, clerical workers instead would receive some more money
for turning out a lot more work. Whatever the case, munytels could be a solution to
the equipment issue—in addition to the obvious one of company-supplied
computers in various cases.
But workers should still be free to use their own terminals. Remember Hollis
Vail’s preference for his printer?
He’s right. I could never stomach working all day on, say, one of the older Apple
IIs, which some companies may still use as their universal microcomputer. My
Kaypro’s keyboard has a silkier feel. The screen is more viewable than many
Apple monitors, and I’m a confirmed WordStar addict. Even if voice commands
become the norm, I may well be among the last of the keyboard diehards. And yet,
were I telecommuting, it wouldn’t matter. A corporate computer would care about
the right series and speeds of bytes, not how they originated. So I might be able to
keep using my electronic equivalent of a buggy whip.
Just about anybody, moreover, will be able to afford a useful small computer
before the end of the century—because sooner or later one will be cheaper than
today’s typical TV sets. Flat screens and keyboards will sell for a pittance as mass
production and robotics drive down costs. So much for that one of Blood’s
arguments.
As for her fear of an Apple system cluttering up her living room—well, the
home computer of tomorrow will probably be smaller and better looking. Or it’ll
be part of your TV. If not? You may hide your equipment in a handsome, wooden
cabinet that will convert to a genuinely ergonomic table of adjustable height. No, I
don’t know of a product like that now. But already stores in trendy Yuppie areas
are springing up with names like “Computer Support,” and some of their offerings
may be as fit for your living room as for your office.

Page 260

Less easily answered, however, is Blood’s worry of “a Mae West employment
profile”—broad at the top, narrow at the middle, wide at the bottom. That is, there
might be lush job opportunities near the top around the equivalent of Mae’s bust. A
few senior managers could electronically monitor the masses toiling at home—
could count and time their keystrokes.
But between the top people and the ones entering the data, companies would
need many fewer run-of-the-mill supervisors.
And that would pinch off some promotion opportunities for the clerical workers.
In some ways, however, companies might make nonsupervisory work more
palatable. They might, for instance, pay clerks not by individuals’ keystrokes but
by those of small “telegroups,” where peer pressure would keep every member
productive.
Also, companies might follow the example of Volvo, the Swedish automaker,
and rotate some workers’ tasks. Some numbers crunchers might swap assignments
with word-processing people. Indeed, companies could pay extra for versatility.
Word-processing work today is sometimes more complicated than regular typing;
but that might not always be so, and corporations could relieve some of the
boredom of repetitious jobs simply by letting employees exchange them.
Still another legitimate worry is the distribution of the economic benefits of
telecommuting. What’s to prevent employers from abuse of the piecework
payment system if the government lets it become the norm? Could piecework be
just a gimmick to help impersonally squeeze the last drop of blood from the
clerical telecommuters? Is telecommuting a mean-spirited or enlightened response
to the day-care problem? I suspect some companies are mean spirited. Not all. But
some. Ideally, however, this won’t deprive society of telecommuting’s benefits.
Munytels, after all, could help solve the child-care problem, and changes in the
labor laws could guarantee the fairness of the piecework system for all. Existing
ones do cover clerks doing piecework. They must, for instance, keep time records
to show they’re collecting the equivalent of the minimum wage.
In a related matter, a controversy was swirling in 1984 around a 42-year-old
federal ban on commercial home knitting—an issue of interest to companies
considering telecommuting. Unions were fighting for the ban; the Reagan
administration, for courts to overturn it.[71] Perhaps the Reaganites would want no
restrictions on corporate use of telecommuters, which is unfortunate considering
the opportunities for electronic sweatshops, of which the sleazy will certainly want
to avail themselves. Ideally, either (1) I’m wrong about the Reaganites or (2) future
administrations will take a more enlightened attitude.
Telecommuting also has energy implications—good ones. With widespread
telecommuting, oil price increases would no longer be so scary if another energy
crisis threatened the United States.

Page 261

Jack Nilles once calculated that the typical computer terminal uses less than 125
watts, and a phone line takes up no more than a watt. Then he matched those
figures against a private automobile’s typical energy use during commutes, and he
found that telecommuting would have a twenty-nine-to-one energy advantage.
Compared to mass transit systems loaded to capacity—a rarity in most American
cities—it would still enjoy two-to-one superiority. With ten million telecommuters,
the country might save three-quarters of a billion gallons of gasoline a year.[72]
“At least in the United States,” notes Richard Harkness, “commuting accounts
for 35 percent of all auto and truck fuel consumption.” Much, maybe even most, of
the thirty-five percent would be trips to jobs convertible to telecommuting.[73]
Ticking off statistics, Harkness illustrates the profligacy of American energy
consumption. “The average U.S. worker commutes about twenty miles each day.
Eighty-four percent of those commutes are by automobile, 65 percent with only the
driver. Two hundred and twenty million Americans consume 18 million barrels of
oil per day, roughly 30 percent of the world’s supply.” He also notes the cost of
America maintaining forty thousand miles of superhighways and 4 million miles of
streets and roads. “It has been estimated,” says Harkness, “that 248,500 U.S.
bridges need major repairs at a cost of $47 billion.”
And beyond the energy and financial prices, what about the psychological ones?
Even part-time telecommuters can greatly reduce the stress on their nerves and
schedules, perhaps lowering medical costs for society. “An employee who drives
an hour to work would save sixteen hours in commuting time each month, or the
equivalent of two eight-hour workdays, by working at home two days a week,”
says Frank W. Schiff, a Washington economist.[74]
Even battle-scarred urbanites with short commutes might relish the chance to
work at home two days out of five. Skyscrapers and their occupants keep hogging
downtowns, aggravating congestion and tension; and a taxi trip of just a dozen
blocks in New York City can take a half an hour at lunchtime.
In Houston, meanwhile, some gun-toting commuters are literally murdering
each other, saying in effect: “Your right of way or your life!” Jon Verboon, a
Houston Chronicle reporter who has worked the police beat, told me, “It’s not
uncommon for shots to be exchanged between motorists who are hacked off at
each other”—sometimes over right of ways. An accident needn’t have occurred.
Motorists killed more conventionally on the way to work, of course, are a hefty
percentage of the fifty thousand yearly highway fatalities. But how could a
telecommuter die? Electrocution? Cutting his wrists on a broken video tube?
Forgetting about the rather unlikely radiation risks—which flat screens would
reduce if these dangers existed—computers needn’t be lethal like cars.
By converting to telecommuting, then, companies in the end might save
employees’ lives as well as energy and money.

Page 262

Firms making the transition would do well to consider what will be in the data
base into which the telecommuters would tap. The range of requirements is as wide
as the range of business activities. A good data base for telecommuters, however,
isn’t that different from the ones that some managers are already using by way of
terminals on site. Here are the traits:

1. Ease and speed of use. You needn’t be a computer expert or wrestle with
inconveniences like dialing fifteen-digit numbers to reach the main computer.
The system explains itself on screen if you want it to, though experienced users
can switch off the menus when they’re ready. You ideally don’t have to wade
through an instruction manual. The system tells you when you’re tapping out
wrong commands. Also, it’s fast. You can start using it in a hurry, and you don’t
have to wait more than a few seconds at the most for it to respond to your
commands. And you constantly feel in control. You can easily search through the
data base for the information you want.
2. Friendliness. A good system isn’t just easy to use; it’s also boy scout polite,
sprinkling its prompts with “Thanks yous” and avoiding intimidating terms like
“illegal information request.” Commit a careless mistake on some data bases and
they’ll throw back lawyerish words suggesting you’re on the verge of a jury
indictment.
3. Reliability. The system doesn’t lose information.
4. Confidentiality. Clerks aren’t privy to the same information as the company
president.

Indeed, basically, the same traits would be ideal for some other kinds of
software, especially the kind governing the operation of networks. That’s the term
for the hardware and software that lets machines talk to each other. A network can
be a local network, linking machines within the same office, or it can be national
or even global. Someday, if they haven’t already, Bell and other companies may
develop software especially meant for corporate networks of telecommuters.
While widespread telecommuting isn’t yet a reality, Peter and Trudy Johnson-
Lenz have come as close as anyone to realizing its full benefits. They live in Lake
Oswego, Oregon, and as they’re fond of pointing out, “We don’t commute. We
telecommute.” They communicate routinely with business associates around the
country and find electronic mail a boon to late risers on the West Coast with
contacts and friends back East. By the time I reached them, they felt liked caged
animals inside a media zoo. The papers had leaped at the opportunity to write
about a certified electronic cottage. Peter and Trudy had even ended up in a BBC
documentary on computers and the future—a vivid contrast to besuited, tied
scientists shown in antiseptic laboratories.
“We’re the hippie couple,” joked Trudy. “Peter’s the one with the beard.”

Page 263

But they’re hardly refugees from the old Haight-Ashbury; Peter is a former
statistical analyst, and Trudy helped run a rural education program after a few
years as a high school teacher.
Today they’re hooked into the Electronic Information Exchange System (EIES),
a national computer network set up by Murray Turoff, one of the world’s leading
experts on networking. Through EIES they’ve done research on telecommuting for
projects funded by the National Science Foundation. They help colleges, nonprofit
organizations, and others set up computer networks. Indeed, “on line,” they even
met partners in the business they started to refine and promote a new software
system called MIST. That stands for Microcomputer Information Support Tools.
One of MIST’s many features can help your computer stay in touch with others—
send electronic mail, for instance, or pick the brains of a micro with a big data
base.
“P + T,” as they sign their computer messages, had been on line since 1977, and
it seemed right to ask them for advice on making small business contacts through
networks. Peter couldn’t talk that evening, the victim of a temperamental printer,
but Trudy offered these suggestions, among others:

1. Whatever network you’re on, see if there’s a directory grouping subscribers by
interest. Which match yours?
“You can send a hello message saying, ‘This is who I am. Now tell me
something about you.’” This electronic mail could simultaneously reach a
number of selected subscribers. Then, for instance, two stockbrokers, in New
York and Washington, could exchange financial and regulatory gossip. Other
small businessmen might simply discuss common problems. The Source and a
rival network, CompuServe, each boast well over sixty thousand subscribers;
so, obviously you do have a good chance of reaching the right people, at least
if they’re professionals or well-off. With customers typically earning $50,000
or more, The Source isn’t the way to catch up with welfare mothers.
2. “You must take risks,” Trudy warns. “You must be able to ask strangers if they
can help you. There are different levels of getting to know people for business
purposes.”
If you’re looking for a business partner for a major venture, for instance, don’t
rely just on electronic communications. Talk on the phone before you team up;
meet him. But Trudy says networks are fine for minor transactions. “We’ve
written papers with people we’ve never met,” she says, “and we worked with
Turoff for two years before we met him face to face.”
3. Tap out your messages knowing that people cannot see your expression or hear
inflections in your voice.
“You may even want to type ‘Chuckle,’” Trudy says, “if it’s something where
you’re being sarcastic or ironic.” Of course the written word has advantages.

Page 264

“You can ask people questions and say things without confronting them
directly,” she says. What better way to brainstorm wildly?

I’ll add other advice: try electronic bulletin boards. They work, believe me, at
least on computer-related topics. Jeremy Hewes, for instance, reached me through
The Source, which, at my request, had given me a demonstration account, a blush,
electronic equivalent of a press junket.
“Hello,” she tapped out after seeing my note on a bulletin board for IBM
owners. “Here are a few thoughts for your book on telecommuting and related
matters.”
We followed through by phone—but The Source paved the way.
And we could just as well have been those two stockbrokers swapping gossip
electronically. It’s a distinct possibility, since half The Source subscribers use the
service in full- or part-time occupations.
Don’t, incidentally, give up making electronic business contacts just because
you can’t afford The Source or other brand-name services. Discount, no-frills
networks will be springing up without, say, stockmarket reports. Check out prices.
Experiment. Get on a service for a trial if the connect charges aren’t formidable
and see if you’re meeting your kind of people. A network, in that sense, is just like
a bar.
Also consider local boards for which you don’t even have to pay long-distance
charges.
John Fuller phoned after I “tacked up” a notice on a board for Heath owners
around Washington, D.C. Rainer Malitzke-Goes, an employee with a large
communications satellite company and an invaluable source of technical
information, reached me through another local board. Our computers, however,
can also talk directly, without a board or network, so I’ll check some technical
details in this chapter by zipping it to him electronically.
Besides helping you make business contacts, your computer can ferret out facts
in a hurry.
Want to see if anyone else has started a dog kennel specializing in Afghans?
Well, a magazine article or abstract, stashed away in a computer two thousand
miles away, may tell you. Just dial up the right information service. For a listing of
data banks by subject, consult Information Industry Market Place, published by
Bowker, 205 East 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 10017.
People living in small towns without good libraries will find electronic data
bases especially useful.
A Tennessee doctor, Frederick Myers, spent two and one-half hours on the road
when he periodically went to a medical library sixty miles away. Now his
microcomputers bring him Medline. It’s one of the hundreds of data bases
available through Dialog, the giant information service in Palo Alto, California.

Page 265

Myers told Personal Computing that Medline let him “do in ten minutes what it
would take me hours to do at the library going through the hardbound indexes.”
His patients have benefited. While a patient in the emergency room lay with
stabbing wounds in his stomach, Myers ferreted out relevant abstracts via Medline.
Electronic data bases don’t just save time. With them you can pick up odds and
ends of information that printed indexes might not bring out.
Suppose you want to know which celebrities have endorsed electric
toothbrushes on television and, searching manually, you don’t find anything in the
toothbrush articles. What next? Well, the data banks’ indexes might cover even
one-paragraph mentions of electric toothbrushes—little references in articles about
advertising or about the VIP toothbrush endorsers.
But beware. Electronic information services and data bases can cost up to
hundreds of dollars an hour to use. You need to know what to tell the data bases to
spew out the facts you need. And that can take time. Luckily, some companies
have developed programs that let you map out your strategy off-line instead of
giving commands while the ticker is running. One, called In-Search, runs on IBM-
style micros, and can save you thousands of dollars over the years if you’re a
heavy Dialog user. Even at $399 In-Search would seem worth it.
I can appreciate this all too well, having squandered $35 in a few minutes trying
to tap Dialog for my “Jewels that Blip” chapter. An experienced librarian at a
public library operated a terminal for me there. And yet at the time even she could
find next to nothing on crimes against microcomputers. In-Search might have
saved much—and maybe even most—of the $35.
Under the circumstances, in fact, I would better have spent the $35 on long-
distance calls to the right authorities, which is what I did. Information services
aren’t panaceas. Most of this book comes from old-fashioned print and interviews.
My work habits will change, however, as more people tap into data bases and
the costs decline; I’ll be very selfish and put in a good word for Dialog and the
rest, hoping eventually to share these economies of scale!

■ ■ ■

Of Packets and Freight Trains
Packet switching lowers the cost of computer communications nets and
information services, making it possible for you to send 1,000 words
coast to coast for as little as $1.
The technique, developed by the military, lets many machines jabber
away at once on the same phone line.
To tap into a packet-switching net, you typically dial local numbers or
800 ones reachable nationally. Giant networks like Telenet and MCI Mail

Page 266

use many different phone lines, but that’s still a fraction of what they’d
need without packet switching.
Just imagine each of the nets’ phone lines as a rail line. Many trains
(packets specifying the starts and ends of extrabrief computer
transmissions) can zip over the tracks at once if you keep them from
crashing into each other. The trains carry freight (bits and bytes of
information). Electronic labels assure that the cargo reaches the right
destinations (the gizmos that forward the information over the phone line
to the receiving computers).
Naturally, the use of common trains and rail lines (a packet-switching
network) is more efficient than replicating the arrangement for each
cargo recipient (each computer).
This explanation, though simplified, sums up the technique according
to Vinton G. Cerf, a top packet-switching expert.
Incidentally, packet-switching techniques can also increase the
efficiency of networks connecting computers in the same office.

■ ■ ■

Even now, if you can pin down your topic by name, you can pay next to nothing to
use electronic data banks and similar services on occasion. You needn’t even cough
up a fat subscription fee. Through MCI Mail—$18-a-year basic charge—you can
use the Dow Jones News/Retrieval Service. It’s one way to watch companies of
interest. Regularly, during the writing of this book, I would ask Dow what Kaypro
was up to. I merely typed “.KPRO” and a carriage return, and the computer
spewed out the latest Kaypro news; even at 300 baud the bulletins took less than a
minute or so to reach me. My cost? Maybe forty cents a shot. Just before
Ballantine wanted the final version of this manuscript, I learned of stockholders
suits against the Kaypro—facts that I might not have known in time without the
Dow Jones wire.
My experience illustrates the speed with which the information services can
update their indexes and articles.
The New York Times index at your local library, for instance, may be weeks out
of date. Without a computerized search you’d better either read “All the News
That’s Fit to Print” every day or be willing to flip through perhaps a month’s worth
of papers.
You can even read condensed articles daily from major papers on line—long
before they thud against your door, which they may never do if they’re in cities a
continent away. CompuServe offers the Washington Post, for instance, among
others, plus the Associated Press, the major American wire service. The Source

Page 267

flashes bulletins from United Press International. And there are electronic editions
of specialized publications like the U.S. News Washington Letter.
“Buy stocks now,” the Letter’s first electronic edition said presciently in 1982.
“The very next day, August 17,” gloated a news release from The Source, “the
stock market went through the roof.”
Not surprisingly, big newspaper and magazine companies are tinkering with
electronic information services. Often, rather than home computers, the services
use Teletext (using cable television lines or broadcast TV) or Videotex (phone
lines).
Of course lines may fuzz between technologies. Television-based systems are
growing cheaper; and someday your portable TV may have a built-in computer, a
socket for a keyboard, and a flat, high-resolution screen fit for word processing and
electronic mail. Call it a Vu-Write. Make it a first-class color television. But also a
computer suited for clerks and professionals alike. Give it a memory system less
quirky than floppy disks. Develop idiot-proof software selected by simple
switches. Mass-produce a Selectric-style keyboard, detachable, or, eventually, a
good voice recognizer. Throw in artificial speech, too, once it’s perfected, and
include a built-in, high-speed modem or the equivalent. Sell the Vu-Write for $200
at the local Sears. Or perhaps to companies who can recruit clerical telecommuters
by in effect offering free TVs.
Somewhere in Silicon Valley, a savvy company may be at work on a Vu-Write
now; and if it succeeds, maybe mass telecommuting will be with us sooner than
anyone thought.
No matter what, Vu-Write or not, energy crisis or not, think about
telecommuting and related innovations before your competitors do. One intelligent
step would be the use of electronic mail where appropriate.

Backups:
◼ XI, The Micro Connection: Some Critical Explanations, page 349.
◼ XII, MODEM7: An Almost Free and Fairly Easy Way to Talk to Other
Computers, page 354.
◼ XIII, Why Not an Electronic Peace Corps?, page 366.

Page 268

12 How I Found “God,” on MCI (and a Few Other Odds
and Ends About Electronic Mail)[75]

You won’t find the Devil listed on MCI’s electronic mail network. But
you’ll find “God,” William F. Buckley, Jr., musician Peter Nero, IBM, other
Fortune 500 companies, me, and at least one hundred thousand more
subscribers, including a Western Union official who’s keeping up with the
competition.
“God” is a man in Morgantown, West Virginia, and his listing popped up
when, out of curiosity, I typed “God” after MCI’s “To:” prompt.
I don’t know if “God” is a preacher or a businessman whose company
has a distinctive name or initials. I’m happy to see him registered with MCI,
however. When I went looking for “God” earlier on the net, the computer
said in its literal way, “God not found. Enter a postal address or TLX (Telex
address).”
I still can’t scare up “Satan,” at least electronically; but MCI’s reply to
my last “God” entry showed both the breadth and versatility that MCI and
other systems may acquire if E-Mail boosters are right. The devil actually
may be on MCI any day now. Several hundred thousand Americans are
hooked up to one mail net or another, and more than five million should be
tapping out messages that way by the end of the decade. In Virginia a
financial planner has used E-Mail’s speed to save a $300,000 deal
threatened by a legal deadline.
With E-Mail you can:

● Send messages computer to computer within an office or around the
world. At their convenience recipients can flash messages across their
screens or print them out.
● Use a computer to zip messages to special centers near recipients. The
centers print the messages, then deliver them by courier or local mail.

Page 269

That’s how you can overcome one of the original drawbacks of electronic
mail—the other person’s lacking a computer on the same network.
● Send and receive messages via the Telex network—which, of course, is
why MCI Mail politely asked for “God’s” Telex number.

“E-Mail can be nothing more than the computer equivalent of a
telephone-answering box ... storing messages for people to read when they
have a chance,” says Steve Caswell, a consultant who edits Electronic Mail
& Micro Systems, a leading industry newsletter.
“At its most complex level, it’s a very intelligent ultimate
communications device.”
Electronic mail’s roots are in the telegraph, Western Union telegrams,
and Telex machines. Computerized E-Mail has sprung up in the past two
decades; it grew in the military and academic communities and spread to
government agencies and high-tech companies like Texas Instruments.
Within the past few years, thousands of home users and other businesses
have jumped in.
Competition is keen. The Western Union man is on MCI because he
wants to see how it stacks up against his company’s own E-Mail operation,
EasyLink. GTE Corporation and International Telephone and Telegraph
offer E-Mail service. So does The Source, which lets companies set up their
own E-Mail networks without investing in giant computers. Instead, they
piggyback on The Source’s computer bank in the Washington, D.C., area.
Users can dump messages into The Source’s computers over phone lines or
log in to see what messages await them.
Anchor Financial Services, in Phoenix, Arizona, used The Source to rig
up a network it hoped would lead to well over $1 million in annual
commissions. One hundred financial planners were on line, and Don De
Young, senior marketing vice-president, expected some fifteen hundred by
1985. They’d be able to place mutual-fund orders for clients, conduct other
transactions like placing insurance and annuity orders, and pick the brains
of Anchor’s financial experts.
One planner, Joe Schopen of Norfolk, Virginia, already has used
Anchor’s E-Mail to save a $300,000 cable TV-related deal. Ten investors
wanted a tax break, available only if a Virginia agency approved their
partnership documents before the end of the year. At the last minute,
Schopen learned of additions that would be required; E-Mail gave him the

Page 270

speedy delivery that he needed for the investors to sign the legal papers in
time.
“Without electronic mail,” he says, “we very likely would have lost those
sales.
“I’ve heard we’re getting a 10 percent increase in productivity because of
our faster turnaround and because our clients can electronically learn when
other people receive messages for them.”
Some other advantages of E-Mail are:

1. Lower phone bills. In a Midwestern office of the H. J. Heinz Company, a
secretary says the CompuServe network had cut her phone time by 80
percent. Using electronic mail, for instance, Sue Clark can send a memo
to dozens of offices at once.
2. Elimination of telephone tag. “We can type a memo at the end of our
workday and have a response [from the West Coast] by the next
morning,” says Philip Selden, an Ohio-based executive with Owens-
Illinois Inc., who is using Western Union’s EasyLink service.
3. An end to garbled messages. Errors and misunderstandings decline when
people can write electronic messages.
4. More efficient sharing of ideas. Computer conferencing is an example.
A group of people with similar interests can keep a running record of their
electronic conversations.
Say you’re an oil company with dozens or hundreds of offshore rigs.
How to share ideas on efficiency, safety, other related topics? Well, via
radio-telephone link in some cases, your rig people might log onto an
electronic network. There they might read and add to the remarks left by
other people in this ongoing conversation.[76]
Now let’s say somebody wanted to “speak” to only one other person on
the network. He could do it.
Likewise, he might form a subgroup—say, one of people interested in
helicopter safety.

E-Mail also is a boon to travelers using portable computers. Peter Nero
says that while on the road, he often must reply quickly to proposals for
concert appearances. So he taps out letters in midflight on a lap-sized Radio
Shack computer, then zips them over hotel phone lines to his office. In Los
Angeles a machine prints them for his secretary to mail.

Page 271

There are other virtues of E-Mail—MCI can even arrange to print letters
on your letterhead. A ten-year-old drew his own Bucky Beaver logo for
letters to Grandma, and a Chicago bank follows up with laser-printed letters
to impress the millionaires its sales reps call on.
E-Mail also can add new wrinkles to old friendships, business and
private. Two and one-half decades ago, an elementary-school pal named
Geoff Fobes moved to India with his parents, and we started scrawling
letters; I even fooled myself into thinking I could learn Hindi from a book
he mailed. Not long ago I introduced Geoff—by now in North Carolina—to
MCI Mail. “Well,” he typed, “it seemed only karmically fitting to be
writing you first. Many glorious surprises when your letter began to appear.
My father was dazed and said this was a historic moment. Seems
melodramatic, but then he is an old State Department manual typewriter
man.”
Electronic mail, of course, also has its negatives. Take Nero. He might
have used direct phone hookups to his office computers many times, or
perhaps other networks; but as of spring 1984 he was far from a regular on
the MCI network. Months after I “mailed” a message to him, I hadn’t gotten
an electronic receipt confirming that he had read my “letter.” And I’m still
waiting for “God” to reply. As of early 1984, MCI had picked up sixty-five
thousand of its subscribers from the Dow Jones News Retrieval Service and
the Bibliographic Retrieval Service. And many had not logged on even
once. Some registrants—including “God”?—didn’t even know the E-Mail
service existed.
So MCI was flooding subscribers’ mailboxes—the paper kind—with
brochures telling them of IBM PCs and other goodies awaiting people if
they signed on electronically to enter drawings. “God” theoretically might
have won “a luxury vacation in Hawaii.”
“Since the programs were announced,” said the Wall Street Journal,
“weekly [electronic] volume has risen 20 percent.” MCI in late 1984
boasted 150,000 subscribers.
By now it may have another feature. Pay extra and a computer will ring
you up and read you your message. And eventually—maybe even right now
—you’ll be able to pay bills and see your bank balance via the network.
Still, fearing loss of privacy, some people won’t use MCI Mail and
similar services.

Page 272

“Electronic mail,” said my literary agent, Berenice Hoffman, ever
vigilant about her clients’ privacy, “is for letters addressed ‘Occupant.‘”
Perhaps for this very reason, MCI Mail’s bills don’t list the recipients of
messages unless you want. In that limited sense MCI is more private than
the telephone system.
You shouldn’t use E-Mail for confidential correspondence, however, if
you can’t protect your message with electronic scrambling.
Ian (“Captain Zap”) Murphy, whom MCI Mail lists under his real name,
really bought that point home. “Any easy way to get into MCI’s operating
system?” he asked.
“Come on, Ian,” I said. “Let’s not court temptation. That would be like
giving an alcoholic a bottle of Jack Daniels.” We joked over it. He said
those days were behind him. And yet I wondered whether, even now,
hackers were unraveling the security of the MCI net.
E-Mail had and has other drawbacks. High-tech intimidates some
executives; others see typing as a threat to the executive image.
Then there are technical glitches. Gil Gordon, the telecommuting
consultant, gave up MCI Mail in disgust because for some strange reason he
had trouble getting his micro to show new lines on the screen properly
when he was typing letters.
Also, even though MCI ballyhoos itself as a link between many kinds of
machines, you normally can’t underline something on your Xerox 860, say,
and have it show up right on someone’s IBM running Perfect Writer. MCI
strips the special characters for underlining, boldfacing, and several other
typographical trimmings. (Among word processors, there are no such
standard codes for such features.)
“MCI’s using us as guinea pigs,” complained Peter Ross Range, a
Washington writer whose double-spaced letters were turning single-spaced
when MCI printed them. That happened with WordStar, the popular word
processor. MCI put out a detailed explanation of how to avoid such
problems, and I passed on the basics to Peter, who said, “What’s the point if
it takes that long and I can just call a messenger from an express service?”
Peter also found that on some days MCI Mail just wouldn’t work at times; I
myself noticed that, too. And some people’s $2 MCI letters, passed on to
the U.S. Postal Service for delivery as “hard copy,” were taking several
days to arrive. Still other MCI messages, hard copy or electronic, never
reached their destinations at any time. Service to New York seemed the

Page 273

worst but was better to medium-sized cities, especially in the Midwest.
Those are all issues crucial to business.
MCI Mail dates back only to late 1983, and by now maybe things are
much better. Perhaps software makers and MCI and rivals will cooperate in
a big way someday so that you routinely can get boldfacing and other
“luxuries” if you stick the right command in your electronic file.
Glitches and all, MCI still works out for budget-minded writers and
consultants. A “mailbox” is just $18 a year, and if you can dial up MCI
locally as people in most large cities can, you pay a mere $1 to send 1,000
words computer-to-computer in the U.S.—including Hawaii. Indeed, Jim
Fallows says he and some other Atlantic Monthly writers routinely use the
service for trying articles out on each other.
In addition, MCI offers some neat little wrinkles for heavy-duty
corporate users. Companies with in-house systems can set up bridges
between the MCI and their existing electronic mail nets. As the MCI
bragged in its on-line newsletter, you can simultaneously “send a company-
wide memo electronically on your internal system; copy your attorneys,
who subscribe to MCI Mail; copy your vendors with laser-printed, first-
class letters,” and “deliver the boss’s copy the same day at his conference in
Dallas.” If the boss is in London, a letter written on your computer can
reach him by courier after a machine prints it out. What’s more, for a
fraction of the cost of Telexes, you can directly reach business associates’
computers in England or a number of other countries.
Of course, especially if you’re a business, do look at the other E-Mail
networks, too. I’ve written much here about MCI simply because it is one
of the largest networks and I’m most familiar with it.
All the E-Mail services, at any rate, offer the same advantages over
conventional letters: speed. Even skeptics see the potential. Peter Ross
Range, the man with the WordStar-MCI woes, says, “I want the day to
come soon when I won’t have to lick another stamp.”
Some of the most useful electronic mail can go from person to another in
the same building or complex—a capability made possible through local
networking, discussed in the next chapter.

Page 274

13 Net Gain$

Back in 1983 a young CPA named John Madden came to work as
information systems manager for Carsonville Metal Products in rural
Michigan. He found just two computers there—an IBM mini and an Apple
III.
Like most computers, they were loners. The IBM, used for accounting,
didn’t pass its figures on to the Apple to be put in reports or maybe
spreadsheets. The Apple didn’t talk back.
Today, though, Carsonville not only owns more machines; they’re more
sociable. Its twenty-one Kaypros speak to each other through a local area
network. That’s gobbledygook for nearby computers swapping electronic
files or programs—and sharing goodies like printers.
People, too, are communicating better. They needn’t swap floppy disks as
often or fight their way through as much paperwork. Thanks to the
computer network, Madden says, Carsonville may enjoy $1,000 a year
more in effective work time from each office staffer. That’s not all. Sales
normally are around $12 million a year; Carsonville competes in the dog-
eat-dog areas of defense and auto-parts contracts; and the network may help
win millions of dollars of new business. With facts handier, the executives
can more easily submit low but realistic bids.
The secret is simple: The WEB network, which in late 1984 was listing
for several hundred dollars per computer.
The WEB’s price sounds outrageous. It isn’t. Had Carsonville used
Ethernet or another of the much-touted networks, it might have spent well
over $1,000 to wire in each computer—perhaps several thousand with all
the trimmings included.
Instead, Madden went by the philosophy of this book. He shopped
around for the least costly gizmos that could do the job well.
Souping up the IBM mini wasn’t the answer. It offered 64 megabytes of
storage, the equivalent of 32,000 double-spaced typewritten pages. But

Page 275

Madden worried if it could run programs fast enough with a number of
people tugging at it simultaneously. “We had five terminals, and we
dropped it to four,” he said, “because our mini slowed down horribly even
with five.” Going the mini route, Madden would also have had to spend
perhaps $30,000 on at least twenty more terminals without the brains of a
full-fledged computer. In addition, he’d have had to buy new software and
other hardware, so the final costs might have totaled up to $100,000.
Besides, Madden cherished the notion of a “democratic” system. Machines
at all locations should boast plenty of power; then people would feel more
in control, and the whole system wouldn’t fall apart if a Big Brother
computer broke down.
Madden might also have gone another route, buying a multiuser-system
micro—one computer and a number of dumb terminals, somewhat like the
mini arrangement.
That, too, however, wouldn’t have been “democratic.”
And with too many people piled on the supermicro, it might have run
programs at the pace of a crippled snail.
UNIX, the software system developed by Bell Laboratories, was good for
multiuser arrangements and allowed much more speed—but few computer
and software companies had UNIX offerings out yet.
Madden, anyway, wanted his machines to run proven CP/M programs
like dBASE II and WordStar; he felt they were powerful enough for the jobs
he required; he needn’t mess with the more fashionable 16-bit, IBM-style
micros. Hard disks would help, though. “I’d been a partner in a public
accounting firm,” he said, “and I’d picked up a hard disk for myself, and it
ran much faster than floppy disks, and I didn’t ever want to go back to
floppies.”
So he set his sights on Kaypro 10s—with hard disks built in—and began
mapping out his networking scheme.
With twenty-one Kaypros, each offering around 10 megabytes of useful
storage, his company’s computers could stash away over 200 megabytes, or
more than three times the space on the IBM mini.
“I don’t think people appreciate the power of micros in a network
configuration,” he said.
But which network to buy?
“We were just looking at the ability to share and update the files on our
disks from any location,” Madden said. “And we wanted the ability to share

Page 276

equipment like printers. We didn’t need an elaborate electronic mail or
message system. We already had intercoms. And we also didn’t need the
ability to transmit graphics.”
From the start Madden knew he hadn’t the slightest use for a deluxe
network, such as one called Wangnet, which could transmit voice and even
TV pictures but didn’t come in a version working with the Kaypro.
Well, how about Xerox’s Ethernet? Xerox was hoping that Ethernet
would become an industry standard, and some users loved it. “Ethernet has
been very good for us,” said a computer man with the Kentucky state
government, a test user; he told Computerworld of “excellent productivity
gains.”
Ethernet, though, like Wangnet, didn’t run with the Kaypro at the time
Madden was shopping, and it also had too much capacity for him.
What’s more, a version of it crashed during a demonstration when two
people were trying at the same time to read an electronic file. Madden
moved on. Reliability counted most.
Speed mattered, too, and he tested The WEB to see how fast it could
move files from one Kaypro 10 to another.
“We set up machines A, B, and C,” said Madden. “We had machine A
giving the commands for a file to be copied from machine B to machine C.
At the same time, we had C transfer a file from A to B, and we had B
transfer a file from A to C.
“People at all three machines hit the return keys at the same time”—to
give them commands—“and then we watched what would happen.
“We found that the machines copied the files without errors in maybe one
minute.” And the files were about 100K long, around fifty double-spaced
typewritten pages.
Madden also tried another test to see how much The WEB would slow
down the speed at which people could run programs. He compared:

1. How long a Kaypro took to sort dBASE II files electronically while not
hooked up to the network.
2. How long it took while connected to the network.
3. How long a second Kaypro needed to sort the dBASE files in the first
machine via the network.

Page 277

“In each case,” said Madden, “there was an increase in time, but it was
still acceptable.”
So Carsonville bought The WEB and saved a pile compared to doing it
with an old or a new mini.
The Kaypro 10s cost $2,750 each, which, multiplied by 21, came to
$55,000, and The WEB in a test version was $250 per machine for the
software and a circuit board. That was just about everything but odds and
ends such as $80 for 1,000 feet of telephone-style wire. Total expenses?
Much less than $70,000. And even with The WEB’s list price of $350 per
machine, Carsonville’s costs still were at least $30,000 less than those of
souping up the mini system or buying a new one.
Later, Madden discovered a glitch. The WEB let people flash short
messages across each other’s screens, a feature called “flash,” and it
crashed dBASE II.
He felt his people wouldn’t need that wrinkle, however, and they could
avoid the problem just by disabling “flash.”
Ed Bigelow, president of Adevco, Inc., which made The WEB, said that
if Carsonville had wanted “flash,” then Madden could have had the network
or dBASE II modified to snuff out the glitch.[77]
Whatever the case, the little dBASE II problem showed the importance
of prospective customers putting networks through their paces with various
programs—ideally, before buying.
Here’s a summary of questions to ask in setting up a network:

Page 278

Do You Need One?

Don’t be expensively trendy. You have just three other people in the
office, and the paperwork isn’t piled that high? Then you might be much
better off trading floppies.
But if you’re a busy law office, you might want to get a lot of standard,
boilerplate paragraphs from a hard disk shared via a network or multiuser
system.
Especially you might consider a network or multiuser system where more
than one person is constantly dipping into the same data base. Suppose
Production wants to know five times a day how many widget parts
Inventory has left in fifteen categories. Then a network could help. The
Sales Department, after all, may want to use the same computer to find out
how many finished products are in stock.
Of course, if there are five hundred people dipping into a data base, a
mini or mainframe would be the ticket.
Also, even Bigelow warns against bringing networks into companies in
which people won’t be willing to keep their electronic files in order.
He recalls one office in which “people had been using electronic
typewriters and they’d switched to micros recently and were careless about
where they put their disks. They even left magnetized scissors and paper
clips on them.
“People didn’t trust each other’s diskettes—or diskette habits. And on a
network you can’t be sloppy. You could destroy everything if management
hasn’t set up the system well. Even on some good networks people can
wreak havoc on each other’s files by overcrowding disks with information.
There can even be network saboteurs.
“You can’t network unless people act as a team and care about their
colleagues’ records. If a company’s isn’t like that, it might be better off with
a strong data-processing department to police everyone. Or they might just
use micros not connected to each other—so that people will crash only their
own disks.
“They might network only after they’ve successfully run employees
through a training program to promote good work habits.”

Page 279

In General, Do You Know What You Want To Do—With
People and Equipment?

You’re really planning your office, not just shopping for a connection
between computers.
All kinds of questions pop up—for instance:

1. How extensive do you want your network’s file-sharing capabilities to
be? Translation: “How important is it for people to share their paperwork
electronically?”
2. Who’ll manage the network? Who’ll determine who can see what
electronic files? Who’ll keep track of passwords? Who’ll make sure that a
careless but talented worker can’t destroy irreplaceable information? You
don’t, by the way, want your network manager to turn power hungry. “He
shouldn’t be the network police,” jokes Bigelow. “He should be the
network janitor—in the sense of keeping everything in place
electronically. You might also think of him as a network teacher. He can
help tell people the right way to do things.” Bigelow, in fact, warns
against one person holding sway over the others by being the only one
familiar with network procedures.
3. Do you want to assign special network-related duties to other people?
One employee, for instance, may be the custodian of an expensive laser
printer and make sure that other people are using it most efficiently.
4. Who will work at what node? That’s jargon for a location or work
station.
5. Will some people share work stations? If so, you’d better decide which
tasks in your office are going to be done in what corners of the room.
6. Which computers will store which electronic files?
7. How many printers and other gizmos will people share, and where will
they go? Presumably, you don’t want a printer five hundred feet from the
people feeding their files into it.
You also should decide how many expensive, letter-quality printers you
need and how many cheapies like dot matrixes. Make up your mind—
before your office wastes $4,000 on a second laser printer when just one
might do.

Page 280

The same idea might apply to high-speed modems if your network
allows computers to share them.
8. What kinds of computers are you planning to hook up? The WEB as of
mid-1984 was running only with Kaypros. But a version for IBMs was in
the works.

One advantage of a big-name network, however, is that it may more
easily get machines of different brands on speaking terms. That could count
if you’re planning to trade in your old micros soon.
There’s a caveat. Some networks may work with many machines but may
not be as powerful as those dedicated to one brand.
So Apples and IBMs might both share the same hard disk but might not
be able to read each other’s files without costly add-ons.

Page 281

How Fast Do You Want the Network to Transfer Information?

It’ll depend largely on the type of network—a topic covered later in this
chapter.
Wangnet will zip information over the wires many times faster than will
The WEB; it’s a boon for those who need that capability but a frill for those
who don’t.
Mind you, a network itself isn’t necessarily the main determinant of the
speed with which files zip back and forth between machines.
The speed of your computers’ floppies in many cases will count more
than the network’s transmission rate, and that’s true to a lesser extent of
Winchester hard disks. Different networks, of course, may work faster or
slower when teamed up with the same computer. Also, some networks seem
fast when you don’t have many users. But then, with a large number, rival
networks are faster.

Page 282

How Much of a Load Do You Want to Put On Your Network—
and Can It Handle It?

How many computers do you want hooked in? And how much of a strain
will they place on the network before it crashes or slows down to a
bothersome extent?
If people are running data-base programs on colleagues’ files, a network
might only work with a few users, but if they’re just occasionally swapping
electronic files, the same system may accommodate hundreds of computers.
That’s especially true, say, if you’re a publishing house with many
writers but few editors. The writers may not communicate much between
themselves, so that the handful of editors are the only ones really taxing the
system. And since they’re not running other people’s programs, even the
editors won’t be that much of a burden.
The same principle might apply to an educational network in which one
teacher is overseeing many students.

Page 283

Is the Network Reliable in Other Ways?

Are the wires and connectors strong enough mechanically, for instance?
How much does the network tolerate mistakes—how crashproof is it? And
what about the software? Suppose two people at once are calling up a
directory to find out what’s on a common disk. Will the director accurately
list every file? Does the network perform well not only with the directory
program but with other utility-style software in CP/M, MS-DOS, or
whatever operating system you’re using?

Page 284

How Easy Must the Network be to Use?

The WEB is easy but not for the untrained novice. Using the Kaypro
version, you need to know at least the basic CP/M commands.
But once you do, you’re just about home free.
Take the PIP command, which, among other things, lets you transfer files
from one disk to another on a machine by itself. To switch a file named
TEST from drive A to drive B, you’d load a PIP program into your
computers temporary memory. Then you might type B:=A:TEST.
Via The WEB, though, how do you try to reach someone else’s drive?
Well, you could issue a similar command. Only, instead of saying you
wanted to reach drive B, you might ask for drive H—which is how the other
person’s drive might be electronically known around the office.
That’s with The WEB set up the simplest way. Even with The WEB in a
more complex form, however, the procedure wouldn’t be much harder.
On the other hand, The WEB isn’t the system for you if you’re hoping
just to press one or two buttons to send information on its way.

Page 285

What Special Features Do You Need?

Ask, ask, ask the sales reps about what’s available.
Remember, some networks won’t let you share printers or modems or
even send files to another computer. Also, will printing take longer to set up
remotely than with all the equipment by your side? How easy is it?
Also, does the network have queuing? If user A and user B both send out
files to be printed on the same machine, will a disk hold user B’s file until A
is done? If there’s queuing, have you given up something in return?
Find out, too, if the network is interrupt driven? Let’s say someone’s
getting information off one of your computer’s disks while you’re typing.
Where should your computer concentrate its processing power? On the
network? Or on your screen and keyboard? Better make it the screen and
keyboard, since you want your machine to record all the keystrokes you’re
putting in. And on an interrupt-driven system, this can happen. So there’s
less chance of “Now is the time for all good men to ...” coming out as “Nwi
thetme fr all good mn....”
Is error checking in use? Will the computers ask if the others received the
signal okay? Will they start again if they didn’t?
Also, what about machine A using its software to work with the contents
of machine B’s disks?
And can you use your pet word-processing software to print an electronic
file on someone else’s printer without getting in the way of the program
he’s running at the time?
What about electronic mail and equivalents of The WEB’s “flash”
command? Can you easily open your electronic mailbox to see what
messages are awaiting you? Will your computer even tell you on screen
when you have a “letter”? Will it beep at you? If there’s a flash-style
arrangement for short messages to appear on screen, can you turn it off?
Not that E-Mail and “flash” are pure delights. You may not be at the screen
to receive your electronic message; with a phone message or an intercom,
on the other hand, the other person would know immediately that you
weren’t. Then again, with E-Mail or a flash-type arrangement, you can help
soften the effects of telephone tag.[78]

Page 286

Also, how about file locking, which keeps user A out of a file that user B
is working on? That’s probably a “must.” You can’t have someone changing
numbers at the same time you are and see the results add up wrong for both
of you.
Another question arises. Do you want people from field offices to be able
to dial in via modems? This dial-up experience—along with the general-
network kind—might help you eventually make the transition to
telecommuting. Obviously, however, modems may mean security problems.
Local area networks, of course, just like multiuser systems, have security
risks even without modems. You’ll perhaps want to set up the network with
passwords and user-privilege levels so that only you can get into every
nook and cranny of the system—and no one can read every electronic file.
It’s a question of management style. In fact, in respecting people’s privacy,
you might even arrange for only them to be able to read some information
stored on their hard disks. At any rate, do investigate the security capability
of a system very carefully before buying. Don’t let a network’s technical
failings complicate office politics.
Needless to say, too, make sure that no one can find his way to the
payroll data base to give himself an unofficial raise.

Page 287

What Kind of Protocol Does the Network
Use?
“Protocol” is just a set of rules telling how computerlike gizmos speak to
each other.
By the way, networks can share a protocol but still not be on speaking
terms. The WEB uses Ethernet’s basic protocol but can’t hook up to it, since
Ethernet transmits information faster across the network.
Wait. There’s one other complication. Different Ethernet-style systems—
from different manufacturers—speak different dialects.
“Assume nothing,” says Bigelow on the issue of whether different
networks or machines will work with each other. “Nothing’s obvious.”
Before buying, insist if possible that the sales rep set up his hardware and
show you the “compatibility” he’s been claiming.

Page 288

How Easy Is the Network to Install?

A WEB-type network might be a nightmare for the lazy and sloppy. It
requires hooking printed circuit boards up to the right leads of chips in the
Kaypro. And you must also solder the telephone-style sockets into which
your computer’s network cord plugs.[79]
But a good data-processing department shouldn’t have any problems,
according to The WEB’s makers.
What about small businesses without data-processing people?
They might buy both their computers and the network from a systems
house if possible—a company that will do more than the average computer
store in getting various machines to work well together. But you’ve already
bought your computer? And a good computer store or systems house isn’t
nearby? And the network maker can’t vouch for any technicians near you?
Then you might avoid the networks that need soldering and other grubby
work.
Even if a well-regarded store or systems house does sell you the network,
see if the technicians will get it running before they set it up at your
business and you officially take delivery. Better still, see if they’ll do that
before you officially accept delivery.

Page 289

How Much Support Will the Manufacturer
Give You?
Often, if software comes with a computer, the software house will buck
you back to the computer manufacturer if you have a question or problem.
And that may or may not be true with network systems.
If the network is built into the computer, you might want to see if you can
also get direct support from the company responsible for the networking
system.
It works the other way, too. If you buy a network from an independent
manufacturer, is the firm familiar enough with your computer to make sure
the system works well with it? Know exactly who will do the servicing and
consider a service contract, which usually costs 1-2 percent of the hardware
costs per month.

In shopping around, you shouldn’t worry about jargon so much as you do
about the performance of the network as you perceive it.
Below, however, are some necessary terms to master. We’ll begin with
three kinds of topology—the word for the way a network is laid out:

Page 290

A Bus

A cable hooks up a bus network’s computers in parallel in the manner of
lights on some Christmas trees.
A bus network may offer advantages in office layouts. You don’t have to
clutter things up with a whole series of wires running back to fancy
equipment in a central location. You just lay one main wire with sockets
that the individual micros plug into.
Other equipment needs may be simple. The WEB, a bus network,
requires printed circuit boards for all computers, installed in the machines
themselves. That’s about it other than the software and the wire.
Fancier systems using a bus—like most versions of Ethernet and Corvus
Systems’ popular micro network called Omninet—need a file server.
A file server can be a computer minus the keyboard and screen but with
extra communications ports to help signals get in and out in a hurry. It’s
connected to the hard disk, which stores and relays the electronic files that
people send it. In some networks a file server can also be a regular
computer simply assigned to the job.
With a server arrangement you’re always sharing files with the server
rather than directly with other members of the network. The hard disk is
between you and the machine you’re trying to reach.
By the way, if everyone must use software from the server, that means a
very, very busy hard disk—and potentially slower running programs.

Page 291

A Star

In star topology, the individual computers are at the points of a starlike
layout of cables radiating from a file server.
If the server conks out, everyone in the network is out of luck. But then
that could also happen in rare cases if a printed circuit board in a bus
network became mischievous in the worst way.
Normally, computers on a star network can’t be more than perhaps 200
feet apart, and perhaps much less.
Corvus’s Constellation network uses the star.
Most multiuser systems—which I won’t call true networks—use the star
arrangement to hook up the dumb terminals to their central brain.

Page 292

A Ring

Messages zip along a circle in one direction until they reach the right
computer. If the ring’s broken, the network crashes.
Also, distance may be limited to less than a few hundred feet without
costly repeaters. With the right equipment and enough money, however, you
can go much farther.
One beauty of a ring arrangement is that in small networks the speeds can
be very fast. Larger networks slow it down.
A ring network often uses token passing. Think of the children’s game
where, when you’re caught with a ball or other object, you’re “it.” The kids
try not to be.[80]
In token passing, though, the computers don’t mind being “it” at all.
Getting the “ball” means they have the okay to send to another machine
through the ring.
If you as a computer get the ball, you get the privilege of replacing it
with the message you want to send. You “hold” the ball until the message
you’ve sent comes back to you through the ring. Then you send the ball on
its way to the next computer. The whole process, of course, is almost
instantaneous.
Some people say it may be easier to design software for a ring, since the
token passing means there’s no chance of signals colliding.
Radio Shack’s Arcnet uses token passing.

You also may end up grappling with different wiring styles.

Page 293

Telephone Style

WEB-style networks mostly use a cable somewhat like the kind between
the outside of your house and your phone jack. This cable has four
conductors—individual wires within it. Commonly, two “hot” conductors
carry computer signals. Between them, often, are two ground wires
attached to the computers. You need good, solid ground connections for the
networks to work right.

Page 294

Twisted Pair

A twisted-pair network is what it sounds like—one normally using a pair
of wires that twist around each other to form a long spiral. The twisting
makes the cable less sensitive to electrical interference from radio
transmitters, air conditioners, or other appliances.

Page 295

Shielded Wire

You could also guard the twisted wires from electrical interference by
enclosing it in woven copper or metal shielding.
Coaxial cable is a common form of shielded wire. It’s costly—it may
sell for more than $1 a foot. Coaxial cable could be four times or more the
cost of a twisted pair. It consists of one or more thin wires buried in plastic-
type insulation under the shielding.
“Coax,” as the pros say for short, is the kind that’s normally black outside
and looks like a thin snake that stretches on forever. (The pronunciation is
“co-ax.”)
Not that the color’s important. “We use powder blue,” says a man with
one network company.
Ethernet and Wangnet both use coax; so do cable-TV installations. In fact,
some cable companies have transmitted computer signals. A TV cable
doesn’t care if you use it for carrying a gangster movie or a bank payroll.
But just because Ethernet uses coax doesn’t mean it’s normally good
enough to carry most TV-like signals. It is just baseband in capacity. You’d
normally use Ethernet simply for computerlike messages or maybe some
telephone; it’s like a single, high-speed highway.
Wangnet, however, is broadband and can carry TV. It resembles a whole
transportation network—a highway, air corridors, and a river.
You have many well-separated channels. In fact, Wangnet is piping along
signals at radio and TV frequencies. And the right gadgetry can separate
them just as easily as a good television does. You can go for miles with
Wangnet—much farther than with Ethernet, which may need signal
boosters after several thousand feet.
People at Wang, Xerox, and the others can get truculent and maybe even
paranoid about their pet networks versus their rivals’.
“There is no light at the end of the tunnel yet,” said a friend of mine
who’s a systems analyst. “Everyone is looking over everyone else’s
shoulder to see what they’re doing.” And it isn’t just the computer industry.
The PBX[81] makers, the switchboard manufacturers, want their shares of the
action, too. This works the other way, too. IBM in 1984 said it would make
Rolm—a major PBX maker—part of the Big Blue empire.

Page 296

Room exists, of course, for many styles of networks—even in the same
companies in some cases.
Bigelow aptly likens networks to word processors. We don’t all use
WordStar; why should we all be on Ethernet?
With the right hardware, in fact, a twisted pair or maybe even a bus
network might merge with the baseband and broadband ones. Networked
second- or even third- or fourth-hand micros might speak to mainframes.
The state of West Virginia in 1984 planned to buy hundreds of IBM
computers. Many reportedly would be on Omninets. As of mid-1984 an
Omninet could have only sixty-three micros on it—but why not link many
Omninets to big-time networks? A man at Corvus assured me that’s exactly
what his company was working on for customers like West Virginia. AT&T
may have had the right idea. It planned a network to work with Ethernet and
Corvus, plus the RS-232-style arrangement that you already use to hook up
computers with printers and modems.
That could be just the solution for some large companies that feel they’re
just innocent civilians in the network wars.
Meanwhile, if you’re with a small company like Carsonville Metal
Products, home in on your immediate needs. Again, don’t worry about high-
powered networks designed for the Fortune 500 crowd. Maybe all
computers someday will work with Ethernet, say, and perhaps it’ll be just as
cheap for you as a WEB-style net, but it isn’t now. Meanwhile, if an
Ethernet-equipped firm wants to talk to your computers today, there’s
already a network in place with fairly common technical standards: the
telephone system.

Everything still sound scary? Well, just forget the jargon and simply pin
down the sales reps to make sure that the network will do what you want.
Hire a consultant if need be. And follow the normal rule of computer
shopping and check with existing customers to see if they’re happy.
Wise network shopping, as indicated earlier, can pay off.
In mid-1984, Madden, taking advantage of The WEB, was putting the
finishing touches on some software modifications. With them, whenever
Carsonville made new sales or bought new supplies, he could instantly see
the results on the companies’ general ledger; and just as important, he and
his colleagues could easily keep up with the costs of their existing contracts.
They could compile a historical record, too, a big help in planning new

Page 297

bids. Now that Carsonville’s computers were talking, the humans might be
talking more—about the new business that the sociable machines could
help bring their way.

Page 298

14 As The Jungle Thickens (AKA the Great Modeming)

This was to be my future chapter, the one about microcomputers in the
year 2001. I at first wanted it short. So often the micro future prematurely
becomes the micro past; and why devote too much space to making a fool
of myself?
And why not spread the risks? Arthur C. Clarke seemed a better prophet.
[82]

Several months earlier, in fact, he’d agreed to an interview via modems
and the satellite links between Colombo, Sri Lanka, and Alexandria,
Virginia. So now I’d show that my little Kaypro, with a free software
program and a $150 modem, could talk almost instantly to a stranger’s
computer on the other side of the planet for perhaps a fraction of the cost of
a telex. It seemed fitting. Clarke, after all, had written 2010 with WordStar
and decades ago had practically invented the idea of communications
satellites.
And if I failed to catch up with Clarke by computer? Well, I supposed it
would be like a train journey to Outer Mongolia; I at least could write of the
experience of trying to get there and of the people I met along the way.
I’d cop out in one more respect. Rather than ask Clarke the usual
reporterish questions, I would turn the job over to others. The first was Eric
Meyer, twelve years old, who was learning assembly language, a feat at any
age, and who planned to start a software company called New
Technologies.[83] The second was a Fortune 500 man named Jerry terHorst,
head of Ford Motor’s public affairs office in Washington, D.C., and former
press secretary to Gerald Ford. The third was Margaret Phanes, assistant to
David Kay, vice-president of the company that had made my computer; the
fourth, Seymour Rubinstein, a science-fiction fan and the developer of
WordStar. The fifth was Rob Barnaby, the WordStar writer. The sixth was
James Watt, co-owner of the Haunted Book Shop in Annapolis, Maryland,
and a descendant of the eighteenth-century Scottish inventor. The seventh,

Page 299

Lynn Wilson, a former railroad telegrapher, had taught me some amateur
radio theory when I was twelve.
Eric himself had just passed his novice examination for an amateur
license, and over the phone, with a push button, I tapped out my idea in
international Morse code.
“How,” I inquired, “would you like to ask Arthur Clarke some
questions?”
“Who’s Arthur Clarke?” Eric replied by voice.
It was a pardonable response. Clarke’s 2001—the book and movie for
which he’s most famous—had come out several years before Eric’s birth.
And yet as much as anything, Eric’s reply showed where we were headed in
this age of specialization. He might someday be programming the future
equivalents of HAL, developing new forms of artificial intelligence, and yet
he apparently had not heard of HAL’s creator.
I told Eric who Clarke was. “No, thanks,” Eric tapped.
“But he’s the most famous science-fiction writer in the world,” I said,
and explained the kind of issues that he might ask about.
Eric, however, still wasn’t completely impressed. “Does he understand
technical things?”
I assured Eric that Arthur Clarke was technical enough to be worth his
time. “We’re going to do this by computers over the phone lines,” I said.
“In fact, I’d like you to send your questions to me by computer. Then I’ll
store them inside mine. And then I’ll shoot them by computer to Arthur
Clarke there in Sri Lanka. You’ll be communicating machine to machine,
sort of.”
“Where’s Sri Lanka?”
“It’s an island in the Indian Ocean.”
“Would you use my communications program?” Eric asked.
Eric wasn’t talking about software he’d bought. It was what he had
written.
“No,” I said. “I’m going to use MODEM7, because I’m familiar with it.”
“Couldn’t you say you used a communications program written by Eric
Meyer, age twelve?” he asked. It wasn’t the worst twist in the world—good
for the book, good for Eric, who, as a reporter’s son, showed a precocious
public relations sense. “I won’t use it to reach Clarke,” I said, “but you can
use it to send your file to me.”
“All right.”

Page 300

“Read 2001,” I said.
Eric readily agreed.
“I remember the title,” he said later, “but I was out when one of the kids
in my class gave a report on it.”
“I’ll want your reaction.”
“Okay.”
We also attended to another matter. Eric didn’t own an amateur radio rig
yet, and I offered to lend him my Heathkit, a little five-watt transmitter-
receiver stashed away in the closet of my efficiency apartment.
“Is it digital?” Eric asked. Did it have, in other words, a “non-dial” like
those newfangled watches?
“No.”
“I was hoping it was.”
“It’s transistorized.” That was good enough for me. Who needed a radio
without a dial?
Eric took me up on my offer, which included the gift of some old chassis
and capacitors and other parts, forgotten until now in the crawl space of my
parents’ home. And I was pleased that Eric accepted, for I liked the
symmetry of it all. Two decades earlier Lynn Wilson had given me some of
the very equipment I’d be passing on to Eric. And so I visited my parents’
basement that weekend and reentered the past, not only my own but also
that of electronics, including computers in a sense; for perhaps this is how
the micro age had truly begun—hobbyists swapping parts back and forth
until someone accumulated enough to build a system that actually worked.
[84]

Lynn Wilson was all over the crawl space. I picked up a 6146 transmitter
tube on which he had playfully magic markered, “For David, K4DIG, DX
King.” DX was the amateur radio jargon for long-distance communications.
I lingered in that basement, thinking that somehow, examining the past, I
might better understand the future. There were no new clues, however,
nothing but bulky transformers and spaghettilike wires and resistors and
capacitors and the other odds and ends of my youth. But what a record my
junk pile was of the American electronics industry. Half gutted, near the
6146, reposed a silvery ARC-5, a war-surplus receiver. Had it flown? ARC-
5s were what American bombers carried during the Second World War. Had
a B-17 crew kept in touch with England with my ARC-5 while pummeling
the Third Reich? Had my receiver seen action over Tokyo? Scrapping it,

Page 301

had I inadvertently defiled History? Near the ARC-5 I saw a giant
condenser for a transmitter. With row after row of plates on a metal shaft, it
looked like an electronic potato slicer. I thought of fingernail-sized chips in
computers today; the big potato slicer might as well be an artifact from
another species. There in the crawl space the 1950s showed up in little
vacuum tubes the size of pill bottles. They were a reminder of the short-
sightedness of the U.S. electronics executives who had stayed years too
long with vacuum-tube technology. Just what did this mean to American
computer makers facing similar challenges? There was an object lesson
here. Many portable computers from U.S. companies had flat screens, for
example, but most of the display designs came from the laboratories of
Japan. Although IBM would prosper—even if half of the innards of its PCs
came from the Orient—many of the smaller American manufacturers might
die. And even the larger domestic companies could suffer in the price
ranges where computers were mere commodities; with flat displays and
better memory chips, Nippon might again make us relive the transistor
fiasco. I groped, poked, and wandered some more. And there in a dim
corner I found the 1960s, too—in the form of a Nuvistor, another pygmy
vacuum tube, another refinement of the obsolete. By the 1970s Heathkit
was finally offering transistorized ham transmitters like the one I’d lend
Eric. Heath still sold quite a few updated versions of the little HW-7. But
now the amateur radio magazines seemed half filled by ads for solid-state
equipment from Japan. How long until computer magazines looked the
same?
I went upstairs. My parents, who for years had been patiently awaiting
the removal of the clutter from the crawl space, had second thoughts. What
if I injured my back dragging the equipment to my car? Why couldn’t Eric
and his father come for the tubes and chassis?
A passage from a novel—the name escaped me—came to mind. It was
almost as if, by removing my old childhood toys, I were aging both myself
and my parents.
I left the equipment at Eric’s after a meeting of the Kaypro writers group
to which he and his father belonged. They lived in a white house in a greeny
neighborhood high above most of Washington: a good location for an
antenna, a great “QTH,” as Lynn Wilson would have put it in ham talk. The
Meyers had filled the house with the paraphernalia of their obsessions.
Downstairs Rima Meyer was at her spinning wheel; a huge loom dominated

Page 302

what normally would have been the dining room; and upstairs was the
book-packed den where Gene, a Washington Post staffer, had been working
on a long history of Maryland.[85] No one spoke of the odd juxtaposition—a
Kaypro used to write of hogsheads and sailing ships.
Eric, a small, curly-haired boy, helped lug the radio gear into his
bedroom nearby. Then we soldered up the Heathkit’s connectors and began
hearing international Morse code and Spanish babble on the 15-meter band.
He was amazed. I could make sense of the dots and dashes at twenty words
per minute; he could copy at only a quarter of that speed. “Hey, don’t
worry. You’ll learn it much faster than I did,” I said. “You learned BASIC. I
haven’t the mind for it. Anyone who can program will be a whiz at code.”
And how much more useful computer skills would be. Take
communications; 20 words per minute was one-thirtieth the speed of my
dot-matrix printer. And yet I was dismayed to hear Eric speaking so
enthusiastically of the day when he could transmit in voice. To Lynn Wilson
and me, ham radio didn’t exist without code. We were like the old man at
my newspaper back in Ohio who couldn’t stand a city room bereft of
typewriters. Computers, in fact, had even violated the sanctity of code. A
micro’s video display could flash out the letters summing up the holy dots
and dashes—the ones I’d so painfully learned in my youth. I felt like a
sailboater tipped over by the wake of a motorized yacht.
I snapped off the Heathkit. Eric and I went downstairs where Rima, a tiny
woman named after the bird-girl in Green Mansions, was still at her
spinning wheel. She dreamily looked up at us and proclaimed herself an
anachronism. Children like Eric, she said, would be different from those
before them—would think more abstractly in this video-game era. She
wrote poetry; she heard voices; would the computer children do the same? I
thought of Rob Barnaby, the WordStar writer, who had said he heard “a
voice from the back of my head”; it wasn’t the same back-of-the-head voice
as a poet’s, but it was there, anyhow. Someday Eric might be another
Barnaby.
Later that evening I demonstrated WordStar for the Meyers. Father and
son agreed: WordStar moved words around faster than did Select, the word
processor with which our Kaypros had originally come. I turned to Rima.
“Computers are supposed to be very good for poets,” I said. “You can
consider the possibilities. You can learn what words look like before you
commit yourself to paper.” Rima listened politely, but I thought I might as

Page 303

well be showing off an electric guitar to a mandolin player. Gene and I
discussed the Arthur Clarke connection. It was iffy. The telephone lines
might not work; Clarke might be away on a business trip. Gene wouldn’t
ghostwrite Eric’s questions for Clarke, but he did have one he hoped would
make the list. “At the writer’s group,” Gene said, “this businessman was
telling me how he fired his secretary when he got his computer.” How did
Clarke feel about such situations? It was a common but acceptable question,
I felt—one just as reasonable as any that science-fiction writers and
philosophers might raise about the origin of the universe.
Two weeks later I rang Clarke, around eleven in the morning, Virginia
time. A little sleepily, he answered. He was tired after a trip promoting the
2010 novel in the United States, and right now he could not recall me.
“Remember,” I said, “we talked several months ago, and you said we could
get together on the modem.” Clarke had phoned late one evening after I’d
written him questions about WordStar, and in a sense we were now even;
for my mind had drawn an absolute blank when this stranger had begun in a
British accent, “David, you’ll never guess who this is.” Well, I asked now,
could we still get together on the modem? We’d run a test to be ready for
the questions from Eric and others a few days later. “Call my computer
store,” Clarke said. He was using BSTAM, alas, a communications program
that didn’t work with my MODEM7 software. Imagine my disappointment.
I’d been hoping for quick computer-to-computer contact, over 8,900 miles,
with the inventor of the communications satellite; and now a mundane
problem confronted us—a simple lack of software compatibility. BSTAM in
some ways was a Rolls of a communications program, excellent for
transmitting large blocks of data over long distances. In fact, Clarke had
used it to send his New York publisher some changes in 2010. And yet, for
communicating with me, his BSTAM disk was nothing but a worthless
piece of plastic, because it snubbed MODEM7-style programs—perhaps the
most common among micro users. It was as if Clarke were a lonely
billionaire in a chauffeured Rolls. His ride might be velvety, but he would
never meet the commoners in the Chevy in the next lane.
After calling around the country, I finally located a review copy of
BSTAM. Eric helped me test it out over the phone. “May I come over and
watch you talk to Clarke?” he asked. I hesitated. Hadn’t Eric already
modemed his questions to me? His being in my apartment seemed
redundant. Then, however, I remembered my youth, when Lynn Wilson

Page 304

would invite me to his attic for DX sessions. It was like angling. Lynn
might not snag those stations in New Zealand or Morocco, but it was still
the electronic equivalent of treating a boy to a morning of trout fishing in a
mountain stream. Now Arthur Clarke would be the new DX. Of course, the
Rothman-Wilson analogy didn’t absolutely hold, for Eric knew more about
computers than I did. “Sure, Eric,” I said at last, “sure you can come.”
With Eric and his mother watching a few days later, I punched the “0”
and confidently said I wanted such-and-such number in Colombo, Sri
Lanka. A tape-recorded voice soon came on with a New Yawkish accent,
announcing that all circuits to Sri Lanka were busy. Well, what did I expect?
Sri Lanka wasn’t one of the great centers of global communications. And
yet it still seemed vaguely bizarre. Why shouldn’t Sri Lanka enjoy instant
contact all the time with the whole world? Why not? Arthur Clarke lived
there. Perhaps on my tenth try I finally heard the musical tone of Clarke’s
number ringing. “Eureka!” I yelled. Once more Clarke himself answered.
He warned me that he was rushing through a movie project and some books
and was months behind in his correspondence; the most I could hope for in
reply to the questions would be a series of “Yeses,” “Nos,” and “Maybes.”
That irked me. For my enterprise I deserved a response ahead of the other
letter writers; in fact, you might say I wasn’t even a letter writer—I was a
modemer. I glanced at Eric. He could tell the general direction of the
conversation, and he looked just as downcast as I must have. Eric was even
hoping—quite unrealistically, I believed—that Clarke might call him at
home. “I am starting my own computer software company (R & D),” Eric
had said in a preface to his questions, “and I hope to profit in this venture. I
am enjoying your book 2001 and want to get 2010. I am also a novice-class
‘Ham.’ If you ever need any software or just want to chat, my home and
work number is.... I also have interests in ROBOTICS and COMPUTER
HARDWARE, and ELECTRONICS (etc.).” I’d reminded Eric that the
technology might fail in my quest for answers to his questions; I hadn’t
been so emphatic in warning that Clarke himself might fail us.
“I’m going to need to test the modem, anyway,” Clarke said after a
pause, however. He wanted to exchange ideas with an MGM/UA director
for the movie sequel to 2001.
He gave me the number of his telephone with a modem hooked up, and
then, several times, I again suffered the vagaries of global phone
communications before a line finally opened up and I heard the familiar

Page 305

tone of a modem. I reached for my own modem, a slim blue box, and
switched over from “TALK” to “DATA.” Then I hit the return key on my
Kaypro, firing up the BSTAM program.
My screen flashed word that the connection was in progress, and I was
about to slap Eric on the back, but I waited, and quite rightly, for as the
seconds wore on, the connection was still progressing. Something was
amiss. By voice Clarke said my transmission hadn’t registered in his
computer memory—not even the mere existence of my electronic file.
I called Michael Scott, a technician at Business Computing International,
Clarke’s New York computer store. He sent a Telex to Clarke. Was Clarke
using the normal 300-baud modem speed matching mine? I learned a day or
so later that he was. “Well,” I asked Michael, “how long has it been since
Clarke last communicated with you [the store] through the modem?”
“Months.”
“Okay,” I said, “maybe he needs a refresher on how to set up the modem
program.” Patiently, Michael ran through the procedures.
Half an hour later I again was braving surly operators and busy signals to
place another call to Sri Lanka.
“What you want to do,” I told Clarke, “is type RXN B:ODYCORR.TXT,
then a carriage return, then select ANSWER when you see the prompt.”
Clarke, however, hadn’t been doing it that way. We tried again, and for the
next ten minutes my screen kept flashing dozens of confirmations of the
connection.
Then our computer link broke.
I called Clarke back. Surely at least the start of the electronic file had
shown up on the B disk, the one on which he was to store my questions.
“No,” he said, “I don’t see it.” Clarke, it seems, had forgotten to put a
floppy disk in his B drive. It was a very excusable mistake—this whole
modeming procedure was still a novelty to him—and we failed yet another
time even with Scott’s instructions followed exactly.[86]
So a few days later I settled on another tack: getting Clarke a free Kaypro
II.
Why not? Kaypro itself had once suggested that to me. It could do worse
than to be able to say that Clarke and an MGM/UA director had used
Kaypros to communicate during the creation of the 2010 film. I, in turn,
might reach Clarke more easily if he was tapping away on a machine like
mine. Besides, he eventually could give his Kaypro to the new Arthur C.

Page 306

Clarke Centre for Modern Technologies. The center was to promote high
tech in the Third World, and Joseph Pelton, who was rounding up U.S.
backers for the organization, liked the Kaypro idea. So did Clarke. And so
did Peter Hyams at MGM/UA.
Hyams wasn’t just a well-known director with such credits as Capricorn
One and The Star Chamber. He was the kind of person for whom I was
writing this book—he had a problem open to possible solution by computer.
The problem was the need to consult closely with Clarke during the
adaptation of the 2010 novel; how to overcome the time difference between
Colombo, Sri Lanka, and Culver City, California?
“Some things work brilliantly when read but aren’t well suited to the
screen,” Hyams said, and as a conscientious scriptwriter he didn’t want to
make arbitrary changes to Clarke’s story. “I was interested in finding out
what the author was thinking when he wrote certain things. And secondly I
thought it was very, very important that Arthur C. Clarke be made to feel an
important part of the making of this movie.” With rapport might come a
greater understanding of the man and his books. Hearing of Hyams’s
proposal to work together via computer, however, Clarke was skeptical. I
could imagine why. Hyams would need a dependable link, not just the
capability to exchange occasional messages. It might be 1983, satellites
might be old hat by now, but the quality of the phone transmissions didn’t
belie the fact that Clarke was on an island in the Indian Ocean. Could
computers deal reliably with the electronic echoes, with the delays from the
signal traveling more than 45,000 miles on earth and in space? What about
Sri Lanka’s primitive phone system?
And yet Clarke’s location—some 9,350 miles from Culver City—also
helped the struggle seem all the more worthwhile.
“Because he’s twelve or thirteen hours away in time, it almost makes
normal conversation impossible,” Hyams said. “Someone is always going
to be speaking at a very inconvenient hour for them. And there are some
times when you don’t want to talk, and sometimes when you’re asking
somebody for something, you want to think about something. It requires
more than a quick answer.” Letters, though, just wouldn’t do: “I’ve gotten
mail from him that’s almost a month old.” Hyams might have used telex or
a similar system, but the costs would still be greater than a direct computer-
to-computer link. Ideally, he could tap out memos on a computer, then
whisk them to Clarke without a secretary taking the time to type them into

Page 307

another machine. Hyams was already comfortable with a Xerox 860 word
processor. Like me, however, he realized that the link had more chance of
succeeding with the two ends using the same computer systems—Kaypros
in this case. Two hardworking Kaypro employees, Margaret Phanes and
Clifford Odendhal, pushed through the project at their company. Within a
week or so a Kaypro II was on the way to Clarke, and the company
installed another in Hyams’s office; at long last, the Great Modeming
seemed at hand.
Then, however, rioting broke out in Sri Lanka: fighting between two
ethnic groups, the Singhalese and the minority Tamils, who were seeking a
separate state. Somehow Clarke’s Kaypro reached the airport. But he
couldn’t pick it up because of the rioting, during which an arsonist burned
down the house of one of his technical assistants.
“They’re swinging the jawbone again,” said an acquaintance of mine,
alluding to a scene in 2001 where a man-ape kills another with the high tech
of his era. It was not a slur on Sri Lanka—just general disgust over violence
of any kind. News stories appeared, then stories about the island trying to
censor reporters so there wouldn’t be any more stories.
Just when every circumstance seemed to be conspiring against me, I
enjoyed a miraculous fluke. Arthur Clarke’s neighbor Susan Hayes, the wife
of an American official in Colombo, was visiting Washington and would
return to Sri Lanka soon; and through a member of the Kaypro writers
group, Marcia Tyson, I passed on to her the written questions for Clarke to
answer by phone if need be. I wasn’t cheating. It was perfectly in line with
both the Marco Polo tradition and the spirit of this book; don’t ever shy
away from paper backups.
I also supplied Clarke a disk of MODEM7, the public-domain program
that I used—so that we needn’t worry about software differences if my
program didn’t work with the one that Kaypro gave him.
Kaypro, in fact, did provide Clarke with MODEM7-compatible software
—a company program—but it wouldn’t run acceptably on Peter Hyams’s
computer. So both men instead received a commercial program called
MITE. There was a problem, though, as Peter and I prepared for the Great
Modeming—I couldn’t be Arthur C. Clarke. My MODEM7 could talk to
Peter’s MITE, but it wasn’t really the same. With MODEM7 you couldn’t
leave your computer unattended and have a machine thousands of miles
away call you up and choose from dozens of electronic files on your disk.

Page 308

With MITE you could.[87] And Peter, true to the perfectionism of a top
director, wanted his rehearsals to be as realistic as possible. “I’d like to be
Arthur Clarke,” I told a kindly software dealer, who gave me a review copy.
MITE, however, locked up on my machine. On the screen it stubbornly kept
saying I was receiving signals from another computer—even before I
turned on the modem.
So I visited a hacker I’d heard of. He was a little technobully, who, bare
chested in the August heat, worked sullenly on my software, making rude
noises whenever I asked a question. MITE seemingly succumbed to his
efforts. He berated me for not using the right number of data bits, the right
stop bit, the right everything else in computerese. Chastened, I returned
home, only to find that the program still wasn’t working reliably.
I took my Kaypro and software to a friend, a systems analyst, an
intelligent, learned man fond of aphorisms like “Even kings must obey the
rules of mathematics.” Unfairly, cruelly, MITE still wasn’t running after
five hours of his toil. My friend played by the rules; he’d based his whole
career on following instruction manuals; he was the perfect man to help run
the computer system of a hospital or bank. I was just the opposite. When it
came to the laws of math or computer manuals, I was willing to turn
criminal. In fact, that’s how I undeservedly succeeded at last—by flouting
MITE’s instructions on connecting my computer and modem.
It was the first time in years that I’d used a soldering iron. I didn’t own a
vise, even, so I placed the RS-232 connectors on an aluminum pie plate on
the wooden floor of my apartment and breathed lead-poisoned fumes.
The work was hot. It was also murder on my eyes, hardly the joy I
recalled from amateur radio—a task fit for robots, not people. Squinting
away, I hoped that beneficent HALs would soon multiply in the world’s
factories. Then I remembered my friend Lynn Wilson, a telephone-company
retiree who had soldered for decades, who loved it, and who had lost his
service job to computers.
With MITE running at last—and with me as a more Clarke-like imitator
—I began another series of rehearsals with Peter Hyams. The program was
excellent; the instructions were bewildering in places. Peter called a MITE
distributor and traded insults. It was outrageous. We were not ordinary end
users. Peter was a movie director trying to communicate with a famous
novelist-scientist; and I, if an obscurity, was at least around to chronicle
whatever abuse Peter suffered.

Page 309

What would average computer users have done? Without other MITE
owners to share their problems, they would have been up the creek. The
whole ordeal was a potent argument for user groups; in fact, you might say
that Clarke, Peter, and I were a three-member one. Clarke, meanwhile, was
reportedly suffering a disk-drive problem. He may have enjoyed sympathy,
however, from another user—nearby; an American in Sri Lanka owned a
Kaypro. Of course, the ordeal was still another argument for easier-to-
master software.
Finally, it happened: the Great Modeming—more than six months after
Clarke had first phoned me from Sri Lanka.
Hyams and Clarke started typing messages to each other, and I knew my
own Great Modeming would succeed. But a problem lingered even now.
Colombo and Culver City couldn’t send already-typed material to each
other’s unattended machines.
So one of Clarke’s first messages to the MGM/UA Kaypro wasn’t exactly
“What hath God wrought?” It was something in the spirit of “Tell **** to
fix that software or I’m going to throw the computer in a river. And tell
**** that Sri Lanka has many rivers.” A furious Hyams and Rothman
phoned Odendhal, who promptly contacted the distributor. Contrite, the
MITE man apologized and gave Hyams the guidance he needed.
The Clarke-Hyams link was now in place. It hadn’t been easy. The two
men were each using a $1,595 computer, a modem selling for several
hundred dollars, and a communications program listing for more than $175,
and Peter’s new printer cost several hundred; and those expenses normally
would have been only the beginning. Kaypro had set up the software and
offered other consultant-style services; Clarke used his own technician. If
Average Company, Inc., had duplicated the computer link on both sides of
the Pacific, the project might have exceeded $5,000. And yet clearly the
technical hurdles seemed surmountable and the rewards worthwhile. Two
weeks into the link Hyams had only one complaint—the difficulty of
reaching an international operator at times to place calls. And in future
years that problem would lessen as special computer links let Telenet spread
into the world’s poorer countries. An attachment to make the Sri Lankan
phone system compatible would cost the government several thousand
dollars. And the expense to Clarke and Hyams would be perhaps $60 an
hour—no great barrier, considering that they could transmit 1,000-word

Page 310

computer files in a fraction of that cost using 300-baud modems. With faster
modems they might end up spending still less.
More important to Hyams right now, however, was the friendship he was
building with Clarke—so important to the success of the film.
“I think we’re kind of linked in a strange way,” Peter said. “He’s written
some lovely and sweet things. It’s strangely intimate. You’re just getting
daily mail. It has some really wonderful advantages that letters have over
telephone conversations.
“The kinds of questions that I’m asking him and the kinds of things I’m
saying are things you don’t really say off the top of your head. You know,
‘What do you think about so-and-so?’ and you sit down and compose the
answer and you write it back. Some of the stuff is purely personal. Some of
it is not. I want him to experience the making of this movie. There are a lot
of logistical details. I’ve spoken to some people that Arthur’s recommended
I speak to. There are things to do with everything, from marketing to plans I
have, to changes I want to make, to What does he think of certain things? to
technical areas of the film that he can be enormous help with.”[88]
Clarke, using British spelling, modemed to me that the “connextion” with
Peter Hyams was “invaluable. We are on exactly the other side of the clock,
so I leave my machine on ANSWER with a file for him when I go to bed,
which is about the time he goes to MGM, and when I get down to breakfast,
there’s his answer on the disk.” If Peter worked late at night, the two men
might save their “conversation” on computer disk so “there will be a
complete record of our collaboration. It’s truly fantastic, like WordStar. I
just can’t imagine how I ever managed without it. My big worry is that as
more and more of my friends get plugged in, I’ll never be able to get away
from the keyboard.”
A few days before Clarke sent his written answers for Eric Meyer and the
others, he phoned him just as Eric had hoped. “I wouldn’t want to
disappoint the boy,” Clarke said later. The Clarke-Meyer conversation was
brief—words to the effect that Clarke would be in Washington in 1984 and
he wished Eric luck in the future—but it served its purpose. “It’s the first
time I’ve ever had an international call,” Eric said. “My first phone DX!”
My computer DX reached me one Saturday morning at nine, an
uneventful occurrence except for a broken telephone connection when I
dialed Clarke back to start the modeming. Our two Kaypros clicked the next

Page 311

try. I received a prepared file from Clarke of about one thousand words, and
afterwards we tapped out some 250 words:

Q. When will you be coming to Washington so I can tell Eric, who naturally
will want to attend your speech?
A. I am afraid it will be a very private affair, as it takes place in the White
House! But I expect to be in Washington in late April.[89]
Q. I am planning to call my ergonomics chapter “The Hal Syndrome,” and
if you’ve used that phrase before, I’d like to give you credit.
A. I don’t recall ever using the term, but it’s a good idea, and you’re
welcome, anyway.

That’s part of the conversation with the typos cleaned up—on-line typing
isn’t for the vain. Clarke was brisk at the keyboard. There wasn’t any doubt
I was “talking” to a professional author. Hyams was fast, too, reaching
maybe eighty or ninety per minute on good days; and yet as Peter pointed
out, typing speed didn’t matter that much, since you normally would
compose at leisure, then squirt out your prepared file.[90]
The Clarke-Rothman connection ran just fourteen minutes and cost
$25.11 on my phone bill—a good case for the economy of global computer
communications. I didn’t know what Clarke’s rates might be. But if I’d
given a thousand words to a Telex service in Washington, D.C., a one-way
message to Sri Lanka would have totaled some $125. And if I could have
afforded my own Telex machine? Well, the connect charges alone still
would have exceeded $60. Moreover, my $25.11 charge was for a 300-baud
connection, a slowpoke one by some business computer standards. With a
1,200-baud link—a strong possibility since the connection had proved so
reliable for Clarke and Hyams at 300 baud—my phone bill might have been
well under $15 even on a weekday. And with everything sent already typed,
it might have been between $5 and $10. Imagine the thousands of dollars a
company could save using micros instead of Telex for regular
communications with faraway offices.
In one of the questions sent there Marco Polo fashion, Eric asked if
computers someday would replace secretaries who took dictation. Could the
machines display the words on their screens and electronically police
spelling and grammar? “We will certainly get computers that can take

Page 312

dictation,” Clarke replied by modem, “and this may lead to two desirable
results—better elocution and rationalisation of spelling.”
Yes, yes. Maybe someday American and British computers could even
spell alike. Although Eric’s question was a very good one, it was passé in
many technical circles, as he himself must have known. Articles were
already appearing in micro magazines about low-cost computers that could
recognize simple commands like SAVE (to preserve material on a disk).
One of the big problems with speech recognition was usability with
different voices. But I had no doubt that practical machines with a
vocabulary fit for the business world would be taking dictation by 2001.
The keyboard would remain, however. Not everyone would want to
dictate; I suspected even two decades from now I’d still prefer the pleasure
of letting my fingers linger over the keys. Then again, how did I know? Just
a few years ago I could have seen myself at only a typewriter keyboard.
As for spelling checkers—well, there again the basic technology was
already around. I myself would be proofing this chapter with The WORD
Plus, a 45,000-word electronic dictionary that would flag the places where
my spellings contradicted it. Not that The WORD Plus would ever replace
proofreaders at The New Yorker. It would let you use “his” when you meant
“this”; it was absolutely incapable of considering spellings in context. Even
by 2001 the checkers might lack that capability. But eventually they would
respond perfectly to context, as would grammar checkers. That might
require artificial intelligence, the ability of computers to reason
independently without their humans laying out the machines’ tasks in detail.
But the day would come.
Of course even the best prophets could err. In his 1945 article entitled
“Extra-Terrestrial Relays: Can Rocket Stations Give Worldwide Radio
Coverage?” Clarke predicted communications satellites but missed by a
mile in another area. “It seems unlikely that we will have to wait as much as
twenty years,” he said then, “before atomic-powered rockets are
developed....” Still, I appreciated Clarke’s general philosophy of prediction:
Experts are more often wrong in saying something can’t be done than in
saying that it can.
“Do you think there will ever be a HAL?” Eric asked Clarke.
“Yes,” Clarke said, “HAL will arrive—but not by 2001!”
I agreed. But confusingly, HAL wouldn’t necessarily be a pure-bred
silicon creation; I could see him as a hybrid of silicon chips and biochips, or

Page 313

maybe just the latter.
Created by an organic process, the biochips might have complexity and
power far beyond those of old-fashioned machines with silicon.[91]
What’s more, instead of a machine acting like a man, scientists might
help join men with machines, with everyone receiving brain implants at
birth. Men might turn into Hal before Hal became a man. For years science-
fiction writers had been predicting cyborgs, man-machine unions.
In some ways, humans might forever defy emulation. “Even with
computers’ vast memories, I’m skeptical as to whether a machine could
give judgments based on ethics,” said another of the questioners, Jerry
terHorst. “How can executives live with this limitation? Might computers
have a way of taking the sharp edge off ethical questions? Quite often you
can put things in a machine or say things to a machine, but maybe—
because of the way it operates—you must conform to its system. You can’t
very well couch an ethical question for the machine, because I don’t think a
computer can weigh it ethically. It can certainly weigh it procedurally, but
whether it can weigh it ethically is another question. I’m wondering
whether computers might get in the way of having to make some of the
ethical decisions that businesses are always required to make.”
Clarke replied, “It will certainly be some time before computers
understand ethics (not too many humans do, for that matter), but in the long
run it is impossible to rule out any aspect of human activity which cannot
be reproduced or at least imitated by computer to any desired degree of
precision. Of course, some things will be too complicated to be worth
doing.” Elsewhere in the response Clarke did say: “I know nothing about
corporate or any other form of management, but obviously in principle
computers can assist decision making greatly. However—GIGO!” Garbage
in, garbage out!
Already electronic decision programs were available for businessmen,
helping them consider financial factors—but in most cases, not very much
more. Besides, the people who most needed guidance from “ethical”
software would be the least likely to use it. Imagine Richard Nixon booting
up a disk to ponder if he should cover up Watergate.
All this wasn’t an abstraction for terHorst. He himself had resigned as
press secretary in a disagreement with Gerald Ford over the Nixon pardon.
Now he worked as Washington public-affairs director for another Ford, the
car company. It undoubtedly had banks of computers, and like any other

Page 314

automakers’, they must be toting up the costs of adding various safety
precautions to cars. Critics of the auto industry charged that manufacturers
considered only their ledgers—the cost of the precautions versus that of
lawsuits. Would software someday weigh the ethical issues along with the
numbers, and should it? That was hardly a question just for the auto
industry. What about a construction company evaluating building materials
of different strengths? Or a book publisher weighing its profitability against
the menace to public health that would result from publication of a fad diet
book. I was reactionary enough to consider those final decisions forever
beyond the realm of even computers as sophisticated as HAL. In the future,
though, how many executives would feel that way? Jerry terHorst’s ethics
question was easily my favorite.
He also asked, “What about the general issue of trust among people
communicating by computer? Can people make policy, sign contracts, settle
multimillion questions without shaking hands? You can have two people
with computers in different locations calling up the same statistics from the
same memory bank. Yet isn’t it possible that the necessary trust may not
occur until the two get together in person?”
“Your point that people must meet to establish trust is one theme of my
novel Imperial Earth,” Clarke replied. “After that, they can work together
through telecommunications.
“I had unexpected confirmation of this idea from a visiting reader who
happened to be the Russian ambassador-at-large in charge of the Indian
Ocean. He said, ‘You’re quite right. You have to look into the other fellow’s
eyes before you can negotiate.’”
In Imperial Earth a man from a moon of Saturn visits Washington in
2276 to celebrate the U.S. quincentennial and cultivate his family’s
terrestrial political contacts. Wreckers have razed the original Watergate
complex—over the objections of the Democrats, who wanted it saved as a
national monument—but in many ways politicians and statesmen are the
same as in the darkest twentieth century. They seek personal contact with
each other. “Only after that contact, with its inevitable character evaluation,
had been made, and the subtle links of mutual understanding and common
interest established,” writes Clarke, “could one do business by long-
distance communication with any degree of confidence.”
A booster of telecommuting might nod. He’d insisted that we meet face-
to-face, and I suspected I could have enjoyed slightly better cooperation

Page 315

from a few other interviewees for this book if we had been in the same
rooms. Wires and satellites could never eliminate travel.
Granted, some researchers might say the next year that people tended to
use stronger words in computer conferences, perhaps to make up for the
lack of body language and other visual clues. Reportedly, the decisions
from such conferences tended to be more radical—involving much more
risk or not enough—than those made face-to-face.
Just the same, computer “meetings” could greatly reduce travel once the
people at the various ends had established the basic trust. Clarke had written
two decades ago, “The business lunch of the future could be conducted
perfectly well with the two halves of the table ten thousand miles apart; all
that would be missing would be the handshakes and exchange of cigars.”[92]
That might or not be with television contact. The absence of it, however,
wouldn’t be the ultimate disaster. In concentrating on the other person’s
message, you might be less vulnerable to misleading clues from facial
expression, body movement, or clothing. Clarke himself enjoyed creating
different personae for different audiences; once his sarong had shaken up an
IBM convention. A Washington reporter described him at another time as “a
paunchy fellow” with thinning hair, “math-teacher glasses, discreet hearing
aid ... red velvet slippers and unbelted pants” who looked “like some kind
of GS-12 from the Bureau of Poultry Audits. And he wants you to see his
Kermit the Frog doll.”[93] Yet this same man could don dark suits for book
jackets and deliver august speeches to statesmen.
Beyond reducing the opportunity for visual distractions, long-distance
contact by phone or computer offered another advantage in my opinion.
You could reach more people in a given time to confirm their facts; you
weren’t twiddling your thumbs in cabs and airport lobbies or wearily
working the horn locally from a hotel room with a bed fit for a steel-spined
dwarf.
That still left the question of what kind of office you would talk to the
world from. Margaret Phanes of Kaypro wanted to know. The week
Margaret asked about the office of 2001, she said she was in the middle of
reading Clarke’s novel Rendezvous with Rama. In her opinion, Clarke
brought about “synchronicity.” He himself, in fact, had once told of
“preposterous” coincidences in his own life, and he’d peopled Imperial
Earth with characters like “George Washington,” a twenty-third-century
Virginian who lived on a museum’s plantation named Mt. Vernon. If

Page 316

“synchronicity” or other coincidences had worked for Dickens, then why
not Clarke and Phanes? Or Rothman? Trying to puzzle out some technical
details of my computer-to-computer link with Clarke, I’d run into two
noncelebrities who had met him. And what about his neighbor—visiting
Washington—through whom I’d passed the questions from Margaret and
the others? Coincidence needn’t be mystical. I was happy enough for it
simply to be useful.
Replying to Margaret’s questions about what the office would be like in
2001, Clarke had a problem. For decades he had been working at home.
“My ‘office,’ if you can call it that—it looks like a snake-pit with all the
cables on the floor—is just ten feet from my bedroom. I can appreciate your
questions are very important, but they’re outside my frame of reference.”
Clarke may have replied in a limited way to Phanes, however, when he
answered a question from Seymour Rubinstein.
He’d asked Clarke about the possibility of briefcase computer tapping
into worldwide networks to do complicated processing of information. Just
how would that affect people?
Years ago Clarke had said a business eventually wouldn’t even need “an
address or a central office—only the equivalent of a telephone number. For
its files and records will be space rented in the memory units of computers
that could be located anywhere on earth. The information stored in them
could read off on high-speed printers whenever any of the firm’s offices
needed it.”[94] And now Clarke was predicting little portables capable of
using the giant networks and memory banks. “It seems to me that as
computers become more and more portable and networks more universal
(and systems standardised—a MUST!) there may no longer be any question
of ‘micros in the office.’ The office will be in the micro—and that will be in
an attaché case.” Rubinstein himself already knew that Epson was about to
market its little lap-size machine with WordStar built into the read-only
memory.
Rob Barnaby, the WordStar programmer, asked a slightly overlapping
question covered by the same answer. There was something else for them
from Clarke, however—his thanks.
“I am happy to greet the geniuses who made me a born-again writer,” he
said. “Having announced my retirement in 1978, I now have six books in
the works and two portables—all through WordStar.”[95]

Page 317

James Watt, the descendant of the Scottish inventor, also figured to an
extent in Clarke’s work, in the sense that the Haunted Book Shop sold it. “A
computer disk the size of a phonograph record can hold about 54,000
frames of pictures,” Watt observed in his questions, “enough for a large
encyclopedia. Does that mean we’ll see the end of going into a bookstore
and buying a best-seller? Are we going to lose the printed word as we know
it today? Will ‘book’ buying become a computerized activity? Will I call up
XYZ computer firm and then peruse disks at my leisure?”
“Nothing will ever replace books,” Clarke reassured him. “They can’t be
matched for convenience, random access, nonvolatile memory (unless
dropped in the bath), low power consumption, portability, etc.
“But information networks will supplement them and replace whole
categories, e.g., encyclopedias and telephone directories (as is being
planned in France).”
Clarke was more sanguine about Watts’s fear that computerized shopping
might “dehumanize us” and clerks might vanish. He said, “I believe
personal service will become more and more important and hopefully more
and more available as older occupations disappear. We’ll ‘window-shop’
through home terminals but will still discuss important products with
salesmen, even if they’re hundreds of kilometers away!”
The seventh questioner, Lynn Wilson, had worked several decades for the
Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company, only to see computers do
away with the rotary switches he had so lovingly attended.
“They’ve sent all my equipment to the smelter’s to reclaim the metal,” he
said. “I don’t know if anyone’s still in the building. Maybe a few times a
week someone goes by. The equipment tests itself twenty-four hours a day
and flashes a red light for the serviceman next time he’s there.” Just a few
boxes had replaced the long rows of devices that connected the dial phones
in the area of Alexandria, Virginia.
But Lynn didn’t feel any futility. The telephone and teletype themselves
had superseded another invention he used—the Morse Code telegraph.
He’d pounded out messages at up to forty words per minute for the
Wheeling and Lake Erie Railroad, and he still recalled an old saying
reflecting his pride in his craft:
“If a telegram takes more than twenty-four hours to be delivered, it has
whiskers.”

Page 318

My friend had a feel for the scraps of history. For years he’d kept a
Teletype message announcing the Third Reich’s surrender, and I asked
about the ARC-5 receiver that he’d given me: could it really have flown
over Germany? “Go to the Air and Space Museum in Washington,” Lynn
said, “and you’ll see a cockpit with an ARC-5. I’ve even seen an ARC-5
with a .50-caliber bullet hole right through it.”
Lynn was hardly a foe of every piece of post-ARC-5 technology. In late
1983 he hoped to be among the hams talking on the two-meter wavelength
to an astronaut aboard the space shuttle.[96] Just the same, Lynn feared the
years ahead—not so much his own fate as other people’s.
“Aren’t computers turning people into useless objects against their will?”
Lynn asked Clarke. Gene Meyer, Eric’s father, of course had wanted Eric to
ask a somewhat similar question. But it meant more coming from Lynn.
“Computers eliminate people, who take vacations, sick leave, and
retirement,” he said. “I myself haven’t suffered. I took voluntary retirement
at full pension at sixty-two. But computers were why I left then instead of
sixty-five. I would have had to go to school for three years, and by then I
would have been ready for regular retirement. So it didn’t make sense for
me to stay. But not everyone can retire at full pension when the new
technology takes over. What do you do about the people being forced out?
What’s the answer?”
“Anyone who can be turned into a useless object against his/her will is
one!” Clarke said. “You obviously weren’t.”
That was too pat an answer for me. The other day I’d talked to my old
state editor, who’d visited Lorain, Ohio, west of Cleveland on Lake Erie.
He feared that Lorain might become a husk of a town. A decade ago, when
I’d been a reporter there, more than eight thousand had worked at the U.S.
Steel mills, and Dick worried that the company might pull out of Lorain
except for a bare-bones plant employing just a few hundred. Downtown,
he’d seen dozens of shattered store windows. Oddly, however, the
newspaper enjoyed some new subscribers—Dick said some of his friends
could afford to do little more than watch television and read. Were Dick’s
friends to be shrugged off as “useless objects”? In Imperial Earth Clarke
had told of stringent population control, of an American Midwest replanted
with forests, of steel mills neatly preserved as museums; but three centuries
earlier, Lorain untidily abounded with angry, idle men. Cheap steel imports
were one threat to them. So, perhaps, was the eagerness of many steel-

Page 319

company officers to pour their capital into more profitable industries. But
computers and other high tech also had helped deprive Lorain of some steel
jobs.
In the future, however, couldn’t even a factory technician telecommute—
overseeing robots from home and using them to turn out custom-crafted
products requiring a human “touch”? Ideally, America in 2001 would be
producing something besides “information,” Big Macs, and look-alike
toasters. And ideally, too, average workers could afford to enjoy the
cornucopia. In fact, widespread genetic enhancement of IQs might
eventually make everyone capable of appreciating high tech at a high level,
so that “workers” in the old sense disappeared. Huxley’s Brave New World
hierarchy might never exist, and in the twenty-second century we might all
be Alphas smarter than any of today’s computer wizards. Robots would be
our real Epsilons.
Meanwhile, regardless of the traumas of society at large, some of the
most unlikely people could befriend new machines. Jack LaVriha—the
cigar-chomping newspaperman in Chapter 8 who dated back almost to the
Front Page days—had done fine in the Lorain Journal’s electronic city
room.
Even Rima Meyer, the weaver, had made peace with the family Kaypro.
Just a few months ago Eric’s mother had given me the impression that she
wouldn’t use the computer for a long time if at all. But now Gene had
nearly finished his Maryland book—freeing up the Kaypro for her to
practice on. “I use it for personal correspondence and for the fliers for the
weaving classes I teach—anything that requires good, clean copy,” she said.
The Meyers, in fact, didn’t even have a working typewriter in the house.
Well, I thought, so much for all my blather about mandolin players and
electric guitars.
To be sure, computerization would rarely be as worry-free and blissful as
the advertisements depicted it. There would be computer crime, disk
crashes, all the other high-tech woes. Few people would take to computers
as naturally as had Charlie Bowie, with his playful, Hawkeye-Pierce
attitude toward his little Zenith.
And how many could save their companies $200,000 a year like Alan
Scharf? Or experience the exhilaration of Peter Hyams when Arthur
Clarke’s letters flashed across his green screen? Or the satisfaction that Rob
Barnaby received by writing a software classic like WordStar?

Page 320

But if computer users not only chose their machines and software well
but used them well, if they formed users groups rather than trust peripatetic
sales reps, if they avoided technobullies and hired consultants carefully, if
they trained employees in a nonintimidating way, if they computerized
humanely as well as efficiently, if they safeguarded their data security, if
they prepared for the future through telecommuting when appropriate, if
they showed persistence and sense, enough rewards were there, and they’d
find the Silicon Jungle to be not only survivable but friendly.

Page 321

Afterword

It’s November 1984 now, and I’ve sold my Kaypro.
Business computers are production tools, not family heirlooms; when I found
that the Kaypro’s screen and storage capacity were becoming inadequate for my
needs, I unsentimentally ran want ads. The new owner—a church magazine
using the Kaypro for lighter-duty work such as letter writing—couldn’t be
happier.
The Kaypro’s replacement was a sleek Victor 9000. I was growing
accustomed to it when a writer friend, Stephen Banker, called with news of an
auction at a shut-down computer store a few miles from my apartment. A year
and one-half ago the store’s managers and I had argued about the Kaypro’s
merits versus the Osborne’s. They’d gambled on the wrong machine, the
Osborne. Micro sales in general were growing, but this business had perished in
the Silicon Jungle.
Now I returned to the store and saw the debris of the micro revolution. Spread
out haphazardly on long tables, treated like dead fish, were the computers that
I’d seen glamorized on the covers of the micro magazines just months before.
The auction had begun on a Thursday and would last over the Labor Day
weekend through Monday. The first day the prices were reduced 30 percent, and
they would keep declining, until on Monday you could buy most of the
machines for 80 percent off. It was now Friday.
The machine I wanted, a hard-disk version of my Victor 9000, would be
$2,400 Sunday—40 percent of the original list price of $6,000.
“Don’t buy it Sunday,” said Steve. “If God intends you to have a hard disk,
He’ll let you get it for $1,200 Monday.”
There were two hard-disk Victors, one new, one used, both selling for the
same. So far only one other person seemed to be showing the amount of interest
that I did, a husky, gray-haired man in a T-shirt. He was trying the used
machine. I wondered if he’d seen the new one and was trying to distract me
from it. This could be the stuff of nightmares:

Page 322

A whistle blows that Monday. T-shirt pushes a frail young auction staffer
aside and races toward the new Victor. I overtake him, however. Just as I’m
about to lay hands on the machine, T-shirt throws a punch toward me. I duck.
T-shirt grabs the Victor monitor.
“Listen,” I say, “that computer isn’t yours unless you get the main part.
The monitor won’t do.”
An auction staffer nods.
I unplug the main machine from an AC extension cord. T-shirt, however,
sets the monitor down and moves closer, as if to grab the part with the disk
drives and the central processing unit.
“Look,” I tell the auction staffer, “it’s my machine.”
“First come, first serve,” he says. “First to the counter gets the computer.”
T-shirt flexes his biceps. “You and me got some fighting to do.”
“Hell, no,” I say. “I already have my computer.”
“My computer,” T-shirt growls. I hug the Victor more tightly. My back is
aching. T-shirt laughs at my discomfort. “My computer,” he repeats.
“Gimme!” The auction staffer watches calmly. I don’t. That’s $6,000 worth of
machinery we’re fighting over. Suppose I drop—
T-shirt rushes in. The computer’s plastic case smacks against the floor and
shatters. Simultaneously, one of us brushes against the monitor. It, too, falls;
and the CRT makes a horrible sound as the air rushes into the vacuum. The
Victor, however well built, isn’t a machine to be fought over, barroom-brawl
fashion. On the floor I see tiny computer chips and spaghettilike clumps of
wire. God knows how, but the hard disk has spilled out of the Victor and is
rolling down the aisle of the store.
The auction staffer makes clucking noises. I glare at T-shirt. “You saw it
all,” I tell the staffer. “He’s the one who’s going to have to make good.”
“Hey, boss,” the staffer yells toward the counter, “we got ourselves a little
accident here.”
The chief auctioneer rushes over and looks over the Victor’s remains.
“He smashed it,” I say, frowning again at T-shirt.
“But you let it drop,” T-shirt snaps.
“The price was only $1,200 on the last day,” I remind everyone. A lump is
forming in my throat. Inflation notwithstanding, I’ll never feel right putting
“only” in front of “$1,200.”
“Well, it was still worth six thou,” says the head auctioneer. “See you both
in court.”
“Both?” T-shirt and I ask at the same time.

Page 323

“Both,” says the auctioneer, “unless you want to pay now. That’ll be
$3,000 each. Cash or certified check?”

Hoping that T-shirt wouldn’t notice me, I put the new Victor through its paces
as much as I could. It wasn’t set up to run WordStar, the program I wanted to
test it with. I’d be taking a chance. Still, if I bought the Victor for $1,200, I’d
have enough money left over for even massive repairs—assuming someone
didn’t beat me to the machine.
“Maybe I’ll buy it myself,” said a sales rep, out of either cruelty or a desire to
increase my interest still more, assuming that was possible. “Maybe I’ll sell it
for scrap.”
He himself was a good six foot four inches, perhaps three hundred pounds,
but some Victor enthusiasts might have thrown a few punches, anyway, at the
source of such sacrilege.
The Victor, unlike most of the other micros there, wasn’t the computer
equivalent of a dead fish.
With the built-in hard disk I could keep every syllable of The Silicon Jungle
ready for editing without jockeying around the floppies. I silently thanked “Big
Blue” IBM for the bargain that might await me. Through its normal marketing
muscle, including a massive ad campaign featuring a Charlie Chaplin look-alike,
IBM had overwhelmed the competition. People shunned “obscure” brands,
especially if they couldn’t use IBM PC-DOS IBM software. The Victor didn’t
have Charlie on its side. Some bozos at the company even charged dealers for
promotional literature.[97] But what a micro! The Victor was a 16-bit, MS-DOS
machine and ran WordStar 3.3 and the CrossTalk communications program, the
software I used in my work. The screen was noticeably sharper than the IBM’s;
the keyboard was closer to a Selectric’s; the light brown plastic cabinet was
sleeker, and it didn’t take up as much desk space as an IBM PC would. And the
floppies could store an amazing 1.2 megabytes of information or three times as
much space as the usual IBM disk. How lamentable that IBM rather than Victor
had set the standard for the personal computer industry. Victor had gone into
chapter 11, but subject to court approval, would be bought by a Swedish
company—and even if the sale doesn’t go through, there would be 100,000
Victor owners, enough to guarantee a market for replacement-part
manufacturers. IBM might have the brand name. But the Victor right now was
best for my needs.
“When’s a safe time to get here before anyone else gets the Victor?” I asked
the sales rep.
“We open at nine o’clock,” he said.

Page 324

“Won’t do me any good to come several hours earlier?” I asked out of
curiosity—I’d show up regardless of the answer.
He shook his head.
That night I called Steve, just to overcome last-minute doubts. The better the
bargain, the more suspicious I should be. “You think I should go ahead?”
“Why not? The biggest problem you’ll have is selling your present Victor.”
I’d paid $1,750 for it new, through the mail. It, too, had been a risk. I’d taken
out a maintenance agreement with a local company in case the new arrival
turned out to be a lemon. It hadn’t been. But could I recover the money selling a
supposedly “has-been” machine?
Monday, I arose at five in the morning. If the Victor was still there and if I got
to it before anyone else did, I’d save more than $4,000 off the normal price. For
four hours of waiting? I’d have to be a regular on all the best-seller lists for my
time to be worth $1,000 an hour.
When I pulled into the shopping center, I saw no one else there except for a
police car passing through. An old van wheezed into the parking lot a few
minutes later. A bearded man and a boy of perhaps ten got out and set up a
canvas chair; veteran auction goers? They’d have advice on the best way to fight
the crowd and claim my prize.
The man, however, just gestured and grunted. The boy couldn’t speak, either.
They were apparently deaf mutes. I pulled out pen and paper and learned they
were after Atari-games software.
Maybe an hour later a few others straggled in, one of them a psychologist,
with whom I began discussing the great issues of the day.
“You’re not interested in the Victor, are you?” I asked.
“I’m looking for Osborne software,” said the psychologist.
“What about detachable keyboards and monitors?” I asked, remembering my
nightmare over the criteria for laying claim to a machine.
We decided that proper auction etiquette required you to defer to the person
who carried away the main part of the computer to the counter; an auctioneer
later agreed.
Miraculously, a small, orderly line was forming even now, with fifty people in
front of the store by eight. Over the next hour a mob came, some in old jalopies
like the van, others in Cadillacs and BMWs. There was both excitement and
desperation. Many people, like me, simply would forego buying a new computer
if someone else beat them to a suitably priced machine. Should I lose out on the
Victor, I’d just spend another year or so juggling floppy disks around. Others,
however, might have been hoping to be able to afford a serious business
computer, period. No, it wasn’t like the Depression, but I couldn’t help thinking

Page 325

of the dance marathons of the 1930s where the hardiest carried off the prizes. I
was the first in line—of all the hundreds of people—but I certainly didn’t boast
the strongest back. Just a few feet down the line I saw ... T-shirt.
An auction staffer picked up a bullhorn. He said only fifty people could come
into the store at once. I heard sighs. Relatively few people, however, left that
line. Maybe, just maybe, the others wouldn’t appreciate the merits of the bargain
machines that they themselves wanted. I hoped that to most in the crowd the
new Victor would be just another dead fish of a micro.
Finally, it was nine. The salespeople—as if at a fire—urged the crowd to stay
calm. If the mob lost discipline, the other early comers and I might be crushed
against the glass.
As the doors opened, I glanced back at T-shirt. If he was worried about me, he
wasn’t letting on. At a pace between a jog and a sprint I entered the store; I tried
momentarily to excise the image of T-shirt from my mind.
Oh, look! A friendly sales assistant. I’d offered him advice on electronic mail
and—
“Do you think you could help me with the Victor?” I asked.
Suppose he couldn’t. His job might be at stake if he did even a small favor in
this every-man-for-himself struggle.
“Sure,” he said. And I’d like to think this was another demonstration of the
value of befriending others in The Jungle and sharing knowledge, user to user.
With the sales assistant watching guard over the main machine, I picked up the
monitor and pushed through the crowd to the counter. I still couldn’t believe the
Victor would soon be mine. What if the sales assistant had suddenly developed a
fondness for Victors and had himself decided to claim the main machine? T-shirt
all this time may have been in the other part of the room; perhaps he was a
gracious, mannerly fellow who, having seen me first in line, was decent enough
to relinquish the new Victor to me. I don’t know how T-shirt fared at the auction
but hope that his own patience was rewarded through the acquisition of the used
Victor.
Within half an hour after taking the new Victor home, I had WordStar running
on it. There was some tinkering to do with the software so the computer would
start up without my having to stick a floppy disk in it, but otherwise it was a
perfect machine, save for a little crack in the front of the case, which I
discovered after I peeled away the price tape. For $40 or so I could buy a
replacement front. The hard disk, at any rate, has been just as handy as I
expected for editing this book.
My old Victor is in the hands of Gabriel Heilig, an aspiring screenwriter, who
saw my want ad and bought the machine for $1,750, exactly what I’d paid. Gabe

Page 326

is no dummy; indeed, he used to sell cars—Mercedes—and he insisted that his
purchase price include plenty of advice and several hours of instruction in
WordStar, my favorite word processor. And then what does Gabe do? He goes
out and buys a copy of Word Perfect, a new program that he swears is easier to
use. I say, “Great if it helps you do your work.” It must. Gabe tells me that the
Victor helps him revise five times as fast as he can on his electronic typewriter.
“You constantly have a fresh copy in front of you,” he says, “whereas if you’re
using a typewriter, you must retype the whole page even if you change just once
sentence.” A producer is interested in a proposal for a TV series, and Gabe says:
“I did it in three days—it would have taken two weeks with a typewriter.”
Having sold the old Victor to Gabe for $550 more than the price tag on the
hard-disk one, I invested $230 in a 1,200-baud modem. I remain a computer
communications junky. A draft of this afterword, in fact, reached my technical
editor up in New York via the phone lines.

■ ■ ■

My afterword could cover a number of topics, but I’ll resist. Still, you might be
interested to learn that the Great Modeming continues between the United States
and Sri Lanka.
Because of problems with the Sri Lankan phone service, the link over the past
year hasn’t been 100 percent reliable—monsoons can wreak havoc on cables
between Arthur Clarke and the satellite station. But Steve Jongeward, who is
now an assistant both to Clarke and Peter Hyams, the 2010 director-writer,
reports that the struggles have been worthwhile. The movie will be out in
December 1984 (remember: I’m writing this in November 1984), and if a
reporter has questions for Clarke in Sri Lanka, Steve will just type them out on
the Kaypro in California, and the novelist will typically respond within a day or
so. Sometimes the reporters even visit the office with the Kaypro and interview
Clarke via modem and get instant replies.

■ ■ ■

The Great Modeming has produced a wonderful outgrowth: an attempt to start
an Electronic Peace Corps (EPC) to pipe U.S. technical savvy into the Third
World via computers links. (See Backup XIII, “Why Not An Electronic Peace
Corps?”)
The idea—in the form of an agency working within or alongside the existing
Peace Corps—has won support from people ranging from Clarke to William F.
Buckley, Jr., and Chicago Sun-Times editorial writers.

Page 327

Two established foreign-aid groups, Partnership for Productivity and
Volunteers in Technical Assistance (VITA), hope to develop an informal EPC-
style project with the Sri Lankans.[98] If successful, it could complement an
existing VITA plan for an earth satellite to relay electronic mail to and from the
Third World. Ideally, a permanent EPC would develop. Then it could recruit
volunteers, help fund projects like the satellite and the Clarke Centre, and
otherwise encourage computer communications in vital fields such as public
health and agriculture.
—Alexandria, Va.
Nov. 15, 1984

Page 328

BACKUP:
More Tips and
Tales from the
Jungle

Page 329

BACKUP I Twenty-Six Questions to Ask at (and About) the
Computer Store

The very worst computer stores are like amusement-park arcades. Expect
to be clipped. Just aim for the bull’s-eye and keep your losses low. Better
still, go to the good stores.
Reading my list of twenty-six before-you-buy questions, please
remember that the quality of computer stores can vary tremendously. The
proportion of lemons to good ones is higher than in the case of ordinary
retailers. That’s because of the complexity of the product. In fact, there’s an
old joke about the difference between a car salesman and a computer one:
the former knows when he’s lying.[99]
One of the main tricks of the crooked computer hustlers is nothing more
than the retail-store version of leaving town ahead of the sheriff.
“The average computer salesman has a half-life of two months,” said my
friend the systems analyst. “Then he loses his credibility with his supposed
‘clients’ and goes back to selling shoes or automobiles. If you’re relying on
any salesman for expert knowledge, you might be in for a rude awakening.
That’s why users groups formed. People got ticked off with this world of
hucksterism and created their own little world.”
One of the problems is that many good, honest sales reps will soon leave
for more lucrative work as consultants or for manufacturers or others.
Of course, the customer himself may be as impossible as some of the
sales reps. He might expect a quick, accurate, lucid answer to his question
from a rep working for little more than a department-store clerk’s earnings.
Computer stores can be full of ignorance on both sides of the counter.
Moreover, even if the sales rep knows his subject forward and backward,
many computer problems just defy easy answers. Imagine the frustration of
a sales rep working on commission. He can ill afford time to educate
complete novices. So do your homework or at least make an appointment
when the sales rep isn’t going to be jammed up with lunchtime traffic.

Page 330

That’s the nature of the Silicon Jungle, not simply a series of ripoffs.
Cherish the good sales reps.
Perhaps the ultimate bad customer is a middle-aged Missouri man
accused of the first-degree murder of a computer-store owner with whom he
disputed a $180 bill.
Neither men nor machines “interfaced” well here. Although the customer
had bought a printer elsewhere, he was under the impression that no one
would charge him for making it compatible with a computer purchased
from the store. The owner wouldn’t yield. Allegedly—I didn’t know the
verdict at the time of this writing—the man then fired two .38-caliber slugs.
[100]

Short of killing the store owner, how do you protect yourself?
Start by realizing that even at honest stores, your interests and the firms’
won’t be the same. I know of a Washington store that planned to drop the
Kaypro. Despite the computer’s generally good technical reputation, the
store seems to have been stuck with more than its share of lemons with
disk-drive problems. But that wasn’t the real reason, apparently.
“We’re moving out of the lower-priced equipment into systems where we
can make a bigger profit,” explained a store employee. “We’re not in this
for charity. We’ve got to make a living.”
Understandable. But don’t count on a store like that to sell you the least
expensive machine for your needs.
You can also protect yourself by considering the right questions—some
of which appear below:

ONE
Do you need a computer? Are you prepared to fire the humans the
machine might replace? Remember, a computer can’t make coffee or lie
about your whereabouts when you may face an angry customer. Of course,
your business may be expanding so that this isn’t an issue.

TWO
Do you have the temperament for the device? A willingness to struggle
with mechanical and human frailty—including your own?

Page 331

THREE
Are you prepared to do your homework? You can’t avoid some
preparation. It’s dangerous to dump the whole chore in the lap of a
consultant who, however good, doesn’t know your business as well as you
do.
Use a consultant if need be. But help him and yourself by knowing
what’s going on. If you don’t have time, at least be certain that a trusted
employee does—ideally, someone on whom you can bestow a fat raise if
computerization goes smoothly.

FOUR
What magazines and reading material should you buy at the computer
store and elsewhere?
The Silicon Jungle is just a start. Neither it nor other books can keep you
informed about new products as quickly as a weekly magazine like
InfoWorld can. I’ve written for InfoWorld and may be prejudiced, but I think
it covers the industry well. Some micro magazines, especially those
oriented toward specific brands, are namby-pamby in their coverage of the
industry or their pet machines.
A good general book is fine for acquiring broad perspective; but now
move on to a guide focused on computers for your kind of business. Shop
for magazines and books as carefully as you would for the machines. See if
the magazines’ articles are as up to date as their ads; I know of one that
reviewed the Osborne more than a year after its introduction.
Timeliness isn’t as important with books if they discuss principles as well
as specific products. Whatever you read, make sure it’s in English, not
gibberish.

FIVE
How do you want to buy your computer and the trimmings? At a store or
through the mail?
Unless you have a consultant or otherwise enjoy plenty of technical
backup, you should buy your entire system locally, at one store.

Page 332

Many manufacturers discourage mail-order sales. That’s partly because
of price cutting but also because they need local stores to guide customers
who are new to computers.
But if advice is available to you from a consultant or friend? Then mail-
order software might be a terrific buy, especially since most computer
stores can’t supply much software expertise, anyway.

SIX
Do you want an independent store or a chain store?
My own preference is an independent that has been in business several
years. Computer sales reps may come and go. The owner, however, should
still be in the store and in town when your warranty expires!
If you insist on buying from a chain, well, fine. But learn how long the
manager has been around—and how long he intends to stay. He may lie
through his teeth. But at least you’re trying.
Also, ask the manager how long his predecessors lasted? How fast does
the revolving door spin?

SEVEN
Are the sales reps knowledgeable and understandable?
One of the best ways to find out is for them to demonstrate a program of
the kind that you want. Ideally, sales reps or consultants won’t just know a
lot about computers. They’ll also know—or learn—something about your
business.
Above all, the sales rep should give you accurate information in language
you understand. If you’re a businessman shopping for a word-processing
computer, a good salesman can tell you how many double-spaced pages
each of your floppy disks will be able to hold. Of course, ideally, you’ll
walk into the store knowing the basics of computers. But there are bound to
be gaps in your knowledge somewhere along the line; even writers for
computer magazines argue with each other over some supposedly clear-cut
technical matters.

EIGHT

Page 333

Can anyone go with you to the store, especially on the day when you
want to firm up the purchase?
You may at least enjoy a psychological advantage over the sales rep if
there are two of you asking well-coordinated questions.
Who should accompany you? Perhaps the person in your office who
would use the machine the most; what better source of questions for the
sales rep? Obviously, too, it’s good labor relations. Employees who helped
choose a machine will be less likely to complain about screens or
keyboards.

NINE
What programs will do the jobs you need done?
Don’t just consider costs of the programs; consider their costs versus the
cost of not owning particular ones.
I don’t regret spending $250 for a word-processing program to replace
the cumbersome software with which my machine came. With the “free”
program it would have taken perhaps 40 percent longer to write this book.

TEN
How easy are the programs to learn? How easy are they to use? Some of
the easiest to learn are the hardest to use.

ELEVEN
Do the programs include good instruction manuals? You still may want
them if they don’t—as long as you can buy readable books about them.

TWELVE
What machines will run those programs? And how well will they run
them?
Take WordStar. Many machines can run this popular word-processing
program; but not all will let you use the cursor keys—the arrowlike ones—
to move from place to place on your screen. With some computers you must
simultaneously tap on two keys, not just one, to move the arrow. You could

Page 334

have WordStar customized for your machine; but why not instead buy a
computer that works well with it from the start?
You also want to consider the operating system that a machine uses. By
now, the most widely used operating system is MS-DOS, which has become
a de facto standard because of IBM’s endorsement of it. It has supplanted
CP/M. Rival machines may not run every program that the IBM computers
can. Some, like the Compaq portable, come close. But if a computer exactly
duplicated all the IBM’s functions, Big Blue’s legal staff would crush the
maker.
The widely used Apples have their own operating systems—one for the
Apple II series and another for the Macintosh.
There’s also UNIX. Ma Bell developed it originally, AT&T Information
Systems now supports it, and Microsoft sells a microcomputer version
called XENIX. The gurus say UNIX could be the operation system of the
future. With it programmers can more easily write software for machines of
different brands and sizes and “port” their programs from one computer to
another. UNIX may also be good for micros with many people using them
at once. The negative is that the nonexperts sometimes have more trouble
using UNIX than they do good ole CP/M and MS-DOS.
So much for the mainstream and soon-to-be-mainstream formats. What,
however, if the program you need comes only in an oddball one? Think
hard. Do you need this software—hence, this computer—immediately? Or
can you wait until the wonderful program or an equivalent is available for
other machines?
By the way, the word “format” doesn’t refer just to the general style like
CP/M or MS-DOS. It can also mean specific machines within CP/M and so
on. Different makes of CP/M-style computers, for instance, may not read
each other’s disks because their exact formats are different.

THIRTEEN
Is the machine 8 bits or 16 bits; and how big is the random-access
memory? Remember, 8 bits may be fine for word processing and light-duty
accounting, but 16 bits might be better for complicated spreadsheets and is
a definite advantage in data-base applications.
At the very least in the business world, you want 64K of RAM for word
processing and 256K or even more for intimidating calculations.

Page 335

You may find that a micro just isn’t powerful enough to handle a mailing
list in the tens of thousands or process the payroll of Exxon. They’d be uses
fit for a mainframe or at least a mini.

FOURTEEN
What about mass storage—in other words, devices like disk drives? Can
they hold enough information for your business?
If you need to juggle around great masses of material in a hurry, you may
want a hard disk, which is more expensive than the floppies.
Remember—one character equals one byte and you can squeeze most
numbers into one or two bytes. Estimate your needs by calculating how
many pages by how many bytes per page, etc., then double your result to
allow for growth and the unforeseen.
Don’t just consider storage capacity. Think about the ease of making
electronic copies of information you squeeze into your computer. A hard
disk capable of holding the equivalent of five thousand typewriter pages is
nice. But you still must contend with floppies for backup if the hard disk
fails. You must either make backup copies as you go along or else, every so
often, hold a long, tedious copying session.
Fortunately, the price of hard disks is dropping quickly enough that in the
future you might be able to afford a second hard disk to back up the one in
the machine. Some micros can back up on a standard videocassette recorder
—a good four-hour tape will hold 100 megabytes. Besides, there’ll
eventually be cheap, reliable, roomy memories without any moving parts.
Even then, however, you’ll still want copies of some kind, especially if
failures would zap thousands of pages of hard-won information.

FIFTEEN
Must your computer system accommodate more than one user? Will it
work well with people tapping into it from different terminals—those
machines with the keyboard and screens but little or no computing power of
their own?
Computer makers ballyhoo many micro systems as being “multiuser,”
but often there are hitches.

Page 336

These machines may let one person do accounting and the other do word
processing at once but might not allow two people to run the accounting
program simultaneously. And what about data bases and electronic file
cabinets? Can more than one person simultaneously update inventory
records, for instance? And will the computer slow down much if too many
people use it at once?
Still, properly chosen, a multiuser system is a great way to share
information with many people and not have to jockey floppy disks around
all the time. Then there’s the cost. A multiuser system for twenty or thirty
persons may cost less than half of what individual desktop computers
might.
Instead of a multiuser system, however, you might still go with full-
blown computers—but network them.
Networking is basically what it sounds: tying together machines to help
them share letters, reports, data bases, and other electronic files. (See
Chapter 13, “Net Gain$,” for a fuller explanation.)

SIXTEEN
Can you expand your computer system without difficulty, adding more
storage, for instance, or devices like a modem to help you communicate
over the phone lines?

SEVENTEEN
Will the sales rep show you that the computer will work well with the
printer or other accessories you have in mind?
He or she might not be able to demonstrate this compatibility, simply
because he doesn’t have the peripherals in stock; but you should at least
obtain a clear written promise saying that everything will work well
together. Be sure that his obligation to make it work is clear before you sign
the check.
The same idea naturally applies to software.

EIGHTEEN
How clear is the computer’s instruction manual?

Page 337

In computerese, you want “good documentation”—something that’s
“user friendly.” If the manual doesn’t include it, then does a book from an
outside publisher? Ideally, the book won’t focus just on the machine but
also on the software that comes with it.

NINETEEN
How long has the manufacturer been in business? How prosperous is the
company?
Buy from a new company if the technology looks far enough ahead of the
pack. But be careful. You don’t want to buy from a computer maker likely
to perish soon in the silicon jungle—not when you’ll need spare parts and
technical assistance.

TWENTY
Are any users groups around—organizations of people owning the
machine?
Ask your dealer or call the manufacturer for the name of the group near
you. If there isn’t such a group, that’s a blow against the machine then and
there. You still might buy it, but you’ll have less technical advice than you
might otherwise get.
Another beauty of good user groups is that they work closely with
dealers and manufacturers without compromising their own independence.
With fellow owners just a quick phone call away, you’ll be less at the
mercy of know-nothing hucksters.
Obviously, too, before buying the machine, you’ll find that the user
groups can be just the ticket for learning the quirks of the dealers and the
machines. Ask discreet questions after the meetings. Which machines and
dealers are winners? Which are gobblers?
Don’t forget, of course, that the owners would like to think of themselves
as having spent their thousands of dollars the right way.
I try to remember that when a computer shopper at a Kaypro meeting
asks me about my machine,I say I like it. Then I go out of my way to tick
off the Kaypro’s flaws so I won’t have it on my conscience that I offered a
bum steer.

Page 338

TWENTY-ONE
What about maintenance?
You can solve many of your repair problems ahead of time by buying a
computer easy to service.
That’s one reason I got the Kaypro rather than the Osborne.
You also want to find out how often the machines break down. Try—
whether it’s a computer or a printer—to get an MTBF figure. That stands
for “mean time between failures.”
Failures? That sounds fatalistic. But face it. Neither people nor machines
go on forever.
MTBF figures are like political polls and deodorant-commercial statistics
—subject to gross manipulation. But they’re a start.
Also, consider if you want to pay for regular maintenance, which, in one
year, might cost more than a tenth the price of the computer?
Or should you gamble without a maintenance contract?
Here’s a rule of thumb. Don’t gamble if (a) your system is large and
complicated or (b) you’ll be up the creek without a paddle if the computer
is out of service too long. The second condition is particularly true if one or
more of these conditions prevail:

a. If you own just one machine.
b. If it’s an oddball machine—not a commodity like an IBM or Kaypro.
c. If your business grinds to a halt without it.

I gambled for a while and seemed to be losing. During the first year I
spent perhaps $150 on replacing a printed circuit board in the Kaypro and
$300 on printer repairs. Considering the Kaypro’s dramatic effect on my
output, I won’t gripe too loudly. Nevertheless, I appreciated the need for a
service contract for even a well-made computer in constant use. And within
a few weeks it paid off. A disk drive failed, and the computer shop didn’t
charge me a cent for several hundred dollars in repairs. The man worked
while I waited at the public library down the street. The shop had promised,
before I forked over my $250 yearly payment, that it would at least try to
fix up my machine within twenty-four hours.
If possible, negotiate for financial penalties if repairmen don’t do their
job—at your location or theirs—within a certain amount of time.

Page 339

The contract might be with anyone from a national service organization
to a good, honest man operating out of a garage who’s been in business a
while and has convincing references—and substitutes for the times he’s on
vacation. (See Chapter 8, “People,” for rules to consider in avoiding
turkeys.) Count on spending 1–1½ percent per month of the hardware costs
if you’re dealing with a national service organization.
Of course you might be better off without a service contract. Just make
sure you can limp along briefly without a computer, which, alas, I can’t.
If you do try to wing it without a maintenance contract, you’d better be
prepared to know as soon as possible if you’ve bought a lemon. That’s not
such a bad idea even with a contract.
Theoretically, you should smell the juice within the first few months
before the warranty expires. But that’s not how it always works—or doesn’t
work. As a novice, you may not be putting the machine through all its
paces. So why not invite a more advanced computer owner or a consultant
—someone you trust—to tinker around with the computer in ways that
you’ll eventually be doing? The sooner the “test drive,” the better. Your
tester should do basics like copying disks, transferring electronic files from
one disk to another, erasing files, and renaming files. See if there’s a
program available to test the disk drives and related circuitry. Often those
parts are the ones that fail first, since (a) the drives are mechanical as well
as electronic and (b) they get some of the heaviest workouts during the
computer’s operation. As soon as you get your machine, you might leave it
running twenty-four hours a day for a week or two. Any component that
will fail from heat buildup, for instance, will probably quit then—while
your warranty is still fresh. Power consumption is typically no more than a
light bulb’s.
Whether you have a maintenance contract or not, remember a basic rule:
It isn’t the shop’s diagnostic tests that count. It’s how your newly
repaired machine will run your programs.
After I took my computer into a shop for disk-drive work, the repairman
said the drives just needed a little cleaning and were now testing fine. The
computer, however, flubbed when I tried one of my regular programs.
Result: I forced the repairman to install the new disk drive that my
machine needed.
Moral: always keep on hand some good backup copies of important
programs that you can take with you to the repair shop to make certain that

Page 340

the people there have done the job right.

■ ■ ■

Rothman’s Law of Computer Trouble-Shooting
(Cribbed From an Old Rule for Fliers)
1. If your computer messes up, remember the very last thing you
did, whether in hardware or software.
2. See if that isn’t the answer to your problem.

■ ■ ■

TWENTY-TWO
When will the new machine be available?
Be especially wary in buying recently introduced computers—even from
giants like Xerox.
Maybe you should go ahead because they deliver more value; but don’t
commit yourself even to a partial payment if you can’t pin the store down to
a delivery date. Why not negotiate the right to withdraw your money any
time you want before you formally accept the computer?

TWENTY-THREE
Will the store deliver your computer system and install it?
For a small portable, obviously, that matters less than it would with a
major office system.
Remember, too, that you probably want your software all set to go. Even
popular programs like WordStar may be too scary for you to install
yourself. The word “install” in this case refers to tinkering with software so
it runs right on your machine for your use.

TWENTY-FOUR
If the store or other supplier is supplying the equipment over a period of
time, can you break the contract into segments?

Page 341

That way, if the store or systems house doesn’t perform in the early
stages, you’ve retained some leverage.

TWENTY-FIVE
What references can the store provide before you purchase a major
system?
Buying a computer isn’t that different from hiring a consultant or any
other professional.
Since you probably can’t fully understand the product, you at least have a
right to know the reputation of the people offering it.
In at least one case, in fact, a court ruled that the computer dealer in
effect was functioning as a consultant and had more responsibilities to the
buyer than he would have had if he had been selling a less complicated
product. It’s an interesting ruling. And that’s it. Don’t count on it to protect
you.

TWENTY-SIX
Will the store owner himself sign the contract? Remember, your trusty
sales rep may be on his way out of town.

■ ■ ■

Rules for Buying a Used Computer
1. Know your prices. Study the want ads of the local papers.
There’s even a Computer Classified Bluebook that rates micros
for value in various areas (such as dependability) and offers
possible prices. It’s available from Computer Classified, P.O. Box
3395, Reno, Nevada 89505 ($30 a single copy). Micro prices can
change faster than a guide can keep up with them, but the
Computer Classified Bluebook might be a good start if the local
newspaper doesn’t carry many want ads for your particular
machine. Obviously, too, you’ll want to ask around user groups
and read the classified sections of their newsletters.
2. Pay attention to the machine’s physical condition. A banged-up
case—or a chipped one—might suggest that the innards have
been roughed around, too.

Page 342

3. Find out how your pet programs run. If you don’t have any
available that work on the machine you’re considering, see if you
can borrow some from a friend and have him or her accompany
you. Make sure your friend has backup copies in case the
programs are damaged by a sloppy drive in machine you’re
considering.
Remember that in the secondhand market the buyer normally
doesn’t have much recourse if later he finds that the
merchandise is defective.
4. As with a car, ask why the seller is selling.
5. Find out what generation of equipment it is. Does it include all
the wrinkles of new models advertised.
6. Learn where you stand legally if you’re buying software with the
used machine. Some companies may require you to register
yourself as the new owner; software manuals or accompanying
literature may have this information. If you’re on good terms with
the software company, there’s more of a chance its people will
answer questions. The company may require you to give the
serial number of your disk before it will respond.
7. Call up commercial auctioneers and find out if they’re holding
any auctions offering the equipment you’re interested in.
Don’t buy equipment at an auction unless you’ve been around
the computer for a while or have a friend who can watch out for
you. Very possibly you won’t get a chance to give a machine a
good test. Don’t buy unless the price is low enough so you’ll still
be okay even if you must spend 25 percent of the auction price
on repairs.
8. Obviously you’ll want to consider a maintenance agreement with
a local dealer or repair shop if you need the machine for your
work. You may, of course, have to pay for an inspection.

Page 343

BACKUP II A Few Grouchy Words on Printers

I sold my daisy wheel—a printer that prints like a high-priced electric
typewriter—and replaced it with a plebeian dot matrix machine.
Why? Because all printers, especially my 1975-vintage daisy, are a series
of lousy trade-offs.
And one of the trade-offs was about to be my solvency.
The old daisy wheel cost a mere $650 used—quite a bargain for a
machine whose latest models go for several thousand dollars—and
Anderson Jacobson didn’t charge for minor adjustments if I lugged in the
bulky printer myself. AJ, however, kept after me to get a $450-a-year
service contract.
Then, one day, a printed circuit board conked out, and the replacement
board and some other work came to $300.
“You’ve got to be kidding,” I told the crew at Anderson Jacobson. “Three
hundred dollars for a printer that cost me $675 originally?”
No, Anderson Jacobson wasn’t out to gyp me. Quite honestly, the people
there had intended to make their money off me through the service contract;
and that would have been fine for a company that needed a heavy-duty,
industrial-quality printer to pound away, day after day, around the clock,
without stopping. But for a lone free-lance writer? However fast I typed, I
could never give them the amount of business for which its makers had
designed it.
So like destitute parents searching for the right foster home for their
children, I looked for better, more affluent surroundings for my printer.
I asked for, and got, $650 for the printer with a tractor feed thrown in for
free—it lets you use big stacks of perforated computer paper without
stuffing in new sheets when you reach the end of the page. The new owner,
a Washington consultant, understood. He wasn’t just buying a printer; he
was buying his right to an Anderson Jacobson service contract.

Page 344

My AJ’s successor was the Microprism Model 480, a sleek, plastic-
covered machine that took up less space on my tabletop than some
typewriters.
In a dot-matrix printer like the 480, little pins hit the ribbon, making
impressions on the paper. An “A” is one series of pins, a “B” another, and
so on. The quality normally isn’t any match for the daisy wheel’s, even
though the price may be much lower than a daisy going the same speed.
“Prints like a daisy, costs like a matrix!” Integral Data Systems touted the
Model 480. That was stretching matters.
The letters from my next printer, a Panasonic KX-P1092, could almost
pass for a typewriter’s. It sold discounted at a local store for $489, just a
few dollars more than Anderson Jacobson wanted for its one-year
maintenance contract.
Here’s what else I could have chosen—rightly or not:

1. Another daisy wheel machine. The daisy wheel is plastic or metal and
looks vaguely like some flowers, with many strokes radiating from the
center. The spokes contain letters and numbers, and your computer tells
what spoke the printer should strike—which it does with a little hammer.
Run a noisy daisy wheel at one in the morning in a thin-walled apartment
with an early-rising neighbor on the other side and you may get a not-so-
friendly visit from the police or zoning department.
2. A laser printer. Typically, it works a bit like some copying machines,
with your computer controlling the printed image rather than a document
you put in front of a mirror. This wasn’t the choice for me; laser printers
at the time went for several thousand dollars up. By now, however, the
price may be much lower. Political fund-raisers love the nice quality that
lasers can add to slick letters saying how badly they need your money.
3. A thermal-transfer printer. This uses patterns of heat to arrange the
images on special paper; it’s quiet. Normally, the paper can be expensive,
and the printing quality is poor; so thermal printers were also out of the
running for me. Later, however, IBM introduced its Quietwriter printer,
which prints beautifully on ordinary paper.
4. An ink-jet printer. This kind literally squirts ink against the paper in
patterns forming letters and numbers; and the noise level is low, maybe
50 decibels, compared to 65 or more that a daisy wheel might inflict.
What a boon to apartment dwellers and people in already-noisy offices.

Page 345

While I was shopping for the Anderson Jacobson’s replacement, I didn’t
take ink jets very seriously because of the broken-up letters that came from
them. A year later, however, I talked to Richard Sugden, a Wyoming M.D.,
the owner of a PT-88 ink-jet from Siemens, selling in the $900 range, who
may have had a limited solution.
He used the 88 with a special printing program called Fancy Font and
high-quality paper that soaked up the ink neatly.
The program slowed his printer down to a fraction of the usual 160
characters per second but greatly improved his print even if it still couldn’t
pass for a daisy wheel’s. You can also team up Fancy Font with some dot-
matrix machines, especially those from Epson. Then you can print in a
number of sizes and styles, including “olde English.” Don’t overdo.
“Fancy,” as its makers joke in a printing sample, “may either kill or cure.”
In printer shopping for myself, I used these criteria:

SPEED
Yes, actually I could have afforded a new daisy—one of those
$450-$1,000 models.
The problem was that most crept along at less than 20 characters per
second. That sounds fast, maybe 200 words a minute; it isn’t. You must
redo an entire page if you want perfect typing but wish to make one change
in material already printed; you can’t just white out the wrong word and
stick in the correct one as you can with a typewriter. Often, after completing
a supposedly final version, I see many changes I should have made on-
screen. Somehow my editing eyes are sharper with paper.
People less fallible than I can make do with 20 characters per second.
They get everything printed right the first time.
Then again, if their printing volume is too high, a snaillike printer still
will bog them down.
And if they’re using their computer system to store and print notes or
records, a faster machine is a must. That’s especially true if you’re churning
out nothing but long rows of numbers. If best impressions don’t count, you
might consider a high-speed dot matrix capable of more than 150 characters
per second—or even 200 or greater.
My Panasonic dot matrix was somewhat of a compromise, with a draft
speed advertised at 180 characters per second and a near-letter-quality one

Page 346

of around 33 cps.
WARNING: Please note that advertised speeds may be one-third or more
higher than the actual speeds. The advertised speeds may not consider
factors such as the time it takes the printer to go from one line to another.
This is particularly true the case of unidirectional printers, which print only
from left to right rather than in both directions, as do bidirectional printers.
The only real way to judge a printer speed in your application is to try it
with your own sample material.

PRINT QUALITY
Here’s the hierarchy of printer quality:

1. Draft quality. The letters are too dotty for anything but drafts and
correspondence with enemies whose eyes you want to torture.
2. Correspondence quality. It’ll do for a letter to a forgiving friend or
business associate.
3. Near-letter quality. You can get away with it for book manuscripts,
especially if you already have a contract.
4. Letter quality. That’s typewriter quality.

A friend described my Microprism’s supposed “near-letter quality” as
looking like “an upscale grocery store receipt.” It was a long way from a
daisy wheel.
Still, Judith Axler Turner, a nationally syndicated computer columnist,
says dot matrix might actually help her at times; she can print the letters
larger than regular typewritten characters. Her manuscripts command more
attention.
A Washington lawyer fared worse using a dot-matrix machine without
near-letter quality. A judge threw out his brief.
We dot-matrix plebeians, before buying, should test the print quality on a
number of people, especially colleagues or clients. Are they happy with the
shapes, sizes, and quality of the characters? Do they feel that our dots blend
smoothly into each other? Usually, the more pins a dot-matrix printer has,
the better will be the printing. Many dot-matrix printers in late 1984 had a
matrix of seven-by-nine wires. In 1984 Epson was selling the $1,500 LQ-

Page 347

1500 with twice that density and “letter-quality characters to rival fine
office typewriters.” I looked one over. The typewriters were still winning.
Sales reps will bill the LQ-1500 and many other dot matrixes as being
capable of both (a) lightning speeds with draft-print quality and (b) slower
speeds with good quality. Is it “good” enough for you? If not, consider
buying a speedy dot matrix or ink jet for routine work and a daisy wheel for
the times you want the best impression. The combined cost may be lower
than that of a super-duper dot matrix.
If you’re doing serious work with graphics, look for a printer capable of
reproducing details as well as a good computer monitor does. Daisy wheels
won’t suffice because of the tremendous number of strikes; doing one dot at
a time is incredibly slow, and their preformed characters don’t include the
variety of patterns that good graphics require. You really need an ink jet, dot
matrix, or other alternative.

COST
With printer technology advancing so rapidly, I didn’t want to sink much
into a machine—hence, the $489 Panasonic. Sometime in the 1980s I’ll
forsake my cheapie dot matrix for a good ink-jet, thermal-transfer, or laser
printer when the price is down.
When pondering costs, don’t just look at a printer’s price tag. What about
ribbons? How many pages will they print? And how much do they sell for?
My IDS ribbons listed for around $12 apiece, but luckily I could get around
that by (1) buying at a discount place and (2) eventually purchasing a little
machine called a MacInker, which, for less than a dime, let me reink a
ribbon. It’s messy. Don’t inflict a MacInker on a Fortune 500 secretary, or
any secretary, but think about one, maybe, as a way of being frugal at home.
The MacInker is available from Computer Friends, 6415 SW Canyon Court,
Suite #10, Portland, Oregon 97221. The telephone number is 1-800/547-
3303, or 503/297-2321. The gadget as of mid-1984 was selling for around
$60 if you included ink and shipping charges.

PRINTING VOLUME
I wanted to be able to churn out a book manuscript in one weekend
without overwhelming the printer.

Page 348

Before you buy a printer, ask the manufacturer if it can handle not only
your typical workload but also your peak one.
Cheaper printers may overheat—just when you most need them.

A DECENT REPAIR RECORD
A printer is an electromechanical device. That’s a fancy way of saying it
may break down a lot.
An electromechanical device, after all, is partly mechanical—which
makes it less reliable than the gizmos in your computer system that are
purely electronic.
If you can afford backup machines, naturally the repair record won’t be
as crucial, but no matter what, do compare statistics on the mean time
between failures. Remember, they’re like EPA ratings for automobiles.
They’re wrong, frequently, and may not apply to the printer you end up
with. But don’t shrug them off entirely.

QUIET (OR RELATIVE QUIET)
My daisy—with the little hammer pounding away—was too noisy for the
late hours. Older dot matrixes also can be offenders; they can almost shriek
with high-pitched sounds. Some of the newer ones may be better behaved.
Sharing an office-apartment or working from an ordinary office, however,
you might buy a sound-muffling box and wrestle with pulling paper in and
out of it.
When good, cheap ink jets and laser printers hit the market, these noise
hassles will end.

SPECIAL FEATURES
“Will it underline?” I asked. And would it offer boldface, the dark, heavy
print that books often use for emphasis.
And what about other special features? How about proportional
spacing, for instance, which prints the “M” wider than a “j”—making the
type look more like a book’s. That could make the print more readable.
Another question is, “Does the printer offer justification?” It’s really a
software issue. But we’ll group it here with the other special features.

Page 349

Justification evens out the spacing of both the right and left margins,
though that’s a mixed blessing. Justified margins look more impressive. But
ragged right margins, the normal typewriter kind, guide the eye more
easily and may be better for long reports as opposed to short letters. I did
not justify this manuscript. But justification is just the ticket for
correspondence with the status conscious.
In the case of all these special features, keep remembering to ask:

1. Does the printer offer them no matter what computer or program you
use?
2. If not, will your hardware and software let you use the features?
3. For free, will the store modify your computer system to make the
features available to you?
4. Will your desired combinations of features work simultaneously?
Unfortunately, with my software, anyway, the Microprism 480 couldn’t
use boldface and proportional spacing at once.

OVERALL COMPATIBILITY WITH YOUR COMPUTER
1. Can you use a standard cable to connect the printer and the computer?
2. If not, can the store make one up for you? At what cost?

Remember, it isn’t enough for the cables to plug in. You also want the
right wires going to the right pins and for the computer and printer to be on
speaking terms electronically.
To connect up with a printer physically and electronically, a computer
uses a port—nothing more than (a) a plug or socket and (b) the gizmos that
let your machine exchange bits and bytes with the outside world.
“The outside world” may be a modem, which connects up with a phone,
or it may be simply your printer.
Two common styles of ports are serial and parallel. Data passes through
serial ports a bit at a time; through parallel ports, it passes eight bits or more
at once.
Serial ports commonly use an industry standard, the RS-232, which is a
kind of socket together with the related electronics. As with “IBM
compatibility,” this “industry standard” often can be elusive. One brand’s
RS-232 may differ from another’s.

Page 350

The Kaypro has both a serial and parallel port, and with the Anderson
Jacobson, I had to wrestle with plugs whenever I used the modem, since it
and the Anderson Jacobson both required the serial port.

In between printing one of the last drafts of this manuscript today, I’m
adding another criterion—whether a printer has a buffer.
A buffer in this case is just some memory, in the printer, that lets your
computer pump a letter or report into the machine in a fairly short time.
Then you can return to other computer work while the printer runs. You can
of course buy a buffer if your machine lacks one and you’re sadistic enough
to deprive your secretary of a good excuse for a coffee break. Wait. Come
to think of it, your secretary herself might appreciate a buffer if she’s trying
to keep a nine to five job nine to five.
You needn’t have buffering by way of your printer. Some programs, such
as Word Perfect, even let you “schedule” several printing jobs from
different documents on your disk while you’re still writing.

Big Blue’s Quiet One
Do you need a quiet printer that will turn out typewriter-like work
but won’t cost as much as a laser-style machine?
Then you might consider the IBM Quietwriter printer or the
inevitable clones that will follow. It uses a new kind of thermal-
transfer process—heating the ink so it goes on the paper without
the ribbon actually touching. The Quietwriter doesn’t need special
paper. Its sound is a polite swish. And its print looks typewriter-
sharp.
IBM introduced the Quietwriter at around $1,400—less than half
of what the cheapest laser printers were selling for in late 1984
(not that they aren’t coming down in price too).
Granted, drawbacks exist The Quietwriter’s speed isn’t as fast
as a laser printer’s—effectively a mere 25 characters per second if
you use Pica-sized type.
Also, the Quietwriter’s ink doesn’t sink into the paper as with
some typewriters or daisywheels; your work might lack the feel of a
traditionally typed document. And because the ink is erasable, you
shouldn’t use a Quietwriter for legal papers. It won’t make carbons.

Page 351

Moreover, the technology is unproven—at least to me as I write
this. Ask me again when the machine’s been out long enough for
the lemon-owners to fire off blurred letters of complaint to
InfoWorld.
Just the same, Quietwriter-style machines are well worth
investigating. Hats off to Big Blue on this one.

■ ■ ■

Page 352

BACKUP III The Lucky 13: What to Look for in Choosing
Software

A friend warned me: Don’t water down your software advice with “In my
opinion”-type phrases and other hedges.
“That’s how it seems to me, anyway,” he joked.
Well, Rick, I’m sorry. Just as a critic once called Citizen Kane “a shallow
masterpiece,” I’ll qualify my enthusiasm for WordStar. I’ll be a responsible
zealot.
Anyway, I like WordStar enough to use it to help explain the Lucky 13—
my general criteria for judging software.

ABSENCE OF BUGS
Programs are like people. “Mature” software is more reliable. It’s more
like a tried-and-tested salesman or secretary, less risky, say, than a green
employee hired off the street.
A complex creation like WordStar, with its thousands of lines of
instructions for your computer, won’t ever be 100-percent glitchless. But
it’s close. MicroPro, the company selling it, normally tests its programs
well before unleashing them on the market, and WordStar has been around
since the late 1970s, giving others the pleasure of suffering bugs before you
have a chance. Why should you pay for a software maker’s education? Not
that you should always buy “mature” programs. Sometimes a newer one
looks so promising that you might want to gamble.

GENERAL EASE OF USE
WordStar’s easy for many people—not all but many—to learn and use.
Arthur Clarke picked up the ABCs of WordStar in days. A public relations
woman at MicroPro International says she was doing serious work with

Page 353

WordStar the first day she used it. I believe her. My friend Michael Canyes
explained the basics to me on the phone; but my main training was just
hanging around computer stores and trying out Osbornes, which included
WordStar as part of the standard package.
WordStar exercise books exist, the computer version of typing ones, but
for me they would have been a waste of time. I was too eager to get to work
with my new software.
A millionaire swears by WordStar; he has four secretaries deftly running
it on Kaypros. A fifteen-year-old I know—smart, though not a prodigy—
does his homework on WordStar, and the son of MicroPro’s founder learned
it at age ten.
Yes, I’ve heard WordStar horror stories. You’re not dim-witted if
WordStar doesn’t come as easily to you as to me. Oddly, I found Select—
ballyhooed as a beginner’s word processor—to be more of a puzzle. Oh,
well. One person’s dream software may be another’s kludge.
Keep in mind, however, that you must often suffer trade-offs between
easiness, speed, power, and versatility. Although WordStar might not give
you instant gratification, its speed and power may justify the struggle. Ditto
for some of the best spreadsheets and other software categories. The big
question is, How much word processing or spreadsheeting, or whatever, do
you do? Not much? Then place ease of learning ahead of speed. Ideally,
though, a program will give you both. MicroPro has tried especially hard to
do this with WordStar 2000, an improvement over WordStar in learnability.
Like nearly any powerful program, however, 2000 still takes practice to get
up to full speed on.
Whether you’re buying a word-processing program or an accounting
one, look for software with logical commands.
WordStar, in this way, triumphs. Consider the famous SEXD diamond
that you use with the Control key. S is the diamond’s leftmost key; it will
move your cursor over one space in that direction. E is the uppermost key
and indeed moves you up. X, the diamond’s lower point, takes you a space
down. Rob Barnaby, in short, has done a superb job of letting me get from
place to place on the screen.
You may disagree violently. Fine. Software is personal. You’re letting a
stranger—the writer of the program you use—influence your working
habits.

Page 354

Ideally, however, the writer’s logic and yours will be the same, so that, in
the end, the stranger becomes a friend. He might be thousands of miles
away. He might even be dead. Or you might loathe him if you meet him in
person rather than on your disk. But in running his program, you still get
the feeling Holden Caulfield got in Catcher in the Rye: you want to call up
the author after he’s done such a fine job. Holden was talking about
novelists. I’m talking about programmers. Ideally, they’ll touch your brain
the way Holden’s literary heroes touched his heart.

GOOD DOCUMENTATION
People say WordStar’s manual nowadays is better than the past ones,
which Personal Software likened to “the Russian-language version of War
and Peace.” Don’t memorize even the improved manual, however. Home in
on MicroPro’s simple list of WordStar commands, a sheet smaller than a
restaurant menu with which I learned the basics.
My WordStar version also included a spiral-bound book with exercises
similar to a typing guide, but I didn’t get lost in them. I was too eager to get
on with my real work with WordStar.
There’s one other resource nowadays—a tutorial disk, which, because it
came only in an IBM-style version, I hadn’t tried as of this writing.
Normally, however, I absorb new wisdom better the old-fashioned way: via
bound paper.
More than twenty books on WordStar exist—maybe because of the old
manuals’ failings—and one of the better guides is Arthur Naiman’s
Introduction to WordStar. Published by Sybex Computer Books, Berkeley,
California, it’s generally as intelligent and helpful as the program itself.[101]
Remember the basic criteria for evaluating manuals of any kind, factory
supplied or not:

1. The general logic of the manual. The author should have written it from
your viewpoint, not his—from the viewpoint of what you do with the
program, not how the programmer coded it. Ideally, you’ll find
descriptions of related commands in the same chapter.
2. The quality of the index. I’ll charitably assume it’s there to begin with. It
should list even the most obscure commands—telling on what pages
you’ll find them.

Page 355

3. Simplicity of vocabulary and sentence structure. A manual shouldn’t
impress; it should teach.

USEFULNESS TO OLD PROS AND BEGINNERS ALIKE
WordStar adjusts to different levels of skill. You have some menus to
guide you, to help you decide, say, whether you want to print or see
material you’ve already written. But most of the time you won’t need
menus during composition. Not after you’re experienced, anyway. Some
rival word-processing programs have menus that bog everyone down,
beginners and old pros. But not WordStar. It has four “Help” levels,
including one that keeps messages constantly on the screen to guide you.
But you can zap all this once you’re a WordStar pro.
WordStar is only as “friendly” to you as you want it to be. It isn’t like a
puppy leaping up on you and licking your face at the wrong time.

SPEED
WordStar lets you do your job in a hurry. Well, basically. If you’re just
turning out short business letters, for instance, and don’t want to store them
on your disk, try something else. WordStar makes you electronically save
your words there before you can print anything. And that takes time. For
swapping words around, however, for additions or deletions, few programs
could surpass this one. Were I writing long sales pamphlets or annual
reports, WordStar would be my choice.
Now, I’ll qualify my “speedy” verdict. WordStar will slow you down
when your computer has to reach instructions that the program hasn’t
already sent on to the RAM—the temporary memory. That means a time-
consuming electronic trip to your floppy disk. Also, if you type in a certain
amount of material, WordStar will automatically lock some of it on a disk if
the RAM is running out of room. WordStar is a disk-based rather than a
RAM-based word processor.
That has its virtues, however, since, by farming out the runover to a
floppy, WordStar lets you work with longer files. Some RAM-based
programs may limit each document to only 15 or 20 pages in many
computers unless you electronically splice them together.

Page 356

Altogether, I’d say that WordStar, evaluated as a disk-based, fully
featured word processor, is fast. And new wrinkles like hard disks will
make it run still faster, even without the speed improvements that very
likely will come. MicroPro, in fact, recommends hard disks for users of
WordStar 2000, even if it will run with two floppies. Very soon most office
micros will contain hard disks.

POWER
WordStar is powerful. You can, for instance, type “@” instead of a long
name used commonly in your work. Then, when you’re ready, you can plug
the name in where the “@” appears. This search-and-replace feature is
common to every advanced word-processing program; but WordStar
implements it better than many rivals.
You can also use it with an accessory program, MailMerge, so you can
type a list of names and addresses just once, then automatically plug them
into the right spaces in a form letter. Only, it’s individually typed, so people
needn’t know they’re getting a form letter.
Of course, “power” isn’t a virtue just in word processing. The best
electronic filing cabinets, for instance, boast clever wrinkles to make it
easier for you to enter new categories of information or to change
individual records. Consider this story, which is true, about a reporter whom
an editor was on the verge of firing. The severance pay was ready. The
editor changed his mind at the last minute, however, and the final check
stayed in his desk. Then, not long after, the paper’s auditor stormed into the
city room. “Why didn’t you fire the son of a bitch?” he asked. “Now we’ll
have to spend all this time straightening out the records.” Had the paper had
a good, powerful electronic filing system, the nonfiring would have been a
little less traumatic to the auditor.

FEWER CHANCES FOR BOTCH-UPS
WordStar limits the chances for careless errors in the first place.
While you’re working on a file, for instance, you can use the Control-KJ
command to delete everything but the document you’re in the middle of.
Granted, WordStar isn’t perfect. Arthur Clarke, for instance, complains
mildly of the underlining procedure. If he turns on the underlining, he’ll

Page 357

occasionally forget to turn it off, meaning that, unwittingly, he’ll underline
everything that follows. WordStar 2000 corrects this problem by showing
you true underlines on the screen, not just symbols at the beginning and
ends of the underlining.
In record-keeping programs, especially, the anti-botch-up features can be
real lifesavers. One technique is to limit the range of numbers entered. An
elementary school, for example, might guard against typing errors in new
files showing pupils’ birth dates. The computer might then flash its
skepticism if a clerk said a first grader was born more than six years ago.

THE JEWISH-UNCLE EFFECT
Without bogging you down, WordStar lets you reconsider some drastic
actions. Suppose you’re about to erase an entire file; that is, a whole
document that you’ve worked on: say, a letter or a sales report. If you press
the control key and the letters “K” and “J,” WordStar won’t act
immediately. Instead, it will ask, “Name of File to Delete?” You can even
get out of most commands before they’re executed. It’s simple. Just hit the
“Control” and “U” buttons, then the “Escape” one. WordStar, in short, is
good for the hotheaded. You feel as if Seymour Rubinstein—the MicroPro
founder—is watching over you like some kindly, protective Jewish uncle.
A good record-keeping program would react similarly if you were about
to erase 8 million names. A payroll program might inquire more than once
if you wanted to register the firing of five hundred people. A spreadsheet
program could ask if you really wanted to wipe out dozens of numbers that
you’d entered. A graphics package, ideally, would do likewise if you were
about to erase an electronic equivalent of the Mona Lisa.
Some programs, in addition to saying you’re messing up, will offer you
alternative courses of action. The older WordStar isn’t as advanced as some
other programs in this respect. But normally the error messages are self-
explanatory and the corrections obvious.

DAMAGE LIMITATION
WordStar limits the damage if you or your machine goofs in a big way.
It rarely sends you back to the operating system of your computer.
What’s more frustrating than getting, say, an A> prompt—the computer

Page 358

equivalent of, “Buddy, you’re back at square one”? Then you’ll have to
reenter your work.
WordStar 2000 corrects one feature missing from the original program.
Plain old WordStar doesn’t let you delete a paragraph, then restore it
without zapping other changes you made since you last saved your work on
your disk. That is, there’s no yank-back feature to undo erasures or other
recent modifications.
But even the older WordStar makes an electronic equivalent of a carbon
copy, a backup file—meaning that you’re probably still in business if a
glitch destroys the original. Uncle Seymour makes you think twice, literally,
before you erase whole files.
The old saw of the computer trade, however, will always apply, no matter
what the program:
“Garbage in, garbage out”—“GIGO.”
Berenice Hoffman, my literary agent, really rubbed that in. I’m the type
whose letters and checks take a little time to adjust to a new year. “For your
records, if you keep carbons,” Berenice replied to one note, “you might
want to change the date to 1983—didn’t the computer tell you?” The best
programs in the world can’t detect such mistakes.
But wait; I just remembered. The fancier computers have electronic
clocks that potentially could warn you if the wrong date appeared when you
were working with a correspondence format.

AFTER-THE-GOOF FEEDBACK
WordStar also provides another service—offering error messages telling
you what went wrong. It isn’t perfect. Sometimes you may see
combinations of letters and numbers, meaningless to someone without a
manual. But normally WordStar is helpful. Say you want to use two
markers—one at the start and one at the end—to designate material to be
moved to another part of the document. WordStar will tell you if you forget
to type out either one.
Ideally, programs not only will offer you a diagnosis after the goof but
also a solution. Although WordStar isn’t as advanced as some programs in
this respect, it’s very adequate for the experienced user.

ABILITY TO CUSTOMIZE

Page 359

I adapted my WordStar to the requirements of a writer. Editors normally
don’t like hyphenated copy, so now WordStar’s “hyphen help,” which
suggests possible hyphen breaks, is an optional feature instead of a normal
one. No longer need I turn it off with special commands. WordStar provides
a menu in the installation program that makes it easy for you to change
normal defaults—the settings that your software will have before you
tinker with it. The menu doesn’t cover every possibility. But you can vary
margins and many other important details, and once you’re experienced,
you can do a patch—a modification in the program—to change other
things.
If you’re a novice buying from a full-service computer store, ask it to set
up your WordStar. Better still, try to dope it out yourself so you make your
own changes in the future. You might get guidance from a users’ group.
Likewise, you might tinker with a communications program to make it
work better with the computers you plan to use and talk to. Or you might
set up a record-keeping program to check automatically the accuracy of
information fed into it.

ACCESSORY PROGRAMS
WordStar will work with a variety of accessory programs intended
especially for it—everything ranging from electronic thesauruses to spelling
checkers, word counters, footnoters, and a communications program.
Some word processors, accounting packages, other software, include all
the functions you’d need. Others require you to buy the accessory
programs. That’s not always bad. Why bother to pay for a dictionary if
you’re a perfect speller? Just make sure—before you buy—that the original
software either includes good accessory programs or will work with them.
Some outside companies’ accessory programs, by the way, may be
superior to those from the main software’s manufacturer.

SUPPORT FROM THE MANUFACTURER
There is one plus that I wish I could have included in my praise of
WordStar—good support from the manufacturer. Don’t count on it. In the
area of guidance and troubleshooting from the manufacturer, WordStar on
occasion hasn’t even been adequate.

Page 360

Calling as a prospective customer, I couldn’t find out if WordStar in a
Xerox 820 format would run smoothly on my Kaypro. The company took
down my message, then mailed me literature that didn’t answer my
question.
A California man phoned MicroPro with a problem involving DataStar, a
sister program of WordStar that eases record keeping. “We do not have time
to correct the programming that results in this quirk,” he heard. He
complained to InfoWorld that MicroPro “has some really elegant program
tools but no inkling as to the meaning of customer support.” Likewise, the
head of a MicroPro users group in New York told the magazine that “fully
half of the people who called me to join immediately presented me with a
problem they were having.”
For a while—I don’t know what it’ll be like when you’re reading this
book—MicroPro wasn’t even replying to most customers’ questions on the
phone; this supposedly was the dealers’ job. And while Rubinstein’s
company indeed sells a Mercedes of a program, some computer stores
aren’t up to fixing the windshield wipers.
Ideally, software manufacturers like MicroPro will not only offer
technical support but also 800 numbers so you won’t be on hold for twenty
minutes, racking up a formidable long-distance bill.

Page 361

BACKUP IV On the Evolution of Software (And a “Perfecter
and Perfecter” Program)

Mary Matthews, a gifted writer-editor in Chevy Chase, Maryland, favors
a WordStar rival called Perfect Writer.
“What a conceited program,” I say.
“WordStar’s a dinosaur,” she shoots back.
In late 1984 we both tried new versions of our pet software (actually
WordStar 2000 is more of a successor), and while defending them, we
harbor reservations.
First the basics. I myself prefer a program like WordStar Version 3.3,
which is in the “get-what-you-see” tradition and shows your copy on screen
almost exactly as it will be printed. But Mary makes a good argument for a
rival with a different philosophy. WordStar 2000 in fact helps her case. It
now has many of the features that her dear Perfect Writer came out with
first, including split screens. Interestingly, however, the new Perfect is more
useful to the “get-what-you-see” crowd than is the older version, while
WordStar 2000 is less get what you see in an important way than 3.3 is. At
least that’s true of the WordStar 2000 previewed to dealers. During a demo,
anyhow, a MicroPro employee couldn’t coax 2000 into displaying double-
spacing conveniently on screen even though we could have double-spaced
on paper.
Where does the increasing resemblance between Perfect Writer and the
WordStar family fit in the cosmic scheme? I’ll recklessly generalize:
The word processors of the world are becoming like refrigerators; all the
deluxe models will have the equivalents of automatic defrosters and ice
makers and butter warmers and lettuce crispers. More of the new wrinkles
will be marginal. And the surviving companies will be the ones that can
explain and exploit the differences and support their customers the best.
Not everyone likes butter warmers. As noted before, WordStar 2000 isn’t
an unalloyed improvement for me, and the “perfecter” Perfect in some ways

Page 362

disappoints Mary.
The older WordStar lets you move to the left of a line with the
combination of the Control key and the letters Q and S or Control-QS. A
touch typist could do this almost instantly. WordStar 2000, on the other
hand, uses Control-CL. CL stands for “cursor left,” CR for “cursor right,”
and mnemonic commands like those are indeed easier to keep in your head,
especially if you use a program only occasionally. On the other hand, the
new strokes are harder for a touch typist—this one, anyway. Likewise,
Mary wishes that Perfect Writer’s new commands were a bit more logical,
especially to old Perfect Writer hands.
Concluding, Mary says Perfect Writer users with 64K machines shouldn’t
junk them to buy more powerful computers just to run the new version. My
thinking is basically the same about WordStar 2000 versus WordStar 3.3.
The older program isn’t as good as 2000 in some cases; for instance, when
you could use built-in memo format to make temporary employees more
productive. But 3.3 is still terrific for people without such needs, and I’ll
think long and hard before I myself change.
Mary’s impressions and mine are typical of many veteran users of
software who can’t stomach features added for novices. She’s 100 percent
right except when we disagree. As “host,” I won’t rebut her in the places
below where we do.
Here’s what she sent over the phone via her Kaypro II:
Somehow, I’m not sure how, I’ve gotten to be enough of an
authority on Perfect Writer—the “old” Perfect Writer, that is, the
one released in June 1983—that strangers call me up and say that
a computer salesman somewhere told them I was the Sibyl who
could answer their questions with a local instead of a long-distance
phone call. Luckily, the questions usually run in the “How the heck
do you do X?” vein, or I might have to reveal that I’m only a good-
hearted writer.
Now the Perfect Writer people have released a brand-new
version of their already powerful program, and I think I’m in trouble.
The new, revised version of Perfect incorporates some radical
changes—sweeping enough to demand 128K of RAM (and IBM
PC DOS) to operate. (Actually, after claiming that the new Perfect
can edit documents of up to 100 pages, the manual states that
“with 64K of RAM you will be able to edit documents about 5 pages

Page 363

long,” so I assume that the new Perfect takes up about 56K of
RAM—not being familiar with the PC’s way of juggling numbers, I
can’t tell exactly.) I’m in trouble because I won’t be the reigning
Sibyl anymore unless I can figure out how to buy a PC-compatible
computer with a decent keyboard (most PC keyboards are horrid)
and still do things like pay bills and buy the occasional loaf of
bread and jug of wine.
The most radical of the changes is that the new Perfect Writer
now uses what it calls “pop-up command menus” during editing.
When you hit the Escape key, a small (about one-twelfth of the
screen) “top menu” will superimpose itself over your text, as close
to your cursor as possible, three characters away to the left or
right. It lists your choices for subsidiary menus, which eventually
lead you to the command you want.
Nearly every command has been changed, so that those of us
who are used to the old Perfect Writer must learn the editing
commands all over again. The new manual (haters of the old one
will be glad to learn that the index is now at the back where it
belongs and those frustrating Roman numerals are gone) explains
with a straight face that the pop-up menus exist so that you “don’t
have to memorize command sequences.” Of course, if you plan to
use Perfect Writer more than once a year or so, you’re going to
memorize the commands, anyway; and so, as the manual airily
says, the Control key does everything the Escape key does,
identically; the only difference is that you “bypass” the top menu—
because, it says, you aren’t always going to want to see it. Mind
you, if you use the Control key, you’ll see every menu but the top
menu, anyway.
Is this enough reason to change all the commands but one—to
bypass one menu?
To me, this is not an improvement over the old Perfect Writer—
not unless you actually like added keystrokes. All the old two- and
three-keystroke commands are now three-keystroke commands at
least, and often four or five. This is progress? The new Perfect
Writer has indeed taken pity on us and assigned to the PC’s
function keys twenty frequently used commands, so that if, for
example, you don’t feel like keystroking Escape-DS-Carriage-

Page 364

Return to save your document and continue working on it
(Control-X-Control-S in the old PW), you can keystroke SHIFT-
Function Key 9-Carriage Return. Whoopee.
Let us not carp too much about what strikes me as suspiciously
similar to kludge, since the new Perfect Writer is as fast or faster
than the old Perfect Writer. We’re probably only talking about a few
microseconds, mind you, but it still seems to me that the execution
of Perfect’s new commands is usually close to instantaneous. This
is a thing to marvel at when you compare Perfect Writer to
WordStar 3.3, where unless you have a specially speeded-up
version with specially reassigned command keys and fingers with a
lightning-fast touch, it takes forever to execute certain commands
(well, ten or twenty seconds) and perceptible time (say, one or two
seconds) even if you do have the speed. But I still say the 50, 100,
or 200 percent additional keystrokes are a pain in the you know
where. The program may be faster, but the human being is now
50, 100, or 200 percent slower.
One improvement in particular is one to run through the streets
singing about: Perfect Formatter has been incorporated into
Perfect Printer in the main menu (inexplicably renamed “PSI”), and
the two of them together are approximately a million times faster
than they used to be. Thank you, Perfect Writer!
For a couple of years now, I have been using Perfect for the
long, complicated projects, like books, that demand powerful
editing capabilities and Perfect’s special strengths—such as split-
screen editing, automatic footnoting, automatic construction of a
table of contents, etc. For shorter things, like personal letters, I’ve
been using WordStar, for its what-you-see-is-what-you-get screen.
The main failing of the old Perfect was whether or not you were
using the document design capabilities, you had very little idea of
what the final product was going to look like. (The main failing of
WordStar, which as far as I’m concerned has been a dinosaur for
several years now, is that it can’t do half of what Perfect can—and
it does it slowly, too.)
Shout “hallelujah,” brothers and sisters! The new MS-DOS PW
allows you to choose between using its old “@@ commands” and
having what-you-see-is-what-you-get. Or you can mix the two of

Page 365

them (not that I know why anyone would want to, since with the PC
I’m using, you can’t tell when a word’s been underlined).
You can now get on-screen justification if you want it; and if you
want to underline a sentence, you don’t have to worry about your
on-screen justification being thrown off 4 or 5 characters—you just
position the cursor in front of the material you want to underline, go
to the end of it, and tell the machine to underline it. The exact
command sequence for underlining a sentence is Escape-T-B
(begin marking), Escape-F-S (go to the end of the sentence),
Escape-A-M-U (underline the marked area). This looks like a lot of
work, especially compared with the old PW’s @@ux{}, until you
stop and consider what the same thing would be in WordStar.
Suppose it’s a ten-word sentence you want to underline: you’d go
to the start of the sentence and keystroke something like this:
Control-P-S, Control-F, Control-F, Control-F, Control-F,
Control-F, Control-F, Backspace, Backspace, Control-P-S.
I’ll break discipline and object to Mary’s description of the WordStar
underlining procedure. You could underline a sentence just by starting
with one Control-P-S and ending it with another. What’s the big deal,
Mary? Your described procedure would apply only to material that you
underlined after you wrote it. All those Control-Fs do is make the cursor
jump a word ahead. Grrr! Then again, maybe I’m simply a more decisive
underliner. I know what I want! If nothing else, this little disagreement
shows how work habits influence choices in word processors.

Not only does the new Perfect Writer have the old Perfect’s strengths—
split-screen editing of up to seven documents at a time, a zillion powerful
editing commands, still another zillion powerful document structuring
options—but it’s added a few more just for fun. For example:

◾ The old Perfect allowed you to delete from wherever the cursor is to the
end of whatever sentence you’re in; the new one lets you do that, of
course, and also lets you cut to the end of whatever paragraph you’re in
—or an entire paragraph, if you’re at its beginning.
◾ Now you can delete not only the next word ahead of your cursor but
also the word behind it—a small thing but amazingly handy.

Page 366

◾ You don’t have to delete text before you copy it. (However, the process
is more complicated than it used to be.)
◾ You can flush right material on screen—useful for the what-you-see-is-
what-you-get feature.
◾ You can more or less paginate on screen—although this instruction is
only good for the what-you-see-etc. editing; it’s useless for the
document-design mode (@@ commands).
◾ You can use the “Search” function to search not only the document
you’re working in now but any and all other document files on your
diskette. This strikes me as amazingly handy for editing multiple
documents when you can’t remember what the name of the other
document is or where the reference is you’re thinking of. For example,
suppose you’re writing to Joyce Davenport and you want to add a
paragraph from a letter you wrote to James T. Kirk but you can’t
remember more than that it was about artichokes. You would invoke
“search document”; the prompter then asks you what you’re searching
for, and you say, “Artichokes.” Pretty soon you have a list of the
documents the word “artichokes” appears in, and you can then call up
the one you want for multiple-document editing.
◾ Similar to this is something new the main menu offers: you can
compare two files, and Perfect Writer will show you their differences—
useful for comparing edited and unedited versions of a report.
◾ If you have a color monitor, you can “paint” the letters and
backgrounds of the up-to-seven files you’re working on different colors
(eight background and sixteen letter colors), so as to tell them apart. For
me, this falls into the “who cares?” category, but some may like it; and
I have to admit, you can get some very pretty (though not always easy
on the eye) combinations.
◾ Perfect Writer now has the printing option “End at page X.” Shout
hallelujah, brothers and sisters!—the new Perfect at long last has
caught up with the dinosaurs like WordStar.
◾ Some of our old favorite document-design commands have been
renamed, usually for the better. And we have one absolutely dandy new

Page 367

command: @@need. @@need makes sure that there’s enough room
left on the page for a chart or similar material. If you’ve just written a
15-line poem that can’t be broken between pages, immediately after the
last line of your poem, type in @@need{15 lines}; if there isn’t going
to be enough room on the page, your poem will automatically be
“forced” to the following page. Hot diggety!

All is not completely rosy in Perfect land. The new Perfect has lost
some of the old Perfect’s advantages. For example, the old Perfect had
an automatic feature that told you where in your document you were—
35 percent of the way through, or whatever. Moreover, the old Perfect
had a command that let you know how long the document was in terms
of both number of lines and number of characters, and where your
cursor was in all this. I’ve searched the new Perfect manual and haven’t
been able to find any equivalent new command. The closest I’ve been
able to come is a command that lets you know only how many
characters there are in the file, not where you are, or anything else; and
the command isn’t listed in the index, nor is there any equivalent
command that I can find. Great work, guys. This is what I call a major
frustration. It’s maybe bad programming, and it’s certainly bad
documentation.
The new manual is slightly better organized than the old one, but
that’s not saying a lot. I’ve rarely been able to divine the new name for
the old command in the new manual, and when I’ve found it, it’s
usually been by accident. It would have been an enormous service if the
Perfect people had put in some sort of comparison chart for us old-
Perfect old pros.
Like the old Perfect, the new Perfect is very cavalier about the
number of spaces it leaves after a period or colon; sometimes it’s the
two you typed in, and sometimes it magically gets transformed into
one. The new Perfect goes the old Perfect three better and is randomly
cavalier about the number of spaces it leaves behind a period, colon,
quotation mark, question mark, and parenthesis—not only deleting
spaces where you do want them but also inserting them where you
don’t want them. Instead of mildly annoying, this quirk is now big-
league annoying. May whoever thought it up and liked it so much
he/she expanded it spend eternity brushing gnats out of his/her face!

Page 368

You still can’t tell the Search feature to search for something X
number of times. For example, if three times you use the word
“pishtosh” and want to change it to “nuts,” you can’t tell the search-
and-replace feature to “do this three times”—as with the old Perfect,
you have to do it twice with the “Ask me” and then “Cancel” the third
time and do it by hand, or do it three times and then have Perfect search
wastefully through the rest of the document for something you know is
not there.
The new Perfect’s printing menu is better than the one the old Perfect
came with but not nearly as good as the menu that David Hite
developed in 1983 for the old Perfect Writer. The only improvements
are the “compare” feature mentioned earlier and the ability to step
outside Perfect for a while into Perfect Calc, Perfect Filer, or a
telecommunications program—nothing I’d write home about.
We’ve lost the “one word” command—a serious blow for those of us
who used it to get around Perfect Writer’s cavalier treatment of periods
and colons. This command caused the characters placed within it to be
considered one word, so that Perfect Filer wouldn’t split certain words
between lines.
Perfect Speller, which is now on the same diskette with Perfect
Writer, Perfect Formatter, and Perfect Printer, is much faster than it
used to be. Alas, it is just as stupid. Unlike better spelling checkers,
Perfect Speller works on the system of prefixes, suffixes, and roots. In
other words, if the word “check” is an acceptable root, then “checker”
and “recheck” are acceptable. So are “checkment” and “checkation.”
And like the old Perfect Speller, the new Perfect Speller doesn’t
recognize its own vocabulary—it queried words like “blankline” and
“ux,” which are Perfect Writer commands and ought rightly to be
ignored. My recommendation is to get The WORD Plus, which can be
renamed to be accessed as if it were Perfect Speller and which is far
superior.
An interesting—I don’t say terrific—addition to the Perfect family is
Perfect Thesaurus. You substitute the Perfect Thesaurus diskette for
your document diskette in drive B, position the cursor on the word you
want to look up, type Escape-S-T, and Perfect Thesaurus checks its
dictionary. If the word is there, you may substitute any of the synonyms
for your original word, type in your own replacement, or say “forget it”

Page 369

and go on to look for another synonym. The hype says that Perfect
Thesaurus “holds nearly 50,000 words (entries plus synonyms).”
The parenthetical remark is the key one to home in on. I asked
Perfect Thesaurus to look up “transform,” and it did; one of the
synonyms it offered was “metamorphose.” When I asked it to look up
“metamorphose,” it told me, “Word not found.” (Perfect Thesaurus has
also never heard of “fanatic,” “asinine,” “pop,” “airy,” “bypass,”
“instantaneous,” or “shrug,” among about fifteen others of the forty-
five words I tried.) I’d estimate that the average number of synonyms
offered for each word is between five and ten—if we compromise and
say seven, that’s only 6,000 or so words that Perfect Thesaurus can
recognize. Moreover, Perfect Thesaurus can only look up fifteen words
before it starts yelling, “No more marks,” and refuses to cooperate any
further.
In other words, Perfect Thesaurus is a nice toy, but I question its
usefulness for serious writers. Having a copy of The Synonym Finder
by your desk offers you about a million words that you can recognize,
and is about as fast to use.
The new Perfect Writer itself still has many of the annoyances of the
old Perfect Writer:

◾ The automatic swapping feature still cuts in at inopportune moments
and makes you wait before you can continue typing or execute a
command. It’s now only one second or so instead of five seconds or
so, but it’s still annoying.
◾ There is still no automatic indicator showing where you are in your
document or how long it is, a feature of every other word-processing
program known to humankind.
◾ You still can’t customize the document-design commands (although
it’s usually possible to get the look you want if you’ve used Perfect
Writer for many years and know some tricks they don’t mention in
either the old or the new manuals)—if you want some real
customization, tough noogies.
◾ You can still start printing by referencing page and section numbers,
but if you want to start with footnote 125, you’re in for a major pain.

Page 370

The new Perfect is more powerful than the old one, but not by as
much as its creators fondly think. After spending two days evaluating
the new Perfect for this article, I went home and spent several happy
hours with the old Perfect. Oh, I admit I thought now and then, I wish I
could cut to the end of the paragraph, or, I wish I could delete the word
behind the cursor instead of only the word in front of it—and the old
Perfect Writer is indeed slower than the new one (by maybe 5 percent?)
—but on the whole I found I preferred two keystrokes to five and three
keystrokes to six.
Many of the improvements of the new Perfect Writer fall into the
category of kludge: lots of flashing lights and ringing bells and chrome
and racing stripes and wow, look at that dashboard! Perfect Writer is
still the best word-processing program I’ve ever run across, but for
those of you who don’t want to give up your 64K non-IBM PCs, don’t
worry: you’re not missing enough to make spending all that money
worthwhile.

Page 371

BACKUP V “3-D” Versus Mail-Order Software—and How to
Shop

How to pick the right disk?
People like Dusty Park know how to improve the odds. Park was at the
top of his class at a computer school, worked as a customer support man at
MicroPro, then joined a mail-order house called 800 Software in a similar
job.[102] I phoned him there when my mail-order copy of WordStar didn’t
work on my machine. It was a common industry problem, this
incompatibility. Theoretically—which doesn’t mean that much—my
Kaypro could read disks in the electronic format of the Xerox 820. Yet my
machine in this respect seemed functionally illiterate.
Park told me on the phone that many other Kaypro owners were suffering
similar difficulties, that if need be he’d send me another disk set up for my
computer. Step by step he went over the WordStar installation procedure
with me.
As it happened, I succeeded without him—by having WordStar
electronically piped over to the Kaypro from another machine when my
micro wouldn’t reach the disk. Park had been ready with patience and
empathy. I took it for granted that he would suggest buying by mail in many
instances; but what advice, based on his MicroPro days and other
experiences, did he offer about buying “3-D,” as he called it—buying in the
flesh from a store, in other words?
“The best place to go if you’re buying software retail,” he said, “is to
someone who’s doing a training seminar in the same program you’re
buying. That way you’ve got it aced, because the person who’s doing the
class is going to know the program well.
“You don’t have to take the class, but at least you know that there’s
somebody there who could be asked a question.”
Not that a dealer has to know every wrinkle of a program to teach it. But
you’ve still got a head start if you do choose a store with classes.

Page 372

Just be sure that the instructor isn’t a circuit rider, so to speak—that he
isn’t flying out of town to another store as soon as he completes a series of
classes. You want him around to answer your questions later on.
This principle would especially hold true when buying software from
franchised stores. Some stores may be excellent. Others, however, as Park
pointed out, “may be a bunch of small businessmen who used to sell shoes
and bought into a franchise at an exorbitant price.”
Offering, obviously, a mail-order perspective, Park said that the
computer-store managers he knew didn’t always know their software lines
because there were so many products to keep track of. “It takes too much
time,” he said. “There’s too many things to do in a 3-D store to handle that.
Mostly you’re showing people hardware.”
His opinions rang true. Trying out WordStar with Osbornes, I’d run
across sales reps who couldn’t show me how to make printouts of the letters
on the tiny black-and-white screen. Some sales reps were “terminally”
dumb. Others were bright and helpful but too busy selling too many
machines to pick up the basics of WordStar and other heavy-duty programs.
WordStar wasn’t that hard to master, however. I wondered how stores could
counsel customers if they couldn’t even train sales reps.
I asked Park about mail-order software.
croPro,” he said, “I told people, ‘Don’t buy by mail. The dealers are the
ones who can answer your questions. You have a real, live, 3-D person.’”
MicroPro had instructed Park and five colleagues to try to duck the time-
consuming questions from businessmen and others using computers and to
refer them back to their dealers. And yet Park and the others had actually
ended up spending half their time responding to the pleas of “end users.”
And many were the customers of mail-order houses.
But now, Park said, some mail-order people were competing not only
with low prices but also with technical support; 800 Software had even
hired a software guru from the University of California at Davis to evaluate
programs it was going to sell and support. I myself had paid $250 for
WordStar, or about half the $495 list price; however, after talking to Park, I
felt I was in better hands than I would have been at the typical computer
stores I’d visited.
I got everything I paid for; 800 didn’t pull any cheap tricks like sending
the software without a manual, which, in fact, some mail-order houses may
do. This isn’t an endorsement of 800 Software. It shows, though, that at

Page 373

times you can successfully bypass the wretched support and high prices that
many stores inflict on software shoppers.
“Save by ordering some software by mail,” advises CPA Micro Report,
“but only if the package is easy to install and easy to use. If you’ll need
training before you can use it or if the package must be configured for a
hard disk, buy through your local dealer. Word processors and spreadsheets
are examples of software you can safely buy through the mail. General
accounting, client write-up systems and communications software should be
purchased through a dealer.”
It’s good advice, basically. Park says few people call him about
spreadsheets, that they’re easier to unravel than many programs. So what’s
the most trouble? Data bases, sometimes. “But word processors definitely
take the cake.
“You’ve got to deal a lot with special features on printers, like boldfacing
and underlining and whether the software will let them work right,” Park
says. He suggests the obvious—that before buying new software, you find
out how it will run with your printer and computer. Of course, as stated
earlier, you’ll ideally select your hardware after you’ve chosen your general
range of software. Park says most people don’t fully “realize the
implications” of the software they’re ordering “because they haven’t
thought of it yet.” There’s the old problem, of course. How do you know
you’ll like the software until you’ve tried it at leisure? And then you
normally can’t get your money back. Before you order by mail, give serious
thought to asking someone locally for a “3-D” demonstration.
A very leisurely tryout, in fact, is a good idea no matter how you’re
buying, mail or “3-D,” and ideally you’ll have someone with you—a clerk,
a secretary, anyone who’ll actually be using the system.
You might even want to bring along your accountant or somebody else
working with the information that comes out of your computer system. At
the very least, show him the software manual before you buy the program.
Don’t take the software seller’s word that the software will keep the IRS or
the SEC happy. Instead, trust the accountant or lawyer you use in your
business. If he’s uncomfortable with computers, ask him to recommend
someone in his profession whom he could work with. You don’t have to fire
him. Just get him the backup he’ll need.
A computerwise accountant, for instance, can tell you if a general ledger
package has a good audit trail—a way to keep track of what was done on

Page 374

the computer system to make the records come out the way they did. A
computer-literate lawyer or accountant can also make certain that the
software is reasonably crook-proof.
Follow the same rule as with hardware. Find someone already using the
program you want to buy. Is he happy with it?
The nearer his work is to yours, the better. The best authority on
accounting software, for instance, isn’t a computer guru: it’s an accountant.
But beware. Some people may have chosen their programs without
considering the alternatives, and they might have done better using a
different system. Ideally, your fellow accountant, lawyer, doctor, whatever,
did plenty of shopping before making up his mind.
Also, remember how subjective software is. Even if someone is in your
field, he may think differently and do his job differently.
Of course you might read reviews in computer magazines, but be careful.
I recall how glowingly some of them described early versions of Select;
how they said it was superb for heavy-duty writing, even though, quite
clearly, it was a bona fide kludge.
“How could the reviewers be so wrong?” I asked a computer salesman, a
good one, who had sold a number of copies of the Spellbinder program to
Kaypro buyers unhappy with the early Select.
He replied, “Advertising. They did a lot of advertising in the magazines.
That’s probably why.”
Well, maybe. More likely, however, the reviewers simply were writers
unfamiliar with alternatives like WordStar or computer experts unfamiliar
with the needs of most writers. Your best bet is to read the magazine
reviews, and this book, knowing that the ultimate authority on your
software needs is you.

Page 375

BACKUP VI “Easy” Data Bases:
Another View (Mensa
Member Versus
InfoStar)

Charlie Bowie, one of the stars in Chapter 6, “Three Software Stories,”
breezed through the dBASE II program. But not everyone will find all data
bases so easy. Mary Matthews didn’t. And you can’t call her stupid. She is,
after all, a Perfect Writer guru/Sibyl. Also—I’m sneaking this in behind her
back—her IQ is high enough for her to belong to the Mensa group for
bright people. She’s a Smith College alumna, a human dictionary, now
working as publications director at a prestigious prep school. I thought that
InfoStar—well reviewed in a major micro magazine—would be a cinch for
her to learn and use in listing the traits of a good data base.
Well, back comes this essay telling me that she banged her head against
InfoStar for a week and almost committed hara-kiri. You can interpret that
as a failing either of Mary or of the program. I’ll blame the software and
documentation.
(Of course she’s full of bilge in her Perfect Writer review when she
knocks my beloved WordStar.)
Mary, please note, has nice things to say about InfoStar’s power; she says
it might even be worth the torture. And a consultant can simplify the
program for you. Still, if Mary is having trouble befriending InfoStar, what
about average people who must master powerful data-base software?
They’ll succeed only if they have time and buckle down. They mustn’t
swallow the manufacturers’ cant that the programs are “simple”—at least
not if the software’s like InfoStar. Oh, well, at least they can console
themselves that their business competitors may also be suffering.
And once learned, programs like InfoStar (as Mary’s essay shows) can
indeed make life easier.
Her observations:

Page 376

There are a number of data-base programs on the market for
personal computers, with new entries coming in daily. The MicroPro
people—parents of the famous (or infamous) WordStar—have come
out with a dandy of their own: InfoStar, which can sit up, roll over,
and whistle Dixie.
What does one look for in a data-base program? To a certain
extent, of course, it depends on what one wants. Someone who
wants to put a Rolodex file on to the computer is going to need a lot
less by way of power and versatility than is the owner of a small
business who wants to use the data base to keep track of clients,
orders, and inventory.
The first thing to think about is how much data the program can
handle without going off its nut or slowing down so much that you
could walk to Waukeegan and back while your program is
processing any entry. Here are some terms and ideas to keep in
mind:

◻ The data base, or data file, contains all your entries. InfoStar
allows any number of data files per diskette; others allow only one.
Score one for InfoStar.

◻ The data record covers all the information you store for each
entry into your data base. How big will your program allow each
data record to be? How many data records will your program allow
before it seizes up and refuses to accept any more? Will the
program warn you that as of X moment its files are full and it won’t
accept any more records? (I once spent two days trying to figure
out why Perfect Filer was giving me back nothing but garbage
before I thought to check and see whether my diskette was full.)
InfoStar will allow you a maximum of 65,535 data records per
file. By way of comparison, Perfect Filer will accept as many data
records as the diskette will hold—about a thousand if your
diskettes will hold 200K of memory and you’ve filled up your data
entry screen with lots and lots of data fields; probably a skillion if
you only have one one-character data field and a lot of disk
capacity. The new program dBASE III will allow over a billion

Page 377

records or two billion characters in a file—again, up to the limit of
your disk space.

◻ The data fields are the building blocks to your data record. Some
obvious attributes a data field may have are that it is alphabetic
(letters only); numeric (numbers only); or alphanumeric
(okay, you guessed it). That’s about all the simplest data base
programs allow—but here’s where InfoStar is an absolute champ.
Some of the attributes InfoStar will allow:
1. The field may only contain certain numbers and/or letters—for
example, if you’re typing in a state abbreviation and type “IT”
when you mean “IN,” InfoStar will stop you and tell you that’s not
acceptable. (It does this by checking what is called an authority
file and comparing the authority’s contents with your input.
Handy-dandy!)
2. The field will enter itself based on your previous entries. For
example, you can enter that your customer wants 47 of your
code number W889AA (widgets), two entries; and InfoStar can
look up the price of widgets, multiply that by 47, look up the sales
tax for the state you inputted earlier, multiply your subtotal by the
amount of sales tax, and all by itself enter the name of the
product, the subtotal, the amount of the sales tax, and the total—
zip-zip-zip-zip, four entries, all done by the computer rather than
by you and all done in a flash. The first time I tried it, I was
startled into yelling, “Wa-hoo!”
3. The field can be a constant. For example, if your data record
contains years, you can tell InfoStar to enter “198” automatically,
and you only have to enter “4,” “5,” or whatever.
4. The field can automatically shift cases for you. For example, you
can type in “new york, ny,” and InfoStar will insert into the data
record “New York, NY.”
5. The field can insist that whatever you type in is identical two
times in a row or it won’t save the data record—useful if you deal
with complex numbers that have to be right.
6. The field can be required—something that you have to enter, or
InfoStar won’t let you go on.

Page 378

Oh, and these are only examples! I guess I’m just a simple
country girl, but I was amazed and thrilled by all that InfoStar
could do with its data fields.

◻ How big are your data fields allowed to be? How many fields are
you allowed to have? InfoStar allows you a maximum of 245 fields
per record, and a maximum of 255 characters per field—it comes
out to a maximum of 62,475 characters per data record. (Perfect
Filer, again by way of comparison, theoretically allows 70 fields
with a combined total of 1,024 characters. On the other hand, the
one time I tried to test this limit with Perfect Filer, the program went
comatose on me.) I do wonder whether an InfoStar data record
that was 61K in size might mean you would get fewer than 64K
data records into your data base. On the other hand, who could
imagine a 61K data record on a personal computer? It is, after all,
about the same size as a 60-page letter to your Aunt Millie, and
how often do you write 60-page letters to your Aunt Millie?

◻ Once you have data in your data base, the sort keys determine
how you can get the data out again. Do you want to get the
information out in alphabetical order by name? Numerical order by
ZIP code or phone number? Some combination of the two? (For
example, you might, if the information is in your data records, want
to sort your friends by who is left-handed, who gave you a
Christmas card last year, when their birthdays are, or all of the
above.) How many sort keys will the data base allow? What kinds?
How long does it take the program to do a sort?
To take a primitive example, Perfect Filer allows you up to five
sort keys (alphabetical order by sister’s name, for example;
numerical order by ZIP code; both; numeric order by phone
number; all three; and so on). Perfect Filer will also generate up to
twenty subsets from which to sort. (Left-handed Republicans,
female plumbers, all those who owe you more than three dollars—
you name it.) And it will also let you have up to 40 list format fields
—that is, it will allow you to generate up to 40 different kinds of list
(all left-handed female plumbers who live on the West Coast).
InfoStar, on the other hand, will allow you 32 sort fields, which is a

Page 379

few more than 5; but it doesn’t have any subsets per se and
doesn’t seem to allow you more than one list format. On the other
hand, the range of “logical expressions” it allows is amazing, and
provided you understand BASIC (InfoStar’s data are written in
CBASIC) fairly well, you can attain heights of efficiency Perfect
Filer couldn’t even dream of (more on this immediately).

◻ What kinds of calculations will your program do, and when does
it do them? Some programs will allow you to add, subtract,
multiply, divide, and other even more abstruse calculations, and all
at the data entry stage. The best of these allow serial calculations.
For example, take A and multiply it by B; then divide the result by
C; then add it to D. A program known as DB Master allows
calculations for only two fields at a time: A plus B equals C. D plus
E equals F. C plus F equals G. Other programs will only allow you
to specify that certain relations between data exist, and then only
at the report-generating stage. Perfect Filer, for example, will allow
you to specify that you only want your report to contain the people
whose ZIP codes are between 20815 and 21903—but it won’t do
any arithmetic at all. InfoStar, on the other hand, can do algebraic
and numeric calculations and impose such logical conditions as
“include this record if it meets X criterion”; “do this calculation
unless the data field is Y”; “do this if conditions X and Y OR
conditions P or Q exist.” Zowie!

◻ What sort of “overhead” does the program demand? That is, what
do you need to be stored on your diskette in addition to your data
records? One trade-off might be that the more sort keys, subsets,
list formats, and/or logical expressions you have, the less space
you have for your data records. Unlike Perfect Filer, InfoStar
creates an index file for every data file that you create. An InfoStar
index file contains only the field values of your sort key(s) and
addresses for each of your data records, but even so, with a lot of
sort keys and with a nice, big data base, the index file is not going
to be tiny.
Playing with InfoStar—after a week hunched over the keyboard,
I still can’t say I’ve learned it—was, in order, daunting, boring,

Page 380

thrilling, mystifying, frustrating, and annoying. The program comes
with four (count em, four) diskettes and three instructional tomes of
a size and heaviness guaranteed to strike fear into the heart of a
neophyte. We’re talking half again as big as the compact edition of
the Oxford English Dictionary. We’re talking three three-ring
binders crammed to capacity with information. Daunting.
The program comes complete with three on-line tutorials—one
introductory tutorial that assumes that the person using it has
never been near a computer before, one tutorial for data entry, and
one tutorial for generating “quick reports.” All three are pretty to
look at, slow as molasses to try to go through, and simpleminded
in the extreme. The first one, for example, draws you a picture of a
computer terminal on its screen just in case you’re suffering from
selective blindness and can’t see the terminal you’re running the
program on. My advice to those who buy InfoStar and who’ve ever
even seen a computer before is not to bother with the tutorials—
certainly not with the first one!—but to go straight to the training
manual and start plowing your way through. It shouldn’t take more
than a hundred years.
When I started playing with some of the data bases that InfoStar
provides for its customers, I was excited. No, I was thrilled. I’ve
never seen anything like some of the things InfoStar can do, and
watching six fields fill up all by themselves after Id inputted one
number made me chortle with glee.
InfoStar uses most of the same commands that WordStar does,
which is convenient if you happen to like control commands. I first
began to get annoyed when I discovered that InfoStar does not
use arrow keys. If you want to move your cursor, it’s CTRL-D,
CTRL-S, CTRL-E, CTRL-X—the same commands WordStar uses
and a major-league annoyance. Nor have any Function keys been
assigned any values. And every single, solitary time you use
InfoStar you have to go through at least four help screens—like it
or not. Grrr!
I first ran into trouble when I began trying to define my own data
record. Drawing the screen is easy; but what does one do when
one is trying to assign attributes and runs up against prompts like,
“Field derived? Processing order? Copy attributes of field? Pad

Page 381

field? Batch verify? Range check? Edit mask? Entry/content
control character codes?” I’ll tell you what I did: I read the training
manual. I read the reference manual. I tried native cunning. I tried
pounding my fist through the keyboard. I tried crying. InfoStar’s
hype says, “On-screen menus give you options in plain English ...
while a series of help screens guides you through each
procedure.” Yeah; and I am Marie of Romania.
The same sort of thing happened when I started fiddling with the
generation of reports. As promised, InfoStar “enables you to create
and print a report in sixty seconds.” The report prints all the data in
the given file. Here’s what the report for the file I’d tried to construct
looked like:
B:MMPLAY REPORT
B:MMPLAY REPORT
B:MMPLAY REPORT

10/21/84
10/21/84
10/21/84

FIELD #001 FIELD #002 FIELD #003 FIELD #004
FIELD #005 FIELD #006
FIELD #007 FIELD #008
____ ____ ____ ____ _____ _____ _____ _____
____ ____ ____ _____
____ ____ _______ ____
mwm Mary W. Matthews
4823 Willett Parkway Chevy Chase
MD 20815
ec Ed Corrigan
Pirmasens American School New York
NY 09189

I hope you get the idea. I’m too depressed to go on. So much for
the “quick report” that you can create in only sixty seconds.
Next I tried to design a “custom report.” The prompts didn’t start
out to be quite so confusing—“Is the file going to be used for Input
or Output?” and “How large should the disk buffer be?” But by the
time I got to “Edit mask,” “Copy attributes to field,” and “Enter
algebraic expression,” I was thinking seriously about hara-kiri. We
are not talking quick and easy here. We are talking call in the
professionals or resign yourself to a lot of long, hard work.

Page 382

Considering that I don’t even get to keep the copy of InfoStar—I
only own a 64K CP/M machine, and InfoStar requires a PC DOS
and at least 96K of RAM and recommends that you use a hard
disk (but will put up with two floppy drives provided that you can
get 320K of memory on each disk)—I eventually just threw my
hands into the air and gave up. There is no doubt in my mind that
InfoStar is a terrifically powerful program that will allow you to do
just about anything you want in the world of data bases. The doubt
in my mind is whether I’m an ordinarily intelligent person who was
thrown by some big-league complexity or whether I’m an absolute
moron because I didn’t find the program “simple” and “easy to
use.” (Variations of the words “simple” and “easy” appear
seventeen times in the InfoStar hype booklet; for example,
“InfoStar is ... easy-to-use ... goes well beyond the capabilities of a
simple data base system. InfoStar eases the job of managers....
It’s really quite simple. The whole process is really quite simple....
And it’s easy....” All this on one page, mind you.)
To sum it all up in a nutshell, InfoStar offers some wonderful
features, particularly in the area of making things easy for the clerk
typist/secretary who’s doing data entry. And it is, as advertised,
lightning fast at calculations and sorting. Its use of WordStar
commands is a drawback, and its refusal to allow the arrow keys to
function, along with its insistence on making you plod through help
screen after help screen that you’re really not interested in, can be
infuriating; but I suppose the clerk typist who is forced to use
WordStar—at only five years old the dinosaur of word-processing
programs—might find it convenient.
But if you, the doctor or lawyer or small business owner, want a
custom-designed form or a custom-designed report, you’re not
going to be able to delegate the job to a clerk
typist/secretary/assistant. You’ll have to either hire a consultant to
do it for you or resign yourself to spending days or even weeks
mastering ideas and language that, to me, range from the arcane
to the dumbfounding.
It’s really quite simple?

Page 383

BACKUP VII ❑ Graphics Tips

No matter how you’re using a graphics program, remember the RDHP—
the Rough-Draft Hierarchical Principle. It also may help at times when you
word-process memos.
The principle: create the basic pictures or prose yourself. But if pressed
for time? Then farm out the details. Just as a secretary might put your
memos in the right format on paper, he or she might also smooth your
drawings. Or your art department might.
Here are other tips for graphics users:

KNOW YOUR CHARTS AND OTHER BASIC TOOLS
A line chart—a graph with the outlines of hills and valleys—is great
when broad trends count more than the numbers themselves.
One glance at a good line chart can tell you if wok sales are up or down.
And for even better effect, you might try a curve chart, or area chart,
filling in the area below the curves that the lines make.
“Instead of looking like a wriggly line,” explains Carl Herrman,[103] an
award-winning graphics expert, “it looks like a mountain. It’s much easier
to follow.”
And if you want to show sales trends in three wok categories? Well, you
can still use a filled-in chart.
“You might fill in the bottom one solid black,” says Herrman. “You
might do a cross-hatch—parallel intersecting lines—on the middle one.
And on the top one, you might have a straight-line effect or a lot of lines
running close to each other.
“That way, you can readily see the difference between the three It’s more
effective than three graph lines on top of each other.”
Another tool is a bar chart, with bars of different sizes—horizontal or
vertical.

Page 384

NAME THAT CHART With Apple’s Macintosh and the Microsoft chart
graphics package from Microsoft, you can whip up charts like the ones
below. Chart will even pick up numbers from a sister spreadsheet program,
Multiplan. My thanks to artist Jo Steele, who works for the Dartmouth
College Computer Center and is a partner in Northtronics Associates. Oh,
and don’t blame Jo for the use of those over-mentioned woks. My mistake.
Next time I’ll use dishwashers or watermelons.

Do broad trends count more than the numbers
themselves? Then use a line chart, a graph with the
outlines of hills and valleys. Amalgamated Wok might
decorate each sales rep’s office with such a chart, at
which a myopic CEO could smile or frown as he
walked in.

Use a bar chart to compare sizes or emphasize differences, including
those over time. With the bar chart, you might contrast 1979 wok sales with
1984’s.
Don’t normally use the bar chart, however, to illustrate trends. For that,
it’s usually back to the old line or curve chart.

Page 385

Just the same, Mike Slade, a product manager at Microsoft, says: “There
are times when you can illustrate trends successfully using overlapping bar
charts—with bars of different colors or patterns.

A curve chart or area chart is just a line chart with the
area below the lines filled in. This is a deluxe version
with different shadings indicating different years. A no-
frills area chart might actually be easier on the CEO’s
eyes than would a line chart without shading.

Page 386

Yes, wok sales are increasing and our canny artist
used a vertical bar chart to emphasize this. Just the
ticket for a presentation to a stock analyst studying the
prospects of the Amalgamated Wok Corporation.
Notice that numbers are easier to take in than those on
a line chart.

“You might have a vertical bar for 1979 wok sales slightly overlapping
with one for 1979 widget sales and continue these twin bars for the next
five years.
“Use overlapping bar charts when you’re showing trends for a number of
different products or categories.”

Page 387

Wow! Look at the hefty wok sales in November and
December. Someone offer rebates? Actually you’d be
better off using a pie chart instead to show the
percentages of semi-annual sales from different
regions. Regions, not the 50 states. You can only slice
a pie so thin.

Yet another tool, the pie chart, just like a pie, with slices, nicely shows
relations of complete parts.
Use the pie chart to show the percentage of sales that came from four or
five regions.
On the other hand, suppose you have many, many small components in
your pie—say, you’re interested in the percentages of domestic sales in each
of the fifty states. Then a map with percentages on it might be better.
I’ll stop here—this is a computer book, not a graphics guide. For more
detailed information, Herrman recommends Designer’s Guide to Creating
Charts and Diagrams by Nigel Holmes (from Watson-Guptill, New York).

KEEP IT SIMPLE—WHETHER ITS A CHART OR MEMO
Don’t make your charts look like puzzles. “If you clutter up your chart
with too many facts, you’ll lose the very simplicity that graphics can offer,”

Page 388

says Herrman. Home in on your main point. “If need be,” he says, “use a
short narrative under the chart to back it up.
“In fact, you might be able to say something in words more simply than
with a chart. If you’re trying to compare the cost of widget imports in the
last fifty years and it’s doubled each year, then why not just say so in
prose?”
Also, avoid other forms of visual clutter. Don’t make people’s eyes spin
with special effects and too many colors.
Grid lines—a series of little squares like those on engineering graph
paper—often confuse chart readers. “Don’t put them in if you can help it,”
says Herrman.
“Definitely not,” agrees my friend Hard-core bureaucrat.
In memos, don’t confuse your readers with a barrage of different
typefaces. A little variety is good. But make sure you have a decent excuse,
such as special points to stress or different categories of information.
“If you show off your fancy typefaces,” says my friend the Hard-Core-
Bureaucrat, “it’s just a plague that’ll make your eyes ache. That’s one
reason I’m down on fancy graphics for routine stuff. Some Macintosh users
are going to produce memos that look like samplers from printing
salesmen.”
Even on a thousand-word memo, use three of four typefaces at the most.
Also, don’t stint on white space. Apple’s manuals for the Macintosh and its
more expensive sister, the Lisa, are models of wise use of white space.

AT THE SAME TIME, KEEP IT LIVELY!
If you can get away with it, why not try a little flair in your graphics and
your points will be more memorable.
A good model in many cases is the newspaper USA Today, which sports
some of the liveliest graphics in the country.
It regularly publishes charts with such sexy facts as amount expected to
go for health care in 1990 or the percentage of women who received
haircuts and other beauty-shop treatments in 1983.
To jazz up the chart titled “Only Their Hairdressers Know,” an artist drew
the face of a woman with her hair blowing out. The lengths of the bunched-
up strands varied according to the percentages of women receiving different
kinds of treatments. “Haircut” (76 percent) was three times longer than

Page 389

“Coloring” (a mere 24 percent). Today the average micro user may not be
able to produce such “hairy” graphics, but the future may be different.
Snazzy graphics is like colorful writing. Humanize your work. The “Only
Their Hairdressers Know” chart wasn’t in the fanciest of color—just black
and white and blue—but it was more eye-catching than most eight-color
ones might have been.
And if you yourself can’t draw too well even with a computer? Well,
what a chance to liven up the workday of a young, talented aide who’d like
a break from the typewriter, er, word processor!
Besides, on occasion, you can at least do what an editor may have done
with the hairdresser chart—think up the basic idea.

KEEP THOSE CAPTIONS LIVELY, TOO
Imagine you’re writing captions for a hybrid of the New York Times and
The National Enquirer.
Try to be accurate, clear, and interesting.
Snare the skimmers! Give them no choice but to read your report.
I’ll qualify that. Alas, many report writers, especially the government
species, don’t want to be clear with words or charts.
Maybe they can scrutinize this section to know what to do in reverse.

KNOW YOUR COLORS—WHEN AND HOW TO USE THEM
There is life without color.
Just look at the nifty things you can do with high-resolution black and
white, with its many different shades.
If your picture offers widely varied shapes and sizes, color just might not
help that much.
Think, too, about costs. If Mac had had color, the $2,500 introductory
price would have been several times higher. So Apple concentrated instead
on resolution. And very likely, some makers of similar machines will do the
same. There’s a technical trade-off: color capability often comes at the cost
of sharpness. Even black-and-white graphics today—at least the affordable
kinds—normally are a far cry from the sharpness required in an annual
report or the slickest sales brochure.

Page 390

Still, to a generation weaned on color tv and movies, a 100 percent
monochromatic life would be like a monastic life.
And color could be just the ticket for enlivening graphs that visually
drone on and on with statistics.
What’s more, it can help separate elements of charts. Just don’t overuse
or abuse the technique. Don’t use color to slice a pie chart too thin.
In working with color, you should know the best combinations. Often
you’ll want to alternate weak, cool colors with strong, warm, “advancing”
ones that leap out from the screen. The strongest colors usually are bright
red first, then orange, then perhaps yellow—it depends on your machine
and other variables.
“Your weakest colors,” says Herrman, “could be blue, green and brown.
If you try blue and bright red, your chart will be much more readable than if
it has green with blue. You might also use green and orange.”
Try, too, to avoid adjacent colors that “vibrate” together in an irksome
way. “Red and green is worst,” Herrman says. Another loser: red and blue.
Other advice? Match colors to what they stand for. If you’re comparing
oil and gas production, the oil might be black and the gas a light blue. Oil
sometimes is black. And gas often bums blue.
Remember, also, that dark colors often can better represent large
numbers. Say your company has its biggest, best year ever in sales. And
now you’re bragging with a multiyear bar chart? Well, you use a dark blue
or black bar to represent your recent, gigantic revenues. The leaner years,
by comparison, might be a very light color or maybe faint grays or perhaps
just white inside gray lines.
Yet another tip is to be consistent if possible. “If you’re comparing oil
and gas through twenty charts,” says Herrman, “stick with oil in black and
gas in blue in all the charts.”
“But,” you say, “how do I choose my graphics programs in the first
place?”
Here are the questions you should ask, among others:
1. Does the program help you come up with pies, bars, or whatever kind of
chart or drawing will be most useful to you?
2. Can it do so as quickly as possible?
Here programs using a mouse—the pointer on your desk—have a real
advantage.
3. Does the program fit in well with your other software?

Page 391

That’s one advantage of Lisa- and Mac-type systems. You can more easily
stick a chart inside a page of text—perhaps sparing your readers a
distracting flip to the back.
Another advantage of a “good fit” is that it may save you hours of
typing and drawing. Look for programs that will let you select trends
from spreadsheets, then more or less automatically whip up charts based
on the numbers. This way, too, you don’t have to waste time typing in the
numbers from the spreadsheets. Microsoft Chart can do that with the right
software for the Mac, Lisa II, and IBM computers. Are you shopping for
a program that changes charts automatically along with the numbers?
Then see if you can do this without having to clear the chart from your
screen and replace it with a special menu.
4. How much memory space does the program—and the electronic files of
the resultant drawings—take up?
You want enough space on your disk for spreadsheets, word
processing, and other programs if you change your tasks often. But you
don’t change often? Then don’t worry as much about this.
Frugal use of space, of course, is one advantage of integrated programs
combining graphics with word processing and spreadsheets or
communications.
You might also worry about the lengths of the files. One chart can take
up the equivalent of page after page in disk space if you’re storing the
image of the chart rather than the instructions for creating it.
5. What about the program’s color capabilities—both on screen and on
paper? How many colors offered? And if the program has preset color
combinations, do they work well together?
6. Does the program coexist okay with the printer or plotter you own or are
about to buy?
7. How easy is the program to learn? What about the other general traits of
good software mentioned in Backup III, The Lucky 13?
Whatever your graphics program, don’t stint on the hardware. A good,
sharp, high-resolution screen is just as important—more so, in fact—as it is
in word processing.

Page 392

Consultant Contracts:
BACKUP VIII
Some Who-How
Questions

Charles Harris, a lawyer who is expert in computer negotiations, ticks off
a list of contract questions very similar to the Who-How from the
newspaper world.
His list:
1. “Who?” Who from the contracting firm is doing the work? A junior
member? If so, you might ask, “Can he perform? Will the consulting firm
still bill me the full rate?” Find out the track record not only of the firm
but also of the people actually doing the work. Write their names into the
contract if you can. Spell out the qualifications of substitutes you’ll use if
the original people leave the consulting firm before finishing the
assignment.
2. “What?” Describe the task as clearly and precisely as possible. And in
my opinion you might consolidate the “What?” and the “How?” here. Is
there a right way and a wrong way of accomplishing the “What?”? Find
out the right way before signing the contract.
3. “When?” Can you negotiate a penalty if the firm misses a deadline? And
how about a bonus if it comes in early?
4. “Where?” Will the consultants do the work in your office? Theirs? On
your computer? On someone else’s?
5. “How much?” Obvious.
In my opinion, you’d also do well to keep asking the “Why?”—to make
the consultants justify whatever they have in mind for you. Why not?
You’re the one spending the money.
Also, at least consider the following:
1. Thinking small. Don’t bargain over the Who-How simply for the whole
project; break it up into parts. “You say, ‘For this much money we expect
to at least get a machine in the door,’” Harris suggests. “‘For this much

Page 393

money we expect to get the following diskettes for the following
programs.’ ‘For this much money perhaps we’ll talk about customizing
software.‘” If a consultant flubs an early part of the work or specifies the
wrong programs or equipment, then you can more easily send him
packing. “But,” you worry, “can a rival consultant pick up the pieces?”
Well, you simply insist that the original consultant do his work in as
standardized a way as possible. See if he can use a program like dBASE
II or III—software with which thousands of other consultants are familiar.
2. Making the consultant give you the source code of the new software.
That’s another pick-up-the-pieces kind of protection.
3. Insisting that any manuals for his software be complete and in plain
English. If your consultant can write only computerese, in fact, you might
not even want to bother with negotiations.
4. Bargaining if possible for a software warranty. Then, if you discover
glitches in the software after it’s in use, the consultant won’t charge you
to correct his own mistakes. You might not succeed here. But try.
5. Possibly requiring the consultant to give you a discount on modifications
or expansion of your system.
6. Negotiating for full or part ownership of the software he may develop for
you. But don’t count on getting rich from the sale of the programs. Adam
Green, a software training expert, tells of a computer-store salesmen who,
in that way, would appeal to customers’ greed. A taxidermist, for instance,
might hear this pitch: buy from me, use the right consultant, and you’ll
make a killing in specialty software for taxidermists. “The consultants
would usually intend to finish a job writing this specialty software,”
Green said, “but it would drag on, and the customers would run out of
money, and the things usually didn’t get finished.” Very likely you won‘t
want full ownership, because it would reduce the consultant’s interest in
perfecting his brainchild.
7. Forbidding the consultant from selling the new software to your
competitors. Antitrust complications might arise if you don’t bear the
financial risks of software development. If you do, however, you’re
within your rights to demand exclusivity, just as the consultant is within
his rights to charge you more for it. “Trade secret” is a key phrase both
here and on the issue of ownership. “I recommend to clients that they go
for trade-secret protection because copyright law protects the information
only in the way it’s presented,” says William Wewer, a Washington

Page 394

lawyer who specializes, among other things, in intellectual-property law.
In other words, an unscrupulous consultant might bypass the copyright
law by using a different programming code to duplicate your new
software’s functions.
8. Making the consultant pledge that he won’t violate any trade-secret laws
or copyrights. You don’t want to suffer because someone else has
plagiarized or pirated software. Be certain you’ll own the master copies
and instruction manuals that the consultant buys. Try to register
immediately with the software company as the buyer or user of the disk.
You want to know about updates of the product and about debuggings,
which you won’t find out about with a pirated copy. A shady
Massachusetts consultant has resold the same dBASE II program ten or
fifteen times. The buyers think he is purchasing it for them and that he’s
going to supply a version modified for their needs. “But halfway through
the work,” Green says, “he just walks off.”
9. Hammering out a confidentiality agreement, if necessary, to protect
company secrets. You don’t want an outsider blabbing to competitors.
10. Making the consultant agree in writing that he is working as your
independent contractor, not your employee. Protect yourself against
unfair Workmen’s Compensation claims and in similar ways.
11. Trying to write into the contract your right to a full explanation
whenever you want one. Make the consultant justify his recommendation
for a certain computer or a certain program; he owes you at least oral
explanation and perhaps a written one. How much experience has he
himself had with the product? Is he going by someone else’s word?
Whose? How certain is he that the software-hardware combo that worked
for the other person will work for you? Can he arrange a demonstration of
the combo so you can see for yourself how the software runs?
12. Remembering that there’s only so much protection the law can give,
especially at the micro level. Trade-secret and copyright laws can be
vague and expensive to enforce—a major stumbling block to a small
business. Your best protection is simply to deal with a reputable
consultant whose credentials you have checked.
13. Choosing the right lawyer, if you can afford one, for the contract. He
needn’t call himself a “computer lawyer.” A good contracts lawyer or
intellectual-property expert, if conversant with computers, might also
work out.

Page 395

If the job is simple enough, don’t negotiate in the same detail that GM
does when installing a $10-million mainframe. Again, even with small
tasks, do sign a contract or write a letter similar to the sample one on page
114. And if you can afford it and the job’s important enough, think about
still-another contract—for a second consultant to check up on the first.

Page 396

BACKUP IX Window Shopping

The ad men and writers have had fun with the inevitable: “Microsoft
Does Windows.”
You read the headline and envision some programmers with buckets and
rags, bravely scaling Manhattan skyscrapers to help executives get a clear
view when they’re looking up from their computer screens.
Windows, however, actually are within computer screens.
You can split your screen into parts: one window showing a chart, for
instance, while the other displays the report into which you’re inserting it.
Of course you need a screen big and sharp enough to get good views of
many windows.
And the software problems could be hairy. Microsoft as of late 1984 was
months and months behind in releasing its windows-type product. Other
companies were behind on theirs, too. Someone once coined a term for
much-talked-about-but-late software—“vaporware”—and it is sure
described windows.[104]
Well, now that the miracle windows are theoretically here, are they worth
gazing at?
Depends.
Don‘t buy windows if you’re just writing short letters and you needn’t
blend anything else into them or regularly don’t consult other material.
But consider them if, say, you want to look at many spreadsheets quickly
while writing reports.
Think what this means to executives with cluttered disks, er, desks. They
can stash their material away electronically and not have to print hard
copies as often in the future.
“I can imagine people having as many as twenty or thirty windows ready
to call up with notes or working papers,” says John Butler, a product
manager with Microsoft.

Page 397

Also, windows software may let you switch noticeably faster from one
program to another. And with a RAM (temporary computer memory) above
500K, you may even be able to do so instantly.
The plus of this? You won’t need to return as often to your computer’s
operating system and feed the programs one by one into the RAM.
So the machine may seem to impose itself less between you and your
work.
When “windows shopping,” however, you should ask these questions and
more:[105]
1. Is the convenience worth the extra several hundred dollars you’ll be
paying for the window software alone if it doesn’t come with your
computer?
2. Up to how many windows can you see on your screen at once?
3. How do the windows look alongside each other? Do they overlap, just
like papers atop each other? Or do they tile? That is, if you select more
windows, the existing ones shrink, and you view less from them.
4. How about data transfer? If you move information from one electronic
file to another, will important details remain? For instance, the way rows
and columns coexist with each other on a spreadsheet? Can you cut a
graph out of a chart and insert it in the text of a report without it shrinking
or ending up distorted? Will it reproduce in as much detail as it would
without your reaching it through a window?
5. What kind of graphics—bit mapped or character based? The bit
mapping means sharper images. Your computer keeps track of each little
dot, each pixel, on the screen. That hogs memory and may rule out color.
Character-based systems, though, don’t let you make your lines and
curves as smooth as bit mapping does. They must work with already-
shaped letters, numbers, and other visual forms.
6. Will the window program work with ordinary software or just products
written for it? And how many of the windows’ special features will do
work when you use regular programs?
7. Will the windows at least slightly slow down some programs? A word
processor may take longer for you to get from one part of your report to
another.
8. Is the program picky about the computers it’ll work with? A window
system may need over half a million bytes of RAM and a hard-disk drive
storing 5 megabytes. Also, as of this writing, windows seemed geared

Page 398

more to the IBM-style MS-DOS computers than to the older but cheaper
CP/M ones. Besides, some companies may not sell windows programs
directly to ordinary buyers. Microsoft got various micro manufacturers to
bundle the program with their products.
9. Does the program require a mouse—the gadget you roll on your disk to
move the cursor? How easily can you control the program without a
mouse?

Page 399

BACKUP X Of Mice and Men—and Touch Pads, Touch
Screens, Etc.[106]

“If you’re a trained, high-volume production typist,” asked Seymour
Rubinstein, the WordStar developer, “what are you going to do with a
mouse except feed it cheese?”[107]
Score one for Rubinstein. He says mice are great—if you have three
hands.
Doing graphics? A mouse, maybe. But damned if I’m going to take my
hands off the keyboard to push the cursor from one spot on the screen to the
next.
It’s simply too much wasted motion. I instead just press the cursor keys
right above the main keyboard. Or I use WordStar’s cursor-moving
commands. And even if I hadn’t learned touch typing a quarter century ago,
I’d still wonder if a mouse for word processing wasn’t the Silicon Valley
version of The Emperor’s New Clothes. Next time you’re in California,
maybe you’ll see Apple execs naked in the streets as well as their hot tubs.
Well, maybe not. The mouse could be a great marketing tool for sales reps
peddling Macs or Apple IIc’s to people hoping to do word processing. But
experienced typists? Many would probably groan over all the excursions
that the mouse forced them to take from the main keyboard.
Some enemies of mice—cats?—also wonder if jockeying the cursor this
way couldn’t be a little tiring for people writing or typing. Think of the
hand-eye coordination required. You’re rolling a palm-sized gizmo on your
desk to position the cursor on a single letter at times, and that might not
wear too well if you‘re working for hours on end.
Mind you, the rodents have their friends, especially at Apple, where,
inconsiderately, the hardware wizards didn’t even favor the Macintosh with
cursor keys.
Joe Shelton, the Apple products manager mentioned in Chapter 7, says he
does most of his writing with a mouse. He suggests the mouse-equipped

Page 400

Macintosh for “naïve users.” Your term, Joe. Now I’ll slightly water down
my jeremiads. Macintosh-style computers offer nifty graphics and nice
offbeat typefaces. So some trendy writers may want one—rodent or not.
And if you’re an executive or someone else not doing heavy word
processing? Then maybe, just maybe, a mouse is for you. Perhaps you’re
working with spreadsheets, a number of programs in fact, and you write
only a small fraction of the time.
Richard Webb—a partner at Peat, Marwick and Mitchell, the big
accounting firm that advised Apple during development of the Macintosh
and ordered thousands of them—swears by the mouse for spreadsheets. He
says that alone would justify the mouse.
I’m not a spreadsheet artist and will take a pro’s word. But at least for
heavy-duty writing and typing, the old cursor keys are my best bet.
Graphics is different. There, the cursor keys are more cumbersome.
One artist, however, wanted not a mouse but an electronic “pad and a
stylus”; he might be happy with a digitizing tablet—also known as a
graphics tablet—like the well-known KoalaPad. You can write on this
surface with a stylus or your finger and the computer will display the lines
on its screen.
A touch-sensitive screen is still another possibility—for some people—
both in word processing and graphics. You point your finger at a spot on the
screen. Bingo! You can start moving a paragraph or perform graphics
magic. But touch typists may face the same problem as with the mouse—
wasted motion—and some people may tire of reaching up to the screen
again and again. Also, touch-sensitive screens may not be precise enough
for you to pick out just one number or letter.
Hugh Hunt raised an interesting issue.
“What happens if a fly lands on the Hewlett-Packard screen?” he asked
someone about a computer with a touch screen.
Well, I hear, the HP 150’s screen uses infrared touch sensors that are
more than fly length from the glass. “Debugging” the 150, Hewlett-Packard
must have thought of everything.
Yet other pointing devices are:
● The joystick. Moving the stick around, you move the cursor. A neat idea.
But it’s more fit for video games than word processing and many other
business programs—you just can’t point exactly.

Page 401

● The trackball. You move the cursor by rotating a ball inside an
enclosure. Want the cursor to go faster? Then rotate the ball more
energetically. The trackball is found most often in arcade-style systems.
It’s great for chasing aliens and may have uses in spreadsheets and data-
base management, but some people say it’s an abomination for word
processing.
● The light pen, with which you could electronically “draw” on the screen.
Draw? Okay. Write? Well, it’s “wasted motion” time again here, as with
the other items on this list.
As computers climb the executive ladders—as more nontypists use them
—these alternatives may grow in importance. And what about people on the
factory floor? They may use such gizmos to make new inventory entries or
machine adjustments. Partly the world is learning to type, and partly the
computer is learning to understand devices other than the keyboard.
What cursor-control gizmos are ahead? I’ll keep reading the National
Enquirer articles about people moving objects with their minds. Maybe, the
hard-core hackers are thinking, the next gimmick will feature some user-
friendly ESP.

Page 402

BACKUP XI The Micro Connection: Some Critical
Explanations

When John Fuller hooked up his Heath micro over the phone lines to the
Wang at his office, he had a head start on many other do-it-yourself
telecommuters.
He wasn’t a computer or electronics rookie. For years he had worked
around big IBM’s and Honeywells, and while telecommuting, he was a
computer and management consultant with the navy. He even soldered
together his H-89—a kit. And, anyway, he was communicating with another
smaller computer, a Wang word processor.
Does that mean you should give up on do-it-yourself telecommuting
because of the technical complexities?
No. Not at all. Before hiring a consultant, you might consider two
possible sources of free advice: (1) your corporate data-processing
department, if you have one, and (2) users groups, whose phone numbers
you can get through dealers.
Before approaching anyone, though, learn the basics of the technology. A
modem converts the 0s from your computer into one pitch and the 1s into
another, and that whine, you’ll recall, goes out over the phone lines. The
“mo” in “modem” stands for “modulator”; the “dem,” for “demodulator.”
And a “dem” springs into action at the other end—demodulating the whine
back into the 1s and 0s.
Modems come in two varieties, direct connect and acoustically
coupled.
The direct-connect modem hooks between the phone line and your
phone, or between your phone and the handset. Its whine transmits better
over static-ridden lines than do acoustic couplers, but it’s normally a little
more expensive, and hard to install if your phone lacks modular plugs, the
tiny plastic ones that unsnap.

Page 403

Using an acoustic coupler, you cradle your handset in rubber “earmuffs.”
A small speaker whines into the phone transmitter; a little microphone picks
up the sound from the handset’s receiver. Acoustic couplers don’t need
phones with modular plugs, obviously—a boon to traveling executives—
but they might not work if the handset is oddly shaped, as it is with some of
the new-style phones. Also, loud noises in the room can confuse them.
A direct-connect modem, for that reason and others, would probably be
better for your regular office. Also, consider a full-duplex modem in most
cases.
No, it isn’t a modem for two-family houses. “Full duplex” is just jargon
for computers jabbering back and forth, both ways, at once. Like two
people on the phone. A half-duplex modem would allow just one-way
communications without switching; it’s somewhat comparable to a radio
with an unwieldy send-receive control. There are times, however, when half
duplex would be best. Normal phone lines, voice grade ones in telephone
company language, can’t handle computers jabbering at too high a speed,
and half duplex may work better than full.
Like most modems for personal computers in the early 1980s, Fuller’s
gizmo transmitted information at 300 baud—equivalent to 300 bits a
second, 30 characters per second, or 360 words per minute at 5 letters a
word. When telecommuting, however, you may be better off with a modem
going 1,200 baud. After all, it can zip material over the phone lines at four
times the speed, and that means you’re tying up your modem less on long
documents. You might not be tying up yourself if you run an operating
system like Concurrent CP/M, which lets your computer handle electronic
mail while you’re using it for other purposes; but a 1,200-baud modem is
still a good investment if you can afford it. You may well be able to. Soon
1,200-baud modems with auto-answer features will commonly sell for well
under $300.
Sent through a modem, the data bits are those conveying the information
itself. And the start bits and stop bits keep track of the beginnings and
ends of your micros’ characters. The most common setting is a word length
of 8 data bits and 1 stop bit.
Parity bits may help the computers check for errors caused by static and
other electronic noise. Parity is said to be “even,” “odd,” or “none.” This
error-checking method has its drawbacks. It may fail if the mistakes cancel
each other out—and it’s slow since it checks every character. Some

Page 404

communications programs (the ones allowing computers to talk) lack this
feature. The most common parity setting is “none”—when you tell your
software not to do parity checks.
A few other wrinkles in such programs are:

FILE TRANSFER
That’s the ability to send whole files of text or data—including programs,
too.

CAPTURE ABILITY
With capture ability you can keep a record of each end of a keyboard
conversation with both people typing away. You tell your computer to open
up a buffer in its RAM—the temporary memory. The buffer captures the
conversation. And if it fills up, some software will automatically “write” to
your floppy disk, then reopen the buffer. Some programs won’t write to the
disk at the ends of your conversations unless you command them to,
meaning that the absentminded will see their bits and bytes vanish.

PROTOCOL FLEXIBILITY
Beyond changing bit numbers, etc., you may want software that can
handle different kinds of protocols—sets of rules telling how computers
transmit different sets of information.
One possible protocol for you to use—at least in conversations with other
micros—would be the XMODEM Protocol or Ward Christensen
Protocol. The receiving computer tallies up the number of bits and bytes
transmitted from blocks—tiny parts of material—and compares this check
sum to the number that the originating machine says it sent. And if there’s a
mismatch? The receiving computer asks for the block again.
You might also use no protocol at all. It’s as if you’re sending material
simply by tapping away on the keyboard without any elaborate rules for the
other person’s machine. You two should still, however, agree on basics like
baud rate, data bits, stop bits, and parity.
Protocols use handshaking as part of their bags of tricks. Handshaking,
computers swap bits and bytes to verify that they’re on speaking terms. A

Page 405

common form is XON/XOFF.
Some mainframes use XON/XOFF to talk to micros and vice versa. The
receiving computer gives an XOFF signal, telling the transmitting one to
pause while the receiving machine “writes” to its disk. XON means, “Okay,
my buffer’s almost empty. Send more!” Without this flow control, you
might overwhelm the buffer and lose information.

AUTOMATIC DIALING AND OTHER TRIMMINGS
Some modems will let the communications software dial for you or at
least let you feed the number in from your keyboard. Some also have
automatic log-on. That lets you check onto a network or bulletin-board
system without typing out your ID or password. Many intelligent modems,
by the way, even without special software, can remember and dial phone
numbers automatically and spit out log-on sequences and passwords.

VERSATILITY
Want to speak to a number of computers? Then buy software allowing
you to set:

◼ Baud rate (speed of transmission).
◼ Data bits.
◼ Stop bits.
◼ Parity.
◼ Terminal emulation. It means making the micro imitate popular brands of
terminals.
◼ Half or full duplex. Full is most common in micro communications.
◼ The type of handshaking protocol.

Ideally, the software will also:

◼ Accommodate a variety of modem types.
◼ Designate the host—which computer will manage the echo back (which
makes the typed conversation appear on both screens).
◼ Let you choose different protocols.

Page 406

All those features, of course, might still not let you communicate easily
with your corporate computer. It may not use the ASCII code, for instance,
which most micros do.
“Since you ASCII’d, anyway,” as PC Magazine once punned, “those five
letters are an acronym for the American Standard Code for Information
Interchange.” With ASCII, an “A” is one combination of 1s and 0s, “B” is
another, “,” is another, and so on.
When communicating with a mainframe capable of ASCII, it may not
matter what brand of micro you’re running. So don’t reflexively think Big
Blue for telecommuting.
The proud IBM mainframes, however, like aloof mandarins of old China,
jabber away in a dialect of their own, EBCDIC—it’s similar to ASCII but
different enough to cause serious problems. Now that doesn’t mean your
home computer won’t work with an IBM mainframe. But it may require
special programming that will translate from one set of codes to another.
Of course your corporate mainframe may also need a string of control
characters to open or close an electronic file, and here your word-
processing software may matter more than your communications program.
The control characters normally are just letters tapped out in combination
with the control key to give commands to your computer. They generally
don’t print out on paper; they may or may not show on the screen. In this
case, controls characters pass the commands on to another machine over the
wires. And so you may have to embed the control characters in your
electronic files. If your word processor won’t let you embed control
characters, you may not be able to communicate with some kinds of
mainframes. WordStar lets you do this.
An issue more basic than control characters is whether you’re using
synchronous or asynchronous communications. The former is a staple
among the big mainframes; the latter, among micros.
In synchronous communications, the two computers or modems employ
timing signals to separate characters sent in one stream.
Synchronous has a big advantage. You can send at 4,800 baud over
regular phone lines; you can’t with the asynchronous method, or at least not
with late 1984 technology.
But “synch” is more expensive—the needed modems typically cost well
over $1,000. Asynchronous, moreover, doesn’t require timing signals. It’s
the simplest form of communications between computers; and more and

Page 407

more data-processing departments have added asynchronous ports for
micros to dial up.
John Fuller himself was communicating not with a giant computer but a
dedicated word processor in his office, which, like most, talked ASCII
asynchronously. He solved other problems on his own. You may need a
consultant to do what Fuller did. But take heart. It could well be worth it,
what with the time and money your telecommuting may spare you and your
employer.
“I’m saving gas, dressing in comfortable grubbies when I write,” Fuller
said in an article about his experiences, “and with the direct connection I
can prove that I’m working. I turn out my reports faster. My computer is
really paying off. Now,” said the self-deprecating Fuller, “if you’ll excuse
me, I have to repel invaders from space.”

Page 408

BACKUP XII MODEM7: An Almost-Free and Fairly Easy Way
to Talk to Other Computers

MODEM7 may be free, but it works. With it you can talk to computers
thousands of miles away if they’re running MODEM7 or compatible
software. Normally, your only real expense is for the modem and maybe
cables; you might spend as little as $100.
Using MODEM7, you can send letters, reports, or programs already on
your computer disk. Or you can receive them.
You can also:

1. Communicate teletype-fashion with the other person. You can keep
electronic records of what you both type and later print them out using
WordStar or another word processor.
2. Call up electronic bulletin-board systems (BBSs) or plug into The Source
and many other information utilities. In this case, too, you can store
material on your disk and later print it out.
3. Get copies of other programs that altruistic computer buffs have placed in
the public domain; you do this after you log on the BBS.

MODEM7 is a good example of free software that fills a niche; experts
say it’s better than some $150 products. Most free programs are losers for
the typical business. They’re either (1) games, useless except for training,
(2) unreliable lemons with bugs in them, the software kind, (3) programs
that might work but don’t do anything useful, or (4) fiendishly difficult
challenges because the instructions are confusing and no one handy knows
how to use them. But wonderful exceptions exist. Never thumb your nose at
something just because it’s free. In MODEM7’s case you’ll find more
happy, knowledgeable users than you will in the cases of many commercial
programs.
MODEM7-style protocols have become an industry standard. Even big
businesses and government agencies, including the IRS, have used

Page 409

MODEM7 for some purposes. It’s influenced the designs of commercial
micro programs, which employ similar techniques to facilitate linkups
between different brands of communications software. MODEM7 will also
get along beautifully with the popular PC-TALK III “freeware” program for
IBM micros and some clones. Freeware is low-cost software distributed in
many cases by the users themselves; the author may request a “donation”.
Granted, MODEM7 isn’t the ultimate. The instructions included on the
disk are confusing to the novice—a problem I’ll try to overcome here—and
ready-to-run versions aren’t available for every computer system.
Some commercial communications software, moreover, is easier to run
and can help you talk to more machines. And it may also make better use of
the “smart” modems and their software so that your computer can dial up
others automatically at 11:00 p.m., when the phone rates go down. You
can’t do this with your cheapie modem and the plain vanilla MODEM7
described here.
But for the average computer user, MODEM7 is a good communications
program to start out with. After reading the instructions that follow, you
needn’t be a micro whiz to use it.
Also, you may find that MODEM7 is as convenient as some commercial
software for simple tasks, such as quickly checking your electronic
mailboxes on The Source or CompuServe.
Don’t forget: you shouldn’t pay a cent for the basic MODEM7 program
itself except for the cost of a copied disk or another token fee. It’s public-
domain software. So you can legally make copies for all your friends and
business contacts who have modems and the same machine that you do.
But how to track down your own copy? Through CP/M user groups, you
can locate versions of MODEM7 set up for different computers and disk
drives, or you might find an organization of IBM owners, Kaypro fanatics,
or others. The better computer stores can steer you to the right people.
Incidentally, if you distrust your store, you might not want to say exactly
why you’re trying to catch up with a user group. Bear in mind that the
computer store isn’t going to make a profit off a free program. Some
organizations, however, are selling MODEM7 at next to nothing through
the mail. For instance, the Public Domain Software Copying Company says
it has versions for the IBM PC and clones, all the Kaypro machines, the
Morrow micros and Osborne, among others. The cost as of late 1984 was
$10. The address is 33 Gold St. cl3, New York, N.Y. 10038; the telephone

Page 410

number, (212) 732-2565. The company also offers separate programs that
will adjust stop bits and other settings, eliminating the need for
programming. These programs aren’t universal. Like MODEM7 itself, they
might not work for your particular machine. The Public Domain Software
Copying Company also says it offers a low-cost program for the Apple II
that lets it communicate with computers using MODEM7.
In addition, you might also investigate PC-TALK III, commonly
available through IBM user groups. If they’re ethical, they’ll encourage you
to send a small “donation” to PC-Talk’s originator, Andrew Fluegelman,
who wanted to save distribution expenses through this “freeware” approach.
You needn’t feel obligated to pay until you’ve tried the program. Probably,
however, you’ll find PC-TALK to be worth the $35 or $45 it may cost; this
software is more sophisticated than MODEM7, which I’m focusing on
because of its simplicity.
Another excellent MODEM7 alternative—for experienced computer-
users—is MEX. CP/M versions are available free through users groups and
work on many machines, including Kaypros; and NightOwl Software
(telephone 800/648-3695 or NITEOWL) expects to sell it for $59.95 in an
IBM version. Most of MEX’s send-and-receive commands overlap with
MODEM7’s.
MODEM7 as of 12/18/80
Originally Written by Ward Christensen
Revisions by Mark M. Zeiger, Jim Mills

WRT —Write file to disk (from terminal mode)
DEL —Erase present file (from terminal mode)
RET —Return to terminal mode with no loss of data
XPR —Toggle expert mode (Menu on/off)
DIR —List directory (may specify drive)
CPM —Exit to CP/M
S —Send CP/M file
R —Receive CP/M file
T —Terminal mode (optional file name)
E —Terminal mode with echo

DEFAULT DRIVE:

Command:

Page 411

IBM PC owners, fear not! This Kaypro version of MODEM7 shows
the same menu that the IBM version, dated Oct. 15, 1982, does. The
only real difference is the IBM adaptation’s use of the DOS
command instead of the CPM one to return to the computer’s
operating system.
Here now is a plain-English guide to MODEM7’s version of December
18, 1980, as adapted in 1982 for the Kaypro, IBM, and many other
machines.

TO GET READY
MODEM7 has two basic modes for Teletype-like communications,
“Terminal” and “Echo.” For both parties to see both ends of the
conversation, one must be in “terminal” and the other in “echo” if they are
communicating directly. Just the “terminal” person will be able to record on
his or her disk. The one in echo mode can’t save the material electronically.
Beginning, you should read your computer’s instructions for information
on how many stop bits and data bits your machine normally runs with. And
does it use odd, even, or no parity? You might also get this information
from your dealer or users group.
Don’t worry right now about knowing about the full meanings of the
terms. Just find out what the settings are.
MODEM7 doesn’t provide for changing the settings. If the person at the
other end can’t adjust them, either, and if those for his machine are different
from yours, you’re out of luck if you don’t know how to fix the program
code. You two may have to reach each other through an electronic mail
service that mediates between machines. Often, however, micros are set for
1 stop bit, 8 data bits, and no parity, an informal standard. And just about all
decent commercial programs for communications let you alter these
settings. So does PC-TALK III.
In addition, even though MODEM7 itself won’t change its bit settings,
your user group may have some free or low-cost programs that you can load
up to do the trick—and then use MODEM7.
There’s one other little worry. Are you and the other person sending at
the same speed over the phone lines? The normal speed for cheap micro
modems is 300 baud or about 30 characters per second; for the deluxe ones,
1,200 baud. Don’t worry right now about what a baud is. Just make sure

Page 412

you and the other person are both at the same speed. MODEM7 often is set
at 300. Some versions may allow for changing the software to
accommodate different baud rates, but the command may not work on your
particular brand of machine. By the way, remember that you must consider
the baud rate not only of the software but of the hardware. Simply adjusting
your software to send at 1,200 baud won’t do the trick if your modem can
reach only 300 baud. Remember, too, that MODEM7’s speed command
won’t necessarily govern your modem’s transmission speed, just your
software’s.
You also want to find out how to operate your modem. Some use a
physical switch to change from voice to data. Others—smart modems—use
commands that you type out while your modem program is in the terminal
mode. You can tell a smart modem to dial a number or answer the phone
automatically.

TO TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE WITHOUT SAVING
ANYTHING ON YOUR DISK
Just think of your computer and the other person’s as two Teletype
machines connected. When hitting a key on either Teletype, you or the other
person can make the two both print, right? Well, it’s the same with the
computers. Here, however, the “print” is characters on your two screens.
Ready?

1. Start out with the other person’s modem set on ORIGINATE and yours
on ANSWER (or vice versa) if the modems lack automatic switching.
2. Type MODEM7 after the A> prompt of CP/M (or PC-DOS).
3. Hit your carriage-return key.
The menu listing your choices will flash onto your screen.
4. Hit the letter T.
5. Tap the return.
6. Assuming you’re using a manual modem, flick the switch to “data.” With
a smart modem, you use the right keystrokes to awaken the gizmo or get
it to answer the other computer.

Most smart modems nowadays employ commands similar to those of the
Hayes models. With Hayes-style modems, if two people are switching from

Page 413

voice to data, one will type ATD and a carriage return (to start getting the
modems talking), and the other will type ATA (to answer electronically).
If you’re talking to another micro or a little terminal hooked up to the
phone at the other end, you may need to type E (and the return) instead of T
(and the return).
That’s the echo mode, which you’ll recall differs from the “terminal”
one. E lets you see your own typing. Again, normally, one micro user will
be in echo, and one will use the straight terminal mode. When
communicating with a bulletin board, even on a micro, use the T command
rather than E.
How to switch from the regular terminal mode to the echo mode or the
reverse?
You use MODEM7’s electronic gear shift. That’s Control-E; don’t
confuse it with the E used in the echo mode. You tap out this command in
other situations, too, whenever you want to return to MODEM7’s main
menu. A Control-E, of course, consists of holding one finger on the
CNTRL or control button and then hitting the letter E.
Here’s a warning: you may need to hit the line feed and/or the carriage
return at the end of each line for your words to come out in the right places
on the other person’s screen.
The terminal mode is worth using even when you and the other person
only plan to exchange electronic files. If the terminal mode doesn’t work,
then the others probably won’t, so use the terminal mode first to pave the
way for file exchanges. By the way, the terminal mode is just the ticket to
communicate with information utilities like The Source or with bulletin
boards.

TO RETURN TO THE OPERATING SYSTEM OF YOUR
COMPUTER
To return to CP/M—to crank up WordStar or Perfect Writer, for instance
—you:

1. Type Control-E.
2. Tap out CPM from the main menu.
3. Hit your return.

Page 414

Bingo! You’re back with the A>! And from there you go on to WordStar,
etc.
If you’re using the IBM version of MODEM7, you use the command
DOS instead of CPM (unless your menu says otherwise).

TO TRANSMIT MATERIAL ON YOUR DISK WITHOUT
ERROR CHECKING—WITHOUT A MODEM7-STYLE
PROGRAM AT THE OTHER END
MODEM7 uses the Ward Christensen Protocol—sometimes called the
XMODEM Protocol—to help make sure the material is going from
computer to computer okay.
If you don’t use error checking in transmitting files, the static on the
phone lines may garble some words. Your computer, after all, is just
squirting your file over the phone without bothering to find out if the other
machine is receiving it right. You want error checking if you’re transmitting
or receiving software; just one electronic goof, just a single messed-up
“one” or “zero,” can throw the whole program out of whack.
But sometimes, when you aren’t dealing with programs, you’ll want to
skip error checking. That way, the transmission will go faster. And it’ll be
easier for computers with different communications programs to talk to one
another.
There’s still no guarantee you’ll communicate, but with an industry
standard like MODEM7 you have a good shot at it.
Here, then, is what you do to send a file to someone without a
MODEM7-style program:

1. From MODEM7’s main menu, you select T and again hit the return a
few times.
2. Find out if the other person can read words you type. (Don’t worry if you
yourself can’t read your own words.)
3. Tell him (or her) to set up his computer so that, on paper or on a disk, it’ll
record what it receives.
4. Once the other person is ready—while you’re still in the T mode—hit T
again, but this second time your finger is on the Control key while you’re
doing so.

Page 415

The screen will ask you the name of the file you want sent. Normally,
that file will be on your data disk, the one on drive B. B in that case
contains the articles, reports, etc., for which you may lack room on the A
disk containing your programs. (But if the document to be sent is on A,
substitute that letter for B in the rest of the steps.)
5. Now you type B:[name of file]. Here and elsewhere don’t type the
brackets surrounding the file name—and please put the file name directly
after B: without a space in between.
6. Next hit your return. The disk should start spinning, and both you and the
person at the other end should see your file flashing across the screens.
Following transmission, your computer will say FILE TRANSFER
COMPLETED. The other person should now have an electronic copy on
his own disk.

TO RECEIVE COPY WITHOUT A MODEM7-STYLE ERROR
CHECKING
1. Get the two modems talking, then return to the main menu.
2. Again, select your trusty T from the main menu. But don’t hit your return
immediately.
3. Type a space.
4. Type B:[the name of the file you’re creating on the data disk to
receive the other person’s file]. The name on B can be anything you
want except a file that’s already on the disk.
In other words, if you want to save the other person’s file under the
name MAGIC, you type: T B:MAGIC.
5. Hit your return once or twice.
6. Then hit the letter Y with your finger on the control key (Control-Y).
You’ll see some colons on the screen when material starts flashing
across it. They won’t show up, though, in the file you’re creating. They’re
merely an indication that the computer is saving material—whether it’s a
file, an item from a computer network, or someone just typing away.
7. Type Control-E to return to MODEM7’s main menu.
8. Then, to preserve the file, “writing” to your disk, you must type out
WRT, then hit your return.
And that’s it. You’re done!

Page 416

By the way, if, while receiving material, you decide there’s a part you
don’t need saved, you can leave that out of the file you’re creating. Just hit
Control-Y again. Hit it still another time if you want to return to the “save”
mode. On some successors to MODEM7 such as MDM711, a Control-R
rather than a second Control-Y will tell the computer to shut off the save
feature.
This save feature, alas, won’t work on a computer using the older
MODEM7’s echo mode (though it will with newer versions of the
program). But you can get around the shortcoming. Ask the other person in
advance to make a two-way record of your conversation and send it to you!
How to receive it? Well, after you’ve transmitted in the E or echo mode,
you can shift to T with a file name added to save material.
Please also remember that MODEM7’s capture buffer—the feature
letting it save incoming material to your disk—is small. Often the buffer
can’t work safely with files bigger than 16K. That’s about eight double-
spaced pages. If you’re using a Ward Christensen Protocol, however, files
can normally be as long as disk space allows.
Printing the saved material, you may experience some problems because
different word processors aren’t absolutely compatible with each other. You
may see odd format commands, for instance, like “@”s (noticeable to
WordStar buffs reading the files of their not-so-Perfect Writer friends) or
“.HE” (a WordStar command that may baffle the Perfect crowd). But once
you get the hang of it, you can usually “clean up” such “garbage.”

TO TRANSMIT COPY TO SOMEONE WITH A MODEM7-
STYLE PROGRAM
1. Get the modems to start jabbering to each other.
2. From MODEM7’s main menu, type S B:[name of the data disk file you
want to transmit—either a program or a letter or other document].
The B: shows the file is on the B disk. If it isn’t, just type S and the name
of the file—for instance, S MAGIC. If MAGIC is on B, type S
B:MAGIC.
3. Hit the return.

Soon your computer should start constantly asking the other machine if
it’s getting your file okay.

Page 417

If it isn’t?
Then your computer will conscientiously try again. But its patience is
limited. It’ll give up eventually if the two machines and their software
aren’t on speaking terms.
And if everything does work? Your computer will beep when it’s through
or at least flash a message letting you know that it’s done.
Note: If the other person is using some versions of MODEM7, you may
have to ask him to switch on the “check sum” form of error checking. This
guide is for the simple old MODEM7, not newer versions. Most of the
commands, however, will also work with the updated varieties, and of
course all versions of MODEM7 can communicate with each other, subject
to minor adjustments. Some versions use the TCC command to turn on the
check-sum mode.

TO RECEIVE FROM SOMEONE WITH A MODEM7-STYLE
PROGRAM
1. Fire up your modem.
2. Type R B:[new file name].
3. Hit your return.

Your computer will tell you when it’s through receiving. Remember, the
material will show up on your data disk. If you want the material on the
other disk, just type R A:[file name] instead.

TO FIND OUT IN A HURRY IF YOUR COMPUTER SAVED A
FILE SENT BY MODEM (ASSUMING YOU’RE USING AN
OPERATING SYSTEM LIKE CP/M OR PC-DOS)
1. Go to the A> prompt.
2. Type the word TYPE, then a space, then the name of the file—preceded
by a B:, of course, if it’s on the data disk.
Immediately after the A> you should have the equivalent of TYPE
B:MAGIC.
3. Then hit your return.

This is a CP/M and PC-DOS procedure.

Page 418

TO ERASE A FILE (FROM CP/M)
Do the above, except substitute ERA for TYPE. Say you want to erase
MAGIC. Just type ERA B:MAGIC.

TO ERASE A FILE (IF YOU’RE USING PC-DOS)
Use DEL instead of ERA. Type DEL B:MAGIC.

TO ERASE A FILE FROM WITHIN THE MODEM7
PROGRAM
Type DEL B:MAGIC or whatever the file name is.

TO FIND OUT WHAT’S ON YOUR DISKS WHILE YOU’RE
USING MODEM7
1. Type DIR from the main MODEM7 menu.
2. Type a space.
3. Type B:.
4. Hit your return.

This will show the contents of the B drive, normally used for storing
data.
To see A drive’s contents, you merely type DIR and hit the return.

TO USE THE DIRECTORY FEATURE WHILE YOU’RE IN
THE MIDDLE OF A FILE YOU USE TO SAVE
What if you want to save the other person’s message using the T
B:MAGIC method—but in the middle of the conversation you also want to
check the contents of your disk via the DIR command?
How do you prevent the MAGIC from disappearing except for the name
on your file list?
After all, an electronic file is like gas inside a bottle. You must “cap” it
with a WRT command, or the gas will leak out the top. And you can’t
reenter your file by typing another T B:MAGIC.

Page 419

But you can get back to T B:MAGIC by typing RET after the DIR
command.

TO GET THE MENU OFF THE SCREEN ONCE YOU KNOW
THE ROPES
From the main menu, type XPR. Hit the return.

TO CHANGE THE BAUD RATE
If you’re using MODEM7 with a 300-baud modem, you don’t worry; the
software normally comes set for that speed.
With a 1,200-baud modem, you may be able to accommodate the higher
speed this way:

1. Enter the T mode of MODEM7 from the main menu.
2. Hit the return several times.
3. Tap Control-B.
You’ll then see a request for a new baud rate.
4. Type the right number (300 for 300 baud, 1200 for 1,200; do not use
commas—MODEM7 doesn’t like them here).
5. Hit your return.

Please note that at least on my Kaypro II the Control-B command
doesn’t work. This may have been due simply to my machine’s quirks.
Again, don’t forget that MODEM7’s successors operate somewhat
differently and may use a command such as SET or TIM to set up the baud
selection.
And remember, too, that the old MODEM7’s baud command won’t
control the speed of your modem (although some modems will
automatically pick up the baud rate of the one at the other end).

Thanks to Jon Albers, Eric Meyer, Rick Nelson, and Pat Ehresmann for
checking the accuracy and clarity of the above instructions. Blame me,
however, if anything’s wrong.
My instructions are a simplification of:

CP/M MODEM PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION by Mark M. Zeiger

Page 420

and James K. Mills 11/04/80

The MODEM7-styles programs have their origins in the work of Ward
Christensen, an IBM employee and public-spirited computer hobbyist.

■ ■ ■

A MODEM7 Cheat Sheet
Snip this out! It’s a handy summary of commands for the free
MODEM7 program.
◾ TO MAKE MODEM7 APPEAR ON YOUR COMPUTER
SCREEN: Type MODEM7 from the A> prompt and hit your
carriage return. You’ll end up in the program’s main menu. Or if
you’re using a new program, you might instead see a screen
telling how to reach the menu.
◾ TO USE THE TELETYPE-LIKE TERMINAL MODE: Tap the
letter T and a carriage return after the main menu appears. You
can use this mode with The Source, MCI Mail, and other on-
line services.
◾ TO USE THE ECHO MODE: Type E and the return. For
Teletype-like use when the other machine is in “Terminal.”
◾ TO GO FROM ONE MODE TO ANOTHER: Use Control-E.
This gearshift mode returns you to the main menu.
◾ TO SEND MATERIAL ON YOUR DISK WITHOUT THE WARD
CHRISTENSEN ERROR-CHECKING PROTOCOL: Type
Control-T after you’re in the terminal mode. Give the name of
the file to transmit. Here, as in other cases, precede the name
by B: (no space after the :) if the file is on Drive B. Hit your
carriage return.
◾ TO RECEIVE MATERIAL WITHOUT A PROTOCOL: After
typing the usual T in the terminal mode, you skip a space.
Then specify the name of the file where you’ll collect the
received data. Now hit your return several times. Use Control-

Page 421

Y to tell your computer to start saving material; also use it to
turn off the save feature. (On newer versions of MODEM7,
Control-R might be the off switch.) IMPORTANT: After you’ve
finished talking to the other machine, you must return to the
main menu and type WRT and return. Otherwise your
computer won’t save the material on the disk.
◾ TO SEND TO SOMEONE WITH A MODEM7-STYLE
PROTOCOL: Type S, skip a space, then type the name of the
file that you’ll send—with the B: before it if necessary. Hit the
carriage return.
◾ TO RECEIVE FROM SOMEONE WITH A MODEM7-STYLE
PROTOCOL: Type R. Skip a space. Then type the name of the
file where the material will show up, using B: if needed. Hit the
return.
◾ TO RETURN TO THE A> PROMPT: From MODEM7’s main
menu, type CPM if you’re using a CP/M version like the Kaypro
one. (The IBM version substitutes DOS for CPM.) Hit your
return.

■ ■ ■

Page 422

BACKUP XIII Why Not an Electronic Peace Corps?

In a Chicago suburb a $50,000-a-year engineer spends countless hours
twiddling with his new IBM PC. The technology engrosses him, but he
lacks a sense of purpose. In Southeast Asia, meanwhile, a young man
wrestles with calculations needed to build an irrigation dam. He thinks his
figures are correct but isn’t certain, and thousands of people will die if the
dam collapses.
Can the Chicago engineer somehow help his counterpart abroad?
There is a way if politicians for once will appeal to the better instincts of
technicians. An Electronic Peace Corps (EPC) could bring these two
together and offer the Third World some of the best international technical
expertise via computer networks.
Useful computers sell for around a thousand dollars, and much better,
cheaper, smaller computers are on the way. What’s more, thanks to
satellites, international communications prices are falling; and 1,000-word
messages anywhere in the world, via special packet-switching networks,
could cost just $1 each.
So the EPC needn’t threaten the taxpayers with a major burden. By
essentially exporting knowledge instead of people, it in fact would increase
the impact of economic-aid dollars. The EPC could emphasize basics like
public health, agriculture, transportation, construction, manufacturing, and
communications.
In carrying out the idea, a government or international agency might keep
computer files listing:

● The skills and information required in specific underdeveloped countries.
● People abroad who needed help.
● Those who might be able to offer it.

Page 423

Most of the corpsmen wouldn’t even be computer experts—just people
with the right technical knowhow. Some might be ex-Peace Corpsmen.
Others might receive special cultural indoctrination similar to traditional
Peace Corps training.
Once in the EPC, the corpsmen might regularly correspond via E-Mail at
nights and on weekends or on occasion “talk” instantly to Third World
counterparts. Of course, not every Third World beneficiary might use a
micro. Some might submit written questions that local Peace Corps offices
could pass on electronically (one way to mitigate the language problem).
E-Mail, incidentally, needn’t be the only form of computer
communications available through the EPC. The organization could offer
electronic bulletin boards with the names of people either needing or
offering information on subjects like biological pest control or solar power.
That way, the EPC’s beneficiaries would feel as if they had more of a
choice.
In addition, there might be ongoing computer conferences on topics of
common concern.
Obviously, the EPC wouldn’t replace foreign-aid experts in the field, and
it wouldn’t aid people directly at the village level. It wouldn’t hand out lap-
sized portables to barefoot farmers. Rather, the EPC would help engineers,
doctors, scientists, and other people engaged in development in their own
countries. Corpsmen in the field would work with local governments to
make certain, for instance, that a New Delhi slumlord didn’t use the EPC to
automate his dunning operation.
Typical EPC beneficiaries might be Indians trying to set up a more
efficient grain-storage network, millions of Third World people are starving
because the food goes to the wrong places. Sometimes, incidentally, the
“wrong places” include the warehouses of thieves, and computerized
records could reduce the opportunities for corruption. Many problems are
political or economic, of course. The EPC would limit itself to technical
issues and try to be as apolitical as possible, just as the international Red
Cross focuses on relief rather than ideology.
Another EPC beneficiary might be a communications specialist hoping to
install a satellite link; for obvious reasons, better communications might be
one of the EPC’s first priorities. The EPC might help domestic and foreign
groups working toward this goal. Even countries with poor phone lines, of
course, can receive some computer messages in the large cities.

Page 424

Yet other beneficiaries could include:

● Colombian doctors who wanted to fight an epidemic with the latest
information sped over the computer lines.
● A civil engineer in Peru working on a road or bridge for isolated villagers
who hoped to sell food to cities.
● A rural-assistance administrator in Kenya. Micros could help his staffers
keep abreast of the newest, best way to dig a well or treat a dysentery-
stricken baby.

The EPC wouldn’t just promote the flow of information from countries
like the United States to the so-called lesser-developed countries. Among
them, too, it would speed up the spread of practical solutions to common
problems.
Learning of an efficacious home remedy, for example, a rural-assistance
group in Ecuador might pass the information on for possible global
dissemination. It just might save the life of a child in Peru. By keeping track
of the better home remedies in the Third World, in fact, an American drug
researcher might discover something that checked out scientifically—as has
happened in the past.
Some Third World countries or groups of them might want to start their
own EPCs. Rather than preempting these efforts, an American or
international EPC could aid them, thereby multiplying the benefits of the
original organization and forestalling fears of electronic imperialism.
The EPC could have a domestic version, too. Because of lower
communications cost, the Home Corps (a friend’s phrase) might take more
chances helping nonexperts without credentials. A gifted high school writer
on Chicago’s South Side might tap out short stories on a school computer,
for example, and a famous author across town might zip the files back, with
comments easily inserted electronically. The two might meet a few times in
person, then carry on via computer without the hassles and menace of urban
travel. Likewise, an Evanston business executive might volunteer help to a
businesswoman in a small town many miles away.
The most urgent need for EPC-style assistance, however, is in the Third
World, where, because of technical backwardness, so many are starving.
The idea isn’t so farfetched. In fact the Third World is already enjoying
some similar help in a small way.

Page 425

The CARINET computer network links the United States, the Caribbean,
Southeast Asia, and Africa. Long before harvest time a Jamaican farmer can
learn how promising a market there’ll be for his crop in the United States—
or an African potter can find out how to make a ceramic insulator for his
local phone company. Jerome Glenn, an official with Partnership for
Productivity International, the Washington-based group behind CARINET,
says the answers often come in just a day.
“Mail takes too long and Telex is too expensive,” notes another Peace
Corps alumnus, now heading a nutrition group that works to export U.S.
technical savvy through more conventional means.
Many foreign aid and computer experts have similar feelings. The
technicians, sure enough, are far ahead of the politicians. One of the most
distinguished technicians of them all—Arthur C. Clarke, the father of the
communications satellites—describes the EPC proposal as “an excellent
idea.”
Reaction from Third World countries has been favorable. Naren Chitty, a
Sri Lankan diplomat, says the concept is “a positive approach to technology
transfer” in “these days when ‘electronic imperialism’ is a catchword.” And
a Saudi Arabian communications specialist likewise advocates computer
and networks for the Third World. He says: “I had a terrible argument with
this Indian man who said, ‘My people are starving to death, and you talk
about microcomputers.’ And I said, ‘It’s because of food distribution—the
food isn’t getting there. The reason they’re starving is that they don’t have
the benefits that computers could bring.’”

■ ■ ■

POSTSCRIPT:
Just as I was finishing this book I heard from my friend the Saudi
Arabian communications specialist, Omar Alfarouq. Omar says EPC-style
efforts are already realities in some places—not just dreams.
Via MCI Mail from California, he told me of “the creation of an
Information network throughout Third World, accessible within our own
cultural reference.
“It has bloomed under sponsorship Gulf Cooperation Council; data banks
for farmers, medical workers in Arabic accessible by personal computer

Page 426

from Oman to Kuwait; anyone can access though it is most often done
through local Ministry of Information office; will be tied in with university
information systems. It’s moving alhamdullilah [thanks to God].” Omar
says the idea for this net goes back to 1981.
He continues:
“Your Electronic Peace Corps is alive and well and working wonders in
Africa at present time, am surprised you are not there doing it. I just
returned, am here to regroup, energy burn-out terrible. For example Sahel
84 is a French group 30, lorries w/ food/medicine, one light plane with
ground station tied into INMARSAT; satellite shows ground picture where
people have sunk down hopeless in endless reaches of Niger, Mali etc.,
guides convoy to place of need; communication link back to Paris advises
of further food/medicine need, diagnostic advice, these helped while other
abandonees are being located. That’s Sahel 84.
“Mobility 84 is British with land-rover as ground station with a
computer, word-processing, works in west central Africa, put together by
Alan Benjamin of CAP software in England, Contact him he is doing what
you are brooding about.
“Medecines sans Frontreres also has sat-data link to Paris from its camp
south Soudan just over border from Ethiopia for Tigre refugees; Tigre
people in terrible shape. Data banks can insha’allah [if God wills] save
Soudan from becoming like Ethiopia—it’s getting that way fast. Contact
Gordon MacRae, deputy editor of Economist in London for further up-
dates, also Jim Grant of UNICEF.
“Congratulations on yr book. But the real point of data exchange is its
tremendous humanitarian impact which is so desperately needed in places
that will never ever see anything like a telephone. Timely forecasting can
prevent Third World suffering. Or even in America. That’s your next book.
See you in Addis.... wa salaam [good-bye], Omar.”
Americans invented the transistor, the microchip, personal computers;
now if only we’ll catch up with the British, French, and Saudis in bringing
the technology to the people who most need it!

Thanks!

Page 427

My Victor 9000 and Panasonic printer ideally could spew out a list of
people to thank—starting with those who most deserved it.
As a mere human, however, I don’t feel up to ranking anyone other than
to mention the big nine:

● Michael Canyes, a professional computer consultant who gave dozens of
hours of his time in the best user-to-user tradition.
● Mack Truslow, an old friend on whom I cruelly inflicted page after page
of rough drafts.
● David Fay Smith, a writer/computer expert who was the technical editor
and who himself is the author of A Computer Dictionary for Kids and
Other Beginners (Ballantine, $9.95).
● Don Carrol, the cover artist.
● Robert B. Wyatt, editor-in-chief of Ballantine Books, who had the
imagination and courage to make this a mass-market paperback.
● Richard McCoy, his assistant.
● Frank Lavena, the copyeditor.
● Pat Ehresmann of the Random House production staff, who is an
innovator in the spirit of this book.
● Ruth Aley, a legendary literary agent whom writers have been thanking
for decades—perhaps beginning with Irving Stone.
● Berenice Hoffman, her partner on this project. Shopping for a computer
while I was writing The Silicon Jungle, she was a perfect test reader.

In addition I’ll thank the Fairfax County Public Library System,
especially the Fairfax City branch’s business room. Thanks also to the
Martha Washington, George Mason, and Sherwood branches.
(Computerized databases will never do away with first-rate librarians.)
With the understanding that my list isn’t necessarily complete, here are
other people to whom I’m grateful:
John Allen; Joseph Auer; Stephen Banker (will someone please locate a
$1,200 hard-disk Victor 9000 for him?—Steve deserves it for the help he
gave me); Lindsay Baird, Jr.; Rich Baker; Rob Barnaby; Richard Barry;
Jane Bator of Susan Croft Associates; Nancy Beckman; Mike Bell; John
Bennett; Tom Bennett (he really should be in the top six); Dan Berger;
Robert Bertini, Jr.; Ed Bigelow; Janice Blood; Jay BloomBecker; Jack
Bologna; Ed Boland; Kenneth Bosomworth; Charles Bowie; Mike Bradley;

Page 428

Barbara Brubacker; Ted Buchholz; David Bunnell; William F. Buckley, Jr.;
John Butler; Robert Campbell; John Carroll; Elizabeth Carlson; Steve
Caswell; “Cheshire Catalyst”; Vinton Cerf; Naren Chitty; Chris
Christiansen; Ward Christensen; Ken Churbuck; Arthur C. Clarke; Joseph
Coates; Jeanette Counsellor; Glenn Cowan; Chris Daly; Martin Dean; Judy-
Lynn del Rey; Dick Diluciano; Kathleen Dixon; Frank Dobisky (“B.C.E.,”
friend and PR man extraordinaire); David Eisen; Margaret Engel; James
Fallows (my Victor guru); Guy Farley; Tom Fay; Paul Fessler; Jack
Fitzgerald; Geoff Fobes; Ron Fowler; Jim Fox; Steve Frankel (author of
The Compleat Kaypro); John Fuller; Bill Gladstone (who, while remaining
loyal to his friend Andy Kay, respected my right to call the shots as I saw
them and in fact nurtured this project); Jerry Glenn; Geoff Goodfellow; Gil
Gordon (his new telecommuting newsletter, TELECOMMUTING REVIEW,
offers common sense and humanity along with insight—a combination all
too often missing in the computer world; you may write for subscription
information to Telespan Publishing, 50 W. Palm St., Altadena, Ca. 91001);
Sandy Gossman; Etienne Grandjean; Adam Green; Judy Gregory; Sue
Grothoff; Tom Hacker; H. Glen Haney; Richard Harkness; Charles Harris;
Patricia Hausman; James Hayhoe; William Hole (ace library researcher);
Gabe Heilig; Carl Herrman; Jeremy Joan Hewes; Harold Joseph Highland;
Clauda Houston; Hugh Hunt; Peter Hyams; Chris Jensen; Peter and Trudy
Johnson-Lenz; Steve Jongeward; Phil Judkins; Mitch Kapor; R. A. Karasek;
Esther King; Marc King; Carol Kaplan; Lloyd Kaufman; Andy and David
Kay; Kay Keeshen; Richard Koffler; David LaGrande; Jack LaVriha; John
Lewis; Bob Lucas of Trigram Systems (who let me try out his useful
MicroSpell spelling-checker on this manuscript); Art Lundquist (owner of
Clinton Computers); Nick Lyons; Jim Mahony; Mary Matthews; Judi
McClean; Bill McDonald; Jan McGowan; Chodi McReynolds; John
Madden; Rainer Malitze-Goes; Basil Malony; Glenn Marcus; Clyde
Merritt; Maxine Messinger; Eric, Eugene and Rima Meyer; Greg Minjack;
Rolf Moulton; Ian (“Captain Zap”) Murphy; Peter Nero; Rick Nelson; Jack
Nilles; J. Michael Nye; Cliff Odendhal; Dusty Park; Donn Parker; Ann
Patrick; Tom Peifer; Joseph Pelton; Margaret Phanes; Don Pierce; John
O’Mara; Greg Platt of PeopleTalk Associates; Joe Policy; Michael Pond;
Liz, Mitzi, David and the rest of the gang at the Computer Shoppe; Doug
Rickman of The Disk Connection (who donated the copy of MITE I needed
to talk to Arthur C. Clarke); Don Ramsey; Peter Ross Range; Gary

Page 429

Rinkerman of The Computer Law Reporter; Hood Roberts; Mark Robinson;
Harry Rothman (research); Seymour Rubinstein; Marilynne Rudick; Bruce
Rupp; Richard Russell; Gabriel Salvendy (source of invaluable perspective
for the “HAL” chapter); Timothy Schabeck; Alan Scharf; Joe Schopen;
Michael Scott of BCI; William Scrivo; Frank Schiff; Ezra Shapiro; Joe
Shelton; Ben Shneiderman; James Schweitzer; Mike Slade; Michael Smith,
David Snyder; Harry Snyder; Jo Steele; Bill Stern; Barbara Sturken; Ann
Sumner; Jim Swanner (for approving the MITE donation); Geoff Sweeney;
Jeff Tarter; Bonita Taylor, Jerry terHorst; Chris Torem; Murray Turoff;
Terian Tyre; Stanton Umans; Bernard Urban; Holly Vail; John Verboon;
Nick Vergis; Barbara Wagner; Robert Waters; James Watt; Harvey Welch;
William Wewer; David Whiters; Lynn Wilson; Edward and Patricia Wright;
and Kitty Yaney.

Page 430

INDEX

Accounting software
Accounting Plus, 75-77
case example, 73-78
Acoustically coupled modem, 349–50
Alphanumeric field, 81–82
Alternate key, definition of, 47
AND, 82
APPEND command, 82
Applications programs, 23
Area chart, 331, 333
ASCII, 352
Asynchronous communications, 353
Audit trail, 168, 321
Automatic dialing, modems, 351–52

Backups
avoiding crashes, 192–94
hard disks, 196–97
lap-sized portables, 198
scratch disk, 195
Bar charts, 332
Barnaby, Rob, 7, 46, 48, 50–59, 61
Baseband, 247

Page 431

Bidirectional printers, 296
Bit, 20
Bit mapping, graphics, 344
Black boxes, 189
Block move, definition of, 48
Blocks, 351
Boland, Ed, 73–78
Boldface feature, 299
Bowie, Charlie, 78–86
Broadband, 247
Bubble memory, data security and, 197
Buffer, 300, 351
Bugs, 302
A bus, network lay-out, 244–45
Buying a computer
key questions for, 282–92
printers, 294–301
software, 302–309
used computers, 292–93
Byte, 20

Calculations, 326
Captain Zap, 2, 163, 190–191, 193
Capture ability, modem, 351
Cataracts, VDTs and, 156
Cathode ray tube (CRT), Kaypro, 25
Cells, 85
Central processing unit (CPU), 20

Page 432

Character-based systems, graphics, 344
Character field, 81
Characters, size/shape, 142
Charts, See Graphics.
Check sum, 351
Clarke, Arthur, C., 2, 249–70
CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), 197
Coaxial cable, 246–47
Colors, use in graphics, 336–37
Command-driven systems, 71–72
Command files, 82
Compatibility, Kaypro and IBM, 20–21
Composite monitor, 143
Computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM), 98
Computer Classified Bluebook, 292
Computer conferencing, 230
Computer crime, 9, 163–99
data diddling, 166–67
data leakage, 172–73
dial-up computers, protection of, 190–91
employee policy and, 179–83
impersonation, 174–76
logic bomb, 171
overwriting as protection, 191–92
passwords and, 188–89
piggybacking, 173–74
protection against, 183–86
rounding interest downward, 168–69
sample auditing, 165–66
scavenging, 172

Page 433

simulation, 171–72
small businesses and, 165
superzapping, 169–70
TAP, 175–77
trapdoor/backdoor, 170–71
Trojan horse tricks, 167–68
wiretapping, 173
Computer furniture, selection of, 147–49
Computerized pacing, 133
Computers, future developments, 262–67
Conductors, 246
Consultants, 100–115
aspects of hiring decision, 101, 107–113
case examples, 101–106
contracts, guidelines for, 339–42
microcomputer field and, 105–106
qualifications of, 112–13
salesmen/consultants, 112
sample consulting contract, 114–15
Contracts, for consultants, 114–15, 339–42
Control characters, 353
Control key, definition of, 47
Correspondence quality, 297
CP/M (Control Program for Microcomputers), 20, 22–23, 285
Crashes, disk crashes, 192–93
Cross-hatch, 331
CRTs, alternatives to, 160–62
Cursor, 9, 47
Curve chart, 331, 333
Customization, source code, 77

Page 434

Daisy wheel printer, 294
shortcomings of, 296–98
Data-base programs, 81, 323–30
calculations, 326–27
data fields, 324–26
dBASE II, 81–83
InfoStar, 323–30
overhead, 327
Perfect Filer, 324-27
sort keys, 327
Data bits, 350
Data diddling, 166–67
Data disk, 24
Data Encryption Standard (DES), 189
Data-entry work, 107
Data fields, 324–26
Data file, 324
Data leakage, 172–73
Data processing, micros and, 125–27
Data record, 324
Data security, 163–64
backups, 192, 194–99
protecting floppies, 193–94
scratch disk and, 195
See also Computer crime.
Data transfer, windows, 344
dBASE II, 81–83
features of, 81–82
training time, 83
Dean, Martin, 66–68

Page 435

Defaults, 308
Designer’s Guide to Creating Charts and Diagrams (Holmes), 334
Dial-up computers, protection of, 190–91
Digital voltmeter, Kay’s, 18
Digitizing tablet, 347
Direct-connect modem, 349–50
Disk-based word processor, 305
Disk crashes, 192–93
Disk drive
head of, 23
twin, 23–24
Disks, rules for protection of, 193–94
Documentation, 49, 288
evaluation of, 304
Dot matrix printer, 294–95
size of characters, 142
Double-density feature, Kaypro, 24
Draft quality, 297
Dvorak keyboard, 146

EBCDIC, 352
Echo back, 352
Echo mode, 357–58
EDIT command, 82
8088 Chip, 20
Electroluminescent screens, 161
Electronic bulletin boards, 223
Electronic Information Exchange System (EIES), 222

Page 436

Electronic mail, 228–33
advantages of, 230–31
capabilities of, 228–29
computer conferencing, 230
negative aspects of, 231–32
Electropheretic screens, 161
Encryption, 189
Environmental factors, See Ergonomics.
Epson, 43–44, 59
Ergonomics, 128–62
air conditioning/heat/ventilation, 152
aspects of good ergonomics, 129–30
back/muscular problems, 156–57
computerized pacing, 133–37
CRTs, 159–60
eyestrain, 158–59
furniture, selection of, 147–49
health factors, VDTs, 152–54
keyboard, selection of, 143–47
lighting, 149–51
liquid-crystal displays (LCDs), 160–62
noise reduction, printers, 151–52
participatory monitoring, 137–38
psychological problems, 157–58
radiation from VDTs, 154–56
screen, selection of, 140–43
word processing operations, 134–35
Error-checking, modem, 350
Escape key, definition of, 47
Ethernet, 236, 244, 246–47
Expansion slot, 41
Extremely low frequency radiation (ELF), 155

Page 437

Eyestrain, computer use and, 158–59

Field, 81
Field names, 81
Field type, 81
Field width, 81
File
data base, 81
definition of, 47
File locking, 242
File server, 244
Filters, for glare, 151
Flat screens, 160
weaknesses of, 161–62
Flow control, 351
Foot candles, 150
Full duplex modem, 351

Glare, 150–51
filters for, 151
Global search, 48
Graphics, 8, 93–99, 331–38
area charts, 331, 333
bar charts, 332
choosing a program, 337–38
colors, use of, 336–37
cross-hatch, 331
curve charts, 331, 333
graphics tablet, 347
grid lines, 335
line charts, 331
Macintosh, 93–96

Page 438

PERT programs and, 98–99
pie chart, 334
professionals’ use of, 96–98
simplicity, importance of, 334–35
vertical bar charts, 333
Grid lines, 335
Ground wires, 246

Hacking, 176-77
Half-duplex modem, 351
Handshaking, 351
Hard disk
backups, 196–97
disk crashes and, 196
Kaypro 10, 34–35
storage capacity, 286–87
Head, of disk drive, 23
Health factors, computerized pacing and, 137
See also Ergonomics.
Heat, VDTs and, 152
Help messages, 89, 305
Highland, Harold Joseph, 164–65
Human-machine link, See Ergonomics.

IBM, keyboard problems, 145
Icons, 46
Impersonation, 174–76
Information services, 224–26
InfoStar, 323–30
commands, 328
documentation, 327

Page 439

shortcomings of, 328–30
Ink jet printer, 295
Integrated software, Lotus 1-2-3, 88–91
Integrity, 199
Intelligent modems, 352
Interrupt driven, 241

Job design, 133–34
Joystick, 347–48
Justification, 299

K, 21
Kay, Andy, 14–19, 26–30, 36
Kay, David, 28–29, 31, 37
Kaypro, 6, 14–35, 37–44
advertising of, 30–31
competition to, 43–44
CP/M operating system, 22–23
CRT of, 25
disk drives, 23–24
flat-screen model, 42–43
growth of company, 16–20, 26–35
hard disk, 34–35, 40
Kaypro 16, 41–42
Kaypro 10, 34–35, 37
Kaypro II, 26–27, 40–41
keyboard, 24–25
metal case of, 25
monitor of, 24, 30–31
Osborne as competitor, 15–16
public relations campaign, 31–32
64K Random-Access Memory (RAM), 21–22

Page 440

weaknesses of, 38–43
Z80-style microprocessor, 20–21
Keyboard
detachable, 9, 128, 144
factors in selection of, 143–147
function keys, 147
Qwerty vs. Dvorak, 146
tactile feedback, 145
Kopischiansky, Frank, 17–18

Lap-sized portables
backups, 198
data security, 197
static problems, 197–98
Laser printer, 295
Letter quality, 297
Lighting, 149–51
filters, types of, 151
glare problem, 150–51
solutions to problem of, 149–50
Light pen, 348
Line chart, 331
Liquid-crystal displays (LCDs), 160
LIST command, 82
Local area networks, 221, 234–48
a bus topology, 244–45
baseband/broadband
capacities, 247
considerations in choice of, 237–39
ease of use, 240–41
Ethernet, 236
file locking, 242
installation factors, 243

Page 441

interrupt driven, 241
multi-user-system micro, 235
protocol, 243
queuing, 241
a ring topology, 245–46
shielded wire, 246–47
speed and, 239–40
a star topology, 245
telephone style, 246
twisted pair network, 246–47
user-privilege levels, 242
WEB network, 234, 236–37, 240–41
Logical field, 82
Logic bomb, 171
Lotus 1-2-3, 88–91
graphics, 90
printing options, 90–91
Lux, 150

MacInker, 298
Macintosh, 21
graphics, 93–96
mouse, 93
Macro language, 90
Mahoney, Jim, 116, 120
Maintenance
contracts for, 289–90
MTBF figures, 289–90
Mass storage, 286
“Mature” software, 302
McDonald, Bill, 18–19, 25–26
MCI Mail, 225

Page 442

See also Electronic mail.
Memory, random-access
memory (64K), 21–22
Menu, 304–305
definition of, 48
Menu-driven software, 71
MEX, 356
Meyer, Eric, 249–55, 261, 269–70
Microprism Model 480, 294–95, 297
Microprocessor, 20
Z80, 20–21
MicroPro International, 50, 54, 56–62, 309
Modem, 300, 349–65
acoustically coupled, 349
automatic dialing, 351–52
bits, 350
capture ability, 351
communication with Sri Lanka, 249–70
direct-connect, 349–50
full duplex modem, 351
protocols, 351
synchronous/asynchronous communications, 353
MODEM7, 354–65
instructions for use of, 358–65
summary of commands, 364–65
Modular plugs, 349
Monochrome screen, 143
Mouse, 9, 93, 345–46
MS-DOS, 23, 285
MTFB figures, 289

Page 443

Multiplan, 83–85
Multi-user-system micro, 235
Munytels, 5, 216–17, 219

Natural order of recalculation, 90
Near-letter quality, 297
NEC, 44
Networks, 221
NewWord, 43–44, 59
Node, 239
Noise, reduction, from printers, 151–52
Non-Linear Systems, 15–18, 26, 28, 32
Null modem, 198
Numeric field, 81

Omninet, 244
Operating systems
choice in computer buying, 285–86
CP/M, 22–23
MS-DOS, 23
UNIX, 285–86
Optical character reader, 138
OR, 82
Osborne, Adam, 14–15, 32, 36–37
Osborne Computers
Kaypro competition, 34–35
problems of, 6, 32–33
Overhead, 327
Overlapping, windows, 344

Page 444

Overwriting, 191–92

Packet switching, 225
Paperback Software International, 36
Parallel port, 300
Participating monitoring, 137
Passwords, 188–89
Patch, 308
PC-TALK III, 356
Perfect Filer, 324–27
Perfect Writer, 310–18
improvements in, 312–15
Perfect Thesaurus, 317
pop-up commands menu, 312
weaknesses of, 312, 316–318
Pie chart, 334
Pivot, 43
Plasma panel, 161
Point-of-sales system, 75
Port, 300
Pregnancy, VDTs and, 152–53, 154
Printers, 294–301
bidirectional, 296
buffer, 300
compatibility with computer, 300
cost, 298
daisy wheel, 295
ink jet printer, 295
laser, 295
noise level, 299
noise reduction, 151–52

Page 445

ports, 300
printer quality, 297
repair record, 298
ribbons, 298
special features, 299
thermal-transfer printer, 295
unidirectional, 296
volume, 298
Programmers, 125–26
Project Evaluation Review Techniques (PERT) software, 98–99
Proportional spacing, 299
Protocols
local area networks, 243
modems, 351
Psychological factors, computers and, 157–58
Public key encryption system, 189

Queuing, 241
Quietwriter, 301
Qwerty keyboard, 146

Radiation, 154–56
extremely low-frequency radiation, 155
VDTs and pregnancy, 152–54
very low-frequency radiation, 155
Ragged right margins, 299
RAM-based word processor, 305
Random-Access Memory (RAM) 64K, 21–22
Read-Only Memory (ROM), 21
Real-time systems, 49
Records, data base, 81

Page 446

Reverse video, 143
RGB monitor, 143
Ribbons, for printers, 298
A ring, network lay-out, 245–46
Robie, 40
Rubinstein, Seymour, 7, 45, 48–59, 63

Scavenging, 172
Scratch disk, 195
Screen
color of, 141, 143
electroluminescent screens, 161
electropheretic screens, 161
factors in selection of, 140–43
flat screens, 160
plasma panel, 161
reverse video, 143
Scroll, definition of, 47
Search and replace, definition of, 48
Seequa Computer Corporation, 15
Select, 7, 65–72
training time, 67
versus WordStar, 67–68
Serial, port, 300
Simulation, 171–72
Software
accounting, 73–78
buying of, 319–22
command-driven, 71–72
copying of, rationale for, 59–60
graphics, 331–38

Page 447

integrated software, 88
mail-order buying of, 320–21
menu-driven, 71–72
spreadsheet programs, 83–85
windows, 344-45
word processors, 45–59, 65–72
Sorting, 82
sort keys, 326
Speech recognition, 262
Spellbinder, 69
Spelling checkers, 263
Split screens, 46
Spreadsheet programs
Multiplan, 83–85
origins of, 83
requirements of, 89–90
VisiCalc, 83–84, 87
A star, network lay-out, 245
Start bits, 350–$2
Stop bits, 350–$2
Storage, hard disk, 286–87
Structure, data base, 81–$2
Synchronous communications, 353–$2

Tactile feedback, 145–$2
TAP, 175–77
Telecommuting, 4–$2, 200–227
clerical workers and, 209–210
considerations in, 203–206
data base information
services, 224–26

Page 448

data base requirements, 221–$2
economic benefits of, 219–$2
electronic bulletin boards, 223–$2
energy implications, 219–20
munytels, 216–17
networks, 221–$2
packet switching, 225–$2
psychological factors, 220–21
suburban versus downtown
offices, 214–16
Telephone style network, 246–$2
Terminal mode, 357–58
Terminals, 287–$2
Thermal-transfer printer, 295–$2
Tile, windows, 344–$2
Token passing, 245–46
Touch-sensitive screen, 347–$2
Trackball, 348–$2
Tractor feed, 294–$2
Training, 115–24
aspects in choice of
programs, 115–16, 118–20
case examples, 116–22
self-instruction, 124–$2
Trapdoor/backdoor crime, 170–71
Trojan horse tricks, 167–68
Twin disk drives, 23–24
Twisted pair network, 246–$2

Unidirectional printers, 296–$2
UNIX, 235–$2

Page 449

operating system of, 285–86
Used computers, buying guidelines, 292–93
User-privilege levels, 242–$2

VDTs
cataracts and, 156–$2
radiation and, 154–56
Ventilation, computers and, 152–$2
Vertical bar charts, 333–$2
Very low-frequency (VLF) radiation, 155–$2
Victor 9000, 271–76
VisiCalc, 83–84, 87–88
Voice grade lines, 350

Wangnet, 235–36, 239, 246–47
Ward Christensen Protocol, 351, 359
WEB network, 234, 236–37, 240–41
What-if tables, 89
Windows, 62–63, 343–45
buying guidelines, 344–45
Wiretapping, 173
Word length, modem, 350
Word processing operations, job design, 137–35
Word processor
dedicated versus micro, 52
Perfect Writer, 310–18
Select, 65–72
Spellbinder, 69
terms used, 47–48
WordStar, 7, 44, 45–59, 285, 302–309

Page 450

WordStar, 7, 44–59, 285, 302–309
accessory programs, 308–309
anti-botch-up-features, 306–307
creation of, 53–54
customization of, 308
damage limitation, 307
documentation, 304
ease of use, 302–304
error messages, 308
“Help” levels, 305
manufacturer support, 309
maturity of, 302
power of, 305–306
search-and-replace feature, 306
speed of, 305
strengths of, 46–47
training time, 67
word processing terms, 47–48
WordStar 2000, 60–62, 303, 310–11
Word wrap, 46
Work station, 239

XMODEM Protocol, 351, 359
XON/XOFF, 351

Yank-back feature, 307

Z80 microprocessor, Kaypro, 20–21

PLANNING TO OUTFIT
YOUR OFFICE OR YOUR HOME
WITH COMPUTERS?
Or are you just interested in the facts
and fancies surrounding the technological
revolution of the 20th century?

Page 451

Now, with the help of one of America’s most
readable computer experts, you’ll cut through
the Silicon Jungle and find the machine that’s right
for you. You’ll marvel at the history and folklore of the
modern computer. You’ll explore the intricacies
of the electronic superbrains that can:

● lower your costs and increase
your efficiency

● instantaneously zip messages
across continents

● act as word processors, doubling
writers’ production

● keep records in complete depth
and detail

● help whip up jazzy charts to whet
colleagues’ interest

● increase your earnings within
your chosen field
Cover printed in USA

Page 452

Footnotes
1. Computerworld, July 23, 1984, is the source of the reports on
criminals’ use of computers.

2. The Michigan quote comes from a magazine article by Washington
writer Joel Makower.

3. Chris Christiansen, with the Yankee Group, a Boston-based marketing
research firm, offered the estimate on the number of programs.

4. Kaypro, too, junked Select. Select Information Systems claims that’s
because Kaypro wanted a cheaper word processor. Kaypro says it was
unhappy with Select because it didn’t work right with some printers.

5. The examples of the investment adviser and cotton trader come from
New York magazine.

6. The estimates of the number of business computer buyers come from
the Yankee Group’s Chris Christiansen.

7. “Gonna die” is from Popular Computing. The Osborne statements
come from oft-repeated statements to newspapers or from magazines. “Mr.
Osborne,” an aide said when I revealed that this chapter was on Brand X,
“does not want to discuss the Kaypro.”
Andy Kay himself did not speak to me in a normal interview. His literary
agent-friend, William Gladstone, feared that it might conflict with a project
of their own, and Gladstone sought to deny me ownership of quoted
material. Normally I would have told him to stuff it, but I needed the right
quotes to tell the full story of my computer. So Gladstone and I worked out
a compromise. After I sent thousands of words of questions via my Kaypro
over the phone lines, he obtained Kay’s replies on tape. I submitted follow-
up queries when Kay’s answers did not satisfy me. Gladstone insisted on
reading this chapter for accuracy but never tried to censor me; in fact, he
was helpful and pleasant to deal with. He even brought this manuscript to
the attention of a publisher he knew (although I placed it through my

Page 453

agents). Gladstone’s help, incidentally, didn’t influence my perception of
the Kaypro II as better than the archrival Osborne. I bought a Kaypro at a
time when “William Gladstone” was nothing more to me than the name of a
nineteenth-century English statesman; I already loved the company’s
product. Just the same, determined not to write an extended press release,
I’ve consulted with the corporation’s critics, and I have run this chapter past
a San Diego Union reporter named Dan Berger, who exposed some of
Kaypro’s less admirable management practices. I’m as grateful to Dan as to
Bill.

8. The $200-million and $5-billion estimates came to me from Chris
Christiansen of the Yankee Group, who said the latter figure might be very
conservative. InfoWorld quoted another research firm, InfoCorp, as saying
that 527,000 portable computers were sold in 1982—and that 5.1 million
would be sold by 1987.

9. The San Diego Magazine article appeared in May 1983.

10. San Diego is the source of the “After we’d been at it eight or nine
months” quote.

11. San Diego contains the quote on software purchases and royalties.

12. Business Week is the source of the facts on Kaypro’s disk-drive
problems.

13. Kaypro later dropped the Kaypro II and replaced it with the $1,595
Kaypro 2X. It’s still a II, though, except for some improvements such as
more disk space. The 2X’s disks store almost 400K each.

14. “XT” stands for “extended.”

15. Kenneth Lim of Dataquest, Inc., the San Jose, California marketing
research firm, is the source of the 2.5 percent estimate quoted in the Wall
Street Journal, November 14, 1984.

16. Clarke responded by phone in early 1983 to questions I’d mailed
about his use of WordStar.

Page 454

17. InfoWorld, April 5, 1982.

18. InfoWorld, April 5, 1982.

19. H. Edward Roberts, president of MITS (Micro Instrumentation and
Telemetry Systems), a New Mexico company later overwhelmed by the
competition, came as close as anyone to being the father of the first
successful personal computer. His Altair 8080 made the cover of Popular
Electronics in January 1975.

20. The November 1982 PC Magazine is the source of the quotes on
Rubinstein’s business plans after IMSAI.

21. “AT” stood for “Advanced Technology.”

22. InfoWorld, May 14, 1984, is the source of Rubinstein’s quotes about
the heart attack, not going “on some wild spending spree,” and his life not
changing.

23. InfoWorld, May 14, 1984, is the source of Rubinstein’s “bullshit”
quote.

24. The $1.5 billion estimate is from Chris Christiansen of the Yankee
Group.

25. The account of Select’s capital shortage and the metamorphosis into
Quadsoft comes from InfoWorld, August 13, 1984. The merger information
is from InfoWorld, October 8, 1984.

26. Dean’s Byte article appeared December 1983, p. 161.

27. Jerry Pournelle’s rebuttal to Dean and others of the “user friendly”
school appeared in Popular Computing, May 1984, p. 81.

28. The Bricklin quote comes from Steve Ditlea’s excellent article in
Popular Computing, September 1982, page 48, which helped me appreciate
VisiCalc’s many uses.

Page 455

29. The car wash, orchard, Yellow Pages, and painting examples come
from USA Today, May 3, 1984.

30. Ripskis is not the hard-core bureaucrat I mentioned earlier in the
chapter. He in fact puts out an underground newsletter regularly exposing
his agency.

31. The ex-Bain man’s quote is from Harper’s, November 1982.

32. Computerworld, March 28, 1983.

33. Computerworld, March 28, 1983.

34. The Colligan quotes are from Joel Makower’s useful book Office
Hazards: How Your Job Can Make You Sick, published 1981 by Tilden
Press, Washington, D.C.

35. The material on the Manhattan word processor comes from Barbara
Garson’s article in Mother Jones magazine, July 1981, p. 32.

36. See “Job Decision Latitude, Job Design, and Coronary Heart
Disease,” by R. A. Karasek, who participated in a 1981 Purdue University
conference on job stress. The Karasek findings appeared on pages 48-55 of
Machine Pacing and Occupation Stress, a book published in 1981 by
Taylor & Francis Limited, London. In Karasek’s words, “Job-design
strategies advocating limited skill usage and decision authority for the
majority of the workforce appear to be associated with a host of
undesirable, unintended consequences ranging from skill under-utilization
(and consequent productivity loss) to increased risk of coronary heart
disease.”

37. Before Bell adopted the standard touch-phone numbers pad, it did a
study showing the superiority of the 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9 arrangement. The
study had strong financial motivations. After all, the more wrong numbers
people dialed, the greater would be the cost to the phone company, since
Bell at the time probably wasn’t charging anyone for wrong numbers.

Page 456

38. For observations on the merits of various colors, see Ergonomic
Aspects of Visual Display Terminals, edited by Etienne Grandjean and E.
Vigliani and published by Taylor & Francis Limited, London, 1982.

39. If you don’t want lines on a CRT to seem to be rolling into each other
when you‘re using a bright background, you should worry about something
called a refresh rate. That’s the number of times the picture “repaints” itself
on the screen. Etienne Grandjean, the prominent Swiss expert on VDTs,
recommends a rate of at least 80 cycles a second; others say it needn’t be so
high. The Xerox 860’s rate is 70 cycles, according to David Eisen, and
that’s better than average. Still, I noticed the roll, anyway. In a letter to me
in January 1983 Grandjean also recommended a slow phosphor for use with
the white background. That means the images would take longer to vanish
from the screen than they would otherwise—reducing the perceived flicker.

40. Eisen’s advice on VDTs can be found in the booklet Humanizing the
VDT Workplace: A Health Manual for Local Officers and Stewards,
published jointly by the Newspaper Guild and the International
Typographical Union (the price is $1.50 from the Guild, at 1125 15th St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005).

41. The German requirement for detachable keyboards appears in
paragraph 4.3.1 of Standard ZH1/618 of “Safety Regulations for Display
Workplaces in the Office Sector,” as released by the Trade Cooperative
Association, Central Office for Accident Prevention and Industrial
Medicine.

42. The McIlvain example comes from PC Magazine, May 29, 1984.

43. The advice on keyboard height is from Military Standard 1472C,
Human Engineering Design Criteria for Military Systems Equipment and
Facilities, published by the army in May 1981 and summarized in the July
1982 Popular Computing.

44. The facts of the Renton, Washington case come from Laurie Garrett’s
National Public Radio interview with Laura Moore, which aired August 12,
1982.

Page 457

45. The Slesin quotes come from his article in Columbia Journalism
Review, November 1984. The Review correctly says Slesin’s newsletter
“has taken no sides in the VDT story while keeping up with all relevant
developments.” It appears monthly. The Microwave News’s address is P.O.
Box 1799, Grand Central Station, New York, N.Y. 10163. Subscriptions are
$200 a year. VDT News, a bimonthly, costs $42 a year.

46. The quote from the Cleveland office worker and from the two
examples immediately after it come from Warning: Health Hazards for
Office Workers, published in 1981 by the Working Women Education Fund,
1224 Huron Rd., Cleveland, Ohio 44115.

47. Information on flat-screen displays comes from InfoWorld, May 7,
1984, and other micro magazine articles; the Washington Post of April 29,
1984; George Weiss, director of computer systems studies with Quantum
Science Corp., New York; and Kenneth Bosomworth, president of
International Resource Development, Inc., a market-research firm in
Norwalk, Conn.

48. The “people will begin using” quote is from a Weiss interview with
USA Today.

49. For a reminder of the advantages of LCDs in avoiding a dark office,
I’m grateful to Bert Vorchheimer, a corporate communications specialist,
who, as a sideline, wrote some farsighted articles on office ergonomics.

50. The categories of computer-crime offenses, together with many
examples, come from Donn Parker’s Computer Security Management,
published in 1981 by Reston Publishing Company, Reston, Virginia.
Another book for more information is Parker’s Fighting Computer Crime,
published in 1983 by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, N.Y.

51. The example of the railroad clerk is from a report Parker coauthored
for the Justice Department, “Computer Crime: Criminal Justice Resource
Manual.”

52. All the Ball quotes and paraphrases in this chapter are from
Technology Review.

Page 458

53. The H. Michael Snell quotes are from an article he published in
Computerworld.

54. Presumably VAX-man chose his name with both the VAX
minicomputer series and the Pac-Man game in mind.

55. The 414 invaders fortunately didn’t alter radiotherapy information.
But they reportedly did zap a file used to bill customers a total of $1,500 for
computer use.

56. After writing a draft of this chapter, I helped Nye prepare a section of
his black box guide.
I find it to be useful, but overly technical for some lay people.
Nye may be reached at Marketing Consultants International, Suite #214,
100 West Washington St., Hagerstown, Md. 21740. Call 301/791-0290 for
the latest information about the guide’s price and other details.

57. My thanks to J. Michael Nye, for calling my attention to the problems
of incomplete erasures. Ed Bigelow, of Adevco, a Pennsylvania company
selling networks to link computers in the same office, also was helpful.

58. The Lutus story is from Popular Computing.

59. Nilles is in a position to keep track of statistics associated with
telecommuting. He has done numerous telecommuting studies as a senior
research associate with the Center for Futures Research at the University of
Southern California. Nilles has written an important pioneering work in the
field—The Telecommunications/Transportation Tradeoff: Options for
Tomorrow.
In this chapter I am indebted not only to Nilles but also to work that the
Stanford Research Institute did. SRI’s three-part study, completed in May
1977 for the National Science Foundation, appeared under the main title
Technology Assessment of Telecommunications/Transportation Interaction.
The first part is Volume I: Introduction, Scenario Development, and Policy
Analysis, by Richard C. Harkness, available for $17.50 in paper and $4.50
on microfiche as PB-272-694, from the National Technical Information
Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Rd., Springfield,
Virginia 22161. The second is Volume II: Detailed Impact Analysis by

Page 459

Harkness; $70 in paper and $4.50 on microfiche, PB-272-695. The third is
Volume III: Contributions of Telecommunications to Improved
Transportation System Efficiency by A. E. Moon and J. M. Johnson, E. P.
Meko, H. S. Proctor, and C. D. Feinstein; $14.50 in paper and $4.50 on
microfiche, PB-272-696. Needless to say, Alvin Toffler’s Third Wave (New
York: William Morrow, 1980) contributed greatly to popular interest in the
subject of telecommuting.

60. The example of the Florida-based telecommuter is from “Rising
Trend of Computer Age: Employees Who Work at Home;” New York Times,
March 12, 1981, p. 1.

61. The South Carolina facts come from “Rising Trend of Computer Age:
Employees Who Work at Home,” the New York Times, March 12, 1981, p.
1; “Computers Turn Dens into Offices,” USA Today, May 9, 1983, p. 1; and
“Home Computer Sweatshops.” The Nation, April 2, 1983, p. 390. In
addition, I talked to Ann Blackwell and her husband, Tim, assistant vice-
president of basic and major medical claims at Blue Cross-Blue Shield, in
South Carolina.

62. The Nussbaum quotes are from “9 to 5 President Raps Office
Automation, Says It Deskills, Devalues Office Jobs,” Computerworld, May
3, 1982, p. 53.

63. The Seattle example is from Business Week, May 3, 1982, p. 66.

64. USA Today, March 28, 1984, p. 3B, reported Management Recruiters’
telecommuting survey.

65. William Renfro’s comments appeared in The Futurist, June 1982.

66. The Xerox example comes from correspondence, interviews, and the
Financial Times, London, July 20, 1982.

67. Thanks to Mike Bell for helping me obtain figures comparing
telecommuting costs to alternatives. And the editor has simplified the
numbers presented.

Page 460

68. Nilles may have been the first to envision neighborhood centers for
telecommuters.

69. The 1977 Stanford study discusses the neighborhood-center concept
in depth and describes a number of possibilities, many of them overlapping
with my “munytel” idea. The term “munytel” is mine.

70. Elizabeth Carlson of Continental Illinois said the community college
had ended the experiment after buying its own equipment. But the bank
feels the arrangement was successful. In fact, it set up a satellite word-
processing center in a shopping center near the college.

71. In November 1984 the Labor Department released a rule that allowed
people to knit sweaters and hats at home for sale to manufacturers.

72. Nilles’s three-quarters of a billion estimate is reported in InfoWorld,
April 23, 1984.

73. Harkness’s remarks are from his speech to the Seminar on
Communications, Brasilia, Brazil, June 1982.

74. Frank Schiff, Washington Post, Outlook Section, September 2, 1979,
p. C1.

75. Some of the material in this chapter originally appeared in an article I
did for USA Today. I’ve also made use of facts from the Wall Street Journal,
March 16, 1984, p. 29.

76. The example of computerized conferencing comes from Participation
Systems, Inc., a Winchester, Massachusetts, firm that provided the software
for computer conferencing on The Source.

77. Bigelow’s company, Adevco, Inc., 2145 Market St., Camp Hill,
Pennsylvania, manufactures The WEB equipment under a license from The
WEB’s designers. That’s Centram Systems, Inc., P.O. Box 511, Camp Hill,
Pennsylvania, which also sells to manufacturers to add to their computers.
A California company, Trantor Systems, likewise makes a network called
WEB: this may or may not mean a name change for the Centram

Page 461

technology. At any rate, Adevco itself may abandon the WEB name for
other reasons. “We may drop the name and market the product with the
same technology in a different version under a number of names,” said
Bigelow. “If we enhance the product enough, I may want more Adevco
identification.”

78. Telephone tag occurs when person A returns B’s call, but now B isn’t
available. With an E-Mail arrangement, A and B could exchange messages
without the other being available at the same time.

79. Bigelow plans a more rugged version of The WEB transmission line
in the future to make installation less tricky.

80. Thanks to Ed Bigelow for the children’s game metaphor for the ring
network. The kids try not to be.

81. PBX stands for private branch exchange.

82. For some of Clarke’s own writing on the future, readers might turn to
1984: Spring—A Choice of Futures, published by Ballantine Books, New
York, 1984.

83. Eric later decided to change the name of his company to EMCo.
Computer Consulting.

84. The actual beginnings of the micro age, less romantically, go back to
the invention of the microprocessor—a central processing unit on one chip
—in 1970. It happened at Intel, an electronics company in Santa Clara,
California, and was the idea of a young Stanford University grad named
Ted Hoff.

85. Gene’s book should appear under the title Maryland Lost and Found:
People and Places from Chesapeake to Appalachia. The publisher is Johns
Hopkins University Press.

86. Clarke’s forgetting to insert the disk in the B drive should underscore
a truism: all computer users can commit idiocies. Once I owned a printer
that I couldn’t use without unplugging my modem. Things worked the other

Page 462

way around, too—as some people discovered when they tried to
communicate with me over the phone but couldn’t because I’d forgotten to
yank out the printer cable and put in the modem’s.

87. MITE’s auto-answer feature won’t work without an appropriate
modem. My own modem was manually activated, meaning that I couldn’t
take advantage of this wrinkle. I could, however, switch on the modem
when Peter called. And for him, that would realistically duplicate the
experience of reaching Clarke’s computer.

88. A Ballantine paperback titled The Odyssey File, records much of the
computer dialogue between Clarke and Hyams. Very briefly Clarke also
writes of the link in Ascent to Orbit: The Technical Writings of Arthur C.
Clarke, released by John Wiley & Sons, New York, in 1984.

89. President Reagan’s campaign schedule and trip to China forced him
to cancel his April 1984 meeting with Clarke.

90. In the postscript of Ascent to Orbit, Clarke described himself and
Hyams as “lousy typists.” They may be in terms of accuracy but not speed
—and, of course, with a computer, you can correct mistakes so easily that
accuracy becomes secondary to speed.

91. In the early 1960s Clarke himself wrote in Profiles of the Future that
“the first genuine thinking machines may be grown rather than constructed;
already some crude but very stimulating experiments have been carried out
along these lines. Several artificial organisms have been built that are
capable of rewiring themselves to adapt to changing circumstances.”

92. Clarke’s conjecture about the business lunch of the future appears in
Profiles of the Future, Harper & Row, New York, 1962, p. 194.

93. The “Bureau of Poultry” description of Clarke comes from Curt
Suplee’s Washington Post article of November 16, 1982. Suplee also saw
Clarke in nonbureaucratic attire—the sarong.

94. Clarke’s prediction of a business having “only the equivalent of a
telephone number” is from Profiles of the Future, p. 194.

Page 463

95. Discussing WordStar, Clarke was careful to point out that he had
“never used or even seen any other word-processing system” and had “no
frame of reference,” but found “only a few small nits to pick with my
version. (Release 3 of 1981, WU644275C).” Among other things he
repeated a complaint I myself have against WordStar 3.0. “I do wish one
could see the printed instructions actually operating on the screen text,”
Clarke said, “so it wasn’t messed up by those ugly control characters. That
would also have the enormous benefit of preventing the sort of boob I made
for the first few weeks—not closing the print instruction, with horrid
results, e.g., underlining to the end of the manuscript!!”

96. Alas, Lynn tried but did not successfully make radio contact with the
space shuttle.

97. A former Victor employee tells me that charging dealers for
promotional material isn’t that uncommon a practice. I realize that some
dealers may waste literature, but I still think the practice is dumb.

98. Kaypro has donated five machines for the project and expects to send
five more. Special thanks here to David Kay and Tom Peifer, a Kaypro
staffer in charge of the company’s Third World donations program.

99. The salesman joke is from InfoWorld, October 22, 1984, p. 27.

100. InfoWorld, June 20, 1983, p. 1, reported the shooting incident.

101. Ironically, Naiman wrote Introduction to WordStar with another
program, WRITE, the creation of a friend of his, and WordStar itself is far
from his favorite word processor. He compares it to a big Cadillac or
camper loaded with too many features. My thinking is different; I want to
have many to choose from; I’ll gladly ignore the others.

102. Since writing this section, I’ve learned that Park has left 800
Software for another company.

103. Carl Herrman is communications director at MITRE Corporation, a
nonprofit research and consulting firm in McLean, Virginia. His address
there is W 160, 1820 Dolley Madison Blvd., McLean, Virginia 22102.

Page 464

104. I asked John Butler, a Microsoft products manager, why windows
would hit the market months late. “We don’t like to announce products too
far ahead of time when they’re not fully developed” he said, “but with
Windows we had to tell other software companies about its existence early
on—so they could write programs taking full advantage of ours.”

105. I’m basing the “windows-shopping” questions on points raised by
various micro publications, especially Popular Computing, May 1984, p.
96.

106. For background in researching this appendix—but not for the
opinions, strictly mine—I’m grateful to Forrest M. Mims’s excellent article
“A Few Quick Pointers.” It appeared in May 1984 Computers and
Electronics.

107. Rubinstein’s “cheese” quote is from InfoWorld, May 14, 1984, p. 57.

Page 465

Transcriber’s Note
Errors deemed most likely to be the printer’s have been
corrected, and are noted here. Where the intent of the author is
ambiguous, a suggested re-reading is provided here, and the
text itself is merely annotated. The references are to the page
and line in the original. Entries with three numbers refer to the
page, the footnote (as resequenced), and the line within the
footnote. The following issues should be noted, along with the
resolutions.
ii.3 Published in the Uni[t]ed Added,
States
12.24 Two San Francis[c]o-area Added.
authors,
24.8 [“]The “B” drive is my data Removed.
disk
24.24 floppy disk[s] drives Removed.
30.35 the very same writer who had Removed.
le[a]d the cheering
31.2 was no match for some more Removed.
expensive machines[’].
50.20 wanted to do.[”] Added.
50.21 and others unfamiliar with Removed.
computer arcan[i]a.
52.13 Then again, your boss may Replaced.
ba[l/w]l you out
52.27 m[e/o]re programmers are Replaced.
writing
53.44 WordStar as a programming Removed.
aid[e] to write WordStar.
56.31 to have a manual.[”] Added.
70.42 [“]The user needs to know Added.

Page 466

71.25.1 account of Sele[k/c]t’s capital Replaced.
shortage
88.31 have to go through Removed.
unwield[l]y computer
rigamarole
89.33 Symphony, for instance[,] lets Added.
you flush out formulas
90.12 and it did [“]all the basic Removed.
search and sorting
94.1 Turn onto Cary Avenue. Replaced.
Follow [M/C]ary
101.39 the data base grew too Removed.
unwield[l]y
104.9 was as badly botched as its Added.
hardware[.]
117.8 said Bill Scrivo[,] an ex- Added.
managing editor.
120.24 have microprocessors in Added.
them.[”]
136.36 How much more can they Replaced.
push them[./?]
138.20 and the same breaks [e]very Added.
hour for workers
148.40 Angle between upper and Added.
low[er] arms:
150.8 particularly effective on a Added.
num[b]er of newspapers.
161.22 A second failing of Added.
electroluminescent screen[s]
166.16 mainframes are sending Removed.
electronic copies to [a ]micros
170.13 why not zap [a]way the Added.
barriers
176.4 but it helps.[”] Added.

Page 467

177.12 Steve Wozniak, the Apple Removed.
cofounde[e]r
188.20 Your dial-up computer sic: should
[should] send its name until not
194.38 You can’t afford to have your sic
material stored just [in on]
your chip.
204.60.2 “Rising Trend of Computer Added.
Age: Employees Who Work
at Home;[”] New York Times
206.36 articles sent over the phone Replaced.
lines[?/.]
210.16 the regular workers cost a[t] Added.
least $50.52 a day
215.1 A COMPARIS[I]ON OF Removed.
OFFICE EXPENSES PER
WORKER
217.25 establish munytels in poorer Added.
neighbor[hood]s>.
220.72.1 Nilles’s[;] three-quarters of a Removed.
billion
222.6 a vivid contrast to be[ ]suited,
tied scientists
222.38 The Source and a rival Added.
network, CompuServe[,] each
boast
223.12 “You may even want to type Added.
‘Chuckle,’[”] Trudy says,
225.32 packet-switching Removed.
techniques[,] can also
increase
233.25 electronic mail can go from sic: one
[person] to another person
241.10 instead of saying you[r] Removed.
wanted to reach

Page 468

245.31 the computers don’t[’] mind Removed.
being “it”
253.9 “Hey, don’t worry[,/.] You’ll Replaced.
learn it much faster than I
did,”
257.15 to work together via[ by] Redundant.
computer
266.92.1 Clarke[’s] conjecture about Added.
267.95.8 with horrid results, e.g., Added.
underlin[in]g to the end of the
manuscript!!
272.9 from an AC ex[t]ension cord. Added.
283.2 Are you pre[p]ared to do your Added.
homework?
259.24 I hoped that benefic[i]ent Removed.
HALs
267.22 that will be in an attaché case. Removed.
[’]”
290.27 will pro[b]ably quit then Added.
292.29 are damaged by [a sloppy sic: a
drive in machine] floppy
drive in the
machine
(?)
295.19 so thermal printers were also Added.
out of the run[n]ing for me.
347.5 the mouse-equipped Replaced.
Macintosh for “na[i/ï]ve
users.”
348.6 is found most often in arcade- sic
style [styles].
350.20 transmitted information at Removed.
300 baud[s]

Page 469

353.14 An issue more basic than Replaced.
control characters i[n/s]
whether
353.19 You can send at 4,800 baud[s] Removed.
379.1 Perfect Fil[l]er, 324-27 Added.

Page 470

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SILICON
JUNGLE ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 471

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the

Page 472

collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.

This particular work is one of the few individual works protected by
copyright law in the United States and most of the remainder of the
world, included in the Project Gutenberg collection with the
permission of the copyright holder. Information on the copyright
owner for this particular work and the terms of use imposed by the
copyright holder on this work are set forth at the beginning of this
work.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which

Page 473

the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

Page 474

active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You

Page 475

must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and

Page 476

expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

Page 477

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue

Page 478

Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

Page 479

outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 480

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=a8348c4e77aeccbd07e36ba27507cc60&bl=ar Translating…